Skip to main content

Full text of "Armstrong State College Catalog"

See other formats


- 18919 K 

■■■■'. ShBI '-. 



I ...'.;'.-. jg§ fig J. 

-'■■•" ' "' " >'>"'" 

■Hi 



■H 




11111 ¥MmM 

'..■•':■■-'-.•- 



■ 

H 



1 



ffiElK 



w 



«B3«| 



■■■■■■'.'■■" :j •■- - l ■•■• 

IHBBBi 



■'-*—-:-'•■-'-■-..•.''■ 

■'■'■■■:*■-■■ 












3SKI 

■HHHHn^H 

< ' ■ ■ '- ■ -+'■.'■ :■' 9) 





Armstrong State College 

1990-91 Catalog 



A senior residential college in Savannah, Georgio 



Accreditation: Armstrong State College is accredited by the Commission on Colleges of the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools to award associate, baccalaureate, masters, 
and educational specialists degrees. 



Academic Calendar ±1 



Fall, 1990 
(11 weeks) 



Winter, 1991 
(11 weeks) 



Spring, 1991 
(11 weeks) 



Summer, 
Session I 
(4 & 8 weeks) 



Freshman Applications Due 


August 29 


December 13 


March 5 


May 29 


June 26 


Registration 


Sept. 17-18 


January 2 


March 25 


June 17 


July 15 


First Day of Classes 


Sept. 19 


January 3 


March 26 


June 18 


July 16 


Mid-Term 


Oct. 23 


Feb. 7 


April 29 


June 28* 
July 15" 


July 26 


Last Day to Withdraw 


Oct. 23 


Feb. 7 


April 29 


June 28* 
July 15** 


July 26 


Advisement & Advanced Registration 


Oct.29-Nov.9 


Feb. 11-22 


May 6-17 


July 15-26 


July 15-16 


Last Day of Classes 


Nov. 29 


March 14 


June 3 


July 12* 
Aug. 9** 


Aug. 9 


Reading Day 


Nov. 30 


March 15 


June 4 






Final Examinations Begin 


Dec. 3 


March 18 


June 5 


July 15*' 
Aug. 12** 


Aug. 12 


Final Examinations End 


Dec. 5 


March 20 


June 7 


July 15* 
Aug. 13** 


Aug. 12 


Graduation 


Dec. 7 




June 7 






Holiday 


Nov. 22-23 


January 21 




July 4 




.Institutional Scholastic Aptitude 
Test (SAT) 


Aug. 25 


Nov. 17 


March 9 


May 25 




Coliegiate 
Placement Exam 
(CPE) 


Aug. 6 
Sept. 1 1 
Oct. 23 


Dec. 1 1 
Feb. 5 
March 14 


April 30 
June 4 


JulyS 
July 24 
July 29 
Aug. 5 




College Level Examination 
Program (CLEP) 


Oct. 1 1 


Jan. 24 


April 18 


June 20 




Regents' Test Application Deadline 


Oct. 2 


Jan. 15 


April 9 


July 2 




Regents' Test Administrations 


Oct. 22-23 


Feb. 4-5 . 


April 29-30 


July 22-23 




CHAOS Orientation Sessions 


July 12, 19, 26 
Aug. 2, 9 











±AII dates subject to change 
*Session I (4-week term) 
"Session I (8-week term) 



1990 


SEPTEMBER 
S M T W T 


F S 


S 


M 


OCTOBER 
T W T 


F 


S 


S M 


NOVEMBER 


F S 


S M 


DECEMBER 


F S 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


21 
28 


8 
15 
22 
29 


9 10 11 
16 17 18 
23 24 25 
30 31 


12 
19 
26 


13 
20 
27 


4 5 
11 12 
18 19 
25 26 


6 7 8 
13 14 15 
20 21 22 
27 28 2S 


16 17 
23 24 
30 


2 3 
9 10 
16 17 
23 24 
30 31 


4 5 6 
11 12 13 
18 19 20 
25 26 27 


7 8 
14 15 
21 22 
28 29 



1991 




JANUARY 










FEBRUARY 










MARCH 








APRIL 




S M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S M 


T W T 


F S 

5 6 


6 7 


8 9 10 


,, 


12 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 


9 


3 


4 


5 6 7 


8 


s 


7 8 


9 10 11 


13 14 


15 16 17 


18 


19 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


10 


11 


12 13 14 


15 


16 


14 15 


16 17 16 


19 20 


20 21 


22 23 24 


25 


26 


17 


18 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


17 


'8 


19 20 21 


22 


23 


21 22 


23 24 25 


26 27 


27 28 


29 30 31 






24 


25 


26 27 28 






24 


25 


26 27 28 


29 


30 


28 29 


30 






MAY 










JUNE 










JULY 








AUGUST 




S M 


T W T 
1 2 


F 
3 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 


F 


S 


S 


M 


T W T 
2 3 4 


F 
5 


S 


S M 


T W I 


F S 
2 3 


5 6 


7 8 9 


10 


11 


2 


3 


4 5 6 


7 


8 


7 


8 


9 10 11 


12 


13 


4 5 


6 7 8 


9 10 


12 13 


14 15 16 


17 


18 


9 


10 


11 12 13 


14 


15 


14 


15 


16 17 18 


19 


20 


11 12 


13 14 15 


16 17 


19 20 


21 22 23 


24 


25 


16 


17 


18 19 20 


21 


22 


21 


22 


23 24 25 


26 


27 


18 19 


20 21 22 


23 24 


26 27 


28 29 30 


31 




23 
30 


24 


25 26 27 


28 


29 


28 


29 


30 31 






■ 


2" 28 29 


30 31 




Armstrong State College 

1990-1991 Catalog 



Contents 



About Armstrong 


3 


The College/City 


9 


Student Life 


15 


Admissions 


21 


Financial Information 


35 


Academic Policies & Information 


45 


Graduate Programs 


63 


School of Arts, Sciences and Education 


75 


School of Health Professions 


191 


Special Programs 


227 


Faculty/Administration 


237 



Index 



249 





J 










Ask Me About Armstrong 

Or ask any of our 3,700 students, "What is college life at Armstrong 
State College really like?" You'll get answers that run the gamut, 
because different people are looking for - and find - different things 
in any similar situation. 

As you read this catalog you're already a part of a special group. 
Your future roommates, classmates, and teammates are also 
reading these words as they decide where and how they will spend 
their college years. They, like you, are looking for the real 
Armstrong, the college beyond a beautiful campus, a friendly smile, 
and modern facilities. 

Perhaps it will help, at least a little, if you can see what lies behind 
the words which describe Armstrong. 

. .a belief that quality education today shapes all your 
tomorrows. 

Armstrong has spent its 50-plus year history striving to provide 
quality education beyond all else. Never one to be self-satisfied, 
Armstrong retained its strong liberal arts base as it added career 
programs in education and the health professions. The conviction 
that a truly educated person is one who has knowledge of and 
appreciation for a wide range of subjects still prevails. 

You will spend most of your adult life in the 21st century. You'll be 
called upon to answer questions which haven't yet been asked, to 
work in jobs that don't yet exist, to adapt to a way of life that 
stretches the imagination. Preparation for that life is happening at 
Armstrong. And it's happening today. 




ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



. .Armstrong graduates excel - 
in the job marketplace and in 
graduate school. . 

One reason ASC graduates are 
in demand in the workplace is 
because their education has 
stressed "real world" skills. 
Qualities like critical thinking, 
adaptability, writing and 
speaking and ethical judgments 
are of increasing importance in 
conjunction with learning what 
you need to know to succeed in 
your chosen field. Your 
Armstrong degree is a career 
investment which pays 
handsome dividends. 

If a profession is your goal, you'll want to investigate one of the 
highly successful pre-professional programs in medicine, dentistry, 
veterinary science, forestry, and law. Armstrong graduates often 
elect to further their career goals through graduate study. In fact, a 
full 40 percent of all Armstrong graduates in chemistry have entered 
graduate school (20 percent in the medical field). 





. .our faculty stacks up with the best . 

Whatever their field, Armstrong professors are serious about helping 
their students learn. Perhaps that's why you'll frequently find faculty 
and students head-to-head over coffee, a special project or the 
latest headlines. 

Your classes will be small, usually no more than 30 students, so you 
and your instructor get to know each other well. Maintaining a 17:1 
student/faculty ratio is important at Armstrong. 

Armstrong faculty stay equally 
involved in their academic 
disciplines. Research and 
publishing flourish in the 
teaching staff, where doctorates 
predominate. That's another 
"plus" at Armstrong - you won't 
be lectured by a teaching 
assistant, even in the most basic 
courses. 

. .more than 75 majors/ 
programs in the arts and 
sciences, teacher education 
and the health professions. 

Armstrong State College is a multi-purpose institution of higher 
education. That means you have a wide choice of majors that will 
lead to a successful career and a bright future. 

While a liberal arts core curriculum forms the basis for all Armstrong 
degrees on the associate and baccalaureate levels, you will find 
ample opportunity to realize your career goals and to broaden your 
educational horizons through academic concentrations, minors, 
internships, and co-op programs. 

The quality teacher education program relies heavily on this arts 
and sciences base and adds professional courses to prepare 
dedicated teachers for future generations. 

Engineering studies is a rapidly expanding program at Armstrong. 
Today's technological advancements keep job demand high. 
Students can complete two years of study, including basic 
engineering courses, at Armstrong through the Regents Engineering 




ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Transfer Program before completing degree requirements at 
Georgia Tech, or they can elect to earn dual-degrees from 
Armstrong State College and one of five regional schools of 
engineering. 

Graduates in the School of Health Professions, a regional health 
education center, find ready employment in the rapidly expanding 
health career fields. Pass rates of graduates who take national and/ 
or state licensing exams approach 100 percent. 
. .students span a broad range in age, a mix which brings 
richness to the classroom. 

A substantial number of 
Armstrong students are over 22 
years of age. You'll be as likely 
to share classes with a typical 
18-year old freshman or a young 
mother as a business person or 
a senior citizen. Education is a 
common bond and mature 
experiences and viewpoints 
often add another dimension to 
discussions. . 






. .the best of both worlds - 
friendly, personal campus life 
in an urban Savannah setting. 

College life at Armstrong is 
many things. Boring isn't one of 
them. Whether you love sailing 
with the ocean breeze and salt 
spray in your face or paddling 
silently as you canoe the 
beautiful Ogeechee river, water 
sports abound. In fact, sunny 
skies and year-round shirt sleeve 
weather mean students spend a 
lot of time outdoors. Even many 
of historic Savannah's special 
festivals, symphony concerts, 
and jazz outings are held under 
the sun or stars. And, if you've 
never spent St. Patrick's Day on 
River Street, you've missed a 
never-to-be-forgotten 
experience. 




^ 



i 



•>*-. 



\ 




ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




■4 , • ^7 




You'll gain personal and 
professional insights as you 
"find yourself." You'll 
approach your future with 
the confidence of the well- 
prepared. And you'll make 
lifelong friendships 
strengthened by shared 
memories. 

Come on! 
Experience life 
at Armstrong 



i 




/ 



The City/College 




10 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



History of the College 

Armstrong State College, a senior unit of the 
University System of Georgia, was founded in 
1 935, as Armstrong Junior College, to help meet 
the needs for college level educational oppor- 
tunities in the community. The college, as es- 
tablished by the City's Mayor and Aldermen, 
was housed in the beautiful Armstrong home, a 
gift to the city from the family of George F. Arm- 
strong. Over the years the college occupied five 
additional buildings in the Forsyth Park and 
Monterey Square areas. In 1959, as Armstrong 
College of Savannah, it became a two-year unit 
of the University System. The Board of Regents 
conferred four-year status on Armstrong in 1964 
and the college moved to its present 250 acre 
site, a gift from the Mills B. Lane Foundation, in 
December of 1965. Additional buildings joined 
the eight original structures as Armstrong added 
professional and graduate programs and tripled 
in size. 

The Fine Arts Center, including a 1 ,000 seat 
theatre/auditorium, the Health Professions Build- 
ing, a new apartment style residence complex, 
a library wing, and an academic computing cen- 
ter are among more recent additions. 

Armstrong State College, offers over 75 ac- 
ademic programs and majors in the School of 
Arts and Sciences, and Education and the 
School of Health Professions. 

The academic community includes approxi- 
mately 3700 students and 165 full-time faculty 
members. Armstrong State College was fully ac- 
credited as a senior institution by the Southern 
Association of Colleges and Schools in Decem- 
ber, 1968, with accreditation retroactive to Jan- 
uary 1, 1968, and was last reaccredited in 
December 1982. 

Purpose 

Armstrong State College, a senior college in 
the University System of Georgia, provides a 
range of strong academic programs and an en- 
vironment for intellectual and cultural growth in 
the arts and sciences, education, and health 
disciplines. The College pursues its purpose by 
promoting the free exchange of ideas in a variety 
of undergraduate and graduate programs lead- 
ing to degrees at the Associate, Baccalaureate, 
Master's, and specialist levels. The College pro- 
vides non-degree programs and activities 
through the Coastal Georgia Center for Contin- 
uing Education. 



Instruction 

Through instruction, the College ensures that 
students read and write effectively, and, through 
a strong liberal arts core curriculum, promotes, 
the acquisition of knowledge in humanities, 
mathematics, the natural sciences, and the so- 
cial sciences. The College prepares students at 
the graduate and undergraduate levels in the 
methods of scholarly inquiry, scientific research, 
and problem solving, and, in the process, en- 
courages student commitment to learning and 
to physical, emotional, and social development. 
Furthermore, the College helps students to iden- 
tify goals and the means of achieving them, as 
well as to understand and to respect people 
from diverse backgrounds and cultures. Addi- 
tionally, it broadens the base of educational op- 
portunities for students through formal and 
informal arrangements with other colleges and 
universities. 
Faculty, Students, and Staff 

The College recruits and retains faculty who 
are able teachers, supportive of its academic 
purpose, and who are professional sources of 
knowledge and expertise. It seeks, recruits, and 
retains students whose records indicate a like- 
lihood of success, and creates a community of 
learners in which a sense of mutual trust and 
respect is evident. It encourages and supports 
an active intellectual, cultural, and social life on 
campus. In addition, the College recruits and 
retains a well-trained staff, sensitive to the needs 
of those it serves and committed to supporting 
its academic purpose. 
Administration 

The administration ensures equal opportunity 
and access to employment, admissions, and 
programs and services of the College without 
regard to age, sex, race, national origin, color, 
religion, or physical handicap. It encourages 
faculty research and development, and pro- 
vides an environment which enables faculty 
members to participate in the search for knowl- 
edge. It secures and manages funds necessary 
to maintain the College's academic programs, 
library, and support services. Furthermore, the. 
administration provides systems of campus 
governance which are responsive to the con- 
cerns of students, faculty, staff, and the Board 
of Regents. And finally, it acquires and maintains 
facilities and equipment necessary to support 
the College. 



PROGRAMS 



11 



Community Service 

A regional resource for information and ex- 
pertise, the college is responsive to the unique 
educational and community service needs of its 
constituency. By combining efforts with the com- 
munity, the college designs and conducts con- 
tinuing education programs and offers a variety 
of cultural and athletic events. Moreover, it lib- 
erally shares its physical facilities and grounds 
for the betterment of the academic and cultural 
life of the community. 

Location 

Armstrong students find much to enjoy about 
living in the cosmopolitan city of Savannah, the 
major urban area (pop. 200,000) in coastal 
Georgia. The college's 250 acre campus is lo- 
cated in a residential area of the city which pro- 
motes a feeling of freedom and security on 
campus. 

Savannah, Georgia's founding city, has all the 
historic and cultural variety of a metropolitan city 
with the added advantage of the ocean at its 
jack door. A temperate climate encourages out- 
door activities and recreation year round. Beach 
and river outings include sailing, boating, water 
ikiing sunning and beachcombing. Golf, ten- 
iis, fishing and hunting are also popular. 

A resident symphony orchestra, dance and 
heatre groups, and visiting entertainment 
groups regularly perform at the Civic Center, 
special celebrations and other festivals are 
scheduled throughout the year. 

The nistoric past lives in harmony with today's 
progress in Savannah. As a living laboratory for 
listory, Savannah is unsurpassed yet the Sa- 
vannah port is one of the busiest on the Atlantic 
coast. 

Community oriented leisure activities comple- 
nent on-campus happenings. A growing NCAA 
"itercollegiate athletic program, active intra- 
orals, concerts, plays and special entertain- 
ment mean lots to do without leaving campus. 

Xccreditation 

Armstrong State College has earned the fol- 
ding regional and special purpose accredi- 
ations: 

vrmstrong State College is accredited by the 
Commission on Colleges of the Southern As- 
sociation of Colleges and Schools to award 
associate, baccalaureate, masters, and ed- 
ucational specialists degrees. 



Associate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1985-1993. 

Baccalaureate Degree Nursing - by the National 
League for Nursing for the period 1 985-1 993. 

Criminal Justice - by the Criminal Justice Ac- 
creditation Council for the period 1981-1991 

Dental Hygiene - by the Commission on Accred- 
itation of Dental and Dental Auxiliary Edu- 
cational Programs for the period 1985-1990 

Medical Technology - by the Committee on Al- 
lied Health Education and Accreditation for 
the period 1985-1990. 

Music - by the National Association of Schools 
of Music for the period 1984-1990. 

Radiologic Technologies - by the Committee on 
Allied Health Education and Accreditation for 
the period 1987-1992. 

Respiratory Therapy Department - by the Com- 
mittee on Allied Health Education and Ac- 
creditation for the period 1987-1992. 

Teacher Education Programs - by the National 
Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Ed- 
ucation for the period 1982-1989. 

Development Activities 

The Office of Development promotes funding 
for college programs from sources supplemen- 
tal to state appropriations and student fees. The 
college participates in federal and other grant- 
supported activities, and seeks assistance from 
alumni and friends. Gifts from private sources 
are accepted for various purposes such as ath- 
letics, instructional equipment, library books, 
matching funds for grants, scholarships and 
other restricted purchases. Unrestricted contri- 
butions are disbursed at the president's discre- 
tion. Gifts of any size can be used to add to the 
library collection in the name of an individual or 
agency. The Vice President for Student Affairs 
and Development can provide further informa- 
tion to any prospective donor. 

Alumni Association 

The Armstrong State College Alumni Associ- 
ation was organized in 1937 and is comprised 
of approximately 7,000 ASC graduates and for- 
mer students. Membership in the Association is 
open to all graduates and former students. The 
Association promotes fellowship among alumni, 
students, faculty, staff, and friends of the Col- 
lege in order to strengthen the ties between the 
alumni, the College, and the community. 

An increasing percentage of the Association's 
budget provides scholarships for outstanding 






12 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Armstrong students. Each academic year.the 
Association awards The Aruther Gignilliat En- 
tering Freshman Scholarship, the Class of 1937 
Scholarship and several Alumni Association 
scholarships. 

Annual activities include: Armstrong Fest, the 
annual meeting, homecoming, class reunions, 
state and local legislative meeting, and gradu- 
ation receptions. 

The Association recognizes persons who 
have made outstanding contributions to the col- 
lege by presenting The Distinguished Alumni 
Award, The Outstanding Alumni Service Award, 
The Distinguished Citizen's Award, and The Out- 
standing Faculty Award. 

FOCUS, the campus/alumni newspaper, is 
published twice a year. Alumni are encouraged 
to submit information for inclusion in FOCUS. 

The Director of Alumni Affairs can provide ad- 
ditional information about alumni membership 
and activities. 

Two- Year Degree Programs 

The following two-year degrees are offered as 
preparation for higher degrees in the liberal arts 
and professions or as terminal professional de- 
grees: 

Associate of Arts 

Associate of Applied Science in Criminal Jus- 
tice 

Associate of Science in Dental Hygiene 

Associate of Science in Nursing 

Associate of Science in Radiologic Technolo- 
gies 

Associate of Science in Respiratory Therapy 

Four- Year Degree Programs 

Bachelor of Arts in the fields of art, drama- 
speech, English, history, music, political sci- 
ence, and psychology. 

Bachelor of General Studies. 

Bachelor of Health Science. 

Bachelor of Music Education. 

Bachelor of Science in the fields of biology, 
chemistry, computer science, criminal justice, 
and mathematical sciences. 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majors 
in Early Elementary Education; Middle School 
Education; and Secondary Education in teach- 
ing fields of Art Education, Biology Education, 
Broad Field Social Studies, Business Education; 
(cooperative arrangement with Savannah State 
College), Chemistry Education, English Educa- 



tion, General Science Education, Industrial Arts 
Education (cooperative arrangement with Sa- 
vannah State College), Mathematics Education, 
Music Education, Physics Education, Social Sci- 
ence Education (with concentrations in history, 
and political science), Trade and Industrial Ed- 
ucation (cooperative arrangement with Savan- 
nah State College), and Speech Correction. 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Edu- 
cation. 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology. 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing. 

The College is authorized to offer Teacher Ed- 
ucation programs, preparing students for cer- 
tification by the Georgia State Department ol 
Education in the following areas: art, biology, 
business education, chemistry, early elementary 
education, English, general science, history, in- 
dustrial arts, library media, mathematics, middle 
school education, music, physics, political sci- 
ence, social studies, trade and industrial edu- 
cation. 



Graduate Programs 

The college offers a variety of Master's degree 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate 
programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- 
lege campus will be administered in affiliatior 
with Georgia Southern University. See specific 
program sections for further information. 



Pre-Professional Programs 

Armstrong State College offers courses ap 
propriate for the first two years of baccalaureate 
programs such as business, engineering, for 
estry, industrial management, pharmacy, physi 
cal therapy, physics, etc., not offered among it: 
degree programs, and it offers the pre-profes 
sional study appropriate for dentistry, law, medi 
cine, veterinary medicine, and other profes 
sional fields. 



Regents Engineering Transfer 
Program 

Qualified students seeking a bachelor of en 
gineering degree may begin their college stud 
ies at Armstrong State College through thi 
Regents Engineering Transfer Program. Upoi 
successful completion of the pre-engineerim 
curriculum, students may transfer to the Georgi; 



PROGRAMS 



13 



Institute of Technology to complete the degree 
requirements. It is expected that students in this 
program, like other Georgia Tech graduates, will 
normally require four to five and one-half years 
to complete the degree requirements, depend- 
ing on their pre-college preparation, involve- 
ment in extra-curricular activities, and 
engineering major. 

Dual-Degree Programs 

Armstrong State College has dual-degree 
programs in engineering with the Georgia Insti- 
tute of Technology, Auburn University, Clemson 
University, Mississippi State University, and the 
University of Florida. Upon completion of the first 
three years of academic work at Armstrong, the 
student may enroll for two subsequent years at 
one of the participating schools. Upon com- 
pleting the requirements of the two cooperating 
schools, the student will receive a baccalau- 
reate degree from Armstrong State College and 
a baccalaureate degree in the chosen field of 
engineering from the second school. 

Dual-degree programs in other fields are also 
available. At the Georgia Institute of Technology, 
candidates from Armstrong State College are 
eligible to seek any degree offered in the sci- 
ences, mathematics, and management, as well 
as engineering. The Head of the Department of 
Chemistry and Physics is the Armstrong Coor- 
dinator of these dual-degree programs and 
should be contacted for additional information. 

A dual-degree program in forestry and envi- 
ronmental management with Duke University is 
available. Students complete three years of ac- 
ademic work at Armstrong State College, then 
onroll for two subsequent years at Duke Uni- 
versity. Students who successfully complete the 
orogram receive a B.S. in biology from Arm- 
strong State College and a M.S. in either forestry 
Dr environmental management from Duke Uni- 
versity. The Head of the Department of Biology 
should be contacted for additional information. 

Cooperative Education 
Program 

In the cooperative education program stu- 
dents typically alternate quarters between col- 
ege and work. This program offers students 
/aluable practical experience as well as finan- 
:ial assistance in the form of compensation from 
he firms that employ them. 



Cooperative opportunities are available to stu- 
dents in computer science and engineering, but 
are not limited to these majors. 

Cooperative students must register for the ap- 
propriate Cooperative Education Program 
course for quarters in which they work. These 
courses carry no credit and there is no charge 
for registration. 

Students interested in applying for admission 
to the Cooperative Education program should 
contact the Co-op coordinator or Head of their 
major department. 

Evening Courses 

A wide selection of evening undergraduate 
and graduate level courses accommodate stu- 
dents who are employed during the day. Eve- 
ning courses are scheduled to enable evening 
students to complete degree requirements in a 
variety of fields. 

Off Campus Courses and 
Programs 

Armstrong State College offers selected 
courses at off-campus sites to meet specific re- 
gional needs. Examples of possible locations 
include The Coastal Georgia Center, Memorial 
Medical Center, and the Savannah Vocational 
Technical Institute. 

In addition, Armstrong State College partici- 
pates in a consortium in Brunswick, Georgia of 
colleges approved by the Board of Regents and 
known as the Brunswick Center. Baccalaureate 
degrees may be earned in their entirety in Gen- 
eral Studies, Nursing, and Elementary/Middle 
School Education. 

General Studies 

Associate and baccalaureate programs in 
general studies emphasize a liberal arts edu- 
cation and allow students to acquire a broad- 
based background in the arts and sciences. 
These degrees are particularly attractive to stu- 
dents who desire the general intellectual growth 
which comes with a multi-disciplinary degree. 

Coastal Georgia Center for 
Continuing Education 

The Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing 
Education was established in 1979 to combine 



14 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



the resources of Armstrong State College's 
Community Services Division and Savannah 
State College's Extended Services Division. The 
Center operates a unified continuing education 
program dedicated to serving the people of Sa- 
vannah, Chatham County, the State of Georgia 
and, for some programs, persons beyond those 
boundaries. 

A wide variety of programs is offered at Arm- 
strong State College, Savannah State College, 
the Downtown Center and, when it is appropri- 
ate, at job sites, schools, community centers, 
and other locations in Savannah. Instructors are 
drawn from the faculties of both institutions, from 
qualified experts in the Savannah community, 
and from consultants throughout the region. 

On the Armstrong campus, the major com- 
munity services/continuing education compo- 
nent of the college is the short-course/ 
conference program. This unit administers non- 
degree courses, conferences, and seminars de- 
signed for area residents who do not wish to 
participate in the regular credit classes offered 
by the college. These activities vary widely — 
some are related to professional development, 
others reflect personal interests, while others are 
recreational in nature. The Registrar maintains 
permanent records of persons participating in 
activities that meet certain criteria. 



Regional Criminal Justice 
Training Center 

The Armstrong State College Regional Crinrv 
inal Justice Training Center is a regional training 
site for criminal justice employees. The region 
consists of nine counties; however, training is 
made available to all criminal justice employees 
throughout the State of Georgia. The basic mis- 
sion of the Center is to provide certification 
classes for law enforcement and jail officers. In 
addition, there are numerous advanced and 
specialized courses for higher certification cred- 
its. The training center has four full-time staff 
members and a large part-time instructor cadre. 

Armstrong State/ 

Savannah State 

Cross Enrollment Program 

A student enrolled at Savannah State College 
or at Armstrong State College as a full-time stu- 
dent has the privilege of taking one course with 
his Dean's approval at the other college without 
paying an additional fee. A student may obtain 
in the Office of the Registrar the proper form "for 
permission to register for courses at Savannah 
State College. 



~* 




Student 
Life 



16 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Student Life 

One of the primary aims of the educational 
mission at Armstrong State College is the total 
development of students. This growth process 
is enhanced by integrating opportunities for so- 
cial, emotional, cultural, physical and spiritual 
development in addition to intellectual growth. 
The Office of Student Affairs is committed to 
providing programs and services which foster 
an educational environment which will assist stu- 
dents in achieving theirfull potential. The college 
encourages learning through involvement in the 
residence center, student government, campus 
organizations, intramurals, and more. 

Residence Life and Food 
Service 

The residence center, completed in Septem- 
ber of 1985, consists of three buildings which 
house 64 students each. The apartment-style 
design encourages student interaction without 
a loss of privacy. Each two-bedroom suite, ac- 
commodating four students, has a bath and liv- 
ing room. All units are fully furnished, carpeted, 
and have unit-controlled heat and air condition- 
ing. Phone jacks and an on-site coin laundry are 
added conveniences. Several units are 
equipped to accommodate handicapped stu- 
dents, the residence complex is staffed by a 
head resident and resident assistants. These 
students are chosen on the basis of leadership 
and willingness to serve their fellow students. 

Students who live in college housing are re- 
quired to participate in the 15-meal plan pro- 
vided in the Memorial College Center. The plan 
includes three meals per day, Monday through 
Friday. Limited meals are available on the week- 
end. The meal plan is also available for students 
who do not choose to live in college housing. 

Housing applications and/or specific infor- 
mation should be requested from the Office of 
Admissions or the Director of Housing. 

Student Involvement 

The Orientation Program is designed to pro- 
mote social and academic adjustment of new 
students and transfer students. CHAOS (Com- 
munication, Help, Advisement, Orientation and 
Service) provides freshmen with the information, 
services and support essential to a successful 
transition into the Armstrong community. Partici- 



pants in these one day summer CHAOS ses 
sions receive individual attention from studen 
leaders and staff as they acquire first hand ex 
perience with academic advising, registration 
campus facilities, student activities, college poli 
cies and procedures. The CHAOS program is i 
cooperative effort of Student Leaders and col 
lege staff. Competitive selection of student lead 
ers occurs annually during Spring Quarter 
Inquiries concerning CHAOS should be ad 
dressed to the Office of Student Affairs. An ab 
breviated orientation program is scheduled fo 
students new to the college prior to registrator 
Winter, Spring, and Summer Quarters. 

The Student Government Association is th< 

official governing body of the students at Arm 
strong State College. It assists in formulating < 
program of student services and activities, anc 
it strives to express the will. of the majority o 
students and to provide experience in demo 
cratic living. All students are automatically mem 
cratic living. All students are automatically 
members of the SGA and are entitled to vote ii 
SGA elections. Qualified students may seek po 
sitions of leadership in the Student Governmer 
Association by running for office during th« 
Spring or Fall elections. 

Student Clubs and Organizations provid 
Armstrong State College students with oppo 
tunities to develop leadership skills, broade 
their social and professional backgrounds, an 
make a significant contribution to the col leg 
and the community. They reflect the natural va 
riety of interests found in a diverse student bod\ 
Religious: Baptist Student Union. 
Greek: Alpha Gamma Delta Sorority, and PI 

Mu Sorority. 
Professional: Armstrong Biological Society 
American Chemical Society, American Ir 
stitute of Aeronautics and Astronautics 
ASC Engineering Society, Association fc 
Computing Machinery, Data Processin 
Management Association, Georgia Assc 
ciation of Nursing Students, James Moor 
Wayne Law Club, Jr. American Dental Hy 
gienists Association, Medical Technolog 
Student Association, Music Educators Nc 
tional Conference, Radiologic Technolog 
Association, National Society of Profej 
sional Engineers, Respiratory Therapy As 
sociation, Student Georgia Association c 
Educators, and The E. B. Twitmeyer Societ 
(Psychology). 



STUDENT LIFE 



17 



Special Interest: Band, Cheerleaders, Cho- 
rus, International Students Association, 
Masquers, Vocal Ensemble, and Women of 
Worth (WOW) and Marauders (Military Sci- 
ence). 

Academic Honor Societies recognize and 
encourage superior scholarship in many fields 
of study. Campus chapters include: Beta Beta 
Beta (Biology), Joel H. Hildebrand Honor Soci- 
ety (Chemistry), Kappa Delta Pi (Education), Phi 
Alpha Theta (History), Phi Eta Sigma (Scholastic 
for freshmen), Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics), and 
ASC/GSC Nursing Honor Society. 

Student Publications provide opportunities 
for students to develop skills in creative writing, 
-eporting, photography and design. The Gee- 
:hee (yearbook), Inkwell (newspaper) and Cal- 
iope (literary magazine) are all produced by 
students under the supervision of approved col- 
ege advisors. They are financed primarily by 
he Student Activity Fund. 

Intramural and Recreation Offerings. The 

:ollege places a high priority on its intramural 
and recreational offerings and provides a wide 
/ariety of activities including organized com- 
petitive sports. The physical education complex 
ncludes an indoor olympic-size pool, gymna- 
I >ium and weight room. Outdoor facilities for ten- 
nis and field sports are adjacent. 

The Intercollegiate Athletics Program at 

\rmstrong is affiliated with the National Colle- 
giate Athietic Association (NCAA) Division II. 
\thletic scholarships are available to support 
student-athletes who participate in the intercol- 
egiate program. The men's athletic teams con- 
sist of basketball, baseball, tennis, and cross 
country. Women's teams include tennis, cross- 
country, volleyball, and basketball. Cheerlead- 
ers are also sponsored by the Athletic Depart- 
ment. Armstrong State College is unaffiliated 
vith an athletic conference. 

Cultural Opportunities on campus and off 
ire an important aspect in the total educational 
)rocess. Nationally known speakers, contem- 
)orary concerts, dances, popular films, exhibits 
ind performances by outstanding classical and 
nodern artists from around the world comple- 
ment the student's general education. These 
)rograms are selected and coordinated by the 
College Union Board. Student dramatic, choral, 
ind instrumental groups, under professional di- 
ection, have established distinguished tradi- 
ions. On-campus offerings, such as the Faculty 



Lecture Series, broaden knowledge and interest 
in a non-classroom setting. The 1,000 seat fine 
arts auditorium often hosts performances by the 
Savannah Symphony, area arts groups, and out- 
of-town troupes, such as the National Shake- 
speare Company and the Vienna Choir Boys. 

Student Services 

The Counseling Center serves all students 
who are concerned about achieving educational 
and occupational goals and resolving personal 
problems. Counselors offer individual confer- 
ences to students who seek help in choosing a 
major, setting career goals, studying, and deal- 
ing with academic demands or conflict with fam- 
ily or friends. Counselors give tests to measure 
interest and ability, provide information to ex- 
plore education and work opportunities, and in- 
struct students on the use of computerized 
career and study skills development programs. 
In addition, counselors often are able to provide 
information about college policies, curriculum, 
and campus resources. 

Tests of interests, values, and abilities are 
available to students through counseling serv- 
ices. In addition, the following testing programs 
are administered by the counseling staff: ACT: 
Proficiency Examination Program (PEP), Col- 
lege-Level Examination Program (CLEP), 
DANTES Subject Standardized Tests (DSST), 
Graduate Record Examination (GRE), Medical 
College Admission Test (MCAT), Miller Analo- 
gies Test (MAT), National Teacher Examinations 
(NTE), and Regents' Testing Program. Other 
testing programs about which information is 
available include the Dental Admission Test 
(DAT), Graduate Management Admission Test 
(GMAT), Law School Admission Test (LSAT), 
Optometry Admission Testing Program, Phar- 
macy College Admission Test, and Veterinary 
Aptitude Test. 

Career Planning and Placement Services 

provides assistance with all aspects of career 
development. Students can get help with the 
early stages of career development such as se- 
lecting an academic major, gathering occupa- 
tional information and investigating career paths 
through individualized career counseling and 
computerized career guidance techniques. Ex- 
periential opportunities such as part-time and 
temporary employment are coordinated by the 
office staff Students closer to graduation may 
take advantage of one-on-one instruction and 



18 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



workshops for resume writing, interviewing skills 
and job search strategies. Job listings, referrals 
and on-campus interview services are also 
available to students and alumni registered with 
the office. All seniors are strongly urged to reg- 
ister with the office at least three quarters prior 
to graduation to establish a placement file and 
become eligible for placement services. 

Veterans will find the Office of Financial Aid 
and Veterans Affairs helpful in advising about 
admissions procedures and services available 
to them. 

Handicapped Students are provided with 
needed services on an individual basis. After 
students are accepted to the college, if they 
have special needs as a result of a physical 
disability, they should plan to set up an appoint- 
ment in the office of student affairs to discuss 
their disability as it relates to their educational 
program. The college counselors and the vice 
president for student affairs will then attempt to 
provide services so that each handicapped stu- 
dent has a positive educational experience at 
Armstrong State College. 

The Minority Advisement Program helps 
minority students develop interest in all facets 
of college life. A peer advisor offers one-on-one 
assistance to students in adjusting to personal 
and academic life on campus. In addition, so- 
cial, cultural and educational activities designed 
to broaden all students' knowledge of Black 
people and their contributions to society are pre- 
sented. 

The Adults Back to College Program meets 
the special needs and concerns of the non-tra- 
ditional student. Mature students who are be- 
ginning college or are returning after several 
years away will find that the A. B.C. program will 
ease their transition to student life and address 
their career and academic questions. 

The Academic Computing Center houses 
separate minicomputer and microcomputer fa- 
cilities for student use. The minicomputer lab 
has a Digital Equipment Corporation VAX 1 1/750 
and 6 SUN Microsystems 3/60 workstations, all 
running the UNIX operating system. The micro 
area features AT&T, Zenith PCs, Apple Macin- 
tosh computers and an Apple LaserWriter 
printer. All machines in the Academic Comput- 
ing Center are connected to the campus wide 
network and allow access to file servers and 
other network services. There is also a separate 



Engineering micro computer lab with high per- 
fomance Zenith color workstations and a Hewlitt- 
Packard high speed pen plotter. 

The Writing Center is a place where students 
in all disciplines may come for help with their 
writing. Tutors in the Writing Center offer indi- 
vidual instruction in basic writing skills and pro- 
vide guidance in the preparation of essays, 
reports, and research papers. The aim of the 
Writing Center is not only to assist students in 
core composition courses, but also to work with 
faculty to improve writing across the curriculum. 
The center is administered by the Departmen! 
of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 

Lane Library, built in 1966 and substantially 
enlarged in 1975, supports the academic pro- 
grams of Armstrong State College. To that end, 
library faculty provide individual assistance I 
using library resources as well as course-inte- 
grated instruction in the classroom. The tradi- 
tional repository role of academic libraries is 
enchanced through computer-assisted data- 
base searching, compact disc information sys- 
tems, and a sizeable collection of non-prin - 
materials. The library is open over 80 hours 
weekly during academic sessions. 

The library collections consist of more thar 
650,000 total items, including 148,000 book vol 
umes, 488,000 microforms, and 35,000 records 
slides, motion picture kits, and videotapes. Ir 
addition, subscriptions are maintained to ap 
proximately 900 periodicals and newspapers 
The 'Florence Powell Minis Collection contain: 
college archives, materials of local color, an< 
first editions by Conrad Aiken and other Savan 
nah authors. 

Lane Library employs state-of-the-art tech* 
nology to improve its services and operations 
Cataloging and inter-library loan service are ac 
complished through membership in a nations 
bibliographic utility, the Online Computer Li 
brary Center (OCLC), which makes the re 
sources of other libraries available to th< 
Armstrong community. Reference services an 
enhanced through computerized bibliographi< 
searching utilizing DIALOG Information Serv; 
ices, Inc., which offers over 300 databases I 
augment the library's resources. Audio-visu£j 
production facilities further enhance library servj 
ices. 

Library programs at Armstrong seek to mee 
the needs of each student in the course of stud 



STUDENT LIFE 



19 



ih\\e also preparing graduates for life-long 
jarning. 

The Book Store is the source of all required 
jxtbooks and course-related supplies. It also 
ffers general supplies and a selection of im- 
rinted apparel and gift items. 

'arking Regulations 

All vehicles driven on campus should display 
college parking decal on the left rear bumper. 
ree decals are available at the Security Office 
n Science Drive. 

All students, faculty, and staff are encouraged 
) become aware of the parking regulations. A 
at of regulations may be picked up in the Se- 
jnty Office or Office of Student Affairs, and they 
-e published in Students Illustrated . 








20 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 




P ! » 





My/ 



Admissions 



22 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



General Admission Policies 

Armstrong State College welcomes students 
who wish to pursue a college-level program of 
study. Applicants must provide evidence of a 
reasonable possibility of academic success in 
college in order to be admitted as a regular stu- 
dent. Applicants who do not meet the minimum 
requirements for admission may be admitted un- 
der conditional or provisional status, or under 
other special categories described below (see 
PP 25). 

Armstrong State College reserves the right to 
employ appropriate assessment mechansims to 
ascertain the suitability of applicants to enroll in 
the college and to deny enrollment or admisson 
to individuals based upon the results of the as- 
sessment. 

Admission Requirements 

The following items are required off all appli- 
cants: 

1 . A completed Application for Admission 
- Forms are available from the Admis- 
sions Office. 

2. Official high school and/or college tran- 
scripts - Transcripts must be submitted 
directly to Armstrong State College by 
the high school or college. See Special 
Admissions section for exceptions. 

3. Official scores on the Scholastic Apti- 
tude Test (SAT) of the College Entrance 
Examination Board or the American Col- 
lege Testing Program (ACT). Applica- 
tions and information may be obtained 
from the College Entrance Examination 
Board (Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey, 
08540), or the American College Testing 
Program (3355 Lenox Road, N.E., Suite 
320, Atlanta, Georgia, 33026-1332). An 
Institutional Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(ISAT) is offered quarterly through the 
Counseling and Placement Office. ISAT 
scores can be used only for admission 
to Armstrong State College. Exceptions 
to the SAT requirement are discussed 
in the Special Admissions section. 

4. Other requirements - The College may 
require any applicant to appear for a 
personal interview and to take any 
achievement, aptitude and psychologi- 
cal tests it deems appropriate in order 



to make a decision regarding the a 
plicant's general qualification for admi 
sion to the College. 

Final acceptance or rejection of each app 
cant is determined by the Director of Admissioi 
and is subject to the applicant's right of appe 
to the Academic Standing Committee prior 
the beginning of the desired quarter of enti 
The committee will review the appeal and mal 
a recommendation to the President of the C< 
lege, who will render a decision. The Collet 
reserves the right to withdraw admission pri 
to or following enrollment if the student beconrx 
ineligible as determined by the standards of tl 
College or Board of Regents. 

Armstrong State College reserves the right 
refuse to accept any or all of the credits frc 
any high school or other institution, notwit 
standing its accredited status, when the Colle< 
determines through investigation or otherwi 
that the quality of instruction at such high schc 
or institution is, for any reason, deficient or I 
satisfactory. The judgment of the College on tr 
question shall be final. 

The College reserves the right to reject | 
applicant who is not a resident of the State 
Georgia. All students enrolled at Armstroi 
State College are required to affirm that they v 
abide by the provisions of the Honor Code. 

Admission of Recent High 
School Graduates 

An applicant must be a graduate of an i 
credited high school. Students graduating frc 
high school in the Spring of 1988, or later, mi 
meet the requirements of the College Prepa 
tory Curriculum (CPC) of the Board of Reger 
Students who lack required courses in any 
the five areas must make up the deficienc 
according to established guidelines. The folic 
ing high school courses are minimum requi 
ments for regular admission: 



Units 



English (4) 



Instructional 

Emphasis/ 

Courses 

'Grammar and usac! 
'Literature (Americ 
and World) 
"Advanced compel 
tion skills 



ADMISSIONS 



23 



;ience (3) 



athematics (3) 



'Physical Science 
'At least two laboratory 
courses from Biology, 
Chemistry or Physics 
'Two courses in Alge- 
bra and one in Ge- 
ometry 
Dcial Science (3) 'American History 

'World History 
'Economics and 
Government 
)reign Language (2) 'Two courses in one 
language emphasiz- 
ing speaking, (must 
be listening, reading 
and writing) 

The minimum regular admission requirements 
Armstrong State College are a combined SAT 
ore of at least 750 (with a score of not less 
an 350 on the verbal section and 350 on the 
ath section individually, or an ACT composite 
ore of not less than 19 (with a score of not 
is than 18 on the English section and 16 on 
3 math section individually). Also a minimum 
grade point average on all academic 
urses is required. All of the academic courses 
mputed in the high school grade point aver- 
e will have been taken in grades 9-12. 



©visional Admission 

' applicants to the College who do not meet the 
^ liege Preparatory Curriculum (CPC) will be 
( isidered for provisional admission to the Col- 
lie. The following represents the College's cri- 
B a for provisional admission: 

ijglish - Students graduating with less than the 
ij r required units of English will be required to 
le the Collegiate Placement Examination 
.'^E) in English and Reading. Based on the 
:|dent's score, the student would (1) exempt 
'. velopmental Studies English and/or Reading, 
1 2) be placed in Developmental Studies Eng- 
i and/or Reading. 

vthematics - Students graduating with less 
;:hn the three required units of mathematics will 
J required to take the Collegiate Placement 
iimination (CPE) in mathematics. Based on 
J student's score, the student would (1) ex- 
Jot Developmental Studies mathematics, or 
'<■ be placed in Developmental Studies math- 
* atics at the appropriate level. 



Science - Students graduating with less than the 
three required units of science will be required 
to take an additional five quarter hour (for credit) 
course in a laboratory science. 

Social Science - Students graduating with less 
than the three required units of social science 
will be required to complete one additional five 
quarter hour (for credit) course chosen from ap- 
proved social science courses. 

Foreign Language - Students graduating with 
less than the two units of the same foreign lan- 
guage will be required to complete one addi- 
tional five quarter hour (for credit) introduction 
foreign language course. 

All course work required as a result of a de- 
ficiency must be taken immediately. In the areas 
of social science, science, and foreign lan- 
guage, the student will be required to complete 
the appropriate course with a "C" grade or bet- 
ter. Students will receive credit for courses used 
to satisfy College Preparatory Curriculum defi- 
ciencies, but such credit may not be used to 
satisfy core curriculum or degree requirements. 

Exceptions to the CPC 
Requirement 

1 . Any applicant who graduated from high 
school prior to Spring of 1 988 is exempt 
from CPC requirements. 

2. An applicant applying for any associate 
of applied science or associate of sci- 
ence degree program offered by Arm- 
strong State College is exempt from the 
CPC requirements. 

Conditional Admission 

An applicant who qualifies for admission to 
the College but who does not qualify for regular 
admission will be granted conditional admis- 
sion. A student is conditionally admitted to the 
College if the SAT score is less than 750 or any 
part of the SAT score (verbal or math) is less 
than 350. A student is conditionally admitted to 
the College if the ACT Composite score is less 
than 19 or ACT English is less than 18, or ACT 
Math is less than 16. An applicant who scores 
less than 250 verbal or 280 mathematics on the 
SAT (less than 13 on the ACT English or less 
than 14 on the ACT math) and has less than a 
1.8 high school grade point average on all ac- 



24 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ademic courses will be denied admission to the 
College. 

All conditionally admitted students must take 
the Collegiate Placement Examination (CPE) in 
order to qualify for regular admission. This ex- 
amination should be taken before the student's 
first registration at the College. If a conditionally 
admitted student fails to take the CPE before 
registering, the choice of courses (until the test 
is taken) will be limited by the student's SAT or 
ACT scores. 

Any student placed in a course numbered be- 
low 100, either by their SAT (or ACT) scores, or 
by their CPE scores, will be considered a con- 
ditionally admitted Developmental Studies stu- 
dent. 

Any other courses taken prior to completing 
and passing appropriate parts of the CPE must 
be approved by the Developmental Studies 
Counselor or by an advisor within that depart- 
ment. 

A student in the Developmental Studies Pro- 
gram must have a schedule of classes approved 
by the Counselor in Developmental Studies, or 
an advisor within that department each time the 
student registers. 

A conditionally admitted student will exit De- 
velopmental Studies in the following ways 

1. . Passing all required parts of the Colle- 
giate Placement Examination. 
2. If any required part of the CPE is not 

passed, the student will be required to 
enroll in the appropriate Developmental 
Studies course. Upon successful com- 
pletion of all required Developmental 
Studies courses and passing the CPE, 
the student will exit Developmental 
Studies. 
A student in Developmental Studies will be 
given four quarters per area to successfully exit 
that area. A student failing to exit an area after 
four attempts will be subject to Developmental 
Studies suspension. Copies of the policies of the 
Developmental Studies Program may be ob- 
tained from the Developmental Studies Office. 

Credit by Examination 

Armstrong State College will grant up to one- 
fourth of the credit required in a college degree 
for satisfactory scores on the following exami- 
nations: 

ACT: Proficiency Examination 
Statistics 



Advanced Placement 

English Literature & Composition 

Calculus AB 

Calculus BC 

Chemistry 

American History 

European History 
ATP Achievement Tests 

American History 

European History 
College-Level Examination Program 

College Composition 

Analysis and Interpretation of 
Literature 

Humanities 

College Algebra 

College Algebra-Trigonometry 

Calculus with Elementary Functions 

Western Civilization I 

Western Civilization II 

American Government 

American History I 

American History II 

Introductory Sociology 

College French 

College German 

College Spanish 

Natural Sciences 
DANTES Subject Tests 

Astronomy 

Criminal Justice 

General Anthropology 
Academic departments select the examinatic 
and determine passing scores. The colle 
credit awarded is the same as that earned 
students who complete the equivale 
course(s). The letter-grade "K" is used to iden j 
credit by examination and has no effect on i| 
academic grade point average. The Office 
the Registrar adds courses and credit earr 
to the academic records of enrolled student 

For additional information, please make 
quiry to the Office of the Registrar/Director 
Admissions, the Office of Counseling and Pla 
ment, or the head of the appropriate acader : 
department. 

College Credit for Military 
Experience and Training 

Students who wish to have their military <- 
perience and training evaluated for colk6 
credit should submit a copy of appropriate foi s 



ADMISSIONS 



25 



) the Registrar's office. Veterans should submit 
)D Form 214 and active duty military personnel 
hould submit DD Form 295. Active duty Army 
ersonnel and soldiers discharged since Oc- 
)ber 1, 1986, should also provide the Registrar 
rith a copy of their Army/American Council on 
ducation Registry Transcript. 

tegents Engineering Transfer 
'rogram 

To be admitted to the Regents Engineering 
ransfer Program at Armstrong State College, 
tudents must have achieved at least: 
I 550 on the mathematics portion of the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT); and 

2. 450 on the verbal portion of the SAT; and 

3. 3.0 high school grade point average. 
This institution's faculty members have 

orked closely with Georgia Tech's faculty to 
ssure a curriculum which is well-coordinated 
ith that of Georgia Tech. Specific times each 
jarter have been established for students to 
sit the Georgia Tech campus and meet with 
•presentatives of their anticipated major. 
Regents Engineering Transfer Program stu- 
snts who satisfactorily complete the pre-en- 
neering curriculum and apply for transfer will 
3 accepted to Georgia Tech. However, admis- 
Dn to the most popular majors, as for other 
sorgia Tech students, will be based upon over- 
grade point average, performance in the re- 
ared prerequisite courses and availability of 
jdent spaces. 



equirements of Transfers 

. Transfer students completing high school 
in the Spring of 1988, or later, from non- 
University System institutions will be re- 
quired to submit their high school tran- 
scripts as part of their application process 
unless they have completed their freshman 
and sophomore years, completed an as- 
sociate degree, or have more than 90 hours 
of transfer credit approved. This require- 
ment also applies to students enrolled in 
University System programs that do not re- 
quire the College Preparatory Curriculum 
for admission. 

Transfer students completing high school 
in the Spring of 1988, or later, transferring 
from University System institutions will 
maintain their CPC status as determined by 



the first University System institution mak- 
ing the original CPC evaluation. 

3. Transfer applicants completing high school 
prior to Spring of 1988 will follow the same 
procedure as freshman applicants except 
these applicants will not be required to 
meet the College Preparatory Curriculum 
requirements. In addition, these applicants 
who have achieved sophomore standing at 
the time of entrance, will not be required to 
submit their high school records. Such rec- 
ords may be required by the Office of Ad- 
missions, but normally the transcripts of 
previous college records will suffice in 
place of the high school record. Transfer 
applicants must ask the Registrar, of each 
college they have previously attended, to 
mail an official transcript of their records to 
the Office of Admissions at Armstrong State 
College, regardless of the transferability of 
the credits. 

4. Transfer applicants will not be considered 
for admission unless he/she is academi- 
cally eligible to return to the college or uni- 
versity last attended, or unless the officials 
of the institution last attended recommend 
the applicant's admission. 

5. Transfer applicants will be considered for 
admission to Armstrong State College, if, 
on all work attempted at other institutions, 
their academic performance as shown by 
their grade-point-average is equivalent to 
the minimum standard required by Arm- 
strong State College students by compa- 
rable standing. Students not meeting the 
required GPA may be admitted on Good 
Standing, with Warning. (See chart under 
Academic Probation and Dismissal Policy 
in the "Academic Regulations" section of 
this Catalog.) 

6. Credit will be given for transfer work in 
which students received a grade of "C" or 
above. Credit will also be given for transfer 
work in which the students received grades 
of "D", with the limitation that such credit 
will not exceed twenty-five percent of the 
total amount of credit accepted with grades 
of "C" or above. College credit will not be 
allowed for such courses as remedial Eng- 
lish or remedial mathematics or courses 
basically of secondary school level 

7. Credits earned at an institution which is not 
a member of the appropriate regional ac- 
crediting agency can be accepted on a 



26 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



provisional basis only. Students transfer- 
ring from an institution which is not a mem- 
ber of a regional accrediting agency must 
achieve a "C" average on their first fifteen 
quarter hours of work at Armstrong in order 
to be eligible to continue. In certain areas 
they may be required to validate credits by 
examination. In computing cumulative 
grade averages, only the work attempted 
at Armstrong will be considered. 

8. The amount of credit that Armstrong will 
allow for work done in another institution 
within a given period of time may not ex- 
ceed the normal amount of credit that could 
have been earned at Armstrong during that 
time. A maximum of 100 quarter hours may 
be transferred from a junior college. At least 
half of the courses in the major must be 
taken at Armstrong. 

9. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may be taken 
through correspondence extension 
courses or examination. No correspon- 
dence courses may be used to meet re- 
quirements in the major field or the related 
field for the bachelor's degree. No corre- 
spondence course may be taken while en- 
rolled at Armstrong State College without 
prior approval of the Vice President and the 
head of the department in which the student 
is majoring. Correspondence credit will not 
be accepted for courses in English com- 
position of foreign language. 

1 0. If the Core Curriculum requirements in Area 
I (Humanities), Area II (Sciences), and/or 
Area III (Social Sciences) have been com- 
pleted in a University System of Georgia 
institution, each completed area will be ac- 
cepted as having met the respective area 
requirement at Armstrong State College. 

11. An official evaluation of all previous college 
credit earned will be done during the first 
quarter of the applicant's attendance. 
Transfer credit will be awarded from insti- 
tutions listed in the American Association 
of College Admission Officers and Regis- 
trars as being fully accredited. 

Developmental Studies 
Transfer Student Policy 

Conditionally admitted transfer students must 
meet the same admission requirements as in- 
dividuals admitted to the College for the first 



time. A complete record of the student's pa 
remedial coursework and CPE scores must I 
on file in the Armstrong State College Registra 
Office before the student can be admitted. Ft 
ther, conditionally admitted transfer studer 
must be eligible to return to their previous ins 
tutions before they will be considered for a 
mission to Armstrong State College. 

Readmission 

Students who have not been enrolled at An 
strong during the current academic year (t 
academic year begins with the Fall Quarti 
must apply for readmission on a form provid 
by the Office of The Registrar. Former studer 
who have not attended another college sin 
leaving Armstrong may be readmitted, provid 
they are not on suspension at the time they wi 
to reenter. Former students who have attend 
another college since leaving Armstrong mi 
meet requirements as listed in the catalog 
effect at the time of return. A student who 
readmitted after an absence from the college 
more than two years must meet degree requi 
ments as listed in the bulletin in effect at the tit 
of his or her return. 

Transient Students 

Students enrolled in another college or i 
versity may apply for temporary admissior 
Armstrong State College. They must have v 
ten approval from their Dean or Registrar t 
they are in good standing and have permiss 
to take specific courses at Armstrong State ( 
lege to be transferred to their own institu" 
when satisfactorily completed. Transient : 
dents are admitted for a specific period of tii 
normally one quarter. If they wish to remain 
Armstrong State College longer than one qua i 
they must submit additional statements n 
their Dean or Registrar, or must meet all reqi J 
ments for regular admission as a transfer * 
dent. 

Armstrong Students 
Transient Elsewhere 

Armstrong students who wish to take coifl 
work at another college with the intent of apy 
ing the courses to their academic record at /ft 
strong may do so in accordance with regulat I 
for transient status to another college. Stucrt 
must meet the requirements stipulated bytf 



ADMISSIONS 



27 



ther college, and, in order to apply the credits 
>ward their academic records at Armstrong, 
lust meet the academic regulations of Arm- 
:rong. Consult with the Registrar's Office for 
etails. 

Accelerated Program for 
ligh School Students 

Through this program for superior high school 
sniors, students may complete more than two- 
lirds of the freshman year of college before 
eginning a regular college career. Students ac- 
epted into the program may choose any fresh- 
lan course provided they meet course 
rerequisites and receive permission from their 
igh school principal or counselor and their ed- 
ge advisor. 

Students in this program may enroil for college 
'edit in a maximum of two courses each quarter 
hile completing their senior year of high school, 
pon graduation from high school, the student 
ill be admitted as a regular college enrollee. 
Students forfeit the privilege of this program 
they receive a college course grade below C 
their high school average in academic 
jurses falls below B in any quarter. 
The College will consider students for this pro- 
am only upon written recommendation of their 
gh school principals or counselors. 
To be admitted to the program, students must 
tisfy all of the following criteria: 
. Written recommendation by the principal or 

counselor of the high school; 
'. Written consent of parent or guardian (if the 

student is a minor); 
. Completion of the eleventh grade in an ac- 
credited high school; 
. A combined verbal and mathematics SAT 
score of no less than 1,000, or ACT Com- 
posite no less than 25. 
I. A minimum high school grade-point-aver- 
age on all academic courses of 3.0; 
Completion of the University System of 
Georgia's College Preparatory Curriculum 
(CPC) requirements with the following ex- 
ceptions: 

(a) Students with an SAT verbal score of 
at least 450 (or ACT English of at least 
23) who have not completed the final 
unit of high school English and/or so- 
cial studies will be permitted to fulfill 
these high school requirements with 
the appropriate college courses. 



i\ 



(b) Students who have not completed the 
College Preparatory Curriculum re- 
quirements may be admitted through 
the joint enrollment program (see be- 
low) if they are enrolled in the neces- 
sary high school courses and 
scheduled to complete the require- 
ments by the end of their senior year. 
With the exception of English and social 
studies courses taken by students with the 
required SAT or ACT score, a college 
course may not be used to fulfill both high 
school College Preparatory Curriculum re- 
quirements and college degree require- 
ments. 

Early Admission and Joint 
Enrollment Programs 

Armstrong State College offers an early ad- 
mission program for those students who have 
completed the eleventh grade in high school 
and who have demonstrated outstanding aca- 
demic potential. The criteria for admission to this 
program are the same as those listed for the 
Accelerated Program. 

Additionally, the college offers a joint enroll- 
ment program which is an early admissions pro- 
gram allowing students to enroll full time at the 
College while remaining on the rolls of a local 
high school. After successfully meeting all es- 
tablished criteria for the Accelerated Program, 
students will be awarded high school diplomas 
at the end of their freshman year in college. For 
further information on this program, prospective 
applicants should consult with their high school 
counselors and request information from the Of- 
fice of Admissions. 

Special Admission Categories 

GED 

An applicant who is not a high school grad- 
uate may be considered for admission based 
upon completion of the General Education De- 
velopment Examination (GED) with a score that 
satisfies the minimum requirement of the State 
of Georgia (standard score-45). A score report 
must be submitted directly to the College from 
the GED testing center where the student took 
the test, or by DANTES (2318 South Park Street, 
Madison, Wisconsin, 53713) if the student took 
the test through the United States Armed Forces 



28 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Institute while in military service. If the appli- 
cant's high school class graduated in the Spring 
of 1988 , or later, then all College Preparatory 
Curriculum (CPC) requirements must be met. 
The only exception to this requirement will be 
those applicants pursuing associate of science 
or associate of applied science degrees. These 
individuals are exempt from the CPC require- 
ments. 

Delayed Admission 

Applicants who have not attended high school 
or college within the previous five years, and 
have earned fewer than 20 transferable quarter 
hours of college credit, are not required to take 
the SAT or ACT admissions test. However, these 
applicants will be required to take the Collegiate 
Placement Examination and complete any De- 
velopmental Studies requirements. Student ad- 
mitted under this category must complete 30 
hours of college credit with a minimum 2.0 grade 
point average in order to be granted regular 
admission status. 

Persons 62 Years of Age or Older 

Persons who are 62 years of age, or older, 
may enroll as regular students in credit courses 
on a "space available" basis without payment 
of fees, except for supplies, laboratory or special 
course fees. They must be residents of the State 
of Georgia and must present a birth certificate 
or comparable written documentation of age to 
enable the Admissions Office to determine eli- 
gibility. They must meet all admission and de- 
gree requirements. 

International Students 

(All students who are citizens of countries other 
than the U.S.) 

It is recommended that international students 
begin their attendance at the college in the Fall 
Quarter. The college also recommends that in- 
ternational students attend an ELS language 
center prior to enrollment. 

Students from a country other than the United 
States who are interested in attending Arm- 
strong must meet the following requirements be- 
fore application is made: 
1 . Meet the requirements of freshman appli- 
cants. International students must have 
completed the equivalency of a U.S. high 
school. However, College Preparatory Cur- 



riculum (CPC) requirements do not ap| 
to these students. 

2. Have an official transcript of academic rc 
ords mailed to the Office of Admissions 
Armstrong with an official translation. 

3. If SAT or ACT scores are available, ask tl 
the results be sent to Armstrong. If the 
scores are not available, the student will 
required to take the Collegiate Placemi 
Examination and take any such requir 
coursework in accordance with the De\ 
opmental Studies Guidelines. 

4. A student whose native language is i 
English must take the Test of English a: 
Foreign Language (TOEFL) and score 
minimum of 500 for consideration for < 
mission to the College. 

5. Submit a statement of financial resourc 
prior to attendance. 

6. Show proof of adequate health and life 
surance. 

After completion of application form and si 
mission of all required records, the College 
make a decision on the application. If an ap 
cation is approved, the College will send at 
20 form (which the international student will i 
to obtain a student visa). Upon arrival these s 
dents may be tested in English composition 
class placement purposes. 



Admission of Veterans 

After having been accepted at Armstrc 
State College and upon receipt of Certifica 
of eligibility and entitlement from the Veter 
Administration, veterans may attend under P 
lie Law 358 (Veterans Readjustment Benefit 
of 1966), Public Law 815 (disabled), Public I 
894 (disabled), Public Law 634 (war orpha 
or Public Law 631 (children of permanently 
abled veterans). Students under Public L 
358, 361 , 634 should be prepared to pay tu'J 
and fees at the time of registration. 



Vocational Rehabilitation 
Applicants 

Those applicants sponsored by Vocatii* 
Rehabilitation or other community agen 3 
must apply at least six weeks before the bef 
ning of any quarter to insure proper process 
of applications. 



ADMISSIONS 



29 



equirements for Admission 
) Fine Arts Programs 

The college-level study of art and music re- 
jires considerable background as well as a 
isic proficiency level. Those students who 
sh to major in art are expected to show the 
culty a portfolio of previous work in at least 
le medium. In music, placement examinations 
e required of all entering students in music 
eory and applied music. 



Insurance 

Because of contractual requirements, Health 
Insurance is required of students in Associate 
Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate Degree Nurs- 
ing, Medical Technology, Radiologic Technol- 
ogies and Respiratory Therapy. Malpractice/ 
Liability insurance is required of students in 
Associate Degree Nursing, Baccalaureate De- 
gree Nursing, Dental Hygiene, Medical Tech- 
nology, Radiologic Technologies and 
Respiratory Therapy. 



equirements and 
rocedures for Admission 
> Health Programs 

:hool of Health Professions 
atement of Professional Standards 
slated to Applicants and Students 

All applicants to and students enrolled in the 
hool of Health Professions must meet and 
ntinue to meet the approved professional 
mdards of the School and respective pro- 
ims. 
In order to meet the intellectual, physical 
and social competencies necessary to 
meet professional requirements, all appli- 
cants and students must be able to exhibit 
qualities of good judgment, mental strength 
1 and emotional stability. 

No applicant who may jeopardize the 
, health and/or the well being of a patient, 
. client, co-worker, or self, may be accepted 
into the School of Health Professions pro- 
j gram or continue as a student within a pro- 
gram, 
i The individual programs will inform each 
applicant in writing of the standards which 
are related to the professional duties of the 
discipline. 

The faculty of each program or department 
shall be responsible for applying the stan- 
dards for their students and prospective 
1 students. 

: In all cases, final appeal may be brought 
to the attention of the Dean of Health Profes- 
sions who would appoint an Appeals com- 
mittee. 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not in any way guarantee formal admission to 
the Associate Degree Nursing Program. It is im- 
portant that the applicant for admission to this 
program file all papers required at least two 
quarters prior to the quarter in which the appli- 
cant wishes to begin nursing courses. 

The Admissions Committee of the Department 
of Associate Degree Nursing will act only on 
completed applications. Admission decisions 
will normally be made in October for winter 
quarter, January for spring quarter, and April for 
fall quarter. After admission to the program, the 
student must pay a $50.00 non-refundable 
Health Professions Deposit to reserve a seat in 
the program. This deposit is applied to the stu- 
dent's first quarter matriculation fee. Students 
who qualify for admission but who are not ad- 
mitted because of lack of space may reapply 
for the following quarter's class. Students ad- 
mitted for a given quarter must enter the pro- 
gram during that quarter or reapply for 
admission for any subsequent quarter. Deter- 
mination of admission to the program is a func- 
tion of the faculty. 

Transfer students must meet the criteria for 
admission to the Department of Associate De- 
gree Nursing as stated. Credit for nursing and 
science courses taken prior to application to the 
program must be approved by the Department 
of Associate Degree Nursing. It is recom- 
mended that nursing courses not be over one 
year old and science courses not be over five 
years old. Students wishing to be given credit 
for nursing courses which are over one year old 
and science courses which are over five years 
old may be required to validate current knowl- 
edge by examination or be required to repeat 
these courses. 



30 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The Associate Degree Nursing Program is ap- 
proved by the Georgia Board of Nursing and is 
fully accredited by the National League for Nurs- 
ing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Nursing 
Program is made on a space available basis 
and is limited to the best qualified students as 
determined by the Associate Degree Nursing 
faculty. Admission criteria include: 

1 . Completion of ZOO 208 with a grade of "C" 
or better. 

2. Completion of CHE 201. 

3. Completion of MAT 101. 

4. Eligibility for ENG 101. 

5. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 

Time Limit for Program Completion 

Students must complete the Associate De- 
gree Nursing Program within three consecutive 
academic years from the date of their initial entry 
into the program. Students who do not complete 
the program within this time limit must reapply 
for admission, meet current criteria for admis- 
sion, and have their previous credits evaluated 
at the time of their subsequent admission. Stu- 
dents who are readmitted must meet course re- 
quirements in effect at the time of their 
readmission. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmis- 
sion application for Armstrong State Col- 
lege and the Department of Associate 
Degree Nursing. 

2. The student will be required to meet ad- 
mission and curriculum requirements in ef- 
fect at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's readmission will be based 
upon space availability and recommenda- 
tion by the Department of Associate Degree 
Nursing. 



Baccalaureate Nursing 
Department 

Applicants to the program must be regularly 
admitted to Armstrong State College prior to 
making application to the nursing major. Stu- 
dents must meet the admission requirements of 
the Department of Baccalaureate Nursing to be 



eligible for admission to the nursing major. A 
mission to the nursing major is the function 
the Faculty. Only completed applications will I 
considered. 

Students will be admitted to the nursing ma 
during Winter Quarter, Sophomore year. Si 
dents who are not admitted may reapply wh 
they meet admission criteria. 

Applicants may address the Head of the C 
partment of Baccalaureate Nursing if they i 
quire additional information concernir 
admission procedures. 

The Bachelor of Science degree program 
approved by the Georgia Board of Nursing ai 
is fully accredited by the National League I 
Nursing (NLN). 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission criteria include: 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State C 
lege. 

2. A minimum SAT verbal score of 350. 

3. A minimum SAT mathematics score of 3' 

4. A verbal/mathematics combined SAT of r 
less than 750. (SAT scores will not -be 
quired for those applicants with Associa 
Bachelor's or Master's Degrees). 

5. A grade of "C" or better in each scier 
course. 

6. An adjusted GPA of 2.5 in all prerequi: 
course work attempted. 

Transfer Applicants and those with degn 
in other fields must meet the criteria establish 
for admission to the nursing major. Tran: 
credit will be awarded depending upon eq 
alency of courses. These decisions will be 
termined by the Nursing Faculty who will 
actual course outlines, descriptions, etc., s 
plied by the student. 

Registered Nurse applicants must meet 
criteria established for admission to the nurs 
major and must also submit proof of licensi 

Program Completion Requirement; 

Students must complete the Baccalaurcs 
Nursing Program within four consecutive yd 
from the date of their initial admission to 
nursing major. Students who do not compt 
the program within this time limit must appK 
readmission, meet current criteria for admissf 
and have their previous credits evaluated, u 
dents who are granted readmission must r! 



ADMISSIONS 



31 



course requirements in effect at the time of read- 
mission. 

Senior nursing students are required to take 
a written comprehensive exam prior to gradu- 
ation. 



After admission to the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram, the student must pay a $50.00 non-re- 
fundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve a 
seat in the program. This deposit is applied to 
the student's first quarter matriculation fee. 



Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must complete the readmis- 
sion application for Armstrong State Col- 
lege and the nursing major. 

2. The student will be required to meet ad- 
mission and curriculum requirements in ef- 
fect at the time of readmission. 

3. The student's admission will be based upon 
space available and recommendation by 
the Recruitment and Retention Committee 
of the Department of Baccalaureate Nurs- 
ing. 



Associate Degree Dental 
Hygiene 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
hot in any way guarantee admission to the As- 
sociate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. Ap- 
plicants must first be accepted for admission to 
he College with regular admission status before 
he Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee eval- 
uates the applicant's application to the Asso- 
:iate Degree Program in Dental Hygiene. 
; Admission to the program is limited in each 
;lass. Students matriculate in the Fall Quarter of 
1 3ach year. Applications for admission should be 
completed as soon as possible for the Fall 
• quarter and must include a transcript of all ac- 
ademic work. 

» Because of the heavy emphasis on science 
n the dental hygiene curriculum, it is important 
hat the applicant have a strong foundation in 
Diology and chemistry. 

1 Applicants who are on academic probation or 
suspension from another college will not be con- 
sidered for admission to the program. Unless 
: specifically approved by the Head of the de- 
partment, credit will not be accepted for courses 
aken in another school of dental hygiene. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
narked "For Dental Hygiene Only." 
Applicants may contact the head of the De- 
. oartment of Dental Hygiene if they require ad- 
ditional information concerning admission 
procedures. 



Criteria for Admission 

Admission to the Associate Degree Dental Hy- 
giene major is on a space available basis and 
is limited to the best qualified students as de- 
termined by the Dental Hygiene Admissions 
Committee. Admission criteria include: 
Regular Admission Criteria: 

1 . Admission to Armstrong State College. 

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

3. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 
Conditional Admissions status may be 

granted to an applicant when the applicant does 
not meet the regular admissions criteria. Con- 
ditional admission is granted on a space avail- 
able basis. 
Conditional Admission Criteria: 

1. Admission to Armstrong State College. 

2. Eligibility for ENG 101 and MAT 101. 

3. A minimum adjusted college GPA of 1 .8. 
The Dental Hygiene Admissions Committee 

will give special consideration to applicants who 
have completed one year of college work and 
who have completed CHE 201 or ZOO 208 (or 
their equivalents) with a grade of "C" or bet- 
ter. The applicant should request a personal 
interview with the Dental Hygiene Admissions 
Committee to discuss the application after all 
credentials have been received. 

All students must have a minimum of 2.0 GPA 
overall to graduate. 

Readmission Procedures 

1. The student must submit a written request 
for readmission to the Department Head 
one quarter prior to readmission. 

2. The student must have a minimum adjusted 
college GPA of 1.8. 

3. The student's readmission will be based on 
space availability and the recommendation 
of the dental hygiene admissions commit- 
tee. 

Challenge Examinations 

Challenge examinations for specific dental 
hygiene subject areas are available in the de- 
partment. Contact the department head for in- 
formation. 



32 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Dental Hygiene Education 

Candidates for the program must be gradu- 
ates of accredited associate degree dental hy- 
giene programs and licensed as registered 
dental hygienists. 

Students begin their course of sequenced 
dental hygiene courses in the Fall Quarter. Ap- 
plication for admission should be completed as 
soon as possible. 

Transfer credits are accepted for courses 
other than the professional sequence. A mini- 
mum of 45 quarter hours must be earned at 
Armstrong State College for the Bachelor of Sci- 
ence Degree in Dental Hygiene Education to be 
a awarded from this institution. The Office of the 
Registrar will evaluate all transfer credits. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Dental Hygiene Only". 

Applicants may contact the Head of the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene at Armstrong State 
College if they require additional information 
concerning admission to the program. 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1 . One year of professional experience pre- 
ferred. This may include any dental-related 
work experience. 

2. A minimum 2.0 GPA on all previous college 
work. Students transferring from another 
college must have this average to be con- 
sidered for admission. The 2.0 average 
must be maintained to date of actual ma- 
triculation in the program. 

How to Apply 

1 . Complete all application forms required for 
admission to Armstrong State College. 
Mark the application For Dental Hygiene 
Only. These forms are to be returned to the 
Office of Admissions. 

2. Complete the Dental Hygiene Bachelor of 
Science Application Form and return to the 
Department with a recent photograph. 

3. Submit National Board Scores to the De- 
partment of Dental Hygiene. Applicants 
should contact the head of the Department 
of Dental Hygiene if they require additional 
information. 



Associate Degree 
Respiratory Therapy 

Admission to Armstrong State College does 
not guarantee admission to the Respiratory 
Therapy Department. The department has a 
separate formal admissions process in additior 
to the admission process to Armstrong State 
College. 

Students are admitted to the program durinc 
the Fall quarter. The application process begins 
during the Winter break preceding the desirec 
admission date. Deadline for complete appli- 
cations is June 1. Applications received aftei 
that date will be considered on a first come-firs 
serve, space-available basis. 

To meet contractual obligations with the clin- 
ical affiliates, the program requires students tc 
submit a complete health history form and evi- 
dence of liability (malpractice) and health in- 
surance prior to participation in clinica 
practicums. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
marked "For Respiratory Therapy Only." Appli- 
cants may address the Head of the Respiratory 
Therapy Department if they require additiona 
information concerning admissions procedures 

Criteria for Admission 

Admission requirements include: 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col 
lege. 

2. Good standing with college at the time c 
student selection. 

Readmission to the 
Program 

Students who have been admitted to and hav< 
enrolled in the Associate Program in Respirator 
therapy but who have either withdrawn or hav< 
been suspended from the program may appl' 
for readmission provided they are in good ac 
ademic standing at the time they wish to reenter 

A student who has been dismissed from th 
program for any reason will not be eligible fo 
readmission. 



Associate Degree Radiologic 
Technologies Program 

Admission to Armstrong State College doe: 
not guarantee admission to the Radiologic Tech 



ADMISSIONS 



33 



nologies Program. The Program has a separate 
formal admissions process in addition to the ad- 
mission process to Armstrong State College. 

Students are normally only admitted to the 
professional component of the program at the 
start of the Fall Quarter each year except for 
transfer students. Students may begin taking 
core courses at any time and need not have 
completed the core courses prior to entry into 
the professional component. The application 
process begins in the Winter quarter of the year 
previous to desired admission. Qualified appli- 
cants will be considered on a first come-first 
admitted, space available basis. 

To meet contractual obligations with the clin- 
cal affiliates, the program requires students to 
submit a complete health history form, evidence 
Df health insurance, and evidence of liability 
malpractice) insurance prior to participation in 
clinical education courses. 

Applications for admission should be clearly 
narked "For Radiologic Technologies Only." 
applicants may address the Director of the 
Radiologic Technologies program if they require 
additional information concerning admissions 
procedures. 

Criteria for Admission 

The actual determination of admission of ap- 
plicants to the program is a function of the 
Radiologic Technologies Program Admissions 
Committee. Admissions are based on scholastic 
history, work experience, personal references, 
-and a personal interview. 

The following are specific criteria for admis- 
sion: 

j 1. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in a high school 
curriculum. 

2. A minimum GPA of 2.5 in all science and 
mathematics courses in the high school 
curriculum. 

3. A minimum overall adjusted college GPA 
of 2.0, if applicable. 

4. A minimum GPA of 2.0 in all mathematics 
and science courses at the college levels. 

Applicants who do not meet the criteria for 
Amissions outlined above may still apply for 
idmission. Please contact the Program for in- 
ormation. 

After admission to the Radiologic Technology 
3 rogram, the student must pay a $50.00 non- 
efundable Health Programs Deposit to reserve 
i seat in the program. This deposit is applied 
o the student's first quarter matriculation fee. 



Readmission to the Program 

Students who have been admitted to and have 
enrolled in the Associate Degree Program in en- 
rolled in the Associate Degree Program in 
Radiologic Technologies, but who have either 
withdrawn or been dismissed without prejudice 
from the program, may apply for readmission to 
the program only if they have a cumulative col- 
lege GPA of 2.0 at the time they wish to reenter. 
The student's readmission will be based upon 
space availability and recommendation by the 
Radiologic Technologies Admissions Commit- 
tee. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Health Science 

Criteria for Admission to 
Program 

1 . Regular admission to Armstrong State Col- 
lege. 

2. Eligible for MAT 101 and ENG 101. 

3. Adjusted college GPA of 2.0. 

4. Formal interview conducted by health sci- 
ence faculty members. 

5. Completed health science program appli- 
cation. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Medical Technology 
Program 

The professional phase of the Medical Tech- 
nology curriculum begins in the Fall quarter of 
each year with the MT courses. Students desir- 
ing acceptance to the Medical Technology Pro- 
gram should make application to the program 
during the early spring of the preceding aca- 
demic year. 

Minimum Admission 
Requirements 

1 . SAT of at least 800 with 350 or more in Math 
and 350 or more in Verbal. 

2. Cumulative Grade Point Average of 2.2 or 
more. 

3. Completion of required chemistry and bi- 
ology courses prior to the senior year. 



34 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



4. Science course (Chemistry and Biology) 
average of 2.25 or better with no more than 
one required science course with a grade 
of "D". 

5. Satisfactory completion of Regents' Testing 
Program. 

Other Requirements 

Per NAACLS requirement, all applicants must 
have taken the organic or biochemistry course 
and the microbiology course within the past 
seven years. Updating coursework can be done 
by completion (a grade of "C" or better) of the 
appropriate course or by a challenge exami- 
nation. 

Currently enrolled Armstrong State College 
students must also meet the requirements for 
admission to the MT program and apply to the 
program. 

Transfer students must be accepted to the 
college with "Regular Status" admission. 

Certified associate degree medical laboratory 
technicians may receive transfer credit for junior 
level MT courses upon presentation of accept- 
able certification scores and/or transfer credit 
and satisfactory completion of written and/or 
practical examinations in the professional con- 
tent areas. 



An applicant with B.S. degree not desiring the 
B.S. in Medical Technology degree must meet 
the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences academic prerequisites for 
Medical Technology. These students will be 
awarded a certificate upon completion of the 
professional coursework. 

Foreign applicants must meet the require- 
ments for admission to Armstrong State College 
as outlined in the college catalog. 

Application Process 

1. Complete all requirements for Application 
for Admission to Armstrong State College 
if not currently enrolled at ASC. 

2. Complete an Application to Medical Tech- 
nology Program form. 

3. Have official transcripts sent to Program Di- 
rector. 

4. If certified, have scores sent to Program 
Director. (Ask Program Director for form let- 
ter.) 

5. Applicants meeting the minimum admis- 
sion requirements will be invited for an in- 
terview with at least two of the Admission 
Committee members, one of whom is the 
Program Director. 

6. Request two references to complete Con- 
fidential Appraisal Form to be forwarded tc 
Program Director. 

7. All applicants will be informed by letter o 
their application status. 




I 



< 








r 




Armstrong 



College 

ATHLE™ 



Financial 
Information 



36 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Expenses 

The following schedules list the principal ex- 
penses and regulations concerning the pay- 
ment of fees. Fees and charges are subject to 
change at the end of any quarter. When such 
changes are made, notice will be given as far 
in advance as possible 

Tuition 

Georgia Residents 

The matriculation fee for students registering 
for at least 1 2 quarter hours is $382.00. Students 
carrying fewer than 12 credit hours on campus 
in a quarter will pay $32.00 per quarter hour. 
This fee is waived for residents of Georgia upon 
presentation of written documentation that they 
are 62 years of age or older. 

Out-of-State Residents 

Full time students who are non-residents of 
Georgia pay a fee of $1 ,145.00. Those carrying 
fewer than 12 credit hours in a quarter pay 
$96.00 per quarter hour tuition. Out-of state tu- 
ition fees are waived for active duty military per- 
sonnel and their dependents stationed in 
Georgia (except military personnel assigned to 
this institution for educational purposes). 

Regents' Policies Governing 
Residency Requirements 

To be considered a legal resident of Georgia, 
the applicant must establish the following facts 
to the satisfaction of the Registrar. 

1. (a) If a person is 18 years of age or older, 
(s)he may register as a resident student 
only upon a showing that (s)he has been a 
legal resident of Georgia for a period of at 
least twelve months immediately preceding 
the date of registration. 

(b) No emancipated minor or person 18 
years of age or older shall be deemed to 
have gained or acquired in-state residence 
status for fee purposes while attending any 
educational institution in this State, in the 
absence of a clear demonstration that (s)he 
has in fact established legal residence in 
this State. 

2. If a person is under 18 years of age, (s)he 
may register as a resident student only 
upon a showing that a supporting parent or 



guardian has been a legal resident of Geoi 
gia for a period of at least twelve month 
immediately preceding the date of registrs 
tion. 

3. A person stationed in Georgia who is o 
full-time, active military duty with the armei 
forces and a spouse and dependent chi 
dren-may register upon payment of resider 
fees even though they have not been lege 
residents of Georgia for the preceding 
twelve months. 

4. A full-time employee of the University Sys 
tern and spouse and dependent childre 
may register on the payment of resider 
fees even though (s)he has not been a lege 
resident of Georgia for the twelve months 

5. Non-resident graduate students who hot 
teaching or research assistantships requii 
ing at least on-third time service may rec 
ister as students in the institution in whic 
they are employed on payment of resider 
fees. 

6. Full-time teachers in the public schools ( 
Georgia and their dependent children ms 
enroll as students in the University Systerr 
institutions on the payment of resident fee: 

7. All aliens shall be classified as non-res 
dents, provided, however, that an alien wh 
is living in this country under a visa pe 
mitting permanent residence shall have tr 
same privilege of qualifying for resident st 
tus for fee purposes as a citizen of tr 
United States. 

8.. International students selected by the i 
stitution's president or his authorized rej 
resentative may be enrolled upon payme 
of in-state fees provided the number 
waivers does not exceed the quota -a| 
proved by the Board of Regents for th 
institution. 

9. if the parents or legal guardian of a mini 
change the legal residence to another sta 
following a period of legal residence 
Georgia, the minor may continue to taT 
courses for a period of twelve months c 
the payment of resident fees. After the e 
piration of the twelve month period the st 
dent may continue his registration or 
upon the payment of fees at the non-res 
dent rate. 

10. In the event that a legal resident of Georg 
is appointed as guardian of a non-reside 
minor, such minor will not be permitted 
register as a resident student until the e 






FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



37 



piration of one year from the date of court 
appointment, and then only upon proper 
showing that such appointment was not 
made to avoid payment of the non-resident 
fees. 



Residency Reclassification 

A student is responsible for registering under 
the proper residency classification. A student 
classified as a nonresident who believes that he/ 
she is entitled to be reclassified as a legal res- 
ident may petition the Registrar for a change in 
status. The petition must be filed no later than 
sixty (60) days after the quarter begins in order 
for the student to be considered for reclassifi- 
ation for the quarter. If the petition is granted, 
reclassification will not be retroactive to prior 
quarters. The necessary forms for this purpose 
are available in the Registrar's office. 



Student Housing 



To secure housing, students must send a 
$100.00 deposit with their housing application. 
Refer to the housing contract for specific terms 
and conditions. 

The fee for double occupancy is $520.00 and 
$665.00 for single occupancy per quarter. 

Food Service 

All students who reside in the dormitory must 
purchase a 5-day, 15-meal plan at the current 
fee of $410.00 per quarter. 

Other Special Costs 

APPLICATION FEE $1 0.00 

.Must accompany initial application. Acceptance 
.of application fee does not constitute accept- 
ance of the student. Non-refundable. 
ATHLETIC FEE $38.50/qtr. 

.All students pay each quarter. 
EXIT EXAM FEE 

Fee for Graduate Record Examinations or Na- 
tional Teacher Examinations are announced in 
'test bulletins. 

GRADUATION FEE $25.00 

Payable by each candidate for graduation when 



'graduation application submitted two quarters 
'prior to graduation. If candidate is receiving a 
'second degree at the same graduation cere- 
monies an addition $5 00 is due The full $25.00 



is charged for a second degree awarded at a , 
subsequent graduation ceremony. A fee of 
$15.00 is charged for each replacement di- 
ploma. 

HEALTH PROFESSIONS DEPOSIT $50.00 
Reserves a seat in appropriate health program, 
payable upon application to program. 
I.D. CARD FEE $1.00 

LATE REGISTRATION FEE $20.00 

Non-refundable fee charged to students who 
register after the registration period. 
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE $1 8.50/qtr. 

All students pay each quarter. 
TRANSCRIPT FEE, OFFICIAL 1 free, $2.00 

each additional 
Unofficial transcripts for academic advisement 
and schedule planning will be issued at no 
charge. 

Music Fees 

Applied music courses consist of one twenty- 
five minute private lesson per week (Music 130) 
or a fifty minute private lesson per week (Music 
140, 240, 340, 440). A special fee of $42.00 is 
charged for students enrolled in Music 130. A 
special fee of $84.00 is assessed for Music 140- 
440 to music majors enrolled for less than 12 
hours and to students who are not music majors. 
Music majors may enroll, at no charge for one 
applied music course from Music 140-440. Ad- 
ditional applied music courses will be assessed 
a special fee at the non-music major rate. 

The applied music fee is refundable only if the 
student does not meet the first scheduled les- 
son. 



Summary of Fees* 

Matriculation, per quarter $ 397.00 

Student Activity, per quarter $ 18.50 

Athletic, per quarter $ 38.50 

Total for Georgia Residents ... $ 454.00 
Out-of-State Tuition, per quarter ... $ 794.00 

Total for Non-Residents $ 1,248.00 

Matriculation Part-Time Students, 

per quarter hours $ 33.00 

Non-Resident Tuition, Part-Time 

Students, 

per quarter hour (in addition to 

Matriculation Fee) $ 66.00 

"The fees shown are for the 1989-90 academic 
year and are subject to change. 



38 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Short Courses 

Fees are announced for each quarter when 
the course is scheduled by the College. 

Students who formally withdraw from a short 
course or conference before its first meeting will 
receive a full refund of fees paid provided the 
withdrawal is in writing and is received by the 
Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Educa- 
tion prior to the first class meeting of the course 
or conference. Withdrawals made in writing after 
the first class meeting will be given a refund 
minus a ten dollar handling fee. No refunds will 
be made for withdrawals received after the sec- 
ond class meeting. Fees paid for courses or 
conferences cancelled by the Coastal Georgia 
Center for Continuing Education will be re- 
funded 100%. 

Refunds 

Refunds of fees, including housing and food 
service, will be made only upon written appli- 
cation for withdrawal from school. No refunds 
will be made to students dropping a course. 
Students who formally withdraw during the reg- 
istration period and the first week of classes are 
entitled to a refund of 80% of the fees paid for 
that quarter. Students who formally withdraw 
during the period between the first and second 
week of classes are entitled to a refund of 60% 
of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 
formally withdraw between the second and third 
week of classes are entitled to a refund of 40% 
of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 
formally withdraw during the third and fourth 
week of classes are entitled to a refund of 20% 
of the fees paid for that quarter. Students who 
withdraw after the fourth week of classes will be 
entitled to no refund of any part of the fees paid 
that quarter. The refund schedule for the Sum- 
mer Quarter is printed in the Summer Quarter 
Schedule of Classes. 

Financial Obligations 

Any student delinquent in the payment of any 
financial obligation to the College will have 
grade reports and transcripts of records encum- 
bered. Grade reports and transcripts will not be 
released, nor will the student be allowed to re- 
register at the college until all financial obliga- 
tions are met. 

Fees for each quarter are to be paid in full at 
the time of registration. 



If a check is not paid on presentation to the 
bank on which it is drawn, the student's regis- 
tration will be cancelled and the student may re- 
register only on payment of a service charge 
$20.00 or five percent of the check, whichevei 
is greater, and the late registration fee. 

Financial Aid 



Governing Principles 

Armstrong State College subscribes to the 
principle that the primary purpose of a studen 
financial aid program is to provide financial as 
sistance to students who without such assis 
tance would be unable to attend college. The 
primary responsibility for financing a college ed 
ucation is the inherent obligation of the studen 
and/or family. Financial assistance from Arm 
strong State College should be viewed as sup 
plementary to the efforts of the student and/o 
family. An assessment of parental ability to con 
tribute toward the student's educational ex 
penses is made by the College Scholarshif 
Service so that neither the parent, the stucfen^ 
nor Armstrong State College will be required | 
bear an undue share of the financial respons 
bility. 

General Information 

Student financial aid is awarded to eligibl 
students on the basis of need in nearly all case 
except scholarships which have been provide 
by donors for the purpose of recognizing ace 
demic promise or achievement. The determ 
nation of need is provided for Armstrong Stat 
College students through the use of the Finar 
cial Aid Form (FAF) and the College Scholarshi 
Service which processes this form. The proces 
involves an analysis of the data provided by th 
student's family or, if independent, by the sti 
dent. This analysis is sent to the Office of Studer 
Financial Aid where it is compared with the cos 
of education for the appropriate classification ( 
student. If the analysis shows that the family cor 
tribution or self contribution is less than the co; 
of education, financial need has been estat 
lished. The Office of Student Financial Aid ha 
the legal right to challenge information provide 
on the Financial Aid Form if, in the opinion of th 
financial aid officer, that information appears t 
be inaccurate, incorrect, or misleading. 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



39 



In general, students who enter the College at 
the beginning of the Fall Quarter have a greater 
opportunity to receive financial assistance then 
:hose who enter later in the academic year. The 
awards processing time usually runs from May 
1 to August 31. It is during this period that the 
Office of Student Financial Aid distributes its 
/early allocation of funds to students who have 
:ompleted the process cycle. In the event that 
here is a shortage of funds, students who are 
eligible for financial aid but whose applications 
vere late will be placed on a waiting list until 
;uch time as funds become available. 

Students are eligible to apply for financial as- 
;istance provided that: (1 ) the student meets the 
equirements pertinent to the program(s) from 
vhich assistance is sought; and (2) the student 
lias been admitted to the college or is enrolled 
I good standing and is making satisfactory ac- 
idemic progress. Students who are classified 
s Transient, continuing Education, or Ex- 
hange are not eligible for financial aid. Stu- 
lents are required to adhere to all regulations 
md requirements of the program from which 
ley receive assistance and to notify the Office 
f Financial Aid of any change in status which 
lay affect their eligibility for aid. 

application Information 

An applicant for student financial aid must: 

1. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment at 
College; 

2. Obtain, complete, and submit a Financial 
Aid Form (FAF) to the College Scholarship 
Service by May 31 preceding the next ac- 
ademic year. 

3. Submit a PELL GRANT Student Aid Report 
to the Office of Student Financial Aid by 
May 31 preceding the next academic year. 

4. Complete an Armstrong Application for Fi- 
nancial Aid. 

5. Submit a copy of the student's and parent's 
(if dependent) Income Tax returns from the 
previous year, if requested. 

It may be necessary to complete additional 

)rms depending on a student's year in school, 

lajor course of study, and/or eligibility for a par- 

cular program. Applications for financial assis- 

. ince must be repeated annually. Most student 

\ nancial aid awards are for the entire academic 

[ aar, with payments made to the student in 

, qual quarterly installments. 

The minimum number of quarter hours for 

hich a student financial aid recipient may enroll 



per quarter varies from program to program. 
Some require at least 12 hours per quarter (full- 
time status). Most programs require that the stu- 
dent be enrolled at least half-time, taking 6 or 
more quarter hours. 

Students applying for financial aid, whether 
eligible or not, who do not meet or adhere to the 
above requirements will not be considered for 
financial aid. It is the responsibility of the parents 
and/or student to determine that all pertinent in- 
formation and data have been obtained and are 
located in the Office of Student Financial Aid to 
assure a complete and accurate awarding of 
financial assistance. 

When the student has received acknowl- 
edgement from the College Scholarship Service 
that the Financial Aid Form (FAF) has been sent 
to the College and the student has delivered the 
PELL Grant Aid Report (SAR) and the Request 
for Student Financial Aid, the Office of Student 
Financial Aid will send the student a tentative 
award notice. The student should schedule an 
appointment with a financial aid officer. The of- 
ficer will discuss the student's financial aid pack- 
age, and a final award letter indicating the type 
of award(s) and amount(s) will be processed. 

Students who submit the PELL Grant Student 
Aid Report only will not be considered for any 
other type of financial assistance awarded for 
the College. 

Transfer Students 

In addition to the above requirements for all 
financial aid students, transfer students are re- 
quired to submit a complete Financial Aid Tran- 
script from the financial aid office of each 
institution of higher education previously at- 
tended whether or not aid was received. No 
awards will be made until these documents have 
been received by the Office of Student Financial 
Aid. 



Types of Aid 



Grants — Awards that students are not 
required to repay. 

Pell Grants are federal grants based on need. 
Pell Grants are awarded to eligible undergrad- 
uate students. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants (SEOG) are federal grants awarded to 
undergraduates who exhibit exceptional finan- 
cial need 



40 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Georgia Student Incentive Grants are state 
grants awarded to full-time undergraduate stu- 
dents who are legal residents of Georgia. 

Loans — Money that students borrow and 
repay with either cash or service. 

Stafford Loans are available through local 
lending institutions and state agencies. Repay- 
ment begins after the student leaves school. 

Georgia Service-Cancellable Guaranteed 
Student Loans are offered for certain "critical" 
health and teaching fields. These loans are re- 
paid by service in Georgia after graduation. 

PLUS/SLS Loans are available to independ- 
ent students and the parent of dependent stu- 
dents regardless of need. The maximum loan 
amount is $4,000 per year. 

Institutional Short-term Loans are available 
to students for a maximum of 60 days. These 
loans are used primarily to assist students with 
the payment of tuition and fees. These loans are 
available to eligible students for a maximum of 
$300. Other requirements concerning short- 
term loans are available in the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. 

Employment 

The College Work Study Program provides 
on-campus employment for eligible undergrau- 
date students. These awards are based on 
need. 

Institutional Work Study positions are of- 
fered on a limited basis to students with specific 
skills. These awards are not based on need. 

Scholarships 

The following list includes many of the schol- 
arships available to Armstrong students. This 
listing is intended for reference only and is not 
an exhuastive source of all funds available. 
ASC Alumni Association Scholar- 
ship: Open to all full-time students. Partici- 
pation in civic and campus organizations, 
financial need, and academic standing are con- 
sidered. For additional information, contact the 
Alumni Office. 

ASC Alumni Association Entering Freshmen 
Scholarship: Full scholarship for full-time 
freshmen with combined SAT of 1000 or 3.0 
GPA. For additional information, contact the Al- 
umni Office. 

Savannah Jaycees: Full scholarship for full- 
time Chatham County residents. Civic and com- 



munity involvement, financial need and aca 
demic standing are considered. For additions 
information, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
American Assn. of University Women: Opei 
to older women in non-traditional fields with \ 
3.0 GPA, who are Chatham County residents 
For additional information, contact the Financic 
Aid Office,. 

Auxiliary to Georgia Medical Society: Full 
time Chatham County nursing student with hig! 
academic standing (3.0 GPA or above). For ad 
ditional information, contact the Financial Aid 01 
fice. 

Billy Bond Memorial Scholarship: Open $ 
all students with 3.0 GPA. Civic and communit 
involvement are considered. For additional ir 
formation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Elizabeth Wilmot Bull Scholarship: Offerei 
by the Council on Auxiliaries of the Georgia Hos 
pital Association. Students in the two and fou 
year nursing programs who are Georgia res 
dents are eligible to apply. For additional infoi 
mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Chemistry & Physics Faculty Scholar 
ship: Open to all students. Academic stanc 
ing is considered. For additional informatior 
contact the Chemistry & Physics Department. 
Civitan: Open to Armstrong students of all dis 
ciplines with at least a 3.0 GPA or 1000 SAT, 
freshman. For additional information, contact th 
Financial Aid Office. 

Ross E. Clark Scholarship: Full-time Politic; 
Science student with 3.0 GPA, Freshman 120 
SAT. For additional information, contact the De 
partment of Government. 
Cooper Scholarship: Open to all undergrac 
uate females and majors (except law, theology 
and medicine) based on financial need. Re 
quires B average and good standing. Applies 
tion deadline April 15,1988. For addition. 
information, contact First Union Bank. 
ASC Engineering Society Scolarship: Ful 
time sophomore and junior engineering sti 
dents, 2.75 GPA and active member of Eng 
neering Society. For additional informatior 
contact the Chemistry & Physics Department. 
ASC Freshmen Engineering Scholai 
ship: Entering freshmen with engineering nru 
jor. For additional information, contact th 
Chemistry & Physics Department. 
Mary Howden Gibson Memorial Schola 
ship: Sponsored by the Candler Hospital Au; 
iliary. Students in the allied medical field wh 
have at least a 3.0 GPA are eligible to appl' 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



41 



For additional information, contact the Financial 
Aid Office. 

Curtis G. Hames Nursing Scholarship: BSN 
Nursing scholarship for full-time junior, senior, 
and graduate students with C or higher average 
Residents of Southeast Georgia. Financial need 
is considered. For additional information, con- 
tact Georgia Southern College Foundation, Inc. 
Sarah Mills Hodge Memorial Scholar- 
ship: Awarded to full-time Chatham County 
students for scholastic merit. Requires 3.0 GPA. 
For additional information, contact the Financial 
Aid Office. 

Memorial Medical Center Auxiliary Nursing 
School: ADN or BSN. Georgia resident with 
K high school GPA and +750 SAT scores. If 
already a nursing student, must have at least 
|>.5 GPA. For additional information, contact 
Memorial Medical Center. 
<iwanis Memorial Educational Fund: Full- 
Hie entering freshmen. High achievers. For ad- 
ditional information, contact Office of Admis- 
sions. 

denzel-Magnus Award for Scholarship in 
Criminal Justice: Awarded to Criminal Jus- 
lice senior with highest academic average. For 
idditional information, contact the Department 
' nf Government. 

>aderewski Scholarship/Loan Pro- 
gram: Dental Hygiene. Must be Georgia res- 
ident. Financial need is considered. For 
jtdditionai information, contact the Dental Hy- 
Ijiene Department. 

Savannah Foods and Industries Engineering 
Scholarship: Awarded to engineering stu- 
dents with demonstrated academic potential. 
Contact the Director of Engineering Studies. 
Savannah Pathology Laboratory Scholar- 
ship: Full-time Med Tech senior demonstrat- 
hg financial need and commitment to degree 
;rogram. For additional information, contact the 
\SC Medical Technology Department 
knthony Porter Scholarship: Full scholar- 
'hip. Academic standing, civic and community 
ivolvement are considered. For additional m- 
urmation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Savannah Scholarship for Radiologic Tech- 
lologists: Full-time freshman or sophomore 
Radiologic Technology major with 2.0 GPA. For 
.dditional information, contact the Radiologic 
technology Department. 

Solomon's Lodge: Full-time students in top 

' Wo of class and 900 SAT. Civic and community 

ivolvement, and financial need are considered. 



For additional information, contact Solomon's 
Lodge No 1 

Regents Scholarship: Georgia residents in 
the top 25% of their class. For additional infor- 
mation, contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Regents Opportunity Grants Pro- 
gram: Minority graduate students. Georgia 
residents. Financial need is considered. For ad- 
ditional information, contact the Financial Aid Of- 
fice. 

Rotary Club of Savannah Scholarship: Full- 
time students with 3.0 GPA. For additional in- 
formation, contact the Secondary Education De- 
partment. 

Savannah Volunteer Guards Scholar- 
ship: Full-time freshmen with high school GPA 
of 3.0 and 1000 SAT. Recipient must take three 
quarters of military science for duration of schol- 
arship. For additional information, contact the 
Financial Aid Office. 

Ty Cobb Scholarship: Students must have 
completed 45 hours with B average and be 
Georgia residents. For additional information, 
contact the Financial Aid Office. 
Wine & Spirits Wholesalers of Georgia Schol- 
arship Foundation: Full-time students, aca- 
demic standing (3.0 GPA), civi and community 
involvement and financial need are considered. 
For additional information, contact the Financial 
Aid Office. 

WOW - Women of Worth: Full-time student 
who is an active WOW member. For additional 
information, contact the Psychology Depart- 
ment. 

Government Benefits 

Social Security provides monthly benefits to 
children when a parent dies, starts receiving So- 
cial Security retirement, or starts receiving dis- 
ability benefits. Because of changes in the law, 
students should contact the Social Security Of- 
fice concerning eligibility. 

The Georgia Vocational Rehabilitation Pro- 
gram provides financial assistance for the ap- 
plicant who possesses an impairment which 
would prove to be a vocational handicap. Stu- 
dents who think that they may qualify under this 
program should contact the Vocational Reha- 
bilitation Center. Applicants sponsored by Vo- 
cational Rehabilitation or other community 
agencies must apply at least six weeks before 
the beginning of any quarter to insure proper 
processing of applications. 



42 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Veterans Benefits 

V.A. Educational Benefits may be used for 
study at Armstrong. Contact the Office of Finan- 
cial Aid and Veterans Affairs for specific instruc- 
tions on application procedures. 

Satisfactory Academic 
Progress 

The Higher Education Act of 1965, as 
amended by Congress in 1980, mandates that 
institutions of higher education establish mini- 
mum standards of "satisfactory progress" for 
students receiving financial aid. To receive fi- 
nancial aid at Armstrong, a student must both 
maintain a satisfactory grade point average and 
be making satisfactory academic progress as 
outlined below. These requirements apply to the 
following programs: Pell Grant, Supplemental 
Educational Opportunity Grant, College Work 
Study, Guaranteed Student Loans, PLUS Loans, 
Georgia Incentive Grant, and other State Stu- 
dent Incentive Grants. 

It is the student's responsibility to read and 
understand Armstrong's policy regarding Stan- 
dards of Academic Progress. Failure to under- 
stand and adhere to these policies will result in 
a student's ineligibility for aid. 

(1 ) Students must earn the following mimimum 
number of hours each academic year (fall 
through spring quarters) depending upon 
their enrollment status: 

(a) Full-time students - 36 hrs. per aca- 
demic year (12 hrs per quarter) 

(b) 3 A time students - 27 hrs. per aca- 
demic year (9 hrs. per quarter) 

(c) V2 time students - 18 hrs. per aca- 
demic year (6 hrs. per quarter) 

Students whose enrollment status varies 
during the year should follow the quart- 
erly requirements listed above. For ex- 
ample, a student who enrolls full-time 
the first two quarters but only 3 A the third 
quarter would be required to complete 
33 hours (12 + 12 + 9 = 33). 

Student records will be checked each 
year for compliance at the end of spring 
quarter. Students who are not meeting 
the above requirements will be consid- 
ered ineligible for further aid until the 
appropriate number of hours are 
earned. 



Grade of A.E^C.D, and P will be consic 
ered as credits earned. F.I.W.WF, arii 
U will not be considered as credit 
earned. 

(2) Students who are enrolled full-time will b 
expected to complete their degree withi 
five years. No students will be eligible fc 
aid if they have attempted 225 hours c 
more. Students are therefore cautioner 
against repeating too many courses. 

(3) In addition to earning an appropriate nurr 
ber of hours per year, students must mair 
tain the following grade point average. 



3S ATTEMPTED 


REQUIRED GPA 


0-15 


1.3 


16-30 


1.4 


31 -45 


1.5 


46-60 


1.6 


61 -75 


1.7 


76-90 


1.8 


91 - 120 


1.9 


121 - over 


2.0 



Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 GPA t 
remain eligible for aid. 

(4) Students who are enrolled in the Develop 
mental Studies program will follow the re 
ulations of that program. Students will t 
required to meet all Satisfactory Prog re 
regulations upon completing the requir 
ments of the Developmental Studies Pr 

' gram. Suspension from Development 
Studies makes a student ineligible for ft 
ther aid. 

(5) Transfer students must be in good standir 
to receive the initial disbursement of ai< 
Credit hours attempted at other institutior 
will be considered in the 225 hoi 
maximum. Other Satisfactory Progres 
calculations will consider only the student 
academic record at Armstrong Sta - 
College. 

Reinstatement of Aid 

The reinstatment of aid is dependent on tr 
availability of funds. 

(1 ) Students whose aid is terminated becaui 
they failed to earn the required number 
hours may request their aid be reinstate 
once they earn the required number 
hours. These hours may be earned durir 



FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



43 



(2) 



the summer or during the following year. 
The student is not eligible for aid during 
these "catch up" quarters. 
Students whose aid is terminated due to 
insufficient GPA or standing may request 
their aid be reinstated once they have at- 
tended at least one quarter at full-time sta- 
tus and receive at least a 2.0 GPA. The 
student must also meet the GPA require- 
ments listed above. 



Appeal of Aid Suspension 

Students who feel that they can demonstrate 
mitigating circumstances which affected their 
academic progress may make an appeal to the 
Dean of Academic and Enrollment Services. 




44 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






. 







, A 



Academic 
Policies and 
Information 



v 






46 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Academic Advisement 

All students are required to participate in the 
advisement system at Armstrong State College. 
The Vice President and Dean of Faculty gives 
overall direction to the advisement program, 
with the appropriate department heads coordi- 
nating advisement activities within the various 
departments. Students who have selected a ma- 
jor or general field of study are advised by ad- 
visors within the appropriate department. 
Developmental Studies students are advised by 
advisors within the Developmental Studies De- 
partment. All other students are advised by Core 
Curriculum Advisors. Freshmen and transfers 
who have selected a major will be advised in 
the academic department of their major. Fresh- 
men and transfers who have not selected a ma- 
jor and have not completed the core 
requirements will be advised by Core Curricu- 
lum Advisors. 

The student's course selections must be ap- 
proved by an advisor as an integral part of the 
registration process. Students are responsible 
for fulfilling the requirements of their degree pro- 
gram and must observe all regulations for ad- 
mission to courses, including meeting 
prerequisite requirements. 

English Composition and 
Mathematics Requirements 

See English Composition and Mathematics 
Requirements in the Degree Requirements Sec- 
tion of this catalog, where important require- 
ments are outlined for entering students. 

State Requirement in History 
and Government 

See State Requirement in History and Gov- 
ernment in the Degree Requirements Section of 
this catalog. 

Course and Study Load 

The normal course load for full-time students 
is 15-18 quarter hours including a course in 
physical education during the freshman and 
sophomore years. 

A full-time student is defined as one who is 
registered for 12 or more hours. A part-time stu- 
dent is one registered for fewer than 12 quarter 
hours. A student should plan about ten hours 



preparation per week for each 5 quarter hou 
course. 

Classification of Students 

A student who has earned fewer than 4! 
quarter hours will be classified as a freshmar 
between 45 and 89 a sophomore; between 9< 
and 1 34 as a junior; and 1 35 or more as a senioi 

Overloads and Courses At 
Other Colleges 

Permission to enroll for more than 18 quarte 
hours will be granted by the Registrar to a stu 
dent: 

1. with an average grade of "B" for full-timi 
enrollment in the preceding quarter, or 

2. with an overall grade-point average of 3. 1 
or 

3. requiring an extra course in one of the tw 
quarters prior to graduation. 

No student will be allowed to register for mor 
than 21 quarter hours. A student who is on ac 
ademic probation will not be permitted to rec 
ister for more than 18 quarter hours. Exceptior 
to these limitations may be made only by th 
appropriate Dean. 

A student enrolled at Armstrong who at tt 
same time takes courses for credit at anoth* 
college may not transfer such credit to Arr 
strong, unless written permission from the ai 
propriate Dean has been obtained. 

Grade Reports 

Grade reports are issued directly to studen 
at the end of each quarter. The following grad< ; 
are used in the determination of grade-poir 
averages: 

Grade Honor Poir 

A (excellent) 4.0 

B (good) 3.0 

C (satisfactory) 2.0 

D (passing) 1.0 

F (failure) 0.0 

WF (withdrew, failing) 0.0 

The cumulative GPA is determined by dividir 
the total honor points earned by the total hou; 
attempted at Armstrong State College. The a 
justed GPA is determined by dividing the tot 
honor points earned by the total hours £ 
tempted, with hours and honor points for r 
peated courses not duplicated in tl 
calculation. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



47 



Armstrong State College also uses the follow- 
lg symbols for grade reports. These symbols 
arry no honor points and are not included in 
ne determination of either the cumulative GPA 
r the adjusted GPA. 

'ymbol Explanation 

W withdrew, no penalty 

I in progress or incomplete 

S satisfactory 

U unsatisfactory 

V audit 

K credit by examination 

P passing 

NR not reported 

An "I" which has not been removed by the 
liddle of the succeeding quarter is changed to 
i "F" unless the instructor recommends an ex- 
nsion in writing addressed to the appropriate 
ean. The "S" and "U" symbols may be utilized 
ir completion of degree requirements other 
an academic course work (such as student 
aching, clinical practice, etc.). A "WF" (With- 
ew, Failing) is recorded for any student with- 
awmg after the mid-term date. Exceptions to 
is policy must be approved by the Dean of the 
Dhool in which the course is taught and will be 
Dproved only on the basis of hardship. Appeals 
r a change of grade may be initiated through 
e head of the appropriate academic depart- 
ent in accordance with the Regulations of Arm- 
rong State College. 



lonors 

Dean's List: Students enrolled for at least ten 
jailer hours of course work who earn an honor 
Dint average of at least 3.6 will be placed on 
e Dean's List. Only course work taken at Arm- 
rong will be used in the computation of Dean's 
st honors. 

Cum Laude: Those students graduating with 
i honor point average of 3.2 through 3.499 will 
3 graduated cum laude. 
Magna Cum Laude: Those students gradu- 
ing with an honor point average of 3.5 through 
799 will be graduated magna cum laude. 
Summa Cum Laude: Those students gradu- 
ed with an honor point average of 3.8 through 
will be graduated summa cum laude. 
All work attempted at Armstrong and other 
xredited institutions will be considered in 
imputing honors for graduation. 



Attendance 

The control of student attendance at class 
meetings and the effect of attendance on the 
grades in a course are left to the discretion of 
the instructor. 

A student is responsible for knowing every- 
thing that is announced, discussed, or lectured 
upon in class as well as for mastering all as- 
signed reading. A student is also responsible 
for submitting on time all assignments and tests, 
recitations and unannounced quizzes. 

The instructor will be responsible for informing 
each class at its first meeting what constitutes 
excessive absence in that particular class. Each 
student is responsible for knowing the attend- 
ance regulation and for complying with it. An 
instructor may drop a student from any class 
with a grade of "W" or "WF," as appropriate, if 
in the instructor's judgment the student's ab- 
sences have been excessive. 

Academic Standing 

The college recognizes four academic cate- 
gories: Good Standing, Good Standing with 
Warning, Academic Probation, and Academic 
Suspension. Students are expected to maintain 
or exceed the grade point average (GPA) as 
indicated in the chart below. 

Quarter Hours Attempted Required Adjusted 
at Armstrong and GPA 

Elsewhere 

0-15 1.3 

16-30 1.4 

31-45 1.5 

46-60 1.6 

61-75 1.7 

76-90 1 .8 

91-120 1.9 

121 and over 2.0 

A student who falls below the required GPA 
for the first time is placed on Good Standing 
with Warning. Failure to raise the adjusted GPA 
to the required level during the next quarter will 
result in Academic Probation. Students on Ac- 
ademic Probation are not in Good Standing. If 
the student's adjusted GPA is raised to the re- 
quired level, the student is returned to Good 
Standing. The second or any subsequent failure 
to meet the required GPA will result in Academic 
Probation. In order to participate in extracurri- 
cular activities endorsed by the college, stu- 
dents must be in Good Standing or Good 



48 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Standing with Warning. Students under warning 
should plan both curricular and extracurricula 
activities under the guidance of their advisors. 

Students on Academic Probation who fail to 
achieve the required adjusted GPA, but who do 
earn an average of at least 2.0 during the pro- 
bationary quarter, will be continued on Aca- 
demic Probation for the next quarter of 
attendance. Students on Academic Probation 
who neither achieve the required adjusted GPA 
nor earn at least a 2.0 average during the pro- 
bationary quarter will be placed on Academic 
Suspension from the college for one quarter. A 
student on Academic Suspension for the first 
time has the option of attending summer school 
without having to appeal the suspension. How- 
ever, a student who fails to make satisfactory 
progress as a result of summer school will have 
to appeal for readmission in the fall quarter. 

A student suspended for academic reasons 
for the first or second time may appeal by letter 
to the Committee on Admissions and Academic 
Standing. This letter should state the nature of 
any extenuating circumstances relating to the 
academic deficiency, and must be delivered to 
the office of the Vice President and Dean of Fac- 
ulty no later than 9 AM of registration day. The 
Committee on Admissions and Academic 
Standing will make a recommendation to the 
President and the decision of the President is 
final. 

A student re-entering the college after an Ac- 
ademic Suspension is placed on Academic Pro- 
bation and must meet the requirements listed 
above. A third Academic Suspension is final. 

Repeating Courses 

Any course may be repeated with the last 
grade to be counted in the adjusted GPA. A 
student who repeats any course should com- 
plete a "Notice of Course Repetition" form avail- 
able in the Office of Registrar. 

Dropping Courses 

A student desiring to drop a course after the 
quarter has begun must obtain a Drop-Add No- 
tice in the Office of the Registrar. The notice 
must be signed by the instructor of the course 
being dropped and returned by the student to 
the Office of the Registrar. 

A student who drops a course not more than 
seven class days after the course begins will 
receive no grade for the course. A student who 



drops a course after the first seven class day 
and on or before the quarterly dates listed fc 
mid-terms will receive a "W" or a "WF" depenc 
ing on the status in the course. A student ma 
not drop a course without penalty following th 
quarterly dates listed for mid-term. A student i 
not allowed to drop ENG 025, 101, 102, or 20 
at any time unless extenuating circumstance 
prevail. In order to drop one of these course! 
the drop form must be authorized by the Dea 
of the School of Arts and Sciences and Edi 
cation or a designated representative. 

A Developmental Studies student (other tha 
those auditing Developmental Studies course; 
may not drop a Developmental Studies cours 
without withdrawing from the College. 

Withdrawing from College 

Any student who finds it necessary to witl 
draw from college must begin the process in th 
Office of Student Affairs. A formal withdrawal 
required to ensure that the student is eligible 1 
return to Armstrong State College at a futui 
date. Any refund to which a student is entitle 
will be considered on the basis of the date whic 
appears on the withdrawal form. 

Medical Withdrawals 

A student may be administratively withdraw 
from the college when in the judgment of Vic 
President of Student Affairs and the college ph 
sician, if any, and after consultation with the st 
dent's parents and personal physician, if any, 
is determined that the student suffers from 
physical, mental, emotional or psychologic 
health condition which: (a) poses a significa 
danger or threat of physical harm to the stude 
or to the person or property of others or (I 
causes the student to interfere with the rights 
other members of the college community or wi 
the exercise of any proper activities or functior 
of the college or its personnel or (c) causes tr 
student to be unable to meet institutional I 
quirements for admission and continued enro 
ment, as defined in the student conduct coc 
and other publications of the college. 

Except in emergency situations, a stude 
shall, upon request, be accorded an approp; 
ate hearing prior to final decision concerning h 
or her continued enrollment at the college. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



49 



Auditing Courses 

A regular student wishing to audit a course 
'ithout receiving credit must obtain permission 
f the instructor before registering for the 
purse. During the registration process the stu- 
ent should request to audit. A student may not 
nange from audit to credit status or from credit 
> audit status after completing the process of 
jgistration for a course. A student who audits 
course will have a "V" recorded for that course. 
le regular schedule of fees applies to auditors, 
nauthorized auditing is prohibited. 

lonor Code 

| The Honor Code at Armstrong State College 
dedicated to the proposition that the protec- 
>n of the grading system is in the interest of 
e student community. The Student Court is an 
stitutional means to assure that the student 
)mmunity shall have primary disposition of in- 
actions of the Honor Code and that students 
xused of such infractions shall enjoy those 
ocedural guarantees traditionally considered 
jsential to fair and impartial hearing, the fore- 
ost of which is the presumption of innocence 
itil guilt be established beyond a reasonable 
)ubt 

Responsibilities of students: 

Ail students must agree to abide by the 
rules of the Honor Code. A student shall not 
be accepted at Armstrong State College 
unless he or she signs a statement affirming 
his understanding of this agreement. The 
Honor Code shall be printed in the official 
bulletin and the Student Handbook. 

It will be the responsibility of the Stu- 
dent Court or its designated representative 
to conduct an orientation program at the 
beginning of each quarter for all newly en- 
tering students to explain fully the Honor 
Code and to allow full discussion of its re- 
quirements. 

Any student desiring assistance with 
any matter related to the Honor Code is 
invited to seek assistance in the Office of 
Student Affairs. 
Violations of the Honor Code: 

Violations of the Honor Code may be of 
two kinds: (a) general and (b) those related 
to the peculiarities of specific course-re- 
lated problems and to the understanding 
of individual instructors. Any instructor 
whose conception of cheating would tend 



to enlarge or contract the general regula- 
tions defining cheating must explicity notify 
the affected students of the qualifications 
to the general regulations which he or she 
wishes to stipulate. The following will be 
considered general violations of the Honor 
Code. 
1. Giving or receiving any unauthorized 
help on any assignment, test or paper 
The meaning of unauthorized help 
shall be made clear by the instructor 
of each class. 
2 Stealing when related to cheating. 

3. Plagiarizing Plagiarism is the unack- 
nowledged use of another's words or 
ideas. Students must be familiar with 
the explanation of plagiarism given in 
the writing handbook used in freshman 
composition classes (pp. 457-459 in 
the current text, Writing: A College 
Handbook, Heffernan and Lincoln, 
1982). Ignorance of what constitutes 
plagiarism will not be accepted as an 
excuse for plagiarism. 

4. Giving perjured testimony before the 
Student Court. 

5. Suborning, attemption to suborn, or in 
intimidating witnesses. 

6. Failing to report a suspected violation 
of the Honor Code. 

III. Reporting Violations of the Honor Code: 

Anyone wishing to report a violation may 
come to the Office of Student Affairs for 
assistance in contacting members of the 
Student Court. 

A. Self-reporting: A student who has bro- 
ken the Honor Code should report him- 
self, to a member of the Student Court. 
B Anyone (faculty member or student) 
who is aware of a violation of the Honor 
Code must report the matter. 

1 . Tell the person thought to be guilty 
to report himself to a member of the 
Student Court no later than the end 
of the next school day After this 
designated time the person who is 
aware of the violation must inform 
a member of the Student Court so 
that the Student Court may contact 
the accused person if he has not 
already reported himself. 

2. Report the suspected violation di- 
rectly to a member of the Student 



50 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Court without informing the ac- 
cused. 
IV. The procedural rights of the students ac- 
cused of violations of the Honor Code: 

The essence of the procedural rights of 
an accused is the right to be presumed 
innocent until proven guilty. Specific rights 
are as follows: - 

1. The accused will be notified in writing 
by the Student Court or its designated 
representative of the nature and de- 
tails of the offense with which he is 
charged along with the names of his 
accusers and the principal witnesses 
to be brought against him. This notifi- 
cation shall occur no less than three V. 
days prior to the date of the hearing. 

2. The accused has the right to counsel 
of his own choosing. Such counsel will 
not participate directly in the proceed- 
ings except to advise his client. It is 
expected that such counsel will be 
drawn from the college community. 

3. The accused and the person bringing 
the charges shall be afforded an op- 
portunity to present witnesses and 
documentary or other evidence. The 
accused and any individual bringing 
the charges shall have the right to 
cross examine all witnesses and may, 
where the witnesses cannot appear 
because of illness or other cause ac- 
ceptable to the Court, present the 
sworn statement of the witnesses. The 
Court shall not be bound by formal 
rules governing the presentation of 
evidence, and it may consider any evi- 
dence presented which is of probative 
value in the case. 

4. The accused may not be made to bear 
witness against himself. The Court 
may not take the refusal of the ac- 
cused to testify as evidence of guilt, 
but this proviso does not give the ac- 
cused immunity from a hearing or from 
recommendations reached in a hear- 
ing simply because the accused does 
not testify. 

5. The accused shall have access to a 
complete audiotape of the hearing and 
to record prepared by the secretary. 

6. The substantive facts of a case may 
be re-opened for consideration upon 
initiation of the accused acting through 



normal appeal channels. The accuse 
shall not be put in double jeopardy. 

7. All witnesses will be sequestered froi 
the hearing room during the course* 
a hearing. Witnesses may not discus 
a pending case. 

8. By prior agreement, the accused w 
- be allowed such observers of the hea 

ing as may be commensurate with th 
space available. Otherwise, in the it 
terests of the right of privacy of th 
accused, hearings will be private, e: 
cept that the College may also hav 
observers additional to the advisors 1 
the Student Court. 
The Student Conduct Committee, the Sti 
dent Court and Advisors to the Studei 
Court: 
A. Student Conduct Committee 

1. The Student Conduct Committe 
shall be responsible to the facul 
for recommending policies relatir 
to the Academic Honor Code ar 
the Code of Conduct, for formula 
ing or approving rules, enforo 
ment procedures, and sanctior 
within the framework of existing pc 
icies, and for recommendir 
changes in the administration 
any aspects of the Honor Code ar 
the Student Code of Conduct. Tl 
Conduct Committee will also ini 
view and select members for tl 
Student Court. 

2. The Committee shall consist of fr 
teaching faculty members, the Vi< 
President of Student Affairs ar 
four students. The four students v 
be the President and Vice Pre: 
dent of the Student Court, the Pre 
ident of the Student Govemme 
Association, and one student-c 
large. The faculty members shall t 
appointed by the faculty in accor 
ance with the faculty statutes. 

3. The Vice President of Student / 
fairs shall assist the Conduct Cor 
mittee in the development of poli 
and in the discharge of its respo 
sibilities. He shall coordinate tf 
activities of all officials, comm 
tees, student groups, and tribuna 
for student conduct. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



51 



4. All regulations or rules relating to 
student conduct that are proposed 
by any College official, committee 
or student group, and for which 
sanctions may be imposed in the 
name of the College, must be sub- 
mitted to the Committee for consid- 
eration and review prior to 
submission to the faculty and the 
student body. The Committee shall 
have 10 days in which to review the 
same. 
B. Student Court 

1. The Student Court will be selected 
by the Student Conduct Committee 
and will be composed of twelve stu- 
dents. Due consideration will be 
given to equitable apportionment of 
court members on the basis of ac- 
ademic class, race, and sex. Stu- 
dents on academic probation may 
not serve. All appointments will be 
issued and accepted in writing. Ap- 
pointments will be made during 
Spring Quarter in time for newly 
elected members of the Court to 
assume their duties by May 1 . Ap- 
pointments will be made as needed 
to keep the Student Court staffed 
to do business on a reasonably 
prompt basis. These appointments 
may constitute permanent or tem- 
porary replacements as the Stu- 
dent Conduct Committee deems 
necessary. 

2. The Student Court will elect a Pres- 
ident, Vice President, and a Sec- 
retary from its membership. The 
President will preside at all meet- 
ings. The Vice President will as- 
sume the duties of the President if 
the President is absent. The Sec- 
retary will maintain written notes of 
all proceedings and audiotape rec- 
ords of all testimony, and will main- 
tain exhibits of evidence which by 
their nature may reasonably be 
maintained in the Court files. A quo- 
rum of the Court shall consist of 
seven members. A two-thirds ma- 
jority secret ballot vote is required 
to reach a finding of guilty. All other 
questions may be decided by a 
simple majority vote. 

3. Constituency of the Student Court 
during the Summer Quarter shall in- 
clude all appointed members in at- 



tendance, and others shall be 
appointed to membership by the 
Student Conduct Committee. 
4. Student Court members shall ex- 
amine their consciences carefully 
to determine whether they can in 
good conscience serve on a panel 
hearing a particular case, and in 
the event that there is any doubt. 
whatsoever, such member shall ex- 
cuse themselves from duty on the 
specific panel in question. 
C. Advisors to the Court 

1. An advisor and an associate ad- 
visor to the Student Court shall be 
appointed by the President of the 
College. 

2. Ordinarily the advisor will serve in 
that office for one year only and 
usually will be succeeded in that 
position by the associate advisor. 
Therefore, after the initial appoint- 
ments, only an associate advisor 
will ordinarily be appointed each 
year. The succession of an asso- 
ciate to the advisor position is 
deemed to occur on the last day of 
Spring Quarter. If, for any reason, 
the advisor is unable to complete 
his term, the associate advisor shall 
succeed to the office of advisor and 
another associate advisor shall be 
appointed by the above proce- 
dures. If, during the Summer 
Quarter, neither advisor is on cam- 
pus, a temporary advisor will be ap- 
pointed. 

3. Duties of the advisor and the as- 
sociate advisor: It shall be the duty 
of the advisor to consult with the 
Court and to offer advice to the 
President and members of the 
Court on substantive and proce- 
dural questions. The advisor, or the 
associate advisor in the event the 
advisor is unable to attend, shall be 
present at all meetings and hear- 
ings of the Court. The advisor may 
not vote nor may he participate di- 
rectly in the conduct at hearings 
before the Court except through the 
chairman, or acting chairman, of 
the Court. The advisor should be 
governed at all times by the prin- 
ciple that a hearing before the Stu- 
dent Court is primarily a matter of 
student responsibility. 



52 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



VI. Procedures and Penalities adopted by the 
Student Court. 

The Student Court shall formulate its own 
bylaws governing internal organization and 
procedure. Such bylaws must be consist- 
ent with the Honor Code. 

A. Hearings shall be called by the Court 
President to be held on a date not less 
than three nor more than ten class 
days after notice to the accused as 
provided in Section IV-2. Exceptions 
to these time requirements may be 
granted. 

B. Upon reaching a finding of guilty, the 
Court shall make a recommendation to 
the Vice-President of the College as to 
the administrative action it deems ap- 
propriate within the following limita- 
tions: 

1 . A minimum penalty shall be loss of 
assignment or test credit for the as- 
signment or test for violations in- 
volving cheating as specified in 
Section II, subsections 1, 2, and 3. 
Additional penalities such as repri- 
mands, suspension, or others may 
be recommended for any aspects 
of Section II. 

2. Maximum penalty for a first offense 
of any type shall be suspension for 
a full calendar year. 

3. Maximum penalty for a second of- 
fense may be suspension for three 
years. 

C. Immediately following a hearing, the 
accused will be informed of the Court's 
finding, and its recommendation to the 
Vice President of the College. If the 
finding is guilty, the accused will be 
informed that the Court may reopen 
the case with the consent of the ac- 
cused for good cause, within a three 
week period. 

D. The Vice President of the College will 
inform all involved persons in writing 
of the action he has taken in view of 
Court recommendation. The Court 
Secretary will post public notice of the 
Vice President's action by case num- 
ber without identifying the accused. 

VII. Appeals of Findings and Penalities: 

Should a student have cause to question 
the findings of the Court or the action of the 
Vice President of the College or both, he 



has the right to appeal. The channels 

appeal are as follows: 
A. Court findings and/or the administr 
tive action of the Vice President of tl 
College may be appealed within fp 
days by writing the President of tl 
College. Further appeal procedun 
-will conform to the appeal procedun 
of the College and of the Policies 
the Board of Regents, University Sy 
tern of Georgia. 

VIII. Supervision of the Student Court: 

As an institutional means of respondir 
to reported infractions of the Honor Cod 
the Student Court is ultimately responsit 
to the President of the College. 

Supervision of the Student Court will \ 
accomplished ordinarily through the De; 
of Student Affairs and the Advisors. 

In accordance with Article VI, Section 
of the College Statutes, the Dean of Stude 
Affairs will provide general supervision 
the Student Court and will provide oth 
guidance or services as directed by tl 
President of the College. 

IX. Revision of the Honor Code will require co 
firmation by the majority vote of those fa 
ulty and student body members voting. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENT" 

General 

Degree Requirements 

1 . Each student is responsible for fulfilling t 
requirements of the degree program cf 
sen in accordance with the regulations 
the college catalog. 

2. Exceptions to course requirements for a ( 
gree are permitted only with the written c 
proval of the appropriate Dean, upon 1 
recommendation of the department hea 

3. A student will normally graduate under' 1 
catalog in effect at the time of admissior 
the College. In the School of Health Prof' 
sions, a student will graduate under the c 
alog in effect at the time of admission 
readmission (whichever is more current' I 
a particular Health Professions progrc. 
Armstrong State College, however, 
serves the right to change any provisJ 
listed in this catalog, including but not 1 
ited to academic requirements for gra<- 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



53 



ation, without actual notice to individual 
students. If students have been absent 
from the College for two or more consec- 
utive years, they should expect to meet all 
requirements in effect at the time of return. 

4. Not more than one-fourth of the work 
counted toward a degree may consist of 
courses taken by correspondence, exten- 
sion, or examination. No correspondence 
courses may be used to meet the require- 
ments in the major field or related fields for 
the Bachelor's degree or in English com- 
position or foreign language. No corres- 
pondence courses may be taken while a 
student is enrolled, without prior approval 
of the appropriate Dean and the head of 
the department in which the student is ma- 
joring. 

5. By State law, each student who receives a 
-diploma or certificate from a school sup- 
ported by the State of Georgia must dem- 
onstrate proficiency in United States 
History and Government and in Georgia 
History and Government. A student at Arm- 
strong State College may demonstrate 
such proficiency by: 

A. Examinations. Students may take 
either the relevant CLEP, College 
Board Admissions Testing Program 
Achievement Test, or Advanced 
Placement Test. 

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. and 
Georgia government - Political Sci- 
ence 113; for U.S. and Georgia History 
- History 251 or 252 or any upper di- 
vision course in U.S. History. 

To qualify for the baccalaureate degree, a 
student must earn at Armstrong at least 45 
quarter hours of credit applicable toward 
the degree. Additionally, the student must 
complete successfully at Armstrong at least 
half of the upper division credits required 
in the major field of study. For students in 
teacher education programs, the major 
field of study is the teaching field. For the 
Associate Degree, the student must com- 
plete at least 45 quarter hours of course 
work at Armstrong State College. Arm- 
strong students enrolled in the cooperative 
degree programs with Savannah State Col- 
lege in Business Education, Industrial Arts 
Education, and Trade and Industrial Edu- 
cation may be exempted from these re- 



quirements by a recommendation of the 
Dean of the School of Arts, Sciences and 
Education, concurrence by the Education 
Curriculum Committee and approval of the 
Committee on Academic Standing. 

7. For graduation the student must earn an 
overall average of 2.0 or better considering 
work taken at all colleges, computed in 
such manner that a course will be counted 
only once, regardless of the number of 
times that it has been repeated. The grade 
earned in the last attempt will determine the 
number of honor points assigned for grad- 
uation. Additionally, the student must earn 
a GPA of 2.0 or better in each of the follow- 
ing: 

A. ali work at Armstrong 

B. All courses in the major field. 

8. To qualify for a second Armstrong bacca- 
laureate degree, a candidate must earn at 
Armstrong at least 45 additional hours of 
credit and meet all qualitative requirements 
for the degree. 

9. Before a degree will be conferred students 
must pay all fees and must submit to the 
Registrar a completed Application for 
Graduation two quarters before gradua- 
tion. A candidate for a degree, unless ex- 
cused in writing by the President, Vice 
President and Dean of Faculty, Vice Pres- 
ident of Student Affairs, or Dean of Aca- 
demic and Enrollment Services, must 
attend the graduation exercises at which a 
degree is to be conferred. 

10. All students must successfully complete 
the Regents' Test and must take an Exit 
Examination in their major field as may be 
stipulated as requirements for graduation. 
Candidates for a second baccalaureate 
degree are exempted from the Regents' 
Test requirement. 

Core Curriculum Requirements 

Each unit in the University System of Georgia 
requires as a Core Curriculum for all baccalau- 
reate degree programs the following minimum 
number of quarter hours in the major areas of 
study. 

Hours 

Area I 

Humanities, including, but not limited to, 
grammar & composition & literature 20 



54 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area II 

Mathematics & the natural sciences, 
including, but not limited to, 
mathematics and a 10-hour sequence 
of laboratory courses in the biological 
or physical sciences 20 

Area III 

Social Sciences, including, but not limited 
to, history & American government 20 

Area IV 

Courses appropriate to the major field of 
the individual student 30 

TOTAL 90 
In addition to the University System Core Cur- 
riculum requirements as outlined above, Arm- 
strong State College requires six quarter hours 
in physical education as part of all baccalau- 
reate degree programs. 

Requirements 

The student in any baccalaureate degree pro- 
gram at Armstrong State College must complete 
the following specific Core Curriculum require- 
ments. Consult the relevant departmental sec- 
tion for a complete statement of degree 
requirements for a specific program. Certain 
courses in the Core Curriculum may be ex- 
empted with credit awarded. 

Hours 

Area I 

Humanities 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 292 15 

One of the following courses: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, 

PHI 201, ENG 222 5 

Area II 

Mathematics & the Natural Sciences 20 

One course from MAT 101, 103, 

or 206, and an additional 

course from MAT 103, 195, 

206, 207, 220, or 290 10 

One of the following course sequences: 

BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112 

CHE 121, 122 

CHE 128, 129 

PHY 211, 212 

PHY 217, 218 

PHS 121, 122 10 

Area III 

Social Sciences 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

POS113 5 



One course selected from: 

PSY 1 01 , SOC 201 , ANT 201 , ECO 

201 or 202, GEO 212 

Area IV 

Courses Appropriate to the Major Field < 

Art 

ART 111, 112, 201, 202, 213 1 

MUS 200 

Art Education 

ART 111, 112, 201, 213 'c 

EDN200 

PSY 101 

Biology 
SCI and/or MAT electives (100-200 

level) or any foreign language ' 

CHE 128, 129 ■ 

BOT 203 and ZOO 204 : 

Biology Education 

CHE128 

EDN200 

PSY 101 

BOT 203 and ZOO 204 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 

228 

Business Education 

ACC211, 212 -., 

EDN200 . 

BAD 201 '.". 

PSY 101 

One course selected from: ART 200, 
271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 
Chemistry* 

CHE 128, 129, 211 

MAT 206 

PHY 213 or 219 

One course selected from: 
Computer Science, Mathematics 

or Natural Science 

Chemistry Education 

BIO 101, 102 

CHE 211 

EDN200 

PSY 101 

One course selected from: ART 200, 
271, 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 
Computer Science 

CS 142, 231, 242 , 

MAT 206, 207, 260 

Criminal Justice 

CJ 100, 103, 210, 280, 290 

One course selected from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, 202, DRS 228, PSY 101, 
SOC 201 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



55 



HIS251 or252 5 

jntal Hygiene Education 

BIO 101, 102 10 

CHE 121, 122 10 

DRS228 5 

PSY 101 5 

ama/Speech 
Any foreign language 101, 102, 103. 

and 201 20 

DRS227and 228 10 

irly Elementary Education 

EDN 200, 202 10 

DRS228 5 

GEO 211 or212 5 

HIS251 or252 5 

PSY 101 5 

iglish 

Any foreign language 101. 102 

103, 201 20 

CS 115, and one of the following: 
ART 200, 271, 272. 273. MUS 200, 
PHI 201, ENG 222 10 

glish Education 

Any foreign language sequence 15 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

nera! Studies 
Two courses selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273, ENG 222, 
MUS 200, PHI 201, any two 
foreign language courses through 

200 level 10 

HIS251 or252 5 

One or two course selected from: 

ANT 201, CS 115, 120, 142 ECO 

201, 202. PSY 101. SOC 201 5-10 

One or two courses selected from: 

BIO 101, 102, 111, 112, BOT203, 
CHE 121, 122, 128, 129, 201, 202, 
211, PHY 211. 212, 213, 217, 218, 
219, PHS 121, 122. ZOO 204, 208. 

209 5-10 

S Ith and Physical Education 

EDN 200, DRS 228, PSY 101 15 

: PE 117. PEM 250, 252: H.S. 261. 262 15 
I' ith Science 

HS 100. 230 10 

' DRS 228. HIS 251 or 252 10 

PSY 101 5 

PEM252 10 

i Dry 

Any foreign language 102, 103 10 

HIS 251. 252 10 



Two courses selected from: ANT 
201, ECO 201, GEO 211, 212, 
MAT 220, PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

Industrial Arts Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

IAE201, 202, 203 15 

PSY 101 5 

Mathematical Sciences 

CS 142 5 

MAT 206, 207 10 

Two of the following 10 

MAT 208; CS 242. 260 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

Mathematics Education 

EDN200 5 

*A foreign language sequence is recom- 
mended. 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

PSY 101 5 

One course selected from: ART 200, 
271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 .... 5 

Medical Technology 

BIO 101 or 111 5 

ZOO208 5 

Electives in Biology. Chemistry and/or 

Computer Science 20 

(Must contain at least 1 Biology or Zo- 
ology course which completes a 10 
hour sequence, and 1 Chemistry 
course.) 

Middle School Education 

DRS228 5 

EDN200 5 

GEO 211 or 212 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

PSY 101 5 

EDN240 2 

CS296 3 

Music* 

MUS (Theory) 1 1 1, 1 12, 1 13. 21 1, 212, 

213 18 

MUS (Applied) 140. 240 12 

Music Education 

EDN200 5 

MUS 111. 112, 113, 140. 236. 281 20 

PSY 101 5 

Nursing 

BIO210 5 

PSY295 5 

SOC 201 5 

ZOO 208. 209. 215 15 

Physics Education 

BIO 101, 102 10 



56 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDN200 5 

PHY 213 or 219 5 

PSY101 5 

One course selected from: ART 200, 
271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 .... 5 

Physical Science 

PHY 211, 212, 213 or 

PHY 217, 218, 219 15 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

Political Science 

Any foreign language sequence 
101, 102, 103, orCS 115, 142, and 

231 15 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

ECO 201, GEO 111, HIS 251 or 252, 
PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

Psychology* 

ANT201 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

MAT220 5 

PSY 101 5 

Social Science Education 

EDN200 5 

PSY 101 5 

Any foreign language or computer sci- 
ence sequence 15 

One course selected from: ART 200, 
271 , 272, 273, MUS 200, DRS 228 .... 5 

SociaJ Science Education - History 

EDN200, PSY 101 10 

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 

273, DRS 228, MUS 200 5 

Approved language sequence 
through 103 15 

Social Sciences Education - Political Science 

EDN200, PSY 101 10 

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 

273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

Approved electives 15 

Social Studies Education - Broad Fields (History) 

EDN200 5 

One course from: ANT 201 , ECO 201 , 

GEO 211, SOC 201 5 

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 

273; DRS 228; MUS 200 5 

Approved language sequence 
through 103 15 



Social Studies Education - Broad Fields (Politic 
Science) 

EDN200 

One course from: ANT 201 ; ECO 201 , 

202; any GEO course; SOC 201 

One course from: ART 200, 271, 272, 

273; DRS 228; MUS 200 

Approved language sequence 

through 103 

Social Work (major is under de-activation) 

HIS 252 

SOC 201 

SW250 

Any foreign language sequence 101, 

102, 103 or PHI 201 , ANT 201 , and one 

five hour social science elective (100- 

200 level) 

Speech Correction 

PSY 101, 202 

EDN200, EXC220 

HIS 251 or 252 

One course from: ART 200, 271 , 272, 

273, MUS 200, DRS 228 

Trade and Industrial Education 

DRS 228 

EDN200 

PSY 101 

TIE 100, 200, 210 

Area V 

Physical Education Requirements 

PE 103 or 108, and 117 or 166 

(Student should check his program 
of study.) 

Three courses selected from: PE 
100, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 107, 
109, 200, 201, 203, 204, 205, 206, 
207, 208, 209. 

MIL 203, 206 

(If MIL 203 is elected, total hours total foi 
Total Core Curriculum Hours 96 

Students should complete all core curriculu 
requirements during their freshmen/ 
sophomore years. 
*A foreign language sequence is recor 
mended. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



57 



iegents' Testing Program 

Each institution of the University System of 
eorgia shall assure the other institutions, and 
e System as a whole, that students obtaining 
degree from that institution possess certain 
inimum skills of reading and writing. The Re- 
nts' Testing Program has been developed to 
Hp in the attainment of this goal. The objectives 
the Testing Program are: (1) to provide Sys- 
mwide information on the status of student 
>mpetence in the areas of reading and writing; 
id (2) to provide a uniform means of identifying 
Dse students who fail to attain the minimum 
/els of competence in the areas of reading 
d writing. 

Students enrolled in undergraduate degree 
ograms leading to the baccalaureate degree 
all pass the Regents' Test as a requirement 

graduation. Students must take the Test in 
? quarter after they have completed 60 quarter 
stiit hours if they have not taken it previously, 
ch institution shall provide an appropriate 
)gram of remediation and shall require stu- 
nts who have earned 75 quarter credit hours 
j have not passed the Test to enroll in the 
oropriate remedial course or courses until 
•y pass the Test. Students with 60 or more 
: lege-ievel credit hours transferring from Sys- 
: i programs that do not require the Regents' 
I ;t or from institutions outside the System shall 
: e the Test no later than the second quarter 
: Bnrollment in a program leading to the bac- 
: aureate degree and in subsequent quarters 
5 iil be subject to all provisions of this policy. 

he Regents' Test is not a requirement for an 
a ;ociate of Applied Science Degree or an As- 
>) iate of Science degree in an allied health 
ij, although institutions may choose to require 
I Test for these degrees (Armstrong State 
I lege has chosen to require the Test of all 
liergraduates who have not earned a bac- 
: aureate or higher degree regardless of de- 
3 e objective.) 

student holding a baccalaureate or higher 
1 ree from a regionally accredited institution 
)1 igher education will not be required to com- 
31 e the Regents' Test in order to receive a 
i« ree from a University System institution. 

ne'Chancellor will issue administrative pro- 
it ures for the operation of the Regents' Testing 
5 f]ram (A copy of Regents' Testing Program 
Xmnistrative Procedures is available from the 



Office of Student Affairs, Room 1 1, Administra- 
tion Building.) 

According to "Regents' Testing Program 
Administration Procedures" institutions may in- 
crease requirements related to the Regents' 
Testing Program "provided that such increased 
requirements are authorized by the Chancellor 
and ... published in the official catalog of the 
institution prior to implementation." 

Regents' Test: 

Administration and Remediation 

Requirements 

Students attending Armstrong State College 
are urged to take the Regents' Test during their 
first quarter of enrollment after the quarter in 
which the 45th credit hour is earned. For the 
purpose of enforcing Regents' Testing Program 
Policy, enrolled students are identified by com- 
puter-printed notices on end-of-quarter grade 
reports and transfers through the processes of 
admission and transcript evaluation. Students 
register for the Test at the Office of Student Af- 
fairs within the publicized test registration pe- 
riod. 

Students who are scheduled to take the 
writing portion of the Regents' Test must first 
attend a one-hour Regents' Test Prep Ses- 
sion sponsored by the Armstrong Writing 
Center. This requirement applies only to stu- 
dents who are taking the test for the first time. 
Students who seek exemption from the Prep 
Session requirement must consult with the Head 
of the Department of Languages. Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts. Only those students who have 
completed composition courses with an aver- 
age grade of B or better may be exempted. 

Students who neglect to take the Regents' 
Test until their first quarter of enrollment after the 
quarter in which the 60th credit hour is earned 
may be barred from all phases of registration 
until after Test scores are posted 

Regardless of credit hours earned, students 
who do not pass the Regents Test may be re- 
quired by Armstrong State College to take re- 
medial courses before they retake the Regents' 
Test In accordance with Regents' Testing Pro- 
gram Policy, students who have not passed the 
Test and who have earned 75 quarter hours 
must take remedial courses, whether or not they 
have attempted the test 

Students who fail the reading portion of the 
Regents' Test and who have less than 75 hours 



58 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



earned with an adjusted GPA of 2.5 or better 
may appeal the requirement for Developmental 
Studies Reading 025 (Developing Reading Ma- 
turity) to the Dean of Academic and Enrollment 
Services. 

Students who fail the essay portion of the Test 
and have less than, 75 hours earned with an 
adjusted GPA of 3.0 or better and a 3.0 or better 
in required core courses in English may appeal 
the requirement for English 025 (Composition 
Review) to the Head of the Department of Lan- 
guages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts. 

Regents' Test: 

Special Categories of Students 

Students whose native language is not Eng- 
lish must take the reading component of the Re- 
gents' Test, but may take a college examination 
to certify competence in writing. The college 
equivalent of the essay component of the Re- 
gents' Test is administered on the same date as 
the reading component of the Test. International 
students are allowed two hours for each test. 

Students who are handicapped may request 
additional time for the Regents' Test. 

Regents' Test: 
Essay Review 

Students may request a formal review of fail- 
ure on the essay component of the Regents' Test 
if the essay received at least one passing score 
and the review is initiated by the third week of 
the first quarter of enrollment following testing 
and no more than one year from the quarter in 
which the failure occurred. Students may initiate 
an essay review at the Office of Student Affairs. 

Regents' Test: 

Health Professions Program 

Requirement 

Before a student in a Health Professions pro- 
gram may enter his/her last quarter, he/she must 
have passed the Regents' examination. 

Physical Education 
Requirements 

All students who are enrolled in baccalaureate 
degree programs for ten or more quarter hours 
on the daytime schedule must adhere to Arm- 
strong Core Curriculum Area V requirements. 



Any student who holds a valid life saving certi 
icate and/or a valid water safety instructor ce 
tificate and/or passes the Armstrong swimmin 
test may be exempted from PE 103 or PE 10J 
Physical education is not required of anyor 
who is beyond the age of 25 at the time of initi. 
matriculation at Armstrong or of anyone enrolle 
primarily in evening classes. 

Students should check their program of stuc 
for P.E. 117 and/or 166 requirements. 

English and Mathematics 
Placement Tests 

During the initial quarters of enrollment at Am 
strong State College, students must enroll in tl 
appropriate sequence of English compositic 
courses until the sequence has been complete 
and/or the Regents' Test has' been passed. Sti 
dents must not delay this sequence beyond the 
second quarter of attendance. For assistance 
identifying the appropriate English compositic 
courses, students should consult advisors in tr 
departments of their declared majors or the C 
fice of Admissions, or the Department of La 
guages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts'.' S* 
Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts D 
partment for further information. 

The College reserves the right to place si 
dents in appropriate English and mathemati 
courses in the core curriculum. Diagnostic te$ 
are administered for this purpose. 

State Requirement In 
History and Government 

By State law, each student who receives 
diploma or certificate from a school support 
by the State of Georgia must demonstrate p 
ficiency in United States History and Gove 
ment and in Georgia History and Governme 
A student at Armstrong State College may de 
onstrate such proficiency by: 

A. Examinations. Students may take either 
relevant CLEP, College Board Admissic 
Testing Program Achievement Test, or > 
vanced Placement Test. 

B. Credit in certain courses. For U.S. si 
Georgia government - Political Scierl 
113; for U.S. and Georgia History - Hist/ 
251 or 252 or any upper division coursn 
U.S. History. 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 



59 



Requirements for the 
bachelor of Arts and the 
lachelor of Science 
)egrees 

Requirements for each major program lead- 
g to the degree of Bachelor of Arts with a major 
Art, English, History, Music, Political Science, 
sychology, or to the degree of Bachelor of Sci- 
ice with a major in Biology, Chemistry, Com- 
jter Science, or Mathematical Sciences are 
ascribed in the appropriate departmental list- 
g. For the BA and the BS degrees, a minimum 
185 quarter hours, exclusive of the required 
lysical education courses, is required for 
aduation. 

Each student in one of these major programs 
jst complete the 90-hour core curriculum re- 
lirement as listed above, along with the 6-hour 
lysical Education requirement. 
The student will not be allowed to take senior 
/ision courses in the major field unless he has 
minimum grade of "C" in all prerequisite 
urses in that field. No major program in a de- 
rtment will require more than 60 quarter hours 
all levels in the major field, however, the de- 
rtment may recommend up to 70 quarter 
urs. 

r or its major program, a department will re- 
ire from 15 to 30 quarter hours of specific 
urses or approved elective courses in related 
ds and may require language courses reach- 
I the degree of proficiency specified by the 
partment. Total requirements in the major and 
ated fields, may not exceed 85 quarter hours. 
Each BA or BS degree program, except those 
J signed for Dental Hygiene, Medical Technol- 
/.. Nursing and teacher certification, will in- 
ide a minimum of 15 hours of electives 
proved for credit within the Armstrong State 
liege curriculum. 



Associate Degree 
bquirements 



v ach associate degree program includes as 
¥\ of its curriculum the following: 

ENG 101, 102 10 

1HIS251 or 252 5 

:POS 113 5 

iOne five hour course selected from 
Areas I, II, or III of the Baccalaureate 
Core 5 



Three PE credit hours 3 

TOTAL 28 
Students in associate degree programs are 
required to complete successfully the Regents' 
Examination and may be required to take an Exit 
Examination in the appropriate area of concen- 
tration. 

Numbering System for 
Courses 

In the course listing to follow, there appear 
three numbers in parentheses after each course 
title. The first number listed indicates the number 
of hours of lecture; the second number listed 
indicates the number of hours of laboratory; the 
third number listed indicates the number of 
quarter hours of credit carried by the course. 
The letter "V" represents variable hours. 

Courses numbered 0-99 carry institutional 
credit only and may not be applied to a degree 
program. Courses numbered 100-199 are gen- 
erally planned for the freshman year; courses 
numbered 200-299 for the sophomore year; 
courses numbered 300-399 for the junior year 
and course numbered 400-499 for the senior 
year. 

Courses taken to fulfill core curriculum re- 
quirements may not be used to meet other re- 
quirements of a degree program. 

Lettering System for Course 

In the course listings given in the Armstrong 
Core Curriculum requirements and in the de- 
partmental curricula which follow, there appear 
two or three letters preceding a three digit num- 
ber. Following is an exhaustive list of all abbre- 
viations used for course designation purposes. 

ACC = Accounting (SSC) 

ANT = Anthropology 

ART = Art 

AST = Astronomy 

BE = Business Education (SSC) 

BAD = Business Administration (SSC) 

BIO = Biology 

BOT = Botany 

BSN = Baccalaureate Nursing 

CJ = Criminal Justice 

CL = Comparative Literature 

CS = Computer Science 



60 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CHE = Chemistry 



LIN = Linguistics 



DH = Dental Hygiene 

DRS = Drama and Speech 

DSE = Development Studies English 

DSM = Dev. Studies Math 

DSR = Dev. Studies Reading 

DSS = Dev. Studies Study Techniques 

ECE = Early Childhood Education 

ECO = Economics 

EDN = Education 

EEE = Early Elementary Education 

EGR = Engineering 

ENG = English 

ENT = Entomotogy 

ETc = Engineering Technology (SSC) 

EXC = Exceptional Children 

FLM = Film 

FRE = French 

GEL = Geology 

GEO = Geography 

GER = German 

HE = Health Education 

HS = Health Science 

HIM = Health Information Management 

HIS = History 

IAE = Industrial Arts Education (SSC) 

JRN = Journalism 



LM 


= Library Media 


LS 


= Library Science 


LAT 


= Latin 



MH = Mental Health 

MT = Medical Technology 

MAT = Mathematics 

MET = Meterology 

METc= Mechanical Engineering Technolog 

(SSC) 
MIL = Military Science 
MSN = Nursing (Master's) 
MPS = Museum/Preservation Studies 
MUS = Music 

NSc = Naval Science 
NUR = Nursing (Associate) 

OAD = Office Administration (SSC) 
OCE = Oceanography 

PA = Public Administration 

PE = Physical Education 

PEM = Physical Education Major 

PHI = Philosophy 

PHS = Physical Science 

PHY = Physics 

POS = Political Science 

PSY = Psychology 

RT = Respiratory Therapy 
RAD = Radiologic Technologies 

SOC = Sociology 
SPA = Spanish 

TIE = Trade and Industrial Education (Si 

ZOO = Zoology 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND INFORMATION 61 



)EGREE PROGRAMS 

ie degree programs of Armstrong State College are presented in this catalog by school, by 
spartment. The College is organized into two schools, each administered by a dean, and two 
)n-school affiliated departments. The degrees offered in each school and the departments in 
hich they are offered are listed below: 



School of Arts, Sciences, and Education 

egree Department 

ssociate of Arts Fine Arts 

ssociate of Applied Science 

CriminalJustice Government 

Early Childhood Education Education 

achelor of Arts 

Art Fine Arts 

Drama/Speech Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts 

English Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts 

History History 

Music Fine Arts 

Political Science Government 

Psychology Psychology 

ichelor of General Studies Interdepartmental 

ichelor of Music Education Fine Arts 

chelor of Science 

3iolcgy Biology 

I Chemistry Chemistry and Physics 

j Computer Science Mathematics and Computer Science 

Criminal Justice Government 

Mathematical Sciences Mathematics and Computer Science 

Physical Science Chemistry and Physics 

chelor of Science in Education 

Early Elementary Education Education 

Middle School Education Education 

[Secondary Education 

{ Art Education Education 

Biology Education Education 

'Business Education Education 

Chemistry Education Education 

English Education Education 

Mathematics Education Education 

Music Education Education 

Social Science Education (History) Education 

Social Science Education (Political Science) Education 

Speech Correction Education 

\ ster of Arts 

history History 

^ster of Education 

arly Elementary Education Education 

liddle School Education Education 

econdary Education 

Business Education Education 

English Education 

Mathematics Education 



62 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Science Education Educ 

Social Studies .» Educ 

Special Education Educ 

Behavior Disorders Educ 

Learning Disabilities Educ 

Speech/Language Pathology Educ 

Master of Science 

Criminal Justice : Govern 

School of Health Professions 

Degree Depart 

Associate of Science 

Dental Hygiene Dental Hyc 

Nursing Associate Degree Nu 

Radiologic Technologies Radiologic Technok 

Respiratory Therapy Respiratory The 

Bachelor of Health Science Health Science, Physical Educ; 

and Recre 

Bachelor of Science in Education Health Science, Physical Educ< 

and Recre 

Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Education Dental Hyc 

Dental Hyc 

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology Medical Technc 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing Baccalaureate Nu 

Master of Health Science Health Science, Physical Educ; 

and Recre 
Master of Science in Nursing Baccalaureate Nu 

"Offered in conjunction with Savannah State College 








-*V**v 



yV' 










I 



Graduate Programs 



% 




64 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Academic 
Policies and 
Information 
History 

The college offers a variety of master's degree 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate 
programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- 
lege campus will be administered in affiliation 
with Georgia Southern University. See specific 
program department heads or directors for fur- 
ther information. 

The development of graduate education at 
Armstrong State College is linked to a history of 
graduate course offerings in Savannah which 
has involved several institutions of the University 
System of Georgia. Prior to 1968, only off-cam- 
pus extension courses from the University of 
Georgia and other institutions were offered in 
Savannah. In the summer of 1968, Savannah 
State College began offering courses in resi- 
dence for their new master's degree in elemen- 
tary education. This program was accredited by 
the Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools and was approved by the Georgia State 
Board of Education. 

In the Fall of 1971, Armstrong State College 
and Savannah State College joined efforts to 
offer a joint program of graduate work. The com- 
bined faculties, library holdings, and facilities of 
the Colleges made possible the expansion of 
the graduate program to include a Master of 
Business Administration Degree Program; to 
add secondary options in the Master of Edu- 
cation degree program; and to supersede most 
of the off-campus courses offered in Savannah 
by other institutions. This Joint Graduate Studies 
Program of Savannah State College and Arm- 
strong State College was fully accredited by the 
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools, 
with its degree programs in education approved 
by the Georgia State Department of Education. 

Effective Fall, 1979, the Joint Graduate Stud- 
ies Program was terminated by action of the 
Board of Regents, and Armstrong was author- 
ized to continue its graduate offerings with a 
significant modification. All business administra- 
tion programs, courses, and faculty were trans- 
ferred to Savannah State College, and 
simultaneously, all teacher education programs, 
courses, and faculty were transferred to Arm- 
strong State College. 



In Winter, 1981 , the Master of Health Scienc 
program was established. In Fall, 1 981 , the Mas 
ter of Science degree with a major in Criminc 
Justice was approved by the Board of Regents 
The graduate course work for the MS in Criminc 
Justice Program was initiated in the Fall quarte 
1982. Specialist in Education Degree program 
in Elementary, Special, and Secondary Educe 
tion were offered from Fall, 1984 through Fal 
1988. The graduate program leading to an M./ 
in History was initiated in the Spring Quarte 
1985. 

Purpose 

The Graduate Program of Armstrong Stat 
College is dedicated to service through edi 
cational programs, community involvement, an 
faculty and student research, scholarship an 
creativity. By offering advanced preparation t 
those who serve in the schools and in othe 
professional activities, the program contribute 
to the development of professional people, an 
through them, to the well being of those whor 
these professionals serve. The philosophy of th 
Graduate Program affirms the dignity and wort 
of individuals and the realization that profe* 
sional men and women must be productive, a 
ticulate, and pro-active. 

Degrees and Degree 
Coordinators 

Armstrong State College offers the degree 
of: Master of Arts, Master of Education, Mast< 
of Health Science and Master of Science, 
fields of study noted below. The specificatior 
for each of the degree programs are presente 
in the departmental sections where the prograi 
coordinator is located. 

Criminal Justice - Master of Science 
Coordinator, Dr. Dennis Murphy 

Education - Master of Education 
Majors and coordinators for M.Ed. Program: 
Business Education, Dr. Lloyd Newberry 
Early Elementary Education, Dr. Lloyd 

Newberry 
English, Dr. Robert Strozier 
Mathematics, Dr. Dale Kilhefner 
Middle School Education, Dr. Lloyd 

Newberry 
Science Education, Dr. Lloyd Newberry 
Social Studies, Dr. Lloyd Newberry 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



65 



Special Education, Dr. Lloyd Newberry 
Behavior Disorders 
Learning Disabilities 
Speech/Language Pathology 

Health Science - Master of Health Science 
Coordinator, Dr. Emma Simon 

slursing - Master of Science 
Coordinator, Dr. Marilyn Buck 

toordinators by Department: 
Dr. Dale Kilhefner, Mathematics/Computer 

icience 
Dr. Dennis Murphy, Government 
Dr. Marilyn Buck, Baccalaureate Nursing 
Dr. Emma Simon, Health Science, Physical 

'.ducation, Recreation 
Dr. Lloyd Newberry, Education 
Dr. Robert Strozier, Languages, Literature, 

)ramatic Arts 

ADMISSIONS 



Requirements — Masters Level 

Applicants desiring admission on a degree- 
eeking status must present satisfactory under- 
raduate academic records and satisfactory 
cores on appropriate admissions examina- 
ons. Some of the graduate degree programs 
ave specialized test requirements, specified 
ndergraduate course requirements, or other 
squirements for degree-seeking students. Re- 
ft to the departmental sections for specific in- 
)rmation on these requirements. 
Generai requirements for degree-seeking stu- 
i ents include the following: applicants for all 
|1aster of Education programs must provide sat- 
l ifactory scores on either the General Test of the 
iraduate Record Examination (GRE) or the 
liller Analogies Test (MAT). Satisfactory un- 
ergraduate grades must be presented by all 
egree-seeking students. Applicants for the 
laster of Health Science program must provide 
atisfactory scores on either the General Test of 
ie Graduate Record Examinations (GRE), the 
iraduate Management Admissions Test 
3MAT), or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). Ap- 
licants for the MS Degree in Criminal Justice 
lust provide a satisfactory score on the General 
est of the Graduate Record Examinations 
3RE) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT) Ap- 
licants for the M.A. Degree in History must pro- 
ide satisfactory scores on both the General and 



the History Subject Tests of the Graduate Rec- 
ord Examinations (GRE). Applicants for the M.S. 
Degree in Nursing must provide a satisfactory 
score on the General Tests of the Graduate Rec- 
ords Examinations (GRE). 

Admission to some programs may require sat- 
isfactory scores on either the appropriate Spe- 
cialty Area of the NTE or the appropriate Subject 
Test of the GRE. For details of such require- 
ments, consult the appropriate departmental en- 
try in the Catalog or the Department Head. 

Applications for the above examinations are 
usually available at the College and will be given 
to students who come to the College to obtain 
them. Students who wish to write for an appli- 
cation form or to submit an application for the 
GRE or GMAT should contact: Educational Test- 
ing Service, Princeton, New Jersey, 08540. Stu- 
dents who wish to take the MAT should contact 
the appropriate Dean's office. Students should 
request that their test scores be sent to the Grad- 
uate Admissions Office, Armstrong State Col- 
lege, Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997. 

Categories of Admission 
Regular Degree Status 
Definition 

Regular Admission means that a student has 
met all admission requirements and is admitted 
to a degree program with full graduate status. 



Requirements 



A student who has earned a baccalaureate 
degree from an accredited college, who has 
completed all of the prerequisites for his 
planned graduate field of study, and who meets 
the other requirements of the Graduate Program 
may be admitted on Regular Admission status. 
These requirements include minimum under- 
graduate grade-point averages in combination 
with certain minimum test scores. 

For M.Ed, programs, a minimum GPA of 2.5 
and a minimum test score of 44 on the MAT or 
800 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the GRE Gen- 
eral Test are required. 

For the M.H.S. program, a minimum GPA of 
2.5, and a minimum test score of 800 (Verbal 
and Quantitative) on the GRE, or 40 on the MAT 
are required. For further information, consult with 
the Coordinator of the Health Science Program. 

For the Criminal Justice M.S. program, a min- 
imum GPA of 2.5 and a minimum test score of 
either 900 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the Gen- 
eral Test of the GRE or 51 on the MAT are re- 



66 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



quired. For further information consult with the 
Head of the Department of Government. 

For the M.A. in History program, a minimum 
GPA of 3.0 (both overall and in history courses) 
and GRE scores of 1000 (Verbal and Quanti- 
tative) in the General and 500 in the History Sub- 
ject Tests are required. For further information 
consult with the coordinator of the History Grad- 
uate Program. 

For the M.S. in Nursing program, a minimum 
GPA of 2.5 and a minimum test score of 850 on 
the General Test of the GRE are required. For 
further information consult with the Coordinator 
of the MSN Program. 

Degree programs providing teacher certifi- 
cation have other admission requirements, in- 
cluding: (1) a recommendation from the school 
in which a student has been employed as a 
teacher or has completed a student internship, 
and recommendations from two faculty of the 
college the student attended, and (2) eligibility 
for fourth level certification in the field of study. 
(For further information on admission to certifi- 
cation programs, consult the Office of the Dean 
of Arts, Sciences, and Education.) 

Provisional Degree Status 
Definition 

Provisional Admission means that a student 
has applied for admission to a degree program 
and has some condition affecting his status such 
as low grades or test scores. The student is 
admitted to a degree program but must meet 
certain conditions before achieving full graduate 
status (i.e., Regular Admission). 



Requirements 



For Provisional Admission, a student must 
hold a baccalaureate degree and meet the other 
admission requirements of the Graduate Pro- 
gram. These requirements include minimum un- 
dergraduate grade point averages in 
combination with certain minimum test scores. 

For the Master of Education programs, stu- 
dents who fail to meet Regular Admission may 
be granted Provisional Admission if the combi- 
nations of their GPA and test scores conform to 
the following formulas: 

(GPA x 100) + (MAT x 10) = 560 or more 
(GPA x 100) + (GRE General) (Verbal 
and Quantitative) = 1000 or more 



In no case, however, may the GPA be less 
than 2.2, the MAT less'than 31 , or the GRE less 
than 700 (Verbal and Quantitative). 

For the M.H.S., Criminal Justice, and M.S.N. 
Programs, students who fail to meet Regular Ad- 
mission score requirements may be granted 
Provisional Admission if the combinations of 
their GPA and test scores conform to estab- 
lished formulas. 

For the M.A. in History program, the minimum 
GRE requirement for Provisional Admission is 
800 (Verbal and Quantitative) for the General 
Test and 450 for the History Subject Test. The 
GPA requirement is 2.5 overall and 2.75 in his- 
tory. For further information, consult with the co- 
ordinator of the History Graduate Program. 

For area test scores required by any depart- 
ment, see the appropriate departmental entry. 

Additional Stipulations for 
Provisional Admission 

As with Regular Admission, recommendation 
forms and other aspects of the Admissions Pro- 
cedures must be adhered to. 

Provisionally admitted students may be re- 
quired to remove any specific deficiencies thai 
are ascertained by taking undergraduate sup- 
porting courses before these students are al- 
lowed to attempt graduate courses within the 
program to which they have been admitted. Stu- 
dents may remain admitted on a provisional ba- 
sis until they have attempted 15 hours ol 
approved graduate work in residence. If thev 
satisfactorily complete the initial, approved. 15 
hours of graduate work with no grade less than 
a "B" — of which 10 hours must be in the profes- 
sional sequence — , these students may submil 
a written request to move into Regular status. 

Upon completing 25 hours of approved 
course work in residence with a "B" average or 
better, of which 15 hours must be in the majoi 
field of study, any provisionally admitted studenl 
will be eligible for Regular status. If the studenl 
does not have a "B" average or better upon 
completing these 25 hours of course work, he 
or she will be dropped as a degree-seeking stu- 
dent and prohibited from enrolling in further 
graduate courses. 

Post Baccalaureate and Post 
Graduate — Non-degree Status 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate ad- 
mission are provided for those students whc 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



67 



nay not wish to pursue a graduate degree, in- 
cluding teachers whose main purpose is to ob- 
;ain credits necessary for teacher certification 
and/or for students who may desire to enter a 
degree program but who have missing data. 
Requirements for Post Baccalaureate Admis- 
sion include documentary evidence of a bac- 
:alaureate degree and submission of necessary 
application papers. The student must also have 
!o meet specific prerequisites to enroll in 
courses in certain departments. Post Graduate 
Admission requirements are the same except 
Ihat a graduate degree is required. 
! No more than fifteen graduate hours earned 
vhile enrolled as a Post Graduate or Post Bac- 
[alaureate student may be applied toward a 
master's degree. 

A student admitted on non-degree status who 

]/ishes to be advanced to a degree status cat- 

jgory of admission bears the responsibility for: 

1 Meeting all requirements for degree status 

which are in effect at the time the student 

submits the required data and documents 

for degree status. 
\2. Notifying the appropriate Dean in writing of 

the intent and desire to advance to degree 

status. 
I Action by the Dean to advance a non-degree 
:udent to a degree status category is contin- 
ent on the student meeting the above respon- 
sibilities, and the student is cautioned to 
maintain a careful check on his or her status. 

ransient Students Entering 
Armstrong 

I Transient students must arrange to have writ- 
Mi authorization sent to the appropriate Dean 
om their dean, department head, or registrar 
: the graduate school in which they are enrolled 
order to be accepted as a transient student 
id to register in the Graduate Program. They 
lust also submit the application for admission 
i »rm and the $10 fee as described in the Ad- 
i sission Procedures. If they wish to become de- 
ree-seeking students, they must request 
Dpropriate admission in writing and must sub- 
it the necessary documents. 

teadmission 

i Any student in the Graduate Program who did 

M matriculate (i.e., register) during the quarter 

J lmediately preceding the quarter in which he 



next intends to matriculate must process a read- 
mission form with the Registrar's Office. The only 
students exempted from this requirement are 
those students who are initially admitted for 
graduate study in the quarter immediately pre- 
ceding the quarter of their first matriculation. For 
further information, inquire at the Office of the 
Registrar. 

Procedures 

All admission documents should be sent to 
the Graduate Admissions Office. These include 
the application and the ten dollar fee. Tran- 
scripts should reach the Graduate Admissions 
Office twenty days prior to registration. 

The following materials and procedures are 
part of the requirements for admission to the 
Graduate Program. 

1. The application-for-admission form, avail- 
able in the offices of the Deans, must be 
completed and submitted. Required of all 
applicants twenty days prior to registration. 

2. Two official transcripts showing all college 
credits earned for the undergraduate de- 
gree should be sent directly from the col- 
lege which awarded the degree to the 
appropriate Dean's office. Required of all 
applicants except transient students who 
may submit letter of authorization from their 
graduate school twenty days prior to reg- 
istration. 

3. Test scores, as appropriate and as re- 
quired for the major, must be submitted. 
Required of degree-seeking students only. 

4. Completed recommendation forms must be 
submitted; these forms are available in the 
appropriate Dean's office. For applicants 
entering teacher certification programs, at 
least one recommendation must be from 
supervisory personnel who observed the 
student in a teaching internship or as an 
employed teacher. These recommenda- 
tions are required of degree-seeking stu- 
dents only. 

5. A ten dollar application fee is required. 
Graduates of Armstrong State College are 
exempt from the application fee. 

6. A letter of confirmation will be sent upon 
receipt of a completed graduate applica- 
tion. This letter of confirmation, which lists 
academic program and advisor, will be 
necessary for advisement purposes. 

Admission to graduate study does no imply 
automatic acceptance of the student as a can- 



68 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



didate for any Master's degree. See section on 
candidacy for degree. 

Requirements for 
Admission to Specific 
Programs 

Criminal Justice (M.S.) 

While an undergraduate degree in criminal 
justice is not a prerequisite to admission, it is 
essential that each student pursuing the M.S. in 
Criminal Justice have adequate preparation. 
Therefore, students who lack the necessary 
background may be required to complete ad- 
ditional undergraduate coursework. 

Students entering the M.S. in Criminal Justice 
Program must meet the general requirements of 
the College and the following: 

For Regular Admission — Students must 
have earned a minimum of 2.5 undergraduate 
grade point average on all work attempted dur- 
ing the last 90 quarter hours (or 60 semester 
hours), and must present a minimum score of 
either 

(a) 900 (Verbal and Quantitative) on the 
General Test of the Graduate Record 
Examination (GRE), or 

(b) 51 on the Miller Analogies Test 
(MAT). 

For Provisional Admission — If students fail 
to meet either the minimum undergraduate 
grade point average or entrance test require- 
ments for Regular admission they may be con- 
sidered for Provisional admission if either 

(a) the undergraduate grade point av- 
erage (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 
100 and added to the score on the 
General Test of the GRE equals 1 050 
(Verbal and Quantitative) or 

(b) the undergraduate grade point av- 
erage (last 90/60 hours) multiplied by 
100 and added to the Miller Analo- 
gies Test (MAT) score multiplied by 
10 equals 650. 

In no event may the undergraduate grade 
point average (last 90/60 hours) be less than 
2.2, the score on the General Test of the GRE 
be less than 750 (Verbal and Quantitative) or the 
score on the Miller Analogies Test be less than 
37. 



Education (MEd) 

Students entering the early elementary, mic 
die school, secondary and the special educa 
tion programs must satisfy all general admissio 
requirements of the Graduate Program. Sti 
dents in MEd certification programs in early e 
ementary, middle school, secondary educatior 
and speech and language pathology must als 
be eligible for fourth level (NT4) certification i 
the intended master's level teaching field. 

Business Education (MEd) 

Students entering the MEd program in Bus 
ness Education must meet the general admis 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program. 

Science Education (MEd) 

Students entering the MEd program in Sc 
ence Education must meet the general admij 
sion requirements of the Graduate Program. 

Health Science (MHS) 

Students entering the MHS program mu; 
meet the general admission requirements of th 
Graduate Program and must score 800 (Verb; 
and Quantitative) on the Graduate Record Exar 
General Test or 450 on the Graduate Manage 
ment Admission Test or 40 on the Miller Ana 
ogies Test. Students who fail to meet the criter 
for regular admission may be admitted on a pn 
visional basis if thejr GPA and test scores co 
form to established formulas. 

History (M.A.) 

Students entering the M.A. program in H'rsto 
must satisfy all general admission requiremer 
of the Graduate Program and the following: 

For Regular Admission: 

(a) 35 hours of undergraduate history 

(b) GPA of 3.0 (both overall and in hi 
tory) 

(c) GRE General Test score of 10( 
(Verbal and Quantitative) 

(d) GRE History Subject Test score 
500 

(e) Prerequisite courses 
For Provisional Admission: 

(a) 25 hours of undergraduate history 

(b) GPA of 2.5 overall (2.75 in history 

(c) GRE General Test score of 800 (V< • 
bal and Quantitative) 

(d) GRE History Subject Test score f 
450 

For specific prerequisite courses in history r 
historic preservation see the department c- 
scription of the program. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



69 



Mathematics (MEd) 

All students entering the MEd program in 
mathematics must satisfy all general admission 
requirements of the Graduate Program, must 
take the GRE Subject Test in Mathematics, and 
must satisfy a prerequisite of 25 quarter hours 
of college mathematics at or beyond the level 
Df calculus, in order to obtain degree-seeking 
status. 

To gain Regular Admission, a student must 
obtain a minimum score of 520 on the GRE Sub- 
ect Test. No minimum is required for Provisional 
Admission. Students whose scores on the GRE 
Subject Test are too low for Regular Admission 
:an also gain Regular Admission by passing a 
department entrance examination. 

In order for a Provsionally Admitted student 
o gain Regular Status without passing the de- 
partmental entrance examination, the student 
nust satisfy the general requirements of the 
3raduate School; including the stipulation that 
he first 25 graduate hours must be completed 
/vith at least a "B" average, and that at least 15 
Df these hours must be in approved mathemat- 
cs courses. 

Nursing (MSN) 

Students entering the M.S.N, program must 
satisfy all general admission requirements of the 
graduate program and the following: 
r or regular admission: GPA of 2.5 and GRE 
3eneral Test Score of 850 (Verbal and Quanti- 
ative). 

: or Provisional Admission: GPA x 100 + GRE 
3enerai Test Score = 1050 or more with mini- 
|num GPA of 2.0 and minimum GRE General 
! Test Score of 800 (Verbal and Quantitative). 

ACADEMIC 
REGULATIONS 



Graduate Student 
Responsibility 

The student is charged with the responsibility 
or taking the initiative in meeting all academic 
requirements and in maintaining a careful check 
:>n progress toward earning a degree. The stu- 
dent is responsible for discharging obligations 
' o the business office and the library and for 



adhering to the rules and regulations appertain- 
ing to graduate students in particular and to all 
students enrolled in a unit of the University Sys- 
tem of Georgia. It is the student's responsibility 
to abide by catalog requirements. A student's 
claim that he or she has been granted an ex- 
ception to these requirements must be docu- 
mented before the merits of the claim can be 
evaluated. 



Academic Advisement 

Upon admission to graduate study, each stu- 
dent will be referred to a departmental office for 
advisor assignment. Consultation with the as- 
signed advisor is required prior to registration. 
Each student must process appropriate advise- 
ment papers which are available from his or her 
assigned advisor and which provide the advisor 
clearance required for registration. 

Transient student report to the Office of the 
appropriate dean for advisement and advisor 
clearance. 

Post Baccalaureate and Post Graduate stu- 
dents obtain advisor clearance by processing 
the non-degree advisement form with their as- 
signed advisors. During the quarter in which a 
Post Baccalaureate student achieves degree- 
seeking status, he or she must process the Pro- 
gram of Study form. 

Degree-seeking students, both Regular and 
Provisional Admission students, must process 
the Program of Study form with their assigned 
advisor no later than the end of their first quarter 
of enrollment. A temporary advisor clearance 
statement may be provided by the advisor which 
will be valid only for the student's initial regis- 
tration. This temporary clearance should be 
processed on non-degree advisement form, 
with appropriate notations made to indicate that 
it is temporary. 

The Program of Study shows the essential 
courses the student will take, transfer courses 
that might apply to the degree, and prerequisite 
courses or other prerequisites. The Program of 
Study must be followed by the student in fulfilling 
degree requirements. However, the student can 
take courses additional to those on his Program 
of Study and may enroll in the courses on the 
Program of Study during quarters other than 
those which might be shown on his Program of 
Study form. Moreover, the student may officially 
modify his Program of Study with the concur- 
rence of his advisor and department head. 



70 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Students should note that any departure from 
the catalog requirements for a degree must be 
approved by the appropriate dean. 

International Student 
Advisement 

Specialized advisement is available for inter- 
national students from the Graduate Interna- 
tional Student Advisor, Dr. Steve Rhee, located 
in room 108-5, Solms Hall. 



Registration 



Before a student may register for graduate 
courses, the individual must be formally admit- 
ted as a graduate student (although some 500 
and 600 level courses may be taken by qualified 
undergraduate seniors upon complying with re- 
quirements and procedures stipulated by and 
available in the Dean's Offices). If circumstan- 
ces require it, the student must be readmitted 
(see section on Admissions, paragraph on 
Readmissions). In order to register, a student 
will be required to show at registration a permit 
to register card, which must be signed by the 
advisor. 

Transfer of Credits 

Credit may be transferred from another insti- 
tuion, provided: 

1 . that only up to 15 hours of graduate credit 
taken while in a non-degree status may be 
applied to a degree program. 

2. that each course equates with a course in 
the curriculum of the Graduate Program or 
is an acceptable elective. 

3. that the credit was earned in an accredited 
graduate program. 

4. that a grade of B or better was earned in 
each course. 

5. that the credit was earned no more than six 
years prior to completion of all degree re- 
quirements. 

6. that no more than fifty percent of the re- 
quired credits shall be transferred for use 
towards a master's degree (i.e., no more 
than 50% of either the required professional 
education credits or other credits in the 
master's programs). M.Ed, programs limit 
total transfer credits to 15 hours. 

Information about the amount of credit trans- 
ferable for a particular degree program, can be 
located in the appropriate departmental entry. 



Procedures for Processing 
Transfer Credits 

Requests by students to receive transfe 
graduate credit must be supported by two cop 
ies of the graduate transcript showing the cred 
its requested. The formal request for receiving 
transfer credit is part of the Application for Can 
didacy which the student must process upor 
the completion of 25 hours of graduate work 
This application is obtained in the Graduate Of 
fice. The two graduate transcripts should b< 
sent to the office of the appropriate dean. 

Advisement on transfer of credit is routinei' 
provided on the Program of Study form whicl 
every degree-seeking student must completi 
with his advisor in the first quarter of enrollmenl 
Formal approval of transfer credit is granted vi; 
the student's Application for Candidacy whicl 
requires approval by the student's advisor, De 
partment Head, and appropriate dean. 

Prospective students may write to the De 
partment Coordinator in their area of study I 
obtain advisement on transfer of credit. 

Reports and Grades 

In the Graduate Program grades assigned ar 
A, B, C, D, F, (failure), I (incomplete), W (witr 
drew with no penalty), and WF (withdrew failing 
The grade of W does not enter into computin 
a student's grade point average. 

Stipulations applicable to symbols used in It- 
Graduate Program include: 

I— incomplete. May be awarded (only in erne 
gency cases) by an instructor, who will also sti| 
ulate the conditions for its removal. A grade i 
I must be removed by completing the course t 
midterm of the following quarter or it become 
an automatic F. 

W — withdrawal without penalty. May t 
awarded by an instructor up to the mid-quarti 
period in a course. Regents' policy stipulate 
that "Withdrawals without penalty will not be pe 
mitted after the mid-point of the total gradrr 
period (including final examinations) except 
cases of hardship as determined by the appr 
priate official of the respective institutions." Wit i 
drawals after midterm require approval of tr 
Graduate Dean. 

WF — withdrew failing. May be awarded by i- 
instructor anytime that a student withdraws fro 
a course after the drop/add period; mandato 
after midquarter except for hardship cases J 
stipulated above for grades of W. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



71 



V — audit. Use of this symbol is subject to the 
discretion of the individual graduate depart- 
ments, and the departments may require that a 
student receive the permission of the instructor 
to audit a course prior to registering for the 
course. Moreover, an auditing student must pay 
the usual fees, must register for the course, and 
may not transfer from audit to credit status (vice 
versa). 

S and U— satisfactory and unsatisfactory; see 
above. Specific courses receiving these grades 
are identified in departmental course listings. 
Comprehensive examinations are given these 
grades also. 

K— credit by examination. Use of this symbol 
is subject to the discretion of the individual grad- 
jate departments. 

Students expecting to receive grades of V or 
K must insure that they are enrolled in an ap- 
oropriate course or activity for which V or K 
grades are awarded by the appropriate de- 
oartment. If this catalog does not show in the 
departmental entries that the given departments 
nave authorized the use of V or K, then a student 
expecting to receive a V in a course should ob- 
ain written verification from the appropriate in- 
structor prior to registering for the course that V 
/vili be awarded. 

Gradepoint averages are calculated on all 
graduate work attempted, and no credits with a 
^rade beiow C may apply toward a degree. 

Course Eligibility 

Courses numbered 500 through 699 are open 
o qualified Undergraduate seniors, with ap- 
Droval of their respective department heads, 
and to graduate students. In such courses, the 
quantity and quality of the work required of the 
graduate students will be on the same level as 
hat required in those courses offered exclu- 
sively for graduate students. Courses numbered 
7 00 and above are open only to graduate stu- 
dents. Candidates for degrees must take at least 
| ifty percent of their courses at the 700 level. 

Academic Probation and 
Standing 

Any student who falls below a 3.0 (b) average 
jhall be on Academic Probation. 

Any student in a degree program on Regular 
Xdmission status who does not achieve a 3.0 
graduate cumulative GPA after completing 25 



or more graduate hours shall be placed on Ac- 
ademic Probation and must achieve a 3.0 grad- > 
uate GPA in order to return to Regular Admission 
status. Any student on Academic Probation who 
earns less than a B in any course or who ac- 
cumulates 75 hours while on Academic Proba- 
tion shall be dropped as a degree-seeking 
student and shall be placed on permanent non- 
degree status. 

Any student on Provisional Admission status 
who does not achieve a 3.0 graduate cumulative 
GPA upon completing 25 graduate hours shall 
be dropped as a degree-seeking student and 
shall be placed on permanent non-degree sta- 
tus. 

Any student on Post Baccalaureate status 
who does not achieve a 3.0 graduate cumulative 
GPA shall be placed on Academic Probation. 

Any student whose graduate cumulative GPA 
falls below 2.5 after completing 25 or more hours 
shall be prohibited from taking further graduate 
work. 



Course Load & Limitation 

A full-time graduate student is defined as one 
who is registered for 10 or more graduate credit 
hours. 

A graduate student may not carry more than 
15 hours per quarter. Exceptions must be ap- 
proved in writing by the advisor. Students on 
Academic Probation or on Provisional Admis- 
sions status should carefully plan their course 
loads in consultation with their advisors. 



Withdrawing; Dropping, 
Adding Courses 

Withdrawal is, in the technical sense, drop- 
ping all courses and processing a formal with- 
drawal from the College. A student may 
withdraw from school (or drop a single course) 
at any time during the quarter. Only by formally 
withdrawing, however, can a student become 
eligible for the refund of fees as explained in the 
section of fees. The student bears the respon- 
sibility of contacting the graduate office to effect 
a withdrawal and of contacting his professor(s) 
to determine what grade(s) will be assigned (W 
or WF). 

Dropping a course should be formalized 
through the Office of the Registrar which will 
process a drop/add slip. If a student is taking 



72 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



only one course, the drop is, technically, a with- 
drawal and should be treated as such. 

Adding a course may be accomplished 
through the Office of the Registrar which will 
process a drop/add slip. Courses may be added 
only during the late registration days at the be- 
ginning of the quarter and not at any other time 
during the quarter. The student must pay the 
appropriate fee for the additional course, unless 
a course equivalent in credit hours is being 
dropped simultaneously. 

Administrative Withdrawals 

The College reserves the right to effect the 
withdrawal of any student at any time during a 
course of studies if the student does not meet 
financial obligations or the required standards 
of scholarship, or if he fails in any way to meet 
the standards of the Graduate Program. 

GATES Courses 

Armstrong State College particpates in the 
Coastal Area Teacher Education Service, a con- 
sortium of area public school systems and in- 
stitutions of the University System of Georgia 
offering graduate and undergraduate courses 
in teacher education. 

A student who wishes to apply CATES course 
credit to his degree program must obtain ap- 
proval from his advisor to take a course for de- 
gree credit prior to taking the course. Without 
this prior approval, the course is subject to being 
treated as a transfer course, in which case, the 
Transfer of Graduate Credits policies and pro- 
cedures described in the catalog will be fol- 
lowed. 

Honor Code 

The Honor Code, published in the undergrad- 
uate section of this catalog, applies to graduate 
students as well as undergraduate students. All 
students, graduate and undergraduate, must 
agree to abide by the rules of the code. 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION 



Application Fee 

An application fee of $10.00 is paid by each 
graduate student at the time of initial application 



for admission. This fee is not required of forme 
students from either Armstrong State College c 
Savannah State College. The acceptance of th< 
application fee does not constitute acceptance 
of the student into the graduate program. Thi 
fee, which is paid at Armstrong State College 
is not refundable. 



Fee Information 

Fees for the graduate programs are the sam 
as those for the undergraduate programs. Ir 
formation on matriculation and other fees is cor 
tained in the "Financial Information" section c 
this catalog. 



Veterans Benefits 

Information of interest to veterans can be ot 
tained by writing or calling the Office of Veteran 
Affairs at Armstrong State College. 

Once accepted into the graduate program, 
veteran should contact the Veterans' Office fc 
processing instructions. Since processing tim 
varies, a first quarter student should expect 
four to six week delay in receiving the first benef 
check. First quarter student veterans shOul 
consider this delay when making financial a 
rangements to attend school. 

For purposes of G.I. Bill benefits, ten quart* 
hours are considered to be a full load. A loa 
of five graduate quarter hours entitles the gra( 
uate student to half-time benefits. 



DEGREE 
REQUIREMENTS 

MASTERS LEVEL 



Time Limitation 

Students working toward a master's degre 
must complete all requirements for the degre 
within a period of not more than six years fro 
the date of first enrollment. Extension of tin 
may be granted upon recommendation of tr 
student's major department, but only in cast 
of unusual circumstances. 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



73 



Course and Residency 
Requirements 

Satisfactory completion of at least sixty 
quarter hours of graduate credit, thirty of which 
must be earned in residence, is necessary for 
all masters degrees. Courses to be counted for 
a degree may be accumulated on a full-time or 
part-time basis. No credits with grades below 
"C" may count toward a degree. At least fifty 
percent of the courses for a degree must be at 
the 700 level or above. 

Students should note that the sixty-hour re- 
quirement is a minimum requirement. Degree 
students with academic weaknesses should 
r ecognize that they may have to complete more 
:han sixty hours to fulfill all curriculum require- 
ments and comply with all academic regula- 
ions. 

Degree Candidacy 

Upon successful completion of twenty-five 
quarter hours of graduate work taken in resi- 
dence and at least one quarter prior to making 
application for the degree, the student is re- 
quired to file an application for admission to can- 
jidacy. The student will submit the completed 
application to hs advisor. Application forms are 
available in the appropriate Dean's or depart- 
nental offices. 

Approval of the application will be based upon 
/erification that the student: 

1. has been admitted to full graduate status 
(i.e., Regular Admission). 

2. has maintained a minimum of a "B" aver- 
age in all work attempted. 

3. has met any other requirements stipulated 
for his degree program. 

Application for the Degree 

At the time specified on the academic cal- 
endar, the student must file an application for 
he master's degree with the appropriate major 
lepartment. Note that the application for the de- 
cree must be preceded by the application for 

andidacy by at least one quarter. Application 

; orms are available in the appropriate Dean's or 

lepartment offices. Applications for the degree 

. hould be submitted two quarters prior to the 

xpected date of graduation. 



General Requirements for the 
Master's Degree 

General requirements for obtaining a master's 
degree follows: 

1 . Admission to full graduate status, i.e., Reg- 
ular Admission. 

2. Admission to candidacy for the degree. 

3. Satisfactory completion of at least sixty 
hours of approved graduate level work. 

4. Maintenance of a 3.00 GPA. 

5. Satisfactory completion of a comprehen- 
sive examination or thesis or both. 

6. Completion of an application for the degree 
at the time specified. 

For the MEd degree, the following require- 
ment applies: 
1. Satisfactory completion of certification re- 
quirements. 

M.Ed. Certification Programs 

These degrees are designed to comply with 
the requirements for teacher certification at the 
fifth year level in the various areas of speciali- 
zation. The degree ordinarily is granted only to 
students who qualify for T-5 certification (or 
equivalent certification for other states), which 
in turn entails meeting T-4 certification require- 
ments (Georgia). Students who use graduate 
credits to meet T-4 certification requirements 
may be required to take graduate courses be- 
yond the 60 hours required for the M.Ed, degree 
in order to meet T-5 certification requirements. 
Since the M.Ed, program requires 60 hours, 
which is 15 more than the 45 minimum required 
for the T-5 by the State Education Department, 
15 of the 60 graduate hours may be used to 
fulfill T-4 certification requirements. However, 
none of the 15 hours so used can then be ap- 
plied toward meet the 45 hours specified for the 
T-5. 

Detailed information concerning programs 
and procedures relating to graduate teacher 
certification may be obtained from Education Of- 
fices. 

Thirty Hour Plan for a Second 
M.Ed. Degree 

Students who have already earned a master's 
degree can, under certain circumstances, earn 
a second master's degree in the Graduate Pro- 
gram by completing as few as 30 quarter hours 



74 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



of graduate work in residence. Essential ele- 
ments of the second master's degree plan are: 

1 . All general requirements (e.g., Regular Ad- 
mission status, adherence to general aca- 
demic regulations, "B" average, 
comprehensive examination, etc.) and all 
specific curricular requirements (i.e., de- 
partmental prerequisites for coures, spe- 
cific courses, etc.) currently applicable to 
a master's degree will apply to the second 
degree sought, except as explicity noted 
as follows: 

2. For the Second master's degree: 

A. The student must take at least 30 
quarter hours in residence additional 
to course work that was used in ful- 
filling requirements for a previous 
master's degree. Additional hours 
may be necessary in order to fulfill 
curricular requirements or for such 
purposes as teacher certification in 
program designed as Approved Pro- 
grams for Georgia State Certification. 

B. The 30 (or more) hours in residence 



must meet existing requirements c 
recency of credit. For the other hou 
(hours applied to both the first d< 
gree and to the second degree), f 
teen hours will have no age limit, b 
the remaining hours must be no moi 
than twelve years old when requin 
ments for the second master's di 
gree are completed. 
A curriculum plan for a second d< 
gree that is consistent with existir 
catalog plans must be prepared t 
a department head or by a gradua 
advisor with his or her departme 
head's endorsement. A copy of th 
plan will be sent to the Office of tr 
Dean of the School of Education ar 
will be given to the student. For th 
purpose, current advisement form 
with appropriate modifications m< 
be used. The plan must show the C 
(or more) hours to be taken in res 
dence and the previous gradua 
hours that are to apply to the secor 
degree. 




^ V 



#* 



r' 






f £5 



School of Arts, 
Sciences, 
and Education 




76 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



SCHOOL OF ARTS, 
SCIENCES, AND 
EDUCATION 

Adams, Joseph V., Dean 



Goals and Objectives 

Through its academic programs, professional 
staff, scholarly resources, and physical facilities, 
the School of Arts, Sciences, and Education pro- 
vides opportunity for qualified students to obtain 
the best possible education attainable within the 
structure of its liberal arts and specialized de- 
gree programs. 

By means of a core curriculum in the arts and 
sciences, students are: acquainted with the di- 
versity of the intellectual and cultural achieve- 
ments of mankind; assisted in developing the 
skills necessary to think and express themselves 
clearly and creatively; and taught to understand 
and accept the responsibilties of free men and 
women in a democratic society. The liberal arts 
programs also provide scholarly and sound in- 
struction accompanied by a commitment to free 
inquiry. 

The major function of the teacher education 
programs is the preparation of competent teach- 
ers who are committed to excellence in edu- 
cation. These programs are designed to meet 
the needs of present and future education 
professionals by providing them with special- 
ized skills, knowledge of theory and methods of 
teaching, practical laboratory experiences, and 
the opportunity to create innovative ways of 
meeting the needs of every student, 
meeting the needs of every student. 

The School of Arts, Sciences, and Education 
endeavors to maintain high standards of profes- 
sional excellence among its faculty by encour- 
aging and providing opportunities for 
enrichment such as participation in educational 
seminars, conferences, workshops, and post- 
graduate study. 

Organization and Degrees 

The School of Arts, Sciences, and Education 
includes the departments of biology; chemistry 
and physics; education; fine arts; government; 
history; languages, literature, and dramatic arts; 
mathematics and computer science; and psy- 
chology. 



Undergraduate degree programs offered ii 
arts and sciences are/ 
Associate in Arts 
Associate of Applied Science in 

Criminal Justice 
Bachelor of Arts with majors in: 
Drama/Speech 
English 
History 
Music 

Political Science 
Psychology 
Bachelor of General Studies 
Bachelor of Science with majors in: 
Biology 
Chemistry 
Computer Science 
Criminal Justice 

Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Applied 

Mathematics) 
Mathematical Sciences (Computer 

Science) 
Mathematical Sciences (Mathematics Ec 

ucation) 
Physical Science 
Further particulars on the undergraduate lit 
eral arts programs are found in the arts an 
sciences departmental sections. 

Undergraduate degree programs offered 
teacher education are: 

Bachelor of Arts, (with teacher certificate 
with majors in: 
English 
' History 

Political Science 
Bachelor of Music Education 
Bachelor of Science in Education with map 
'in: 

Early Elementary Education 

Middle School Education 

Speech Correction 

(Health, Physical Education and Recreatk 

is offered through the School of Heal 

Professions.) 

Bachelor of Science in Education with majc 

in Secondary Education in the teaching fiel< 

of: 

Art Education 

Biology Education 

Business Education 

Chemistry Education 

English Education 

Health and Physical Education 



SCHOOL OF ARTS, SCIENCES, AND EDUCATION 



77 



Mathematics Education 
Music Education 

Social Science Education (Broad Fields- 
History) 
Social Science Education (Broad Fields- 
Political Science) 
Social Science Education (History) 
Social Science Education (Political Sci- 
ence) 
Bachelor of Science (with teacher certifica- 
tion) with majors in: 
Biology 
Chemistry 

Mathematical Sciences 
Program of Study (with MS-4 teacher certifi- 
cation) in: 

Library Media 
All teacher education programs are approved 
:>y the Georgia State Department of Education 
ind are accredited by the National Council for 
iccreditation of Teacher Education. 

Further particulars on the undergraduate 
eacher education programs are found in the 
)epartment of Education section of this catalog. 

Minor Concentrations of Study 

The following minors are offered by depart- 
nents within the School of Arts, Sciences, and 
iducation. Students may include one or more 
»f 'these in their programs of study as circum- 
tances may permit. 

American Civilization 

Anthropology 

Art 

Biology 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Communications 

Computer Science 

Criminal Justice 

Drama/Speech 
1 Economics 
1 Engineering Science 

English 
I Film 
1 Foreign Language 

History 

Human Biology 

International Studies 

Legal Studies 

Linguistics 

Mathematics 

Mental Health 



Museum/Preservation Studies 

Music 

Organizational Psychology 

Philosophy 

Physical Education 

Physical Sciences 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Public Administration 

Russian Studies 

Sociology 

Teacher Education 

Zoology 



General Studies 

Director: Dr. Grace Martin 

Department of Psychology 



Associate and baccalaureate degree pro- 
grams in General Studies, emphasizing a liberal 
arts education, are operated under the general 
supervision of the Dean of the School of Arts, 
Sciences and Education and under the imme- 
diate direction of the head of the department of 
psychology. Curriculum guidance for these pro- 
grams is provided by the General Studies De- 
gree Committee. Interested students should 
contact the psychology department head for as- 
sistance. 

The Bachelor of General Studies degree is 
also available at the Brunswick Center on the 
Brunswick College campus in Brunswick, Ga. 
Interested persons should contact the coordi- 
nator of the Brunswick Center or the head of 
psychology on the Armstrong campus. 

For the two-year degree of Associate in Arts, 
a student must complete at least 30 hours of the 
required course work and 45 quarter hours of 
all coursework in this program at Armstrong 
State College. The program is designed to pro- 
vide a substantial liberal education as a base 
for upper division specialization. 

Certain courses may be exempted by ex- 
amination. 



78 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN ARTS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 63 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

2. MAT 1 01 and 1 03 or 1 95 or 220 
or290 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191 or 115 or 192; 
HIS 251 or 252 10 

2. POS 113 and one course 
selected from: ANT 201 ; 
ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC201 10 

AreaV 3 

1. PE 103 or 108 1 

2. Two activity courses 2 

B. Courses in the Concentration and/or 

Electives 30 

These courses may be specified by a 
department or may be electives. Stu- 
dents planning work toward a bacca- 
laureate degree should select courses 
that meet listed requirements of that 
degree program. 

C. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES 

At least four quarters prior to anticipated grad- 
uation, students must submit a degree proposal 
to the Program Director for approval. 

Hours 

A. Genera! Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 



2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; 
ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

200, 201 ! 

Area II 2( 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 
or290 1( 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 11 

Area III 2i 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 1! 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; SOC 

201 | 

Area IV 3i 

1. HIS 251 or 252 I 

2. Two courses selected from: 
ART 200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 
222; MUS 200; PHI 200, 201; 
two courses in any foreign lan- 
guage through 

the 200 level 1i 

3. One or two courses selected 
from: ANT 201; CS 115, 120, 
142; ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC 201 5-1 

4. One or two courses selected 
from: 

BIO 101, 102; BIO 111, 112; 
BOT 203; CHE 121, 122; CHE 
128, 129; CHE 201, 202; CHE 
211; PHY 211, 212, 213; PHY 
217, 218, 219; PHS 121, 122; 

ZOO 204, 208, 209 5-1 

AreaV :.... 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 

2. Three activity courses 

NOTE: Certain preceding courses may be e 
empted by examination with credit awarde* 
Also, if a physical science sequence is used 
satisfy Area II, then a biological science mu 
be chosen in Area IV. The converse is also tru 

Other Requirements 

1. A minimum of 35 hours at the 
300 level. 

2. A maximum of 40 hours in any 
one discipline excluding 
courses taken under section A. 

General Studies 

Courses at the 200 or above level 
1. Humanities 5- 



BIOLOGY 



79 



American civilization, art, com- 
parative literature, English or 
American literature, history, mu- 
sic, philosophy. 

2. Social Sciences 5-10 

Anthropology, criminal justice, 
economics, geography, mu- 
seum and preservation studies, 
political science, psychology, 
sociology. 

3. Mathematics and Natural 

Sciences 5-10 

Astronomy, biology, botany, 
chemistry, entomology, geol- 
ogy, mathematics, meteorol- 
ogy, oceanography, physics, 
zoology. 

4. Communication Arts 5-10 

Computer science, drama/ 
speech, film, foreign languages, 
journalism, linguistics. 

Area of Concentration (Any University 

System approved minor) 20-29 

Electives 36-45 

*Credit for special experience 
may be granted, at the discre- 
tion of the appropriate depart- 
ment; such credit, however, 
shall not exceed one-fourth of 
the total hours for the degree, 
and credit for courses not spe- 
cifically listed in the College cat- 
alog under "Advanced 
Placement and Credit by Ex- 
amination" shall not exceed ten 
hours. 

5. Regents' and Exit 
Examinations 



Thome, Francis 
'Graduate Faculty 



TOTAL 



191 



iology 

icuity 

cant, Department Head 
'umer, Ronald 
ower, Moonyean 
jillou, Laurent 
igel. Allen 
p amela 



The major in biology consists of BIO 101 or 
111, BIO 102 or 112, BOT 203 and ZOO 204, 
and at least 40 quarter hours credit in biology 
courses (BIO, BOT, ENT, ZOO) numbered 300 
or above. The majority of the courses in the ma- 
jor numbered 300 or above must be taken in the 
Biology Department at Armstrong State College. 

Each student acquiring a major in biology 
must include in his program the following 
courses: BIO 370; BIO 480; BOT 410 or ZOO 
410; one course in botany numbered 300 or 
above, other than BOT 410; and one course in 
zoology numbered 300 or above, other than 
ZOO 410. If credit for any of the first three re- 
quired units is transferred to Armstrong from an- 
other college, the department may require that 
it be validated by examination. 

In addition, biology majors must complete el- 
ementary statistics and the course sequence in 
organic chemistry (15 quarter hours). The 
course in general college physics (15 quarter 
hours) is strongly recommended and should be 
considered essential for those who expect to 
continue the study of biology beyond the B.S. 
degree. 

To be eligible for a B.S. degree in biology the 
student must have a grade of at least "C" for all 
biology courses. 

Beginning students who have successfully 
completed strong courses in biology in high 
school may take examinations for advanced 
placement or for credit for BIO 101 and/or 102. 
Arrangements to take these examinations may 
be made with the head of the department. 

In order to receive Core Curriculum credits for 
the biology laboratory science sequence by tak- 
ing biology in the Savannah State-Armstrong ex- 
change program, a student must take the 
ENTIRE sequence of ten quarter hours either at 
Armstrong State College or at Savannah State 
College. 

By careful use of electives a student majoring 
in biology may concurrently acquire a second 
major in chemistry (i.e., he may take a "double 
major"). This program is recommended for pre- 
professional students. It does require 10 to 20 
quarter hours credit above the minimum re- 
quired for graduation. Ask the department head 
for additional information. 



80 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. BIO 101 or 111; 102 or 112 10 

2. MAT 101 (or 103 or 206 if ex- 
amination allows) and MAT 

220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; PSY 101, SOC 

201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. CHE 128, 129; BOT 203 and 
ZOO 204 20 

2. Two courses from: natural sci- 
ences, Mathematics, foreign 
language 10 

AreaV 6 

.1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 
2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

1 . BIO 370, 480; BOT 41 or ZOO 
410 15 

2. Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from biology, botany, 
entomology, and zoology. Elec- 
tives must include one BOT 
course other than BOT 410 and 
one ZOO course other than 
ZOO 410 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 

346 15 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



SPECIAL NOTES: 

(1 ) Biology majors should take BIO 1 01 or 11 
and BIO 102 or 112 during the freshm; 
year, and BOT 203 and ZOO 204 durir 
the sophomore year. CHE 128 and 11 
should be completed by the end of sprir 
quarter of the sophomore year. 

(2) The biology major should complete orgar 
chemistry (CHE 341 , 342, 343) no later th; 
the end of the junior year as it is prerequisi 
or corequisite to all physiology courses. 

(3) Students who may wish to enter gradua 
school are advised that PHY 21 1 , 212, 21 
and foreign language to third quarter pr 
ficiency should be considered essential 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN BIOLOGY (with teacher certification) 

Hou 

A. General Requirements ' 

Area I 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 
292 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271 ; 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200, 201 

Area II 

1. MAT 101, 103, or 206 

2. MAT 220 

3. BIO 101 or 111; 102 or 112 

Area III 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 

2. PSY 101 

ArealV 

1. CHE 128, 129; ZOO 204; MAT 
103 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 200, 201; SOC 201 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200.. 

AreaV 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 

2. Three activity courses 

State Requirement: 

HIS 251 or 252 j 

B. Courses in the Major Field j 

1. BIO 370, 480; BOT 203 | 

2. BOT 410 or ZOO 410 



BIOLOGY 



81 



3. Electives at the 300-400 level 
selected from botany and 

zoology 25 

3. Courses in Related Fields 30 

1. CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 

346 15 

2. Three of AST 301, MET 301, 
GEO 301 , OCE 301 , or PHY 21 1 , 
212, 213 15 

3. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 
447, 481, 482, 483 35 

2. PSY301 or EDN 302 5 

1 Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 216 



INOR CONCENTRATIONS 

The following minor concentrations are avail- 
Die from the Department of Biology. For minors, 
e student must earn a grade of "C" or better 
each course offered for the minor. 
le minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Biology 25 

1. BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112 10 

2. BIO electives of which at least 
10 hours must be at 300-400 
level 15 

Botany 25 

1 BIO 101 or 1 11, 102or112;BOT 
203 15 

2. Two courses from: BOT 305, 

323, 410, 425 10 

Zoology 25 

1. BIO 101 or 111, 102 or 112; 

ZOO 204 15 

2 Two courses selected from: ENT 
301; ZOO 325, 355, 356, 372, 
410, 429, 435 10 

Human Biology 25 

1. ZOO 208 and 209 10 

2 BIO/ZOO electives of which at 
least 10 hours must be at or 
above the 300-level. Choose 
from: BIO 210 or 351, BIO 310, 
353, 380, ZOO 215, or 330 15 



e-Professional Programs 

Students majoring in biology may concur- 
i itly complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, and 



or pre-vetennary requirements and all require- 
ments for secondary teaching certification in sci- 
ence (biology). 

Other pre-professional programs include: 

Internships. The Department offers a number 
of internship options in the areas of research, 
applied biology, and environmental education. 
It also offers programs in which students can 
work with physicians, veterinarians, and den- 
tists. 

Pre-forestry program with the University of 
Georgia. A student may complete two years of 
a pre-forestry curriculum at Armstrong, then 
transfer to the University of Georgia. After two 
additional years of coursework, the student may 
receive a B.S. in Forest Resources 

Pre-forestry/Environmental Management 
Affiliation with Duke University. In this pro 
gram, a student may complete three years of 
study at Armstrong and then may apply for ad- 
mission to the Duke program. If accepted, the 
student may complete two additional years at 
Duke. Upon successfully completing the first 
year at Duke, the student will receive a B.S. in 
Biology from Armstrong; after successful com- 
pletion of the second year, the student will re- 
ceive a Master of Science degree in either 
forestry or environmental management from 
Duke University. 



Scholarships in Biology 

The department offers a limited number of 
scholarships to Biology majors. Interested stu- 
dents are invited to inquire in the department 
office for details. 



Biology Honors 

Students who perform independent biological 
research and submit acceptable oral and written 
reports to a departmental committee may be 
eligible to have "graduated with departmental 
honors" noted on their official academic rec- 
ords. 

To qualify for this honor, students must have 
at the time of application: 1 20-1 50 quarter hours 
of course work; a minimum college GPA of 3.3; 
a minimum biology GPA of 3.5 with no grade 
lower than "C": and three or more 300-400 level 
course completed. 



82 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The committee will consist of three biology 
faculty, adding where applicable a biologist 
from outside the college. The committee will ex- 
amine students' proposals before projects are 
undertaken and evaluate the projects at their 
completion. 



Biology Offerings 

BIO 101— Principles of Biology I (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: none. 

Structure and function of cells, biological 
chemistry; structure, function, and development 
of flowering plants. 

BIO 102— Principles of Biology II (4-3-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Biology 
101. 

Structure, function, and development of ver- 
tebrate animals; genetics; ecology; evolution. 

BIO 111 — Advanced Introductory Biology I 
(4-3-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Eligibility for ENG 101 and 
MAT 101. 

Structure, function and development of 
plants, cells, tissues, organs, reproduction, ge- 
netics, phylogeny and ecology. This course, 
while similar in format to Biology 101, is pre- 
sented at a level involving greater topical detail 
and more student interaction than in the tradi- 
tional course. Some field work is required. 

BIO 112— Advanced Introductory Biology II 
(4-3-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 111. 

Structure, function and development of ani- 
mals: cells, tissues, organs, reproduction, ge- 
netics, ecological systems and organic 
evolution. This course is a continuation of BIO 
101 or BIO 111 and will involve independent 
student activities in the lab. Some field work is 
required. 

BIO 210— Microorganisms and Disease 
(4-3-5) 

Fall and Winter. Prerequisites: CHE 201 or 1 22 
and ZOO 209. 

An introduction to the study of microorga- 
nisms with primary emphasis on bacteria. The 
morphology, life history, and importance to pub- 
lic health of representative bacteria, fungi, vi- 
ruses, and protozoa are considered. Credit for 
this course may not be applied toward a major 
in biology. 



BIO 310— Man and the Environment 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Completion of 75 quarl 
hours credit in college courses. 

Consideration of the interactions between h 
mans and the support systems of the ea 
which are essential to their existence. Credit 
this course may not be applied toward a ma 
in biology. 

BIO 351— Bacteriology (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: 10 hours of biological s 
ence, CHE 128-129. 

A study of the morphology, ecology, class 
cation, and genetics of the bacteria and relat 
micro-organisms, including the viruses. 

BIO 352— Medical Microbiology (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: BIO 351 and permissi 
of the instructor. 

A comprehensive study of the disease-cai 
ing microbes in terms of their diagnosis, r. 
thology, and epidemiology. 

BIO 353— Immunology and Serology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: CHE 128 and 129 
permission of instructor and department hea 

A fundamental study of humoral and cellu 
immunity, the structure and biosynthesis of < 
tibodies, and the interactions between antige 
and antibodies. Consideration will be given 
allergic states and other immunological c 
eases. 

BIO 358— Histological Technique (0-10-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 1 01 or 1 1 1 , and E 
102 or 112. 

Principles and methods of killing, fixi 
embedding, sectioning, staining, and mount 
plant and animal materials for study. 

BIO 360— Cell Structure and Function 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 102 or 112, C 
128, 129 

An introduction to cell biology including 
study of cell ultrastructure, the major physiol 
ical processes, cell reproduction and cell 
ferentiation. 

BIO 370— Genetics (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: BIO 1 01 or 1 1 1 , BIO J 
or 112, CHE 128, 129; BIO 351 and junior stcfc 
recommended. 

An introduction to the principles of biologl 
inheritance. 



BIOLOGY 



83 



10 380— Human Genetics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: BIO 101-102 or ZOO 208-209 
nd CHE 128-1 29 or CHE 201 -202, or CHE 121- 
22 

An introduction to human inheritance includ- 
ig gene transmission, gene effects upon me- 
ibolism, population and quantitative genetics, 
enetics of sex-determination, pedigree analy- 
s, eugenics, and genetic screening and coun- 
sling. 

10 410— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 
lird quarter junior status; two courses in biology 
jmbered 300 or above; and organic chemistry. 

A consideration of the functional relationships 
etween microscopic anatomy and cell chem- 
try, emphasizing permeability, metabolism, 
id growth. 

IO 440— Cytology (2-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Two courses in biology 
jmbered 300 or above. 
The study of cells, their cytoplasm and nuclei, 
owth, differentiation, and reproduction. 

O 450— Evolution (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Major in biology (at least 
» qtr. hrs. credit in biology courses numbered 
>0 or above). 
Modern concepts in organic evolution. 

470-471-472— Seminar (1-0-1) 

Prerequisite: Open to junior and senior Biol- 
ly majors 

Library research, class presentations, and 
icussions in selected areas of Biology. 

480— General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: Three courses in biol- 

y numbered 300 or above, 
j A survey of the principles of ecology and their 
; plication to the welfare of humans, coordi- 

ted with a study of populations and commu- 
tes in the field. 

b 490— Research (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: At least 20 
I jrs credit in biology courses numbered 300 
r above; a B average in biology courses and 
i overall work; consent of department head; 
J reement of a staff member to supervise work. 
•Problems to be assigned and work directed 
■k a member of the department Supervised re- 
iarch including literature search, field and or 
•IB oratory investigation and presentation of an 
5:eptable written report of results. Credit will 
iDend upon the work to be done. Both credit 



and proposed work must be approved in ad- 
vance, in writing, by the faculty member to su- 
pervise the work and by the department head 

BIO 495, 496— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: Junior 
standing and permission of the Department 
Head. 

The student will be engaged in a biological 
project sponsored by an outside agency. The 
project will be selected, supervised, evaluated, 
and credit hours determined by the student's 
faculty advisor in consultation with the outside 
agency. The student must make application dur- 
ing the quarter preceding the internship. No 
more than 5 (five) hours may be counted toward 
the major. 



Botany Offerings 

BOT 201— Principles of Horticulture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: None. 

Introduction to basic gardening principles 
with emphasis on plant growth and development 
as responses to varying environmental condi- 
tions. Topics to be covered include plant clas- 
sification, growth and development, 
environment, propagation, disease and pest 
control. This course may be applied as elective 
credit towards the B.S. degree in biology. 

BOT 203— Survey of the Plant Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: BIO 101 or 1 1 1 and 102 
or 112. 

Morphology and phylogeny of the divisions of 
the plant kingdom, with emphasis upon the ev- 
olution of the land flora. 

BOT 305 — Identification of Flowering Plants 
(0-10-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of bi- 
ology. 

Studies in the identification of plants with em- 
phasis on local flora. 

BOT 323— Plant Anatomy (3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 15 quarter hours of biology. 

The origin and development of the organs and 
tissue systems of vascular plants, and a com- 
parative study of the structure of roots, stems, 
leaves, flowers, and fruits. 



84 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



BOT 410— Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: 15 quarter hours of bi- 
ology. 

A survey of physiologic processes occuring 
in plants and the conditions which affect these 
processes. 

BOT 425— Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: BOT 323. 

Comparative studies of vascular plants with 
emphasis on form, structure, reproduction, and 
evolutionary relationships. 



Entomology Offerings 

ENT 301 — Introductory Entomology 
(3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: BIO 101 or 111 and 102 
or 112. 

An introduction to the study of insects — their 
structure, identification, and biology. 



Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 204 — Survey of the Animal Kingdom 
(3-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102. 
An evolutionary survey of the major animal 
phyla. 

ZOO 208— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

I (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

A basic course considering the gross anat- 
omy, histology, and physiology of the human 
organ systems. Intended primarily for majors in 
health sciences, credit for this course may not 
be applied toward a major in biology. 

ZOO 209— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

II (4-2-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisites: ZOO 208 
and CHE 201 or 122. 

A continuation of the basic course consider- 
ing the anatomy and physiology of the human. 
Credit may not be applied toward a major in 
biology. 

ZOO 211 — Cardiopulmonary Anatomy and 
Physiology (2-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 209. 

The cardiopulmonary system is studied with 
special emphasis on functional anatomy. The 
physiology of the heart, the control of circulation, 



respiration, and blood pressure, and partic 
movement across membranes are also studie 
Intended primarily for majors in health science 
credit for this course may not be applied towa 
a major in biology. 

ZOO 215 — Human Physiology and Disease 
(4-2-5) 

Spring: Prerequisites: ZOO 208 and 209 
other acceptable courses in human, general, 
vertebrate physiology. 

An introductory consideration of disease 
disruption of physiological homeostasis. hit 
emphasis is placed on normal function, contr 
and environment of cells as a basis for undi 
standing cellular and systemic responses 
agents of injury and organismic effects of tho 
responses. Intended primarily for majors 
health sciences. 

ZOO 325— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

A study of the structure, body functions, 
terrelations, and natural history of the major 
vertebrate groups. 

ZOO 330— Fundamentals of Nutrition 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites; E 
101/111-102/112 or ZOO 208-209, and C 
121-122 or CHE 201. 

Biological bases of animal, including hum 
nutrition; sources and biological utilization c 
functions of nutrients. 

ZOO 355— Embryology (4-3-5) 

■Fall. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

An elementary course in embryology in wi- 
the chick is used to illustrate the basic princip 
of developmental anatomy. 

ZOO 356 — Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the anatomy and evolution of 
organ systems of the vertebrates. 

ZOO 357— Animal Histology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A study of the tissues and their organiza* 
into organs and organ systems in animals. 

ZOO 372— Parasitology (3-4-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 
A comparative study of the internal and A 
ternal parasites of man and other animals. 1 



GRADUATE BIOLOGY 



85 



00 410 — General Vertebrate Physiology 
I-4-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: Junior status, including 15 
?urs of biology; Organic Chemistry (may be 
ken concurrently). 

An introduction to the general physiologic 
-ocesses of the vertebrates. 

30 425 — Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
-6-5) 

Spring. Even numbered years. Prerequisites: 
DO 325 or ZOO 204 with a grade of A or B. 
Studies in the identification and ecologic dis- 
bution of marine invertebrates as exemplified 
/ collection from the southeastern coastal re- 
on. 

)0 429— Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: ZOO 410 
other acceptable physiology course. 
Physiology of the endocrine glands, their con- 
>l of metabolism and reproductive cycles. 

)0 435 — Comparative Physiology 
4-5) 

Winter, alternate years. Prerequisites: Junior 
itus, including 15 hours of biology; Organic 
emistry (may be taken concurrently). 
Studies in various groups of animals of the 
ictions of organ systems involved in the main- 
lance of homeostasis under varying condi- 
ns within normal habitats and of in vitro 
ictions of tissues and systems under labo- 
ory conditions. 



raduate Courses 



'he biology MEd program has been deacti- 
ed, but the department offers a limited num- 
of graduate courses. Students should check 
i the biology department for complete infor- 
tion on the course offerings. 



: .logy Offerings 

?> 610— Cellular Physiology (3-4-5) 

rerequisite: Complete sequence in Organic 
Emistry and five hours of physiology. 
See BIO 410 for course description.) 



BIO 640— Cytology (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Two senior division courses in 
biology. 
(See BIO 420 for course description.) 

BIO 650— Evolution (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: At least 15 quarter hours credit 
in upper division biology (botany or zoology) 
courses. 

(See BIO 450 for course description.) 

BIO 680— General Ecology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Three upper division courses in 
biology (botany or zoology). 
(See BIO 480 for course description.) 



Botany Offerings 

BOT 610— Plant Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: BOT 203 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 
(See BOT 410 for course description.) 

BOT 625— Plant Morphology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: BOT 203. 

(See BOT 425 for course description.) 

BOT 701— Plant Diversity I: Non-Vascular 
Plants (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit 
in botany. 

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the 
algae, fungi, mosses, and liverworts, including 
identification of common species, field and lab- 
oratory methods, local habitats and sources. 

BOT 702— Plant Diversity II: Vascular Plants 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours credit 
in botany. 

Morphology, taxonomy, and ecology of the 
primitive vascular plants, ferns, gymnosperms, 
and angiosperms, including field and laboratory 
methods, local habitats and sources. 

BOT/EDN 793— Botany for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

This course is not suitable for the general sci- 
ence major. 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with prin- 
ciples involved in classifying and identifying 
plant life. 



86 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Zoology Offerings 

ZOO 525— Invertebrate Zoology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

(See ZOO 325 for course description.) 

ZOO 556 — Comparative Anatomy of the 
Vertebrates (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 204. 

(See ZOO 356 for course description.) 

ZOO 610— General Vertebrate Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- 
istry. 
(See ZOO 410 for course description.) 

ZOO 625 — Marine Invertebrate Zoology 
(2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 325 or permission of in- 
structor and department head. 
(See ZOO 425 for course description.) 

ZOO 629— Endocrinology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 410 and one other senior 
division course in biology. 
(See ZOO 429 for course description.) 

ZOO 635 — Comparative Physiology (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 204 and Organic Chem- 
istry 
(See ZOO 435 for course description.) 

ZOO 710 — Applied Human Physiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing plus a 
course in human, general, or vertebrate physi- 
ology, and organic or biological chemistry. 

A consideration of human physiological re- 
sponses to normal and abnormal stressors of 
the external and internal environment, including 
local and systemic adaptations to stressors. 
Specific malfunctions and adjustments will be 
treated where feasible and appropriate. 

Laboratory sessions will feature the empirical 
demonstration of physiologic concepts and their 
applications to human function, largely through 
controlled experimentation. 

ZOO 715— Pathophysiology (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: At least one course in human 
or vertebrate physiology and at least one course 
in organic or biological chemistry. 

A conceptual, integrative consideration of 
disease processes. Emphasis is placed on 
disease as a maladaptive response or failure of 
adaptation to physiological stressors. 
Laboratory experiences will illustrate both 



adaptive and maladaptive responses 
homeostatic disruption. 

ZOO 721 — Animal Diversity I: Invertebrate 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours ere 
in zoology. 

Structure, function, and ecologic relationshi 
of the major invertebrate phyla. (Not open 
students with credits in invertebrate zoology 

ZOO 722— Animal Diversity II: Vertebrates 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 15 quarter hours ere 
in zoology. 

Structure, function, and ecologic relationshi 
of the vertebrates, with emphasis on amphibic 
and terrestrial forms. 

ZOO 731— Ecological Associations (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: at least 25 quarter hours ere 
in junior-senior level courses in biology. 

Environmental relationships among and t 
tween groups of organisms and their envirc 
ments. 

ZOO/EDN 792— Zoology for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

This course is not suitable for general scier 
majors. 

Modern approaches to teaching the biolc 
cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding of 
processes in the animal kingdom. 



Chemistry and Physics 

Faculty 

Harris, Henry, Department Head 

Baker, Julia 

Brewer, John 

Butler, Frank 

Carpenter, Suzanne 
*Hizer, Todd 

Jaynes, Leon 
*Jones, Gerald 

Stratton, Cedric 
*Whiten, Morris 

*Graduate Faculty 



The department offers majors in chemi: 
and in the physical sciences. Minor concen 
tions are offered in chemistry, engineering st 
ies, physical science, and physics, 
department sponsors the Engineering Stuc 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



87 



ogram to facilitate the transfer of students into 
igineering programs. 

The major in chemistry is designed to give 
>pth in the fields of chemistry, yet is flexible 
lough to accommodate a range of career 
>als. Students majoring in chemistry may con- 
irrently complete all pre-medical, pre-dental, 
id pre-vetennary requirements and all require- 
snts for secondary teaching certification in sci- 
ice. The major in the physical sciences allows 
jdents to pursue a study in engineering and 
lysics along with other areas of the physical 
iences. 

The department participates in the Dual De- 
ee Program of Armstrong State College under 
"lich students may earn simultaneously the 
S. degree with a major in chemistry or physical 
iences from Armstrong and the baccalaureate 
a field of engineering from the Georgia Insti- 
e of Technology or one of several other par- 
ipating schools. 



tOGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
CHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
CHEMISTRY 



Hours 

General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Areall 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

PHY 211, 212 or 217*. 218* 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, 202; PSY 101; 
SOC201 5 

Area IV 30 

CHE 128, 129, 211 15 

MAT 206 5 

PHY213or219* 5 

Computer Science or Mathe- 
matics or Natural Science 5 

Area V 6 

PE 166 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

(HIS 251 or252 5 



B. Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 

346, 380, 491 25 

Approved courses chosen from: 

300-400 level chemistry 20 

C Related Field Requirements 15 

CS 115, 116, 120, or 142 5 

Additional courses in Computer 
Science, Mathematics, or Nat- 
ural Sciences 10 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 
'Recommended sequence. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN CHEMISTRY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222: 
MUS200; PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

POS 113 5 

One course selected from: ANT 

201, ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 .. 5 
ArealV 30 

CHE211 5 

PHY 211, 212, or 217, 218 10 

PSY 101 5 

EDN200 5 

One course selected from: ART 
200, 271. 272, 273; MUS 200; 

DRS228 5 

Area V 6 

PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B Major Field Requirements 45 

CHE 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 

346, 380, 491 25 



88 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CHE 461 5 

Approved 300-400 level Chem- 
istry courses 15 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

MAT 206 5 

BIO 101, 102 10 

PHY 213 or 219 5 

One course selected from: AST 
301; GEL 301; MET 301; OCE 

301, 430; PHY 312 5 

D. Professional sequence 35 

EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471, 

472, 473 30 

PSY201 or EDN 201 5 

E. Regents' Examination and Exit 
Examinations 

TOTAL 206 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

One course selected from: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273; 

ENG 222; MUS 200; PHI 

200,201 5 

Areall 20 

MAT 101, 103 10 

CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

HIS114or191,115or192;POS 

113 15 

One course selected from: 
ANT 201 , ECO 201 , 202; PSY 

101; SOC201 5 

ArealV 30 

PHY 211, 212, 213 or PHY 217, 

218,219 15 

MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

AreaV 11 

PE 166 and 103 or 108 3 

Three activity courses 3 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Major Field Requirements 45 

PHY 312 5 

Ten hours chosen from: 

AST, GEL, MET, OCE 10 



Thirty hours selected from the 
following with a maximum of 15 
hours from any one area: 
CHE 21 1 , 300-400 CHE courses 
EGR 220, 221, 300-400 EGR 
courses; 300-400 PHY courses 

C. Related Field Requirements ; 

CS246 

CSor MAT ; 

D. Electives : 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 2' 



Minor Concentrations 

The minor in Chemistry requires twenty ere 
hours with grades of "C" or better in upper 
vision chemistry courses. 

The minor in Engineering Studies requir 
EGR 1 00, 1 71 , 220, 221 , plus 1 hours chos 
from upper division engineering electives foi 
total of 26 quarter credit hours. A grade of 
least "C" in each course is required. 

The minor in Physics requires twenty-thr 
credit hours from courses designated as ph\ 
ics numbered 211 or higher. A grade of "C" 
better in each course is required. 

The minor in Physical Science requires 1 
credit hours of a laboratory sequence in che 
istry, physical science, or physics plus fifte 
hours chosen from: AST 301, CHE 301, G 
301 , MET 301 , OCE 301 . A grade of "C" or be 
is, required in each course. 



The ASC Engineering 
Transfer Program 

The ASC Engineering Transfer Program is 
signed as a general program that offers col 
work contained in the first two years of the sta 
ard engineering curriculum at most accred 
engineering schools. After following the s j 
gested course sequence at Armstrong Stat J 
student should be able to transfer to any AE J 
accredited engineering school and comp 
the requirements for a baccalaureate in a t 
sen field of engineering in a total of four to 
years, which is the time typical of all enginee 
students. The program of courses has been ( 
structed with advice from the Georgia Inst 
of Technology. Students are advised to cor 
the engineering school of choice on quest | 
of transfer. 






CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



89 



hemistry Offerings 

HE 121-122 — Introduction to Chemistry 
i-3-5) 

Prerequisite or co-requisite: MAT 101. (Credit 

these courses may not be applied to a major 

chemistry.) 

These courses include a study of the funda- 
lental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry, 
survey of organic chemistry, and an introduc- 
)n to biochemistry. 

HE 128-129— General Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra or concurrently, 
ffered each quarter. 

These courses are the first two of the series 
?8. 1 29, 21 1 required to complete an academic 
■r of general chemistry. A study of the fun- 
jmental principles and laws of chemistry with 
quantitative approach to the subject. These 
lurses are designed for the science, pre-med- 
al and engineering student. The laboratory 
)rk includes an understanding of fundamental 
:hniques. 

HE 201— Essentials of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered each 

arter. 

<\n introduction to inorganic, organic, and bio- 

emistry with emphasis on applications in hu- 

an physiology and clinical chemistry. 

oerimental principles will be illustrated with 

ssroom demonstrations. 

(IE 202— Physical Principles (3-0-3) 

3 rerequisite: CHE 201. 
■This course provides a study of the physical 
nciples of gas behavior, acid-base calcula- 
ths, weak acid ionization, buffer solutions, pH 
lasurements, blood gas measurements, and 
;3er subjects of special interest to persons in 
;.*Bd health sciences. 

CE 211— Chemical Principles (4-3-5) 

/rerequisite: CHE 129. Fall and Spring. 
his course is the third in the sequence 128, 
jk 21 1 required to complete an academic year 
general chemistry. Stresses chemical ther- 
fpynamics, kinetics, and equilibria. 

E 301— The Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of laboratory 
:-«nce completed. Offered on demand, 
-rnn introductory course covering selected 
: «s of applied biochemistry. This course is not 
^lommended for chemistry, biology, or 
■medical students. 



CHE 307 — Principles of Chemical 
Processes (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: CHE 129 and MAT 206. 

Methods of material balance in chemical 
process are studied. Topic subjects include 
processes and process variables, systems of 
units, gas behavior, single-phase and multi- 
phase systems. TEXT: Level of Felder and Rous- 
seau Elementary Principles of Chemical Proc- 
esses. 

CHE 308— Principles of Chemical 
Processes II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 307. 

Methods of energy balance in chemical proc- 
esses are studied. Various forms of energy 
changes involved in both reactive and non-re- 
active processes are introduced. Emphasis is 
placed on the application of combined material 
and energy balances in processes. TEXT: Level 
of Felder and Rousseau Elementary Principles 
of Chemical Processes. 

CHE 341-342— Organic Chemistry (4-0-4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 129. Fall, Winter. 

These courses include the study of aliphatics, 
aromatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives, 
polyfunctional compounds, and polynuclear hy- 
drocarbons. Organic reactions are emphasized 
in terms of modern theory. 

CHE 343— Organic Chemistry (4-0-4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342. Spring. 

A continuation of the organic chemistry se- 
quence 341, 342. This course completes the 
fundamental study of organic chemistry with a 
consideration of carbohydrates, amino acids, 
and heterocyclics with their related compounds. 

CHE 344, 345, 346— Organic Chemistry 
Laboratory I, II, 111(0-3-1) 

Corequisite or Prerequisite: CHE 341, 342. 
343 respectively. 

Studies of techniques and reactions used in 
organic chemistry 

CHE 350— Chemical Literature (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 342 Offered on de- 
mand. 

A study of the use of the chemical library and 
the important journals references, and infor- 
mation sources 



90 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CHE 380— Quantitative Instrumental 
Analysis (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 129. Winter and Summer. 

A study of the principles of volumetric, spec- 
trophotometer, electrometric and chromato- 
graphic methods of analysis. 

CHE 397— Scientific Glass-Blowing 
(0-4-2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor. Of- 
fered on demand. 

Properties of glass for scientific apparatus; 
introduction of glass working equipment; plan- 
ning of sequential joining operations; demon- 
stration of major techniques for joining and 
working glass; supervision of individual students 
in preparing testpieces. 

CHE 410— Chemical Safety (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 341. Offered on demand. 

Topic subjects will include standard labora- 
tory safety practices, hazardous properties of 
chemicals, safety practices in the storage, use 
and disposal of chemicals, and government reg- 
ulations. 

CHE 421 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 
(3-3-4) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. Offered on demand. 

Selected topics in inorganic chemistry tend- 
ing to increase students' understanding of 
mechanisms of chemical reactions. Emphasizes 
the periodicity of elements. 

CHE 431-432— Seminar (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 
Selected topics for group discussion. 

CHE 441— Advanced Organic Chemistry 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Spring. 

A further study of important organic reactions 
emphasizing theories of reaction mechanism of 
organic chemistry. 

CHE 448— Organic Qualitative Analysis 
(2-9-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demand. 
Systematic approach to the identification of 
organic compounds. 

CHE 451— History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Junior standing and CHE 129. 

The development of science surveyed from 
antiquity to the present. Emphasis is placed on 
the development of ideas, men who made sig- 
nificant contributions, evolution of chemical the- 
ories, and the modern social implications of 
science. 



CHE 461— Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demanc 
A study of the chemical nature of cellular co 
stituents and cellular metabolism. Subject topi* 
include carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, e 
zymes, vitamins and coenzymes, anaerobic Cc 
bohydrate metabolism, lipid metabolism, tl 
tricarboxylic acid cycle, oxidative phosphor 
ation, and photosynthesis. 

CHE 462— Biochemistry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 461. Offered on demanc 

A study of the metabolism of ammonia ai 

nitrogen-containing compounds, the biosy 

thesis of nucleic acids and proteins, metabo 

regulation, and selected topics. 

CHE 463— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CHE 343. Offered on demanc 
A study of the principles of chemistry appli< 
in the clinical laboratory. Topic subjects to 
elude instrumentation and microtechniques. 

CHE 466— Biochemistry Laboratory 
(0-6-2) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: CHE 461 . Often 
on demand. 

A study of techniques used in biochemis 
research. Topic subjects include separatic 
purification and characterization procedures 

CHE 481 — Advanced Instrumental Analysi 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisite: CHE 380. 

A study of electrometric methods of analyj 
Topic subjects will include potentiometric, c< 
lometric, and polarographic measurements. 

CHE 482 — Advanced Instrumental Analys 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380 and PHY 312. 

A study of spectrophotometric and chronr 
ographic methods of analysis. Topic subje 
will include visible and ultra-violet spectrosco 
gas-liquid chromatography, high performaij 
liquid chromatography, atomic emission ;l 
absorption spectroscopy. 

CHE 483 — Advanced Instrumental Analyse 
(1-3-2) 

Prerequisites: CHE 342 and 482. 

A continuation of the study of spectrosccy 
Topic subjects will include infrared specta 
copy, nuclear magnetic resonance, elect ^ 
spin resonance and mass spectrometry. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



91 



HE 491-492-493— Physical Chemistry 
-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CHE 380. PHY 213, MAT 206. 
ill, Winter, Spring. 

Fundamental principles of physical chemistry 
eluding the study of solids, liquids, gases, 
ermochemistry, thermodynamics and solu- 
)ns. These courses will also cover a study of 
lemical equilibria, chemical kinetics, electro- 
lemistry, colloids, quantum mechanics and 
jelear chemistry. 

HE 496— Internship (V-V(1-12)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
tes: CHE 343, 380, 491 and permission of the 
hemistry Intern Program Director. 
The student will pursue a meaningful project 
industry, government or other institutional set- 
ig. The project will be determined, supervised, 
id evaluated by the sponsor of the activity and 
9 student's faculty adviser. Application and 
rangement must be made through the de- 
irtment by mid-quarter preceding the quarter 
internship Open to transient students only 
th permission of the Dean of the Faculty at 
mstrong and the appropriate official of the 
hool from which the student comes. 

IE 497-498-499— Independent Study 
V-(1-5)) 

D rerequisite: Consent of the Head of the De- 
rtment. Offered each quarter 
Designed to permit qualified students to pur- 
3 supervised individual research or study, 
iphasis will be placed on the literature search, 
oratory experimentation, and presentation of 
acceptable written report. Both the credit and 

! 'posed work must be approved in writing by 
faculty member who will supervise the work 
i by the department head. Open to transient 
I dents only with the permission of the Dean 
I he Faculty at Armstrong and of the college 
I n which the student comes. 

i 



Ijineering Offerings 

[R 100 — Introduction to Engineering 

" -3). 

irerequisite: Eligibility to enter MAT 101 and 
a 101 

A comprehensive orientation to the engmeer- 
torocess from problem formulation to the ev- 
of creative design: fundamental 
':epts from various fields of engineering. 



EGR 171— Engineering Graphics (2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103, CS 116. 

Computer-aided graphics and engineering 
design fundamentals. Spatial analysis axioms, 
projection theory, sketching, creating design, 
geometric dimensioning, and tolerancing. 

EGR 220— Statics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 207. 

Concepts of forces, moments, and other vec- 
tor quantities; analysis of two-and-three-dimen- 
sional force systems; conditions of equilibrium; 
friction; centroids and moments of inertia. 

EGR 221— Dynamics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 220 and MAT 208. 

Kinematics of particles and rigid bodies; ki- 
netics of particles and rigid bodies using force- 
mass-acceleration, work-energy, and momen- 
tum methods in two-and-three-dimensional mo- 
tion. 

EGR 322— Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of sol- 
ids resulting from externally applied loads/ear 
and bending moment diagrams; analysis of 
stress and strain; beam deflection; column sta- 
bility. 

EGR 310 — Electrical Circuit Analysis 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Core- 
quisite: MAT 341. 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, 
nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- 
ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled 
circuits, and two-port parameters. 

EGR 311— Electronics I (5-3-6) 

Prerequisite: EGR 310. 

Introduction to P-N junction theory and the 
concepts of solid-state devices; development of 
the electrical characteristics of diodes and tran- 
sistors; bipolar and field-effect amplifying cir- 
cuits; operational amplifiers and analog 
systems. 

EGR 312— Electronics II (2-6-4) 

Prerequisite: EGR 311. 

Operation and application of integrated cir- 
cuits used in digital systems; gates, flip-flops, 
counters, registers and memory devices. 

EGR 323— Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221. EGR 330. and MAT 
341 



92 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the 
continuity, momentum, and energy conservation 
relationships; introduction to viscous flows. 

EGR 330— Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208. 

Basic concepts of thermodynamics; proper- 
ties of substances; conservation principles; the 
first and second laws of thermodynamics; en- 
tropy; analysis of thermodynamic systems. 

EGR 331— Thermodynamics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 330. 

Gas cycles; vapor cycles; thermodynamic re- 
lationships; thermodynamic behavior of real 
gases; non-reacting gas mixtures; thermody- 
namics of chemical reactions. 

EGR 332— Heat Transfer (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 323. 

The fundamental principle of heat transfer; 
steady and transient conduction in solids; intro- 
duction to convective heat transfer; thermal ra- 
diation. 

EGR 350 — Computer Applications in 
Engineering (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: CS 246, EGR 221, EGR 310, 
EGR 323. 

The application of digital computers to the so- 
lution of selected engineering problems using 
FORTRAN; emphasis on problem analysis and 
solution techniques. 

EGR 370 — Engineering Economic Analysis 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 206 and ECO 202. 

Fundamental principles and basic techniques 
of economic analysis of engineering projects in- 
cluding economic measure of effectiveness; 
time value of money, cost estimation, breakeven 
and replacement analysis. 

EGR 396 — Engineering Internship 
(V-V-(1-12)) 

Prerequisites: EGR 171, EGR 322, and per- 
mission of the Engineering Intern Program Di- 
rector. 

The student will pursue a meaningful project 
in industry or government. The project will be 
determined, supervised, and evaluated by the 
sponsor of the activity and the Engineering In- 
tern Program Director. Application and arrange- 
ment must be made through the department by 
mid-quarter preceding the quarter of internship. 



Physical Science Offerings 

PHS 121— Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered e 
quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental I 
and concepts of physics and astronomy, 
course is designed for non-science majors 
terested in a descriptive survey. The labora 
study is designed to supplement the stud 
theory. 

PHS 122— Physical Environment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 Eligibility. Offered e 
quarter. 

An elementary study of the fundamental I 
and theories of chemistry and geology. Th 
a descriptive course which includes the c 
sification of elements, basic chemical reactii 
and atomic structure designed for the non- 
ence major. The laboratory study includes 
periences which augment class discussion 

AST 301 — Introduction to Astronomy 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of labors 
science completed. Winter. 

A study of the planetary system, stars, st 
structure, and cosmology. 

GEL 301— Introduction to Geology (5-0-5 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a labors 
science completed. Fall. 

An introduction of physical and historical 
ology. A study of the origin, evolution, and st 
ture of the earth's crust, and geologic histc 

MET 301— Introduction to Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Ten quarter hours of iabors 
science completed. Spring. 

An introduction to the description of the s 
of the atmosphere and to the physical laws 
describe atmospheric phenomena. 

OCE 301 — Introduction to Oceanography 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of a labors 
science completed. Offered on demand. 

A study of the basic principles of ocear 
raphy. Topic subjects to include the distribi 
of water over the earth, nature and relief ol 
ocean floors, tides and currents, chemical p 
erties of sea water and constituents, and a| 
cations of oceanographic research. 



CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS 



93 



lysics Offerings 

IY 211— Mechanics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 103. Fall. 
The first part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 
3 in general physics. Basic classical physics, 
eluding mechanics, sound, and heat. De- 
jned for students with aptitude in mathematics 
low the level of calculus. Selected expen- 
jnts to demonstrate applications. 

1Y 212 — Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
jht (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 211. 

nter. 

The second part of the sequence PHY 211- 

2-213. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- 

tfrical optics. 

W 213 — Light Phenomena, Modern 
lysics (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and PHY 212. Spring. 
The last part of the sequence PHY 211-212- 
3. Continues the study of light from the view- 
int of physical optics, and concludes with the 
idy of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory 
rk includes two selected experiments of ad- 
iced scope. 

Y 217— Mechanics (5-3-6) 

3 rerequisite: MAT 206. Fall and Spring, 
he first part of the sequence PHY 217-218- 
) in general physics. Basic classical physics, 
luding mechanics, sound and heat. De- 
fied especially for engineering students and 
ommended for science majors. Selected ex- 
; iments to demonstrate applications. 

^218 — Electricity, Magnetism, Basic 
. ht (5-3-6) 

,rerequisites: MAT 207 or concurrently and 

T .'217. 

1 ter and Fall. 

ie second part of the sequence PHY 217- 
1 -219. Basic electricity, magnetism, and geo- 
! 'ical optics. 

1 ' 219 — Light Phenomena, Modern 
Asics (5-3-6) 

Jjerequisite: PHY 218. Spring and Winter. 
;|ie last part of the sequence PHY 217-218- 
;l Continues the study of light from the view- 
sit of physical optics, and concludes with the 
y y of atomic and nuclear physics. Laboratory 
c includes two selected experiments of ad- 
i ed scope. 



PHY 310— Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PHY 218. Prerequisite or Core- 
quisite: MAT 341. 

Basic laws of electrical circuits: RCL circuits, 
nodal and mesh analysis. Thevenin's and Nor- 
ton's theorems; phasors, magnetically coupled 
circuits, and two-port parameters. 

PHY 312— Digital Electronics (3-6-5) 

Prerequisites: Math 103 and ten quarter hours 
of laboratory science completed. 

An introduction to discrete component and 
integrated circuits used in modern digital elec- 
tronics. The primary objective of this course is 
to give students hands-on experience in con- 
structing and investigating an array of digital 
circuits that are directly applicable in instru- 
mentation. 

PHY 322— Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EGR 220. 

Internal effects and dimension changes of 
solids resulting from externally applied 
loads; shear and bending moment diagrams; 
analysis of stress and strain; beam deflection; 
column stability. 

PHY 323— Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: EGR 221, EGR/PHY 330, and 
MAT 341. 

Fluid Statics; analysis of fluid motion using the 
continuity, momentum, and energy conservation 
relationships; introduction to viscous flows. 

PHY 330— Thermodynamics I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 and MAT 208 
Basic concepts of thermodynamics: proper- 
ties of substances; conservation principles; the 
first and second laws of thermodynamics, en- 
tropy; analysis of thermodynamic systems. 

PHY 38fJ — Introductory Quantum Mechanics 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 213 or PHY 219 and MAT 
207. Offered on demand. 

An introduction to quantum mechanical prin- 
ciples with applications in atomic and molecular 
structure. 

PHY 417— Mechanics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: PHY 217 or 21 1 and MAT 207. 
PHY 218 or 212 and MAT 341 are recom- 
mended. Offered on demand. 

Statics, kinematics, and dynamics of particles 
and of systems of particles are developed using 
Newtonian principles. 



94 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



GRADUATE COURSES 



The Chemistry MEd program has been deac- 
tivated, but the department continues to offer 
limited graduate course offerings. Students 
should check with the chemistry department for 
complete information on course offerings. 



Chemistry Offerings 

CHE 501— Chemistry of Life (5-0-5) 

(See CHE 301 for course description.) 

CHE 507— Principles of Chemical 
Processes I (3-0-3) 

(See CHE 307 for course description.) 

CHE 508 — Principles of Chemical 
Processes II (3-0-3) 

(See CHE 308 for course description.) 

CHE 541-542— Organic Chemistry (4-0-4) 

j (See CHE 341-342 for course description.) 

CHE 543— Organic Chemistry (4-0-4) 

(See CHE 343 for course description.) 

CHE 544, 545, 546— Organic Chemistry 
Laboratory I, II, III (0-3-1) 

(See CHE 344, 345, 346 for course 
description.) 

CHE 580— Quantitative Instrumental (3-6-5) 

(See CHE 380 for course description.) 

CHE 600— Introduction to Chemical 
Research (2-0-2) 

This course outlines systematic methods of 
literature research and preparation research 
outlines from reference ot original articles. 

CHE 622— Inorganic Chemistry (3-0-3) 

Modern theory of structures and bonding 
acid-base theories, and properties of some rare 
elements and unusual compounds will be de- 
tailed. The latter includes nonstoichiometric 
compounds, rare gas compounds, and coor- 
dination complexes. 

CHE 641— Advanced Organic Chemistry 
(3-0-3) 

(See CHE 441 for course description.) 

CHE 651— History of Chemistry (5-0-5) 

(See CHE 451 for course description.) 



CHE 661— Biochemistry I (5-0-5) 

(See CHE 461 for course description.) 

CHE 662— Biochemistry II (5-0-5) 

(See CHE 462 for course description.) 

CHE 663— Clinical Chemistry (4-3-5) 

(See CHE 463 for course description.) 

CHE 666— Biochemistry Laboratory (0-6-: 

(See CHE 466 for course description.) 

CHE 681— Advanced Instrumental I (1-3-2 

(See CHE 481 for course description.) 

CHE 682— Advanced Instrumental II (1-3- 

(See CHE 482 for course description.) 

CHE 683 — Advanced Instrumental III (1-3 

(See CHE 483 for course description.) 

CHE 691-692-693— Physical Chemistry 
(4-3-5) 

(See CHE 491-492-493 for course desc 
tion.) 

CHE 721— Chemistry for High School 
Teachers (4-3-5) 

This course covers CHEM study material 
also Chemical Bonding. Approach material 
high school teachers. 

CHE 731 — Development of Chemical 
Theories (3-0-3) 

A study of the basic principles upon wl 
well known chemical theories are founded. 1 
ics such as the kinetic molecular theory, ch 
ical equilibria, and spectroscopy will 
discussed. 

CHE 794 — Chemistry for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic 
non-metallic elements with emphasis on p 
tical application at the elementary school II 

CHE 798— Seminar (2-0-2) 

Discussion of selected topics. 



Physical Science Offerings 

AST 601— Astronomy for Teachers (5-0- 

Topic subjects will include the solar sysfi 
stellar evolution, stars and star systems, fl 
methods in astronomy. 

GEL 601— Geology for Teachers (5-0-5) 

A survey of physical and historical geoj 
Topic subjects will include a geologic his*! 



I 



FINE ARTS 



95 



Dlate tectonics, and identification of minerals 
ind rocks. 

tfET 601 — Meterology for Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the atmosphere, weather, and cli- 
nate. 

)CE 601— Oceanography for Teachers 
5-0-5) 

Topic subjects will include origin and struc- 
jre of ocean floors, tides and currents, chem- 
ical and physical properties of sea water, and 
ipplications of oceanographic research. 

»HS 795 — Earth Science of Elementary 
eachers (5-0-5) 

Study of the compositions of earth, classifi- 
ation and identification of rocks and minerals 
i a format appropriate for teachers of elemen- 
iry age children. 

'HS 701— Principles of Astronomy, 
ieology and Meterology (5-0-5) 

A study of unifying principles associated with 
le disciplines of astronomy, geology and met- 
rology. Emphasis will be placed on materials, 
emonstrations and testing associated with the 
hysical sciences. 



hysics Offerings 

HY 510— Electrical Circuit Analysis (5-0-5) 

' (See PHY 310 for course description) 

i HY 512— Digital Electronics (3-6-5) 

(See PHY 312 for course description) 

HY 522— Deformable Bodies (5-0-5) 

(See PHY 322 for course description) 

' HY 523— Fluid Mechanics (5-0-5) 

i (See PHY 323 for course description) 

HY 530 — Thermodynamics (5-0-5) 

(See PHY 330 for course description) 

HY 580 — Introduction to Quantum 
lechanics (5-0-5) 

' (See PHY 330 for course description) 

HY 602— Physics for Secondary School 
eachers (5-0-5) 

! A study of the principles of physics appro- 
bate for teachers of physics and physical sci- 
"ice. National curricula such as the Harvard 
roject Physics and PSSC will be studied. 



PHY 603 — Physics Laboratory for Science 
Teachers (3-4-5) 

A study of the theory and practice of selected 
laboratory exercises and demonstrations. 

PHY 617— Mechanics II (5-0-5) 

(See PHY 417 for course description) 



Fine Arts 

Faculty 

'Anderson, James, Department Head 
Campbell, Michael 
Harris, Robert 
Jensen, John 
'Jensen, Linda 
Schmidt, John 
'Schultz, Lucinda 
Vogelsang, Kevin 



'Graduate Faculty 



The Department of Fine Arts offers the Bach- 
elor of Arts degree with majors in art and music, 
the Bachelor of Music Education degree, and in 
cooperation with the Department of Secondary 
Education, the Bachelor of Science in Art Edu- 
cation. 

Placement Examinations 

Transfer and new students in music must take 
placement examinations as appropriate in ap- 
plied music, music theory, and music history. 
Acceptance of transfer credit towards gradua- 
tion requirements in each area is contingent 
upon the results of the examination. 

Transfer students in art will be required to take 
a placement examination in art history. Addi- 
tionally, coursework at other institutions in studio 
art may not be counted towards graduation until 
a portfolio of artwork is submitted demonstrating 
competency in those areas in which classes 
have been completed. 



96 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Additional Requirements for Music Majors 

There are a variety of departmental policies 
and regulations which affect music majors. In- 
cluded are requirements for recital attendance, 
ensemble participation, piano proficiency, re- 
cital participation, applied music levels, and the 
Rising Junior Applied Music Examination. A 
copy of A Handbook of Policies and Regulations 
for Music Majors will be given to each music 
student. 

Please see the "Fees" section of this catalog 
for information on applied music fees. 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) 

Directed Individual Studies (DIS) have a dis- 
tinctly useful place in the Fine Arts curriculum. 
The intent of the DIS is for an enrichment ex- 
perience that otherwise is unavailable in the 
classroom. Normally, regular curriculum course- 
work should not be completed by individual 
study. 

However, if a regular course is to be taught 
by individual study, the following criteria must 
be met before approval may be granted by the 
department head: 1) the course must not have 
been offered during the preceding three quar- 
ters nor be scheduled during the succeeding 
three quarters; 2) the student must gain the ap- 
proval of the anticipated instructor; 3) transient 
students must gain the permission of not only 
the department head, but the dean of faculty, 
and of the college from which the student 
comes; and 4) the student must demonstrate, in 
writing, that a hardship will exist if permission is 
denied, for the student to take an individual 
study. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
ART 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; PHI 200, 
201; MUS200 5* 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 222 or 

290 10 

2. Lab Science Sequence 10 



Area III 

1. HIS114©r191,115or192;POS 
113 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, PSY 101, 
SOC201 

Area IV 

1., ART 111, 112, 201, 

202, 213 

2. MUS200or210 

Area V 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 

2. Three activity courses 

State Requirement 

HIS 251 or 252 

B. Courses in the Major Field 

1. ART 204, 313, 330, 340, 370, 
413 

2. One from: ART 271, 

272, 273 

C. Special Course Requirements 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 

2. PHI 400 

D. Electives 

Recommend ART 271, 272, 273* 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations .,._ 

TOTAL 1 
*(May not be duplicated with major field, Ai 
I, and elective requirements.) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
MUSIC 

Hoi 

A. General Requirements : 

Area I 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 
292 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200, 201 

Area II I 

1. MAT 101, 290 '.' ! 

2. Lab Science Sequence I 

Area III 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 I 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, PSY 101 ! 



FINE ARTS 



97 



ArealV 30 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113, 211, 212, 

213 18 

2. MUS 140 6 

3. MUS 251 or 254 6 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

. Courses in the Major Field 33 

1. MUS 240, 281, 340, 371, 372, 

373 24 

2. Two Courses from MUS 312, 
361, 412 6 

3. One Course from MUS 41 6, 425, 
427 3 

. Track Options 38 

1. General Track: Electives 38 

One of the following perform- 
ance/composition tracks. Pre- 
requisite: Departmental 
Permission Only. 

2. Keyboard Performance 

MUS 258, 440, 420, 421 15 

Electives 23 

3. Vocal Performance 

MUS 313, 314, 315, 440 15 

Electives 23 

4. Wind Instrument Performance 

MUS 440, 481 9 

One course from MUS 312, 361 , 

412 3* 

One course from MUS 432 or 

433 3 

Electives 23 

5. Composition 

MUS422 12 

One course from MUS 31 2, 361 , 

412 3* 

Electives 23 

i Special Course Requirements 25 

1 . ART 271 , 272, 273 (may not be 
duplicated with Area I 
requirement) 10 

2. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

3. RECITAL PERFORMANCES 
(determined by option) 

Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 197 

/lay not be duplicated with Major Field Requirements) 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273: ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory Science Sequence 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, SOC201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 70-73 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 
238, 239, 281 20 

2. MUS 240, 340 12 

3. MUS 312, 330, 331, 

361, 412 17 

4. MUS 371, 372, 373 9 

5. One of the following emphases: 

A. Choral Emphasis 

MUS 353, 313,423,480, and 

314or315 12 

B. Instrumental Emphasis 
MUS 227, 352, 416, 424, 

481 12 

C. Keyboard Emphasis 

MUS 227, 425, 420 or 421. 
423 or 424, 352 or 353, 480 

or481 15 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC 310; EDN 335. 471. 472. 

473 25 

D Special Course Requirements 

One half of senior recital 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196-199 



98 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN200, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. ART 111, 112, 213 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68 

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15 

2. ART 271, 272, 273* 10-15 

3. ART 313, 330, 340, 350, 351, 

370 30 

4. One course from: ART 314, 362, 
363 '. 5 

5. ART 400 3 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1 . EXC 31 0; EDN 335, 471 , 472, 

473 25 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194 
**May not be duplicated in Area I. 



Minor Concentrations 

Minor concentrations in art and in music e 
available through the Department of Fine Ar 
The requirements of each are: 

Hot 

Art 

1. ART 111, 112 

2. One course selected from: ART 271. 
272,273 

3. Two courses selected from: 

ART 201 , 202, 21 1 , 213, 214, 314, 330, 

331, 340, 362, 363, 364, 370, 413 

Music 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one 
area) 

3. Music Ensemble 251 

or 254 

4. Music History and 

Literature 

5. MUS 000 (recital 

attendance) 



Associate in Arts with Concentrations 

HOU 

Concentration in Art 

1. ART 111, 112 

2. One course selected from: ART 271, 
' 272,273 

3. Two courses selected from: 

ART 114, 201 , 202, 21 1 , 213, 214, 215, 
330, 331, 340, 362, 363, 364 370, 

413 ....... 

Concentration in Music 

1. MUS 111, 112, 113 

2. Applied Music (six hours in one 
area) 

3. Music Ensemble 251, 254 

4. Music History and 
Literature 

5. Piano Proficiency 

6. MUS 000 (Recital Attendance) 



FINE ARTS 



99 



rt Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open to 
Dn-art majors. 

RT 111— Basic Design i (4-2-5) 

Fall. 

An introduction to two-dimensional design 
id graphic communication. 

RT 112— Basic Design II (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or better 
Art III or permission of instructor. 
The fundamentals of three-dimensional de- 
gn introduced through sculptural projects in 
arious media. 

RT 200— Introduction to the Visual Arts 
-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of artistic theories, styles, media and 

chniques and their application in masterworks 

art from all ages. Not recommended for art 

ajors 

RT 201— Painting I (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
ART 111 or ART 213 or permission of the 
structor. 

A basic course in acrylic or oil painting from 
jserved and secondary sources. 

RT 202— Painting II (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
ART 201 or permission of the instructor. 
A continuation of Painting I with an increasing 
nphasis on student selected painting prob- 
tis. 

RT 204 — Introduction to Photography 
!-2-5) 

> Offered on demand. 

• Introduction to black and white photographic 

Esthetics and processes. Including study of the 

echanical-optical functions of cameras and 
nlargers as well as printing and processing of 

n in a controlled environment. 

RT 211— Graphic Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 1 1 1 or permission of the in- 

uotor. 

The fundamentals of visual communication in- 

Jding design, layout, typography and repro- 

jction as related to modern advertising 

chniques. 



ART 213— Drawing I (4-2-5) 

Winter. 

A fundamental course emphasizing represen- 
tational drawing from still-life, landscape, and 
figural form. 

ART 271— History of Art (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of the visual arts, painting, sculpture, 
and architecture, in Western Civilization from 
pre-history to the Late Middle Ages. 

ART 272— History of Art II (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Italian Renaissance through Rococo art. 

ART 273— History of Art III (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Modern Art, the late eighteenth through the 
twentieth centuries. 

ART 313— Drawing II (4-2-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in ART 
213 or permission of the instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing I with emphasis on 
figuration, composition, and color. 

ART 314 — Intermediate Photography 
(3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204 or permission of the in- 
structor. 

A continuation of the study of the aesthetics 
and processes in black and white photography. 

ART 315 — Color Photography (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204. or permission of the 
instructor. 

An introduction of the principles, aesthetics, 
and print processes of color photography. 

ART 316— Hand Colored and Manipulated 
Silver Print (3-3-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: ART 204, or permission of the 
instructor. 

Exploration of a variety of media and tech- 
niques to enhance and alter a silver print. 

ART 320 — Art for the Elementary Teacher 
(4-2-5) 

Fall, Spring. 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

A study, with studio experience, of materials 
and methods for teaching art at the elementary 
school level. 



100 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ART 330— Ceramics I (4-2-5) 

Introduction to fundamentals of wheel thrown 
pottery, handbuilding techniques and ceramic 
sculpture. Emphasis is on decoration, form, 
craftsmanship and creativity. Traditional glazing 
and firing techniques as well as an exploration 
into non-traditional methods of coloring and con- 
struction. 

ART 331— Pottery Techniques (4-2-5) 

Emphasis in on techniques of pottery utilizing 
the potter's wheel. 

ART 333— Ceramic Sculpture (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Ceramics I or permission of in- 
structor. 

Emphasis is on developing ideas into large- 
scale ceramic sculpture. Individual attention 
and direction is facilitated. Projects may include 
pottery, the figure, abstractions, wall relief and 
mixed media construction. 

ART 340— Printmaking I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic printmaking ideas 
and terminology. Projects will include one or 
more of the following: linoleum, woodblock, in- 
taglio, silkscreen and non-traditional methods of 
making prints. 

ART 350— Art in the Lower School (4-2-5) 

Fall.. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching art in the elementary 
school. 

ART 351— Art in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-2-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of the instruc- 
tor. Art education majors only. 

The analysis and evaluation of techniques and 
materials for teaching art in junior and senior 
high school. 

ART 362— Enameling/Jewelry Making 
(4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Introduction of process in the production of a 
variety of enameled art works, and of processes 
in the making of jewelry, both handmade and 
cast. 

ART 363— Batik/Textile Design (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Exploration of a variety of processes used in 
applying original designs to fabric. 



ART 364— Fibers Construction (4-2-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Development of processes used in on and c 
techniques in weaving and in contemporary' 1 
ber wall hangings. 

ART 370— Sculpture I (4-2-5) 

An introduction to basic sculpture ideas, te 
minology, and processes. Emphasis will t 
placed on working with the human figure utilizir 
clay and other media. 

ART 400 — Seminar in Art Education 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor! I 
education majors only. 

A survey of current trends in instructional ar 
research techniques. 

ART 413— Drawing III (4-2-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or high* 
in ART 313 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of Drawing II with increasing 
complex problems in concept, design, ar 
technique. 

ART 489— Selected Studies in Art (V-V(1-5] 

Offered on demand 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Varied course offerings designed to me 
special institutional and community needs. M; 
be repeated for credit. 

ART 490— Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental statement. 

ART 491— Internship (V-V-(1 -4-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisi 
Permission of instructor and department he, 
and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually c 
signed course project involving off-camp 
study, work, and/or research. Projects usua 
encompass the entire academic quarter and a 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
stitution and his/her faculty supervisor. . I 



Applied Music Offerings 

Unless stated otherwise, courses are open 
non-music majors. 

MUS 130— Applied Music (one credit) 

Prerequisite: Sufficient music backgrour 
determined by audition of MUS 110. 



FINE ARTS 



101 



One twenty-five minute lesson per week in 
rass, organ, percussion, piano, strings, voice, 
- woodwinds. Applicable to a music degree 
ily for a secondary applied credit. May be re- 
sated for credit. 

US 140 — Applied Music (two credits) 

Prerequisite. Open to music majors and a lim- 
?d number of non-majors by audition only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
brcussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds, 
jay be repeated for credit. 

US 240— Applied Music (two credits) 

j Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 140 
vel as determined by jury examination. Music 
ajors only. 

1 Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
brcussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds, 
jay be repeated for credit. 

US 340 — Applied Music (two credits) 

j Prerequisite: Successful completion of the 
sing Junior Applied Music Examination. Music 

i ajors only. 

; Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 

prcussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds, 
ay be repeated for credit. 

US 440 — Applied Music (two credits) 

| Prerequisite: Competency at the MUS 340 
yel as determined by jury examination. Music 
ajors only. 

Private and class instruction in brass, organ, 
^rcussion, piano, strings, voice or woodwinds. 
ay be repeated for credit. 



usic Offerings 

US 000— Recital Attendance (0-V-0) 

A requirement for music majors and minors 
lich consists of attendance at a designated 
jmber of concerts/recitals each quarter. 

US 110— Basic Music Theory (3-0-3) 

Spring. 

'An introduction to music theory for students 
ceding skills for MUS 111. May not be used for 
!edit toward a degree in music. 

US 111— Elementary Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 110 or equivalent by 

(animation. 

An introduction to the basic theoretical prin- 

ples of music including sightsinging, ear-train- 

g and keyboard harmony. 



MUS 112— Elementary Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 1 1 1 or permission of instructor 

A continuation of MUS 1 1 1 with emphasis on 
part-writing and diatonic material. 

MUS 113— Elementary Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 112 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 112 introducing sev- 
enth chords and diatonic modulation. 

MUS 114 — Jazz Improvisation I (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 1 13 or 
permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on basic jazz literature, chord sym- 
bol, melodic patterns, ear training, melodic con- 
cepts and analysis of improvised solos. 

MUS 200 — Introduction to Music Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

A course designed to help the student un- 
derstand music by means of analysis of style, 
forms, and media of musical expression. 

MUS 201— Understanding Jazz (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of jazz performers and 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature. The 
course will examine elements of jazz such as 
improvisation, instrumentation and rhythm and 
trace their development from New Orleans to 
contemporary fusion music. 

MUS 202— Survey of Rock Music (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A non-technical survey of rock music and its 
styles with emphasis on recorded literature. 

MUS 203— Popular Music in 20th Century 
America (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A survey of popular music from ragtime to 
present. Examination of popular music and its 
relationship to American culture. 

MUS 211— Intermediate Theory I (3-2-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher in 
MUS 1 13 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 1 13 with emphasis on 
chromatic harmony. 

MUS 212— Intermediate Theory II (3-2-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 211 or permission of instructor. 
A continuation of MUS 211. 



102 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 213— Intermediate Theory III (3-2-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: A grade of "C" or higher 
in MUS 212 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of MUS 212 with emphasis on 
twentieth century techniques. 

MUS 214— Jazz Improvisation II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 114 or permission of the 
instructor. 

Emphasis on the analysis and performance of 
intermediate jazz literature and composition in 
contemporary styles. 

MUS 224— Class Guitar (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Designed for the development of basic skills 
in playing the guitar for accompanying. Focuses 
on chorded styles and their application to music 
such as folk songs and popular music. 

MUS 226— Class Piano I, II, III (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission 
of the instructor. Students enrolling in II or III 
must have received a grade of "C" or higher in 
the preceding class. 

A study of keyboard techniques with empha- 
sis on the skills needed to fulfill the piano pro- 
ficiency requirement. 

MUS 227— Class Voice (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- 
jor status or permission of the instructor. 

A study of voice production techniques with 
practical application to standard song literature. 
Not open to students whose principal instrument 
is voice. 

MUS 228 — Class Piano for Non-Music 
Majors (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Permission 
of the instructor. 

An applied study of keyboard literature and 
techniques at the beginning and.elementary lev- 
els. An elective course, open only to non-music 
majors, which meets in the electronic piano lab- 
oratory. May be repeated for credit. 

MUS 236— Brass Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of brass in- 
strument performance and pedagogy. 

MUS 237— Woodwind Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 
An introduction to the principles of woodwind 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 



MUS 238— Percussion Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 

An introduction to the principles of percussic 
instrument performance and pedagogy. 
MUS 239— String Methods (0-4-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 

An introduction to the principles of string i 
strument -performance and pedagogy. 
MUS 250— Pep Band (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter. Open to qualified students. 

A group to provide spirit music at school at 
letic functions. May be taken for academ 
credit, at most, four times. 
MUS 251— Concert Band (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standa 
literature for symphonic band. Public perforr 
ances are a part of the course requirement. 
MUS 252— Jazz Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Open to qualified students. 

Repertoire to be selected from a variety of jJ 
styles and periods. Public performances are 
part of the course requirement. 
MUS 253 — Armstrong Singers (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all students by auditio 
Jazz Choir. Public performances are a part 
the course requirement. 
MUS 254— Concert Choir (0-3-1) 

Membership open to all students. Ability 
read music desired but not required. Repe'rto' 
to be selected each quarter from the standa 
choral concert literature. There will be pub 
performances each quarter. 
MUS 255— Chamber Ensemble (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Open to all qualified students in the perfon 
ance media of brass, woodwind, string, ke 
board, voice, and percussion instruments. 
MUS 256— Wind Ensemble (0-3-1) 

Offered on demand. Permission of instrua 
only. 

Repertoire to be selected from the standa 
wind ensemble literature. Public performanc 
are part of the course requirement. 
MUS 257— Opera Workshop (0-2-1) 

Offered on demand. 

Preparation and performance of work or e 
cerpts of works from the operatic repertoire. 
MUS 258 — Keyboard Accompanying 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. Music majors only. 

A study of the basic principles of accompc 
iment. 



FINE ARTS 



103 



US 259— Oratorio Chorus (0-2-1) 

Membership open to all. 
Evening rehearsals. Literature to be selected 
Dm the larger choral works. Ability to read mu- 
c not required. Public performances are part 
the course requirement. 

US 281— Conducting (3-0-3) 

Fall. Prerequisite: MUS 113. Music majors 

fy. 

An introduction to the techniques of con- 

jcting and interpretation. 

US 312— Form and Analysis (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
usic majors only. 

The study of the principles of form in music 
id techniques of harmonic analysis. 

US 313 — English and Italian Lyric Diction 
id Repertoire (2-0-2) 

Prereqisite: Music Majors Only 
A study of the International Phonetic Alphabet, 
e phonetics of English and Italian for singing 
id a survey of representative English and Ital- 
n vocal repertoire. 

US 314 — German Lyric Diction and 
I spertoire (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 217, music majors only 
Orientation to the phonetics of German for 
pgmg by means of the International Phonetic 
jphabet and a survey of representative Ger- 
;an vocal repertoire. 

US 315 — French Lyric Diction and 
spertoire (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: MUS 217, music majors only. 

Orientation to the phonetics of French for sing- 
Ig by means of the International Phonetic Al- 
( iabet and a survey of representative French 

•cal repertoire. 

US 320— Music for the Elementary 
;acher (5-0-5) 

On demand. 
. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 

A study of the materials and methods for 
aching general music in the elementary class- 
iom. Not for music majors. 

US 330— Music in the Lower School 

-0-4) 

Winter. Music majors only. 
A course for music majors emphasizing anal- 
vis and evaluation of techniques and materials 
r teaching music in the lower school. 



MUS 331— Music in the Middle and Upper 
School (4-0-4) 

Spring. Music majors only. 

A course for music majors emphasizing anal- 
ysis and evaluation of techniques and materials 
for teaching music in the middle and senior high 
schools. 

MUS 352— Band Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- 
jors only. 

A course dealing with the organization, main- 
tenance and development of school instrumen- 
tal ensembles. 

MUS 353— Choral Methods (2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 227. 
Music majors only. 

A course Oealing with the organization and 
development of school choral organizations, 
problems of choral singing, and fundamentals 
of choral conducting. 

MUS 361 — Orchestration and Arranging 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

An introduction to the techniques of arranging 
and scoring for vocal and instrumental ensem- 
bles. 

MUS 371— Music History I (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- 
sic majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization 
from its origins through the Renaissance. 

MUS 372— Music History II (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One year of 
music theory or permission of the instructor. Mu- 
sic majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in 
the Baroque and Classic Periods. 

MUS 373— Music History III (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213 or 
permission of the instructor. Music majors only. 

The history of music in Western Civilization in 
the Romantic Period and in the 20th century. 

MUS 411— Composition (V-V-2) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. May be repeated for credit 

MUS 412— Counterpoint (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 213. 
Music majors only. 

A study of contrapuntal practices of 18th cen- 
tury music. 



104 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MUS 416 — Topics in Instrumental 
Repertoire and Pedagogical Techniques 
(3-0-3). 

Offered on demand. Junior status or permis- 
sion of the instructor. May be repeated for credit 
as topics vary. 

A survey of instrumental literature and teach- 
ing techniques for brass, guitar, percussion, or 
woodwind instruments. 

MUS 420— Piano Literature I (3-0-3) 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of piano literature of the Ba- 
roque and Classic periods. 

MUS 421— Piano Literature II (3-0-3) 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of piano literature of the Ro- 
mantic and Contemporary periods. 

MUS 422— Opera Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MUS 200. 

A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, and 
aesthetic features of the lyric theatre from Ba- 
roque to the present. 

MUS 423— Choral Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor. Music majors 
only. 

A survey of the literature of choral ensemble. 

MUS 424— Band Repertoire (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Junior sta- 
tus or permission of the instructor. Music majors 
only. 

A survey of the literature of band and wind 
ensemble. 

MUS 425— Piano Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Music ma- 
jors only. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the 
piano and a survey of literature suited for teach- 
ing purposes. 

MUS 427— Vocal Pedagogy (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. 

A study of pedagogical techniques of the 
voice and a survey of literature suited for teach- 
ing purposes. 

MUS 428 — Marching Band Techniques 
(2-0-2) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Music majors only or permission 
of the instructor. 

A study of techniques used in show design 
and instruction of the high school marching 
band. 



MUS 429— Art Song (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 20C 
A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, a 

aesthetic features of the art song from its origi 

to the present day. 

MUS 432 — Symphonic Music Literature 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 20C 
A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, a 

aesthetic features of symphonic music from 

origins to the present day. 

MUS 433 — Instrumental Chamber Music 
Literature (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite MUS 20( 
A survey of the historical, stylistic, formal, a 
aesthetic features of instrumental chamber nr 
sic from its origins to the present day. 

MUS 480 — Advanced Choral Conducting 
(3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 2\ 
312, 361. Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the choral condi 
tor. 

MUS 481 — Advanced Instrumental 
Conducting (3-0-3) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: MUS 2! 
312, 261. Music majors only. 

Advanced techniques for the instrumer 
conductor. 

MUS 489— Selected Studies in Music 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 

Varied course offerings designed to nrv 
special institutional and community needs. Iv 
be repeated for credit. 

MUS 490 — Directed Individual Study 
(V-V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: See departmental stateme 
Music majors only. 

MUS 491— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequis 
Permission of instructor and department he 
and an overall grade point average of 2.5. 

The student will pursue an individually ( 
signed course project involving off-camp 
study, work, and/or research. Projects usu< 
encompass the entire academic quarter and 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
stitution and his/her faculty supervisor. 






GOVERNMENT 



105 



Sovernment 

acuity 

urphy, Dennis: Department Head 

rown, George 

aly, Steven 

earnes, John 

lagnus, Robert 

legathlin, William 

loore, Richard 

almiotto, Michael 

hee, Steve 

aadatmand, Yassaman 

raduate Faculty 

The Department of Government embraces the 
leal of liberal education and views education 
related professional areas as an extension, 
ither than the antithesis, of liberal education, 
onsequently, all departmental programs and 
Durses are conceptually-based, thereby ena- 
ling students to develop a theoretical sophis- 
:ation applicable to practical realities. So 
Dnceived, courses and programs achieve cur- 
:ular integrity. 

The Department firmly believes that even cur- 
:uiar integrity is not enough, however. Instruc- 
onal effectiveness is its inseparable 
implement, and attainment of these twin goals 
irves as the primary purpose of the Depart- 
ed of Government. The ongoing program of 
culty development ensures that the staff of 
ghiy qualified educators — each selected for 
jrvice on the basis of solid professional cre- 
entials — continually achieves that primary pur- 
Dse. 

In addition, the Department of Government 
ghly values both research and service. To the 
<tent of resources available, the Department 
icourages research by both faculty and stu- 
'ents and service to the School, the College and 
e community. 

It is within the foregoing context that the De- 
artment of Government offers criminal justice 
;Pd political science minors through the Bruns- 
ick Center, requires the G.R.E. (or L.S.A.T.) as 
h exit examination for its majors and offers the 
: flowing on-campus undergraduate programs, 
oncentrations and courses. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN 
LAW ENFORCEMENT 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101. 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; or 
MUS200; or PHI 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252; POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101; SOC 201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

B. Areas of Concentration 40 

CJ100, 103,210,280,290,301, 
305, and two CJ electives 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, ASSOCIATE 
OF APPLIED SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE WITH A CONCENTRATION IN 
CORRECTIONS 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

2. ART 200, 271, 272 or 273; or 
MUS 200; or PHI 201 5 

3. MAT 101 5 

4. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 

5. HIS 251 or 252, POS 113 10 

6. PSY 101, SOC 201 10 

7. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

B. Area of Concentration 40 

CJ100, 103, 210, 280, 290,301. 
303, 360, and one CJ elective 

C. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 93 

At least 45 hours of each of these two pro- 
grams must be completed at Armstrong. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE, BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

Students who intend to major in Criminal Jus- 
tice should complete Criminal Justice 100 be- 
fore the end of the freshman year and should 



106 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



complete all general education requirements as 
soon as possible. 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. ART 200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 
200; PHI 201; ENG 222 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220, or 
290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191,1 15 or 192; POS 
113 15 

2. SOC 201 ; PSY 1 01 ; ECO 201 or 
202; ANT 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. CJ 100, 103, 210, 280, 290 20 

2. One course selected from: 
ANT 201, ECO 201, 202, DRS 
228, SOC 201, PSY 101 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Area of Concentration 30 

1 . CJ 301 , 303, 305, 360, 390, and 

440 or 490 30 

C. Electives from Related Areas 65 

1. Sixty-five hours chosen from a 
list of selected electives. Except 
for students pursuing a minor in 
another department, no more 
than fifteen hours may be taken 
from any one department ex- 
cept Government. Seven of 
these courses should be 300- 
400 level courses 65 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Majors in Political Science 

The major in Political Science may take three 
distinct forms: Political Science, perse, Political 
Science with Teacher Certification, or Public 
Administration. 

To complete a Political Science major requires 
forty quarter hours of upper division courses in 
the field with grades of "C" or better in each 



course. Further, the program must include 
least one course from each of the followin 
American Political Institutions, International R 
lations, Political Theory, and Comparative Gc 
ernment. The major allows the option of a foreb 
language (French or German preferred) throw 
the 1 03 level or a sequence of computer scien 
courses. Students who contemplate graduc 
work in Political Science are strongly advised 
take the foreign language option and to contin 
their linguistic study beyond the 103 level. 

Programs in Public Administration and Pol 
cal Science with Teacher Certification are mc 
structured in order to prepare students ac 
quately to meet the demands of their professio 
and appropriate licensing agencies. 

Scholarships in Political Science 

Limited scholarship aid is available annual 
Interested students are invited to inquire in t 
Department of Government office for details. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Hoi 

A. General Requirements 

Area I 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 
292 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 

Area II 

1. MAT 101, 220 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101. 
102; BIO 111, 112; CHE 121, 
122; PHS 121, 122 

Area III 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, PSY 101, 

SOC 201 

ArealV v 

1. HIS 251 or 252 

2. One of the sequences: 

A. Foreign language 101, 102, 
103 or 

B. CS 115, 142, and 231 

3. Related courses 

AreaV 



GOVERNMENT 



107 



1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 40 

At least one course from each 
of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 
POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 
401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 
419; CJ390 5-25 

2. International Affairs— POS 320, 
321, 325, 326, 329, 426, 429... 5-25 

3. Political Theory— POS 333, 

334 5-10 

4. Comparative Government — 
POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 

445, 447 5-25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 25 

To be chosen in fields such as 
Computer Science, Economics, 
Geography, Mathematics. See 
Department for exhaustive list.. 25 

D. Electives 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
|3ACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
POLITICAL SCIENCE (with teacher 
certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191. 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

ArealV 30 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 103 
orCS 115, 142, 231 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 . 5 



AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 60 

At least one course from each 
of the following areas: 

1. American Political Institutions — 
POS 303, 305, 317, 318, 360, 
401, 403, 411, 412, 415, 418, 
419; CJ390 5-25 

2. International Relations — POS 
320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 426, 

429 5-25 

3 Political Theory— POS 333, 

334 5-10 

4. Comparative Government — 
POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 

445, 447 5-25 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. HIS 251 or 252 and ap- 
proved 300+ elective 

B. ECO 201 and approved 
300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in be- 
havioral sciences (ANT, 
PSY, SOC) 

D. GEO 211, 212 

C. Professional Sequence 40 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 
449, 481, 482, 483 35 

2. PSY 301 or EDU 302 5 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



PROGRAM FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS 
WITH A MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 
(PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271. 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. Oneof the sequences: BIO 101. 
201; BIO 111, 112; CHE 121, 
122; PHS 121, 122 10 



108 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113; ECO 201 10 

ArealV 30 

1. CS 142, 231, 242 15 

2. HIS 251 or 252; ECO 202; SOC 
201 15 

Area V 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 . One course from each of the 
following 20 

A. American Political Institu- 
tions— POS 305, 317, 318, 
360, 411, 412, 415, 419 5 

B. International Affairs— POS 
320,321,325,326,329,424, 
426, 429 5 

C. Political Theory— POS 333, 

334 5 

D. Comparative Government — 
POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445, 
447 5 

2. Public Administration 
PA/POS 303, 401, 403, 418; CJ 
390 25 

C. Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. CS301, 308 10 

2. SOC 350 or MAT 220 5 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of Government offers a num- 
ber of minor concentrations. 

A minor in Criminal Justice or in Political Sci- 
ence has great practical value. Its notation on 
the transcript indicates to an employer that the 
applicant has some solid liberal arts back- 
ground with its accompanying insight into the 
development and functioning of modern society, 
and that the applicant has made an extra effort 
to refine research and writing skills so essential 
to dealing with that society. Whatever the major 
one chooses, such a minor will strengthen the 
student's academic record. 

Minor concentrations are available in Eco- 
nomics, International Studies, Russian Studies, 
Public Administration, Criminal Justice, Political 
Science, and Legal Studies. 



Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or bettei 
in each course, require: 

Hours 

Legal Studies 2? 

1 . CJ/POS 360, CJ 203, and POS 
317or318 1* 

2. . Two courses from: CJ 380, CJ 

391, CJ/POS 447, POS 326, 

POS 415, POS 418 1( 

International Studies 21 

(assumes competency in one modern 
foreign language through the 103 
level). 

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 

2. One course from: POS 320, 321, 
345, 346, 348, 349 

3. Two courses from: POS 426, 
429; HIS 321, 330, 350, 355, 
435 1( 

Political Science 26 

Twenty hours of 300+ level 
POS courses, with at least 
one course from each of the 
four concentration areas of 
POS I 

Russian Studies :'- 9 

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion 
of RUS 101-103) 

2. POS 349 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 
428, 43 T, 435, 481 ; POS 440 ... 1 

(a multi-departmental minor) 

Public Administration 21 

CJ 390; PA 303, 401 , 403, 418 2 
Economics 2 

1. ECO 201, 202, 203 1 

2. Two courses selected from: 
ECO 310, 320, 330, 340, 
363, 421, 431, 441, 445 1 

Criminal Justice 2 

CJ 100, 210 or 301, 303, 305, 
360 2 



Criminal Justice Offerings 

CJ 100 — Introduction to Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

This survey course examines the emergenc 
of formal institutions established within th 
American experience to deal with criminal be 



GOVERNMENT 



109 



iavior. The philosophical and cultural origins of 
lie criminal justice system and current trends in 
nminal justice are emphasized. 

*J 103 — Developing Interpersonal 
Communication Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall. 
] The emphasis of this course will be placed 
Ipon the development of interpersonal com- 
nunication skills, i.e. skills that can be effectively 
itilized on the job to improve interaction among 
mployees and between employees and the 
public. 

:j 203— Criminal Law (5-0-5) 

: Offered on demand. 
I Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 
1 History and development of criminal law with 
efinitions and general penalties. Special em- 
jhasis will be placed upon the Criminal Code 
If Georgia. 

J 204 — Criminal Investigation (5-0-5) 

; Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 
j Introduction to investigative methodology, 
pecial techniques employed in criminal inves- 
igation, such as crime scene searches, the use 
f informants, and the techniques of surveillance 
'ill be emphasized as well as the presentation 
if police cases in court. 

J 210— Criminology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101. 

The nature and extent of crime in the United 
tates: assessment and evaluation of various 
lictors and influences that lead to criminal be- 
avior; various measures proposed for the con- 
ol of criminal behavior. 

J 250 — Directed Readings in Criminal 
ustice (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

A course designed to permit each student to 
.jursue an approved topic through independent 
tudy and research under the guidance and di- 
. BCtion of the instructor. 

:J 280 — Ethics in Criminal Justice Practice 
nd Research (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent 
■: f the instructor. 

Analysis of ethical concepts, principles, and 
kescriptive moral judgments in the practice and 
^search of criminal justice. 



CJ 290— Criminal Procedure (3-0-3) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or consent of in- 
structor. 

A survey of the distinctive features of, and the 
basis for, American Criminal Law buttressed by 
an analysis of leading court decisions relative 
to procedural rights emanating from the Bill of 
Rights. 

CJ 301 — Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of in- 
structor. 

A survey of theories of juvenile delinquency; 
the sociological, biological, and psychological 
factors involved in juvenile delinquency and the 
modern trends in prevention and treatment. 

CJ 302— Criminalistics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A natural 
science laboratory sequence or consent of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the problems and tech- 
niques of scientific criminal investigation. Em- 
phasis will be placed on familiarizing the student 
with the role of science and technology in mod- 
ern law enforcement. 

CJ 303— Penology (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CJ 100, or consent of in- 
structor. 

This course deals with the analysis and eval- 
uation of both historical and contemporary cor- 
rectional systems. This course will also deal with 
the development, organization, operation and 
results of the different systems of corrections 
found in America. 

CJ 304 — Probation and Parole (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This course will deal with the development, 
organization, operation and results of systems 
of probation and parole as substitutes for in- 
carceration. 

CJ 305 — Law Enforcement Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of in- 
structor. 

An introduction to the philosophical, cultural 
and historical background of the police idea. 
The course is conceptually oriented and will deal 
with concepts such as the role of the police in 
contemporary society, the quasi-military organ- 
ization of the police, and community relations. 



110 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CJ 307 — Community Based Treatment 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 303 or 
consent of instructor. 

This course will investigate the different com- 
munity based treatment programs. An emphasis 
will be placed on investigating the function of 
halfway houses and the use of volunteers in cor- 
rections. 

CJ 360— Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or consent 
of the instructor. 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- 
stitution. Sources and functions of both civil and 
criminal law, as well as operation of the legal 
process, are studied from the perspectives of 
jurisprudence, political science, and sociology. 
(Identical with POS 360.) 

CJ 380— Law of Evidence (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: CJ 360 or 
consent of instructor. 

An intensive analysis of the ruies of evidence 
in criminal cases. Particular subjects will include 
burden of proof, hearsay evidence, and the prin- 
ciples of exclusion and selection. 

CJ 390— Research Methods (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 101 and 102 and per- 
mission. of instructor. 

This course deals with the methods and tech- 
niques of research in the behavioral sciences. 
Emphasis will be placed on learning how to eval- 
uate research. 

CJ 391 — Legal Research/Law Mini-Thesis 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: CJ 360, 
ENG 102. 

Open to students of any major, this course 
comprises the major areas of legal research and 
writing; finding and using appropriate legal re- 
search tools and resources and applying these 
to develop and complete a scholarly legal re- 
search paper. 

CJ 410 — Criminality and Abnormal Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibility for ENG 101 and either 
CJ 100 or permission of instructor. 

The course examines the interface between 
abnormal behavior, including mental illness, 
and criminality by presenting recent develop- 
ments in the identification, classification, and 
treatment of criminals. Special emphasis is 



given to understanding the sometimes bizarre 
behavioral patterns and motivations of repeat 
offenders, such as child molesters, sex crimi- 
nals, perpetrators of domestic violence, addicts, 
serial murderers and rapists. 

CJ 425 — Drug Enforcement: Issues and 
Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 100. Open to seniors only or 
by consent of instructor. 

A survey of historical and contemporary drug 
law enforcement in American society. Such top- 
ics as drug distribution, gangs, and government 
drug-enforcement agencies, policies, and tech- 
niques will be examined. 

CJ 426— International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 1 13 or CJ 100, or consent 
of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal, and soci- 
ological aspects of international terrorism. Top- 
ics to be examined include the relationships I 
international terrorism, international relations, 
and principles of international law, the nature oi 
the anti-terrorist response, and the implications 
of international terrorism for the future. (Identica 
with POS 426.) 

CJ 440 — Seminar in Criminal Justice 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CJ 390 or equivalent; open 1 
Seniors only or by consent of instructor. 

An intensive studyof selected criminal justice 
topics. Students will have the opportunity to con 
duct criminal justice research in approved area* 
of interest. 

CJ 447 — Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360 or POS 
415 or consent of the instructor. 

Focuses on the law enforcement and judicia 
procedure aspects of the Japanese, French 
West German, and Soviet political systems 
(Identical with POS 447). 

CJ 450— Field Experience I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open 1 
junior and senior criminal justice majors only anc 
by invitation of the instructor. 

The purpose of this course is to broaden the 
educational experience of students through ap- 
propriate observation and work assignments 
with criminal justice agencies. The course wil 
be organized around specific problem orienta- 
tions with operational research connotations 



GOVERNMENT 



111 



tudents will be expected to spend a minimum 
f five hours per week in the participating 
gency. Open to transient students only with 
ermission of the school dean at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. 

J 451— Field Experience II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Open to 
nior and senior criminal justice majors only and 
/ invitation of the instructor. 
This is a sequential course to CJ 450 which 
ill permit the student to broaden further his 
Brspectives. Open to transient students only 
ith permission of the school dean at Armstrong 
id of the college from which the student 
"tries. 

J 452-453-454— Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and 
amission of the instructor. 
Thus course is designed to provide the student 
th an opportunity to apply academic training 
the practical governmental setting. Setting will 
olude law enforcement agencies (local, state, 
federal), community treatment facilities, 
)urts, congressional offices, and various gov- 
nmental agencies. This course will be jointly 
ipervised by departmental instructors and 
lency officials. Open to transient students only 
th permission of the school dean at Armstrong 
id of the college from which the student 
>mes. (Identical with PA/POS 452-453-454.) 

J 490 — Directed Research in Criminal 
istice (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: CJ 390. 
A course designed to provide qualified stu- 
?nts the opportunity to perform suitable and 
saningful research into some area of criminal 
stice under the direction of the instructor. 
Den to transient students only with permission 
the school dean at Armstrong and of the col- 
; ge from which the student comes. 



;onomics Offerings 

20 201— Principles of Economics I 
-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
nIG 101 and MAT 101. 

A survey of macro-economics, including 
'tsic economic concepts, national income, the 
onetary system, and the international econ- 



ECO 202 — Principles of Economics II 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Eligibility for 
ENG 101 and MAT 101; ECO 201 not a prereq- 
uisite. 

A survey of micro-economics, including the 
composition and pricing of national output, gov- 
ernment and the market economy, factor pricing 
and income distribution, and a comparison of 
market systems. 

ECO 203— Principles of Accounting I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Eligibilty for MAT 101. 

An introduction to the fundamental principles 
and practices of accounting; the construction 
and interpretation of balance sheet and profit 
and loss statements; the theory of debits and 
credits and their application to the accounting 
process. 

ECO 204 — Principles of Accounting II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 203. 

The application of accounting principles to 
specialized problems found in proprietorships, 
partnerships, and corporations, with emphasis 
on cost accounting theory, modern methods of 
data processing, and the sources and appli- 
cations of funds. 

ECO 310 — Multinational Economic 
Enterprises (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

Examination of international cooperation 
through limited joint economic ventures such as 
the proposed English Channel tunnel. Investi- 
gation of the economic aspects of defense ar- 
rangements such as NATO and of the 
economics of multinational business entities. 

ECO 320— International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

Examines the economic importance and 
problems of international trade, exchange rates 
and monetary standards, tariffs and other trade 
barriers. Attention will be focused on fixed and 
floating exchange rates and their effects on 
trade balances of states. Current debt problems 
of developing nations will be examined. (Iden- 
tical with POS 320) 

ECO 330 — Economics of Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The study of governmental and corporate fi- 
nance, with emphasis on fiscal and monetary 
policy. Open-market operations, discount pol- 
icy, and the functions and problems associated 



112 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



with central banking will be examined and ana- 
lyzed. 

ECO 340— Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 202. 

An introductory general survey of labor eco- 
nomics and labor relations. Organization and 
operation of American trade unionism, collective 
bargaining, economics of the labor market, 
wage theory and income distribution also 
among topics studied. 

ECO 363— Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite:ECO 
201. 

This course surveys the growth and devel- 
opment of economic institutions in the United 
States from the colonial period to the present, 
with emphasis on the period since 1860. De- 
velopments in agriculture, industry, labor, trans- 
portation, and finance will be studied and 
analyzed. (Identical with HIS 363). 

ECO 421— International Law of 
Expropriation and Compensation (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113. Corequisite: POS 326, 
"International Law," or permission of instructor. 

The course will examine the traditional West- 
ern view of the right of governments to expro- 
priate foreign-owned property, and compare it 
to the views of many third-world and Marxist 
governments. Major takings of property owned 
by U.S. citizens and corporations will be high- 
lighted. Arbitration and adjudication processes, 
as well as the role of the executive and legis- 
lative branches, will be examined. 

ECO 431 — International Financial 
Institutions (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 330 or permission of in- 
structor. 

A survey of major international financial insti- 
tutions, including the International Monetary 
Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction 
and Development, the Bank for International Set- 
tlements, and the Export-Import Bank. The 
course will focus on the role of these institutions 
in fostering international trade and develop- 
ment, and also on the role of central banks of 
the major countries in attempting to help stabi- 
lize the foreign exchange markets. 

ECO 441 — Regional Economics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 320 or permission of in- 
structor. 



Study of transnational labor and transport 
tion economics and of international trade, pc 
ited in the regional context. Emphasis will I 
placed on such topics as the European Ec 
nomic Community and the Caribbean Basin I 
itiative. The social and political, as well 
economic consequences of migratory labor ai 
permanent immigrant labor will be addresse< 

ECO 445 — Comparative Economic System 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

The course will constitute a survey of the ba? 
tenets of the major economic systems dev 
oped in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role 
government and politics will be examined, alo 
with the contributions to economic and politic 
thought of such men as Adam Smith, Karl Ma 
John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedmg 
(Identical with POS 445.) 



Political Science and Public Administratio 
Offerings 

POS 113— American Government (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibil 
forENG 101. 

A study of the structure, theory, and functio 
of the national government in the United Stat* 
and some of the major problems of the state a 
local government. , 

PA/POS 303— Foundations of Public 
Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of 
structor. 

An introduction to the framework of put 
administration including such concepts and 
sues as bureaucracy, administrative power, 
formal groups, third party government, iss 
networks, budgeting, implementation, ins 
mental decision making, personnel motivatk 
and the relationship of ethics and public servk 

POS 305— State and Local Government 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission 
instructor. 

A comparative study of states, community 
and local governments, and their manager™ 
of political conflict. Included is a study of fe 
eralism, differences in governmental structur 
and functions, political culture, commun 
power, tax and budget systems, and public p 
icy issues facing states and communities. 



GOVERNMENT 



113 



>OS 317 — Constitutional Law and the 
ederal System (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of in- 
tructor. 

A case-study approach to the judicial inter- 
relation of the Constitution, and the powers of 
ie federal government. Including: the nature 
Ind scope of judicial review, commerce power, 
eparation of powers, power to tax and spend, 
jtate power to regulate, and economic due 
rocess. 

i OS 318 — Constitutional Civil Liberties 
ii-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of in- 
ructor. 

A case study approach to the judical inter- 
relation of individual rights and the Constitu- 
on. Including: nationalization of the Bill or 
ights, criminal due process, freedom of 
<pression, association, religion and privacy, 
id equal protection and due process. 

'OS 320— International Trade (5-0-5) 

: Prerequisite: ECO 201 

: Examines the economic importance and 
j'oblems of international trade, exchange rates 
(id monetary standards, tariffs and other trade 

amers. Attention will be focused on fixed and 
hating exchange rates and their effects on 
tade balances of states. Current debt problems 
1 developing nations will be examined. (Iden- 

:al with ECO 320.) 

DS 321— International Relations: The Far 
ast (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 3 or permission of instructor. 
Contemporary international politics in the Far 
ist are examined in terms of such broad his- 
nca! trends as the decline of imperialism, the 
'jvelopment of nationalism, and the rise of the 
[S., U.S.S.R., People's Republic of China, and 
ipan as major powers in Asia. 
Some attention will be given to contemporary 
jy issues such as the Sino-Soviet conflict, the 
ture of Formosa, U.S. -Japan Mutual Security 
«eaty revision, and U.S. -Japan economic in- 
raction. 

DS 325 — International Organization. 
-0-5) 

Offered alternate years Prerequisite: POS 
3 or permission of instructor. 
A survey of the development, principles, 
ructures and functions of international organ- 



izations, with emphasis upon the role of these 
institutions in the maintenance of peace. 

POS 326— International Law (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or permission of instructor 

An introduction to selected public interna- 
tional law topics including: recognition, state 
succession, jurisdiction, extradition, nationality, 
the law of treaties, the law of diplomacy, and the 
law of war. 

POS 329 — International Relations (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or 
permission of instructor. 

An introduction to the theories, forces, and 
practices dominating contemporary interna- 
tional relations. 

POS 333 — Contemporary Political Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or 
permission of instructor. 

Analysis of the important ideological currents 
of our time with selected indepth readings from 
original sources. 

POS 334— Political Philosophy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 

Examination of the political ideas of leading 
political theorists, beginning with Socrates and 
extending to the end of the 19th Century. Se- 
lected primary source material will be read and 
analyzed. 

POS 345 — Latin American Politics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: POS 113 or permission of in- 
structor. 

Examination of governments and political 
processes of selected nations in South America, 
Central America, and the Caribbean. Roles of 
state terrorism, revolutionary movements, and 
narcoterronsm are examined. 

POS 346 — Governments of East Asia 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
1 13 or permission of instructor. 

A comparative examination of the contem- 
porary political institutions, processes, and 
ideas of the People's Republic of China, Japan, 
and Korea. Examines the development of these 
political systems with particular emphasis on 
historical, social, cultural, and contemporary-is- 
sue dimensions. 



114 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



POS 348 — Governments of Western Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
113 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical and comparative study of the 
major Western European governments, with 
principal emphasis upon the analysis of the con- 
ditions which led to effective and stable parlia- 
mentary government and those which lead to 
the inefficiency, instability and breakdown of 
such systems. 

POS 349 — Government of the Soviet Union 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
113 or permission of instructor. 

The primary purpose of this course is to focus 
on the study of contemporary Soviet politics 
along developmental scheme. Comparison of 
the pre-modem Tsarist autocratic regime and 
the contemporary Soviet totalitarian regime will 
be attempted. Also the course will cover such 
topics as Soviet political culture, political so- 
cialization process of the mass, governmental 
processes, and the public policy making/imple- 
mentation aspects. 

POS 360— Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or POS 113 or per- 
mission of instructor. 

Examination of law as a dynamic societal in- 
stitution. Sources and functions of both civil and 
criminal law, as well as operation of the legal 
process, are studied from the perspectives of 
jurisprudence, political science, and sociology. 
(Identical with CJ 360). 

POS 400 — Seminar in Political Science 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Admission will be subject 
to approval of the instructor. Offered on de- 
mand. Designed to permit superior students to 
pursue research and reading in some field of 
political science under the supervision of the 
staff. 

PA/POS 401— Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 
113 or permission of instructor. 

This course examines the procedures, strat- 
egies and rationales involved in making public 
budgets at the local, state, and national levels. 
It is also concerned with critiques of the several 
types of budgets now in use together with an 
explanation of fiscal and monetary policies as 
they affect budgeting. Finally, it is concerned 



with the revenue systems in effect together wit 
auditing and other .controls exercised in th 
budgeting process. 

PA/POS 403— Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: PO 
303 or permission of the instructor. 

This course is primarily concerned with 
study of the theoretical aspects of decision-mal 
ing theories (i.e., rational/comprehensive mod' 
vs. incremental model), political aspects of pc 
icy-making process, mobilization of politic, 
support, and the cost/benefit aspects of th 
public policy-making. 

Some attempt will be made to apply the gei 
eral theory of public policy-making to specif 
settings of welfare policy, urban problems, ar 
national defense/foreign policy. 

POS 410 — Independent Study in American 
Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimu 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hou 
in Political Science at the 300-level or abov 
Admission is by approval of a department 
committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pi 
sue individual research and reading in son 
field of political science under the supervisu 
of a member of the staff. Emphasis will be 
wide reading, conferences with the advisor at 
written reports and essays. Normally open or 
to students with a B average (3.0) in Political 
ence and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applicatio 
must be filed with the Department by mi 
quarter preceding the quarter independe 
study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with perm 
sion of the school dean at Armstrong and t 
college from which the student comes. 

POS 411 — American Presidency (5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: P( 
113 or permission of instructor. 

Offers an in-depth look at the office of t 
presidency, with the principal emphasis on t 
relations of the executive branch with the Cc 
gress and the court system. Some attention v 
be given to the evolution of the presidency 
its present dominant position in the Americ 
political process. (Completion of a surv 
course in American History is desirable). 



GOVERNMENT 



115 



?OS 412 — American Political Parties 
5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or 
permission of instructor. 

Operation of political parties in the political 
;ystem. Relationship between party organiza- 
ion, electoral system, and the recruitment and 
advancement of political leaders. 

>OS 415 — American Supreme Court 
1 5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
pe Court, including examination of the role of 
lie Court as policy maker. 

>A/POS 418— Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

j Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: POS 

H3 or permission of instructor. 

! This course explores the framework of law 
loverning administrative agencies including: 

lidministrative power and its control by the 

iourts, the determination and enforcement of 
idministrative programs, discretion of admin- 
strative officials and their powers of summary 

lictions, hearings before administrative boards, 

lind the respective spheres of administrative 

jnd judicial responsibility. 

• Some attention will be given to the problem 
i'f the maintenance of traditional procedural 
i afeguards in administrative law and the prob- 
13m of civii rights and relation to administrative 

>oards. Leading cases will be examined. 

''OS 419— American Congress (5-0-5) 

'> Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or 
Permission of instructor. 

An analysis of the structure and functions of 
Congress, including a discussion of the theo- 
etical framework for representative govern- 
ment, and Congress' role as policymaker. 

>OS 420— Independent Study in 
uternational Relations (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
pi 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours 
i Political Science at the 300-level or above. 
\dmission is by approval of a departmental 
committee. 

* Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in some 
•ield of international relations under the super- 

ision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will 
1 )e on wide reading, conferences with the ad- 
nsor and written reports and essays. Normally 

)pen only to students with a B average (3.0) in 



Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. 
Applications must be filed with the Department 
by mid-quarter preceding the quarter inde- 
pendent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the school dean at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

POS 426 — International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: POS 1 13 or CJ 100, or consent 
of instructor. 

Investigation of the political, legal and soci- 
ological aspects of international terrorism. Top- 
ics to be examined include the relationships of 
international terrorism, international relations, 
and principles of international law, the nature of 
the anti-terrorist response, and the implications 
of international terrorism for the future. (Identical 
with CJ 426.) 

POS 429 — American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: POS 1 13 or 
permission of instructor. 

An analysis of U.S. foreign policy and factors, 
both domestic and foreign, contributing to its 
formulation. 

POS 430— Independent Study in Political 
Theory (V-V-(1 -5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours 
in Political Science at the 300-level or above. 
Admission is by approval of a departmental 
committee. 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in some 
field of political theory under the supervision of 
a member of the staff. Emphasis will be on wide 
reading, conferences with the advisor and writ- 
ten reports and essays. Normally open only to 
students with a B average (3.0) in Political Sci- 
ence and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. Applications 
must be filed with the Department by mid- 
quarter preceding the quarter independent 
study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the school dean at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

POS 440— Independent Study in 
Comparative Government (V-V-(1-5)) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: A minimum 
of 120 credit hours, including at least 20 hours 
in Political Science at the 300-level or above. 
Admission is by approval of a departmental 
committee. 



116 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in some 
field of comparative government under the su- 
pervision of a member of the staff. Emphasis will 
be on wide reading, conferences with the ad- 
visor and written reports and essays. Normally 
open only to students with a B average (3.0) in 
Political Science and at least a 2.5 GPA overall. 
Applications must be filed with the Department 
by mid-quarter preceding the quarter inde- 
pendent study is contemplated. 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the school dean at Armstrong and the 
college from which the student comes. 

POS 445 — Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. Prerequisite: ECO 
201. 

The course will constitute a survey of the basic 
tenets of the major economic systems devel- 
oped in the 19th and 20th centuries. The role of 
government and politics will be examined, along 
with the contributions to economic and political 
thought of such men as Adam Smith, Karl Marx, 
John Maynard Keynes, and Milton Friedman. 
(Identical with ECO 445.) 

POS 447— Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Offered alternate years. 

Prerequisite: CJ 305 or CJ/POS 360 or POS 
415 or consent of instructor. 

Designed to focus on the law enforcement 
and judicial procedure aspects of the Japanese, 
French, West German, and Soviet political sys- 
tems. (Identical with CJ 447.) 

PA/POS 452-453-454— Internship (V-V-5) 

Offered each quarter under each heading. 
Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing and per- 
mission of instructor. 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with an opportunity to apply academic training 
in the practical governmental setting. Settings 
will include law enforcement agencies (local, 
state, or federal), community treatment facilities, 
courts, congressional offices, and various gov- 
ernmental agencies. This course will be jointly 
supervised by departmental instructors and 
agency officials. Open to transient students only 
with permission of the school dean at Armstrong 
and of the college from which the student 
comes. (Identical with CJ 452-453-454.) 



Graduate Program and 
Courses 

Coordinator: Dr. Dennis Murphy 



The college offers a variety of master's degrei 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all gradual 
programs offered on the Armstrong State Col 
lege campus will be administered in affiliatioi 
with Georgia Southern University. See specifii 
program department head for further informa 
tion. 

General Information 

The Department of Government offers grad 
uate courses and an M.S. program in Crimina 
Justice and graduate courses in political sc 
ence and public administration studies appi 
cable to graduate programs in other disciplines 

Objectives of Criminal Justice Program 

The Department of Government offers a pre 
gram of study leading to the degree Master c 
Science in Criminal justice. The objectives of th 
program are: 

1. To provide graduate-level education fc 
professional criminal justice policy-maker 
and policy-makers in related fields in orde 
to stimulate professionalization within th 
criminal justice system. 

2. To produce scholars prepared to meet th 
challenges of the future in research an 
teaching. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student will t 
assigned an advisor. The student should me* 
with the advisor as soon as possible after a< 
mission to establish an approved program 
study. The student is responsible for his or h< 
compliance with all program requirements. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students should note carefully the gener 
section on transfer of Graduate Credits af 
pearing in the Academic Regulations of this Ca 
alog. The Criminal Justice Program will normal 
accept two courses (10 quarter hours, 6 s< 
mester hours) for transfer credit. 

Degree Requirements 

The degree MS in Criminal Justice require 
the completion of 60 quarter hours of approve 



GRADUATE GOVERNMENT 



117 



:oursework. The student will have the option of 
either writing a thesis or doing a field practicum 
is part of the program of study. 

Comprehensive Examination 

Each non-thesis candidate for the degree 
AS. m Criminal Justice must pass a written 
:omprehensive examination. An oral examina- 
on may also be scheduled. For specific infor- 
nation on the written and oral comprehensive 
•xaminations, students should contact their ad- 
isor. 



•ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
)F SCIENCE (IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE) 

Hours 

A. Required Courses 25 

CJ 700, 701, 703, 705 and 716 

B. Required Options 10 

Either CJ 790 and 791, or CJ 
795 

. Electives from the following 25 

(Not more than two courses out- 
side of CJ. Dual-listed courses, 
e.g., POS 415 and POS 615, 
American Supreme Court, can 
be used as credit towards the 
degree only if the same courses 
were not taken at the under- 
graduate level). 

CJ 702, 704, 706, 709, 710, 712, 
721, 722, 723, or 724. 
PA/POS 601, 603, 618 or 704 
POS 615, 619. 626 or 705 

TOTAL 60 



riminal Justice Offerings 

J 501 — Juvenile Delinquency (5-0-5) 

(See CJ 301 for course description.) 

J 560— Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

(See CJ 360 for course description. Identical 
•ith POS 560.) 

J 610 — Criminality and Abnormal Behavior 
i-0-5) 

(See CJ 410 for course description.) 

J 625 — Drug Enforcement: Issues and 
roblems (5-0-5) 

(See CJ 425 for course description.) 



CJ 626 — International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

(See CJ 426 for course description. Identical 
with POS 626.) 

CJ 647 — Comparative Judicial Systems 
(5-0-5) 

(See CJ 447 for course description. Identical 
with POS 647.) 

CJ 700 — Seminar in Justice Administration 
(5-0-5) 

An analysis of the criminal justice process 
from prevention and arrest to release after in- 
carceration. The philosophies, practices, and 
procedures of agencies responsible for the ad- 
ministraiton of justice are viewed and analyzed. 

CJ 701 — Advanced Research Methods in 
Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

Application of advanced research methods to 
problems in the criminal justice system. 

CJ 702 — Criminal Justice Planning and 
Innovation (5-0-5) 

Introduction to planning techniques and their 
impact on criminal justice program develop- 
ment. Policy and decision-making procedures 
pertaining to affiliated agencies and organiza- 
tions are analyzed. Planning involves identifi- 
cation of problem areas, diagnosing causation, 
formulating solutions, alternative strategies, and 
mobilizing resources needed to effect change. 

CJ 703 — Seminar in Crime Causation (5-0-5) 

Concentration with the individual offender is 
on the relationship of motives, attitudes, and 
abilities to participate in criminal activity. With 
groups, consideration is given to peer influ- 
ences in the shaping and reinforcement of crim- 
inal conduct. 

CJ 704 — Law and Social Control (5-0-5) 

Investigation of jurisprudential paradigms, so- 
cietal norms and sanctions, and the operational 
interaction among them. Topics to be examined 
include criminal and civil control mechanisms 
and purposes, historical and philosophical per- 
spectives on power, authority and law in society. 
and alternative means of social control. 

CJ 705 — Administration and Management 
for Criminal Justice (5-0-5) 

New management and administrative require- 
ments of the criminal justice complex in transi- 
tion. Problems and innovative concepts of 
criminal justice system development, decision 
theory, information needs, planning and new 
managerial perspectives. 



118 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CJ 706 — Juvenile Justice Administration 
(5-0-5) 

Assessment of the policies and practices of 
agencies involved in processing young persons 
through the juvenile court system. Attention will 
be paid to the intake procedures of the juvenile 
court; the adjudicational and dispositional pro- 
cedures of the juvenile court. 

CJ 709— Police Problems and Practices 
(5-0-5) 

Major current issues of police administration 
including theory in policing, police productivity, 
and policy making. Special attention will be af- 
forded police-society relationships as they re- 
late to police misconduct, labor union issues, 
and minorities. 

CJ 710 — Institutional Incarceration and 
Treatment (5-0-5) 

Theory, purposes, and practices of correc- 
tional institutions. Problems in control and treat- 
ment will be explored. 

CJ 712 — Seminar in Community Treatment 
and Services (5-0-5) 

An analysis of probation and other alternatives 
to incarceration in the community setting, and 
of the feasibilty and effectiveness of treatment 
of individuals under sentence in the community. 

CJ 716— Criminal Process (5-0-5) 

Intensive examination of criminal adjudica- 
tion, from initial appearance through post-con- 
viction appeals and collateral attacks, as 
posited in the context of criminal justice policy. 

CJ 721 — ADP Applications in Criminal 
Justice (5-0-5) 

An examination of the use of automated data 
processing by criminal justice agencies for ad- 
ministrative and operational purposes. Special 
attention will be developed to microprocessor 
applications. 

CJ 722 — Selected Topics in Law and Courts 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing court management and the criminal judicial 
process will provide the basis for topic selection. 

CJ 723— Selected Topics in Policing (5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing the law enforcement and policing function 
will provide the basis for topic selection. 



CJ 724 — Selected Topics in Corrections 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing correctional strategies and management will 
provide the basis for topic selection. 

CJ 790 & 791— Field Practicum (2-V-(1-5)) 

Planned program of research observation, 
study and work in selected criminal justice agen- 
cies. 

CJ 795— Thesis (0-V-(1-10)) 

Planned research and writing directed by the 
student's Thesis Committee. 



Political Science and Public Administration 
Offerings 

POS 505 — State and Local Government 
(5-0-5) 

(See POS 305 for course description.) 

POS 520— International Trade (5-0-5) 

(See POS 320 for course description. 
Identical with ECO 520.) 

POS 521 — International Relations: The Far 
East (5-0-5) 

(See POS 321 for course description.) 

POS 533— Contemporary Political Thought 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 

(See POS 333 for course description.) 

POS 545 — Latin American Politics (5-0-5) 

(See POS 345 for course descrip ion.) 

POS 546 — Governments of East Asia 

(See POS 346 for course description.) 

POS 560— Law and Legal Process (5-0-5) 

(See POS 360 for course description. 
Identical with CJ 560.) 

POS 590— Research Methods (5-0-5) 

This course deals with the methods and tech 
niques of research in the behavioral sciences 
Emphasis will be placed on how to evaluate re 
search. 

PA/POS 601— The Politics of the Budgetary 
Process (5-0-5) 

(See PA/POS 401 for course description.) 

PA/POS 603— Public Policy Development 
(5-0-5) 

(See PA/POS 403 for course description.) 

POS 611— American Presidency (5-0-5) 

(See POS 411 for course description.) 



' 



HISTORY 



119 



OS 612 — American Political Parties (5-0-5) 

(See POS 412 for course description.) 

OS 615 — American Supreme Court (5-0-5) 

(See POS 415 for course description.) 

A/POS 618— Administrative Law (5-0-5) 

(See PA/POS 418 for course description ) 

OS 619 — American Congress (5-0-5) 

(See POS 419 for course description.) 

OS 626 — International Terrorism (5-0-5) 

(See POS 426 for course description. Identical 
ith CJ 626.) 

OS 629— American Foreign Policy (5-0-5) 

(See POS 429 for course description.) 

OS 645 — Comparative Economic Systems 
-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

(See POS 445 for course description. Identical 

th ECO 645.) 

DS 647 — Comparative Judicial Systems 
-0-5) 

(See POS 447 for course description. Identical 
th CJ 647.) 

VPOS 704 — Topics in Public 
^ministration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 
Designed to probe the chief concepts, theo- 
■s, ideas, and models in Public Administration. 

DS 705— Topics in State and Local 
jvernment (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

)S 710 — Topics in American Government 
•0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

)S 720 — Topics in International Relations 
•0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. 
A seminar course with specific titles an- 
unced as offered. May be repeated for credit 
topics vary. 

)S 721 — Topics in Modern East Asia 
1 0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Selected topics in nineteenth and twentieth 
•intury international, political, economic, social, 
iellectual, or contemporary developments in 
I st Asia May be repeated as topics and in- 
ductors vary. (Identical with HIS 721.) 

DS 730— Reading in Political Theory 
(0-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 



POS 790-791— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Offered to qualified students subject to the 
following conditions. Prerequisites: A minimum 
of 25 graduate hours, including at least 1 5 hours 
in Political Science graduate courses. An ap- 
plication may be obtained in the departmental 
office and should be submitted to the depart- 
ment by the mid-term preceding the quarter in 
which the independent study will begin. Open 
to students with 3.5 GPA in Political Science 
graduate courses and at least 3.3 overall GPA. 
Admission is by approval of a departmental 
committee. 



Economics Offerings 

ECO 520— International Trade (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
(See ECO 320 for course description. 
Identical with POS 520.) 

ECO 530 — Economics of Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
(See ECO 330 for course description.) 

ECO 540— Economics of Labor (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
(See ECO 340 for course description.) 

ECO 563— Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
(See ECO 363 for course description.) 

ECO 645 — Comparative Economic Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
(See ECO 445 for course description. Identi- 
cal with POS 645.) 



History 



Faculty 

'Warlick, Roger, Department Head 
'Arens, Olavi 
'Babits, Lawrence 
'Brown, Sarah 

Burnett, Robert 

Comaskey, Bernard 
'Duncan, John 
'Gross, Jimmie 

Lanier, Osmos 

Patterson, Robert 
'Pruden, George 



120 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



'Stone, Janet 
'Graduate Faculty 



The History Major 

The major in history may take either of two 
forms: History per se or History with T-4 Certi- 
fication. 

Students who major in history should expect 
to enroll in a foreign language sequence during 
their Sophomore year, certainly not later than 
their Junior year. Therefore, students should 
plan their programs of study with careful con- 
sultation with a Faculty Advisor. Students who 
change majors, or who transfer, may find it nec- 
essary to enroll beyond the traditional 12 quar- 
ters, if the degree requirements including the 
foreign language cannot be fulfilled within that 
time. 

Students enrolled in the evening program 
should not expect to be exempted from the for- 
eign language requirement, unless for a three- 
year period prior to graduation no available for- 
eign language sequence is offered in the eve- 
ning. 

In addition to meeting minimum requirements 
for either program, students contemplating 
graduate work in history are strongly advised to 
continue their linguistic study beyond the lan- 
guage sequence 1 03 level. Students with a dou- 
ble major, where Computer Science is a 
language choice, may substitute Computer Sci- 
ence for the foreign language requirement in 
history. 

Advanced coursework in History for either 
form of the major requires HIS 300 and HIS 495 
or 496. In selecting the remainder of their ad- 
vanced courses students may choose to con- 
centrate in one particular area of History (e.g. 
European or American), providing they diversify 
to the extent of completing at least ten hours 
outside that area. 

A history concentration is also available to 
those pursuing the B.G.S. degree, both on cam- 
pus and at the Brunswick Center. 

Honors in History 

Honors in History will be awarded to those 
History majors with a 3.5 GPA in all History 
courses who submit an acceptable honors re- 
search paper to the department. The paper may, 
but does not have to be prepared in conjunction 
with a course that the student has taken. The 



paper should be the student's own work, base 
on research in primary sources, and be corr 
plete with end notes, bibliography and other cri 
ical apparatus. It should be typewritten an 
follow Turabian's guide. The paper must be sut 
mitted during the last quarter the student is i 
attendance before graduation and must be sut 
mitted by mid-term of that quarter. The pape 
will be judged by a departmental jury of foi 
faculty members who will by a majority vote -de 
termine if honors should be awarded. Th 
awarding of honors will be noted on the sti 
dent's transcript. 

Scholarships in History. 

Limited scholarship aid is available annual!' 
Interested students are invited to inquire in tr 
department office for details.. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN HISTORY 

Houi 

A. General Requirements* £ 

Area 1 2 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 
292 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 200, 201 

Area II 

1. MAT 101 and 103, 195, 220 or 
290 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; BIO 121, 122; CHE 121, 
122; PHY 121, 122; PHS 121, 
122 

Area III 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192,POS 
113 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201; SOC201; PSY 101.... j 

Area IV 

1. Foreign language 101, 102, 
103 

2. History 251, 252, or 292 

3. Related course 

Area V 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 

2. Three activity courses j 

B. Courses in the Major Field 

1. HIS 300 and 495 or 496 I 



HISTORY 



121 



2. History courses 300 level or 
above with at least 10 hours out- 
side the area of concentration.. 30 
The concentration areas are: 

A. U.S. History— HIS 351, 352, 
354,355,357,361,363,365, 
371,374,375,376,377,379, 
400,403,416,417,421,422, 
425,451,470,471,485,486, 
496 

B. European History— HIS 333, 
336,340,341,342,343,344, 
345,346,347,348,350,410, 
411,445.447.483,484,495. 

C. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History— HIS 310, 
311,312,320,321,322,323, 
329,330,428,431,435,481, 
482 

I. Courses in Related Fields 20 

To be chosen from such fields 
as anthropology, economics, lit- 
erature, sociology, statistics at 
least 10 hours of which must be 
at 300-level or above. 
See Department for exhaustive 
list 20 

D. Electives 35 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 



ROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
STORY (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

v. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192. 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200: 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 

Area III 20 

. 1. HIS 1 14or 191, 115or192:POS 

113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 30 

1. HIS 251, 252, or 292 5 

2. Foreign language 101, 102, 
103 15 



3. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, SOC 201 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 . 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major and Supporting 
Fields 60 

1. HIS 300 and 495 or 496 10 

2. U.S. History 

A. HIS 371 or 377 (dependent 
on HIS 251, 252 selection).. 5 

B One or two courses from: HIS 
351,352,354,355.361,363, 
365,374,375,376,379,400. 
403,416,417,421,422,425, 
451, 471, 485, 486. 496 5-10 

3. Russian-Asian-African-Latin 
American History 

Two courses from: HIS 310, 
311, 312, 320, 321, 322, 323, 
329, 330, 428, 431, 435, 481, 
482 10 

4. European History 

Two or three courses from: 
HIS 333, 336, 340, 341, 342, 
343, 344, 345. 346, 347, 348, 
350, 410, 411, 445, 447, 483. 
484, 495 10-15 

5. Supporting Work 20 

Ten hours each from two of the 
following areas: 

A. Approved 300-400 level 
POS electives 

B. ECO 201 and approved 
300+ elective 

C. Approved electives in be- 
havioral sciences (SOC. 
ANT, PSY) 

D GEO 21 1,212 and approved 
GEO elective 

C. Professional sequence 40 

1. EDN 200, EXC 310, EDN 335. 

449, 481, 482, 483 35 

2 PSY 301 or EDN 302 5 

D Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



Minor Concentrations 

The Department of History offers a number of 
minor concentrations. 



122 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



A minor in History has great practical value. 
Its notation on the transcript indicates to an em- 
ployer that the applicant has some solid liberal 
arts background with its accompanying insight 
into the development and functioning of modern 
society, and that the applicant has made an ex- 
tra effort to refine research and writing skills so 
essential to dealing with that society. Whatever 
the major one chooses, such a minor will 
strengthen the student's academic record. 

Students who hope to work in history-related 
fields upon graduation should consider adding 
a minor in Preservation Studies, or in Historical 
Archaeology. Through has program unique op- 
portunities are provided for qualified students to 
gain practical experience while making a real- 
istic assessment of the possibilities offered by 
their field of interest. Cooperative arrangements 
with Historic Savannah Foundation, Georgia 
Historical Society, Savannah Landmark Project, 
Oatland Island Center, and with a number of 
museums and historical sites, such as Telfair 
Academy, Ft. Pulaski, Juliette Low Center, 
Wormsloe Plantation, and Ft. King George, per- 
mit placement of students in positions relating 
to: 

(a) archival and manuscript curation, (b) his- 
toric site administration and interpretation, (c) 
museum studies, (d) historic preservation, and 
(e) historical archaeology. 

Additional minor concentrations are offered 
jointly with the Department of Government in In- 
ternational Studies and Russian Studies. 

Minors, in addition to grades of "C" or better 
in each course, require the following: 

Hours 

History 20 

1 . Twenty hours of 300 + level HIS 

courses 20 

Historical Archaeology 25 

1 . MPS/ANT 401 , 402, and 422 

2. Ten hours from the following: 
HIS300,341,361,371,and403 

International Studies 25 

(assumes competency in one modern 
foreign language through the 103 level*) 

1. POS 329 and 325 or 326 10 

2. One course from: POS 320, 346, 
348, 349 5 

3. Two courses from: POS 429; 
HIS 321, 330, 350, 355, 435 10 

Preservation Studies 25 

1. HIS300 5 



2. MPS 420, 425, and 421 or 422 1: 

3. MPS498 

Russian Studies 2i 

1. RUS 201 (assumes completion 
of RUS 101-103*) 

2. POS349 

3. Two courses from: HIS 329, 330, 
428, 431, 435, 481; POS 440... 1 



Geography Courses 

GEO 211— Physical Geography (5-0-5) 

Winter. 

Course will include such topics as earth-su 
relationships, cartography, weather, climate an< 
climate classification, soils, bio-geography, vec 
etation and landforms. Emphasis will be o 
global patterns of distribution. 

GEO 212— Cultural Geography (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Course will include such topics as the concer. 
of culture, population settlement, patterns, tech 
nological origins and diffusions, types of ecc 
nomics and the relationship of man to hi 
environment. Emphasis will be given to the proc 
ess of cultural change through time in place. 

GEO 302— Introduction to Geology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 plus 10 hours of a la 
science. 

An introduction to physical and historical gt 
ology. A study of the origin, evolution, and strut 
ture of the earth's crust, and geologic histor 
(Identical with GEL 301). 

GEO 303 — Introduction to Meteorology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 plus 10 hours of a la 
science. 

An introduction to the description of the sta 
of the atmosphere and to the physical laws th 
describe atmospheric phenomena. (Identic 
with MET 301). 

GEO 310 — Man and the Environment 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GEO 21 1 or 21 2 plus 75 quart;] 
hours credit in college courses. 

Considerations of the interactions betwee 
humans and the support systems of the ear 
which are essential to their existence (identic 
with BIO 310.) 



HISTORY 



123 



istory Courses 

Advanced courses in History are generally 
oen to all students who have completed the 
opropriate survey. Specifically, the Depart- 
lent considers background equivalent to HIS 

14 and HIS 1 15, or permission of the instructor, 
i be the prerequisite for all advanced courses 
i European, Russian, Asian, African, and Latin 
merican topics. For advanced courses in 
merican history, the equivalent of HIS 251 or 

15 252, or permission of the instructor, is con- 
dered prerequisite. Exceptions are noted on 
Decific courses. 

eneral 

IS 114— Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
>r college credit English, i.e. English 101 or 
Dove. 

A survey of the main currents of political, so- 
al, religious, and intellectual activity from the 
ne of the ancient Middle-Eastern civilizations 

1715. Throughout the course the major civi- 
■ed traditions are considered and comparative 
ethods used to facilitate interpretations of 
em. 

IS 115— Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
r college credit English, i.e. English 101 or 
)ove. 

A survey of the main currents of political, so- 
al, religious, and intellectual activity from 1715 
the present. Throughout the course the major 
/ilized traditions are considered and compar- 
ve methods used to facilitate interpretations 
them. A continuation of HIS 114. 

S 191— Honors Civilization I (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: B's or better in High School His- 
i7 and an SAT verbal score of at least 550. 
j This course replaces HIS 1 1 4 for selected stu- 
i'nts. While the subject matter will be the same 

for HIS 1 1 4, the treatment of it will vary greatly. 

;ewise, instruction will go beyond the usual 

:ture method, allowing students to read widely 
^d carry out their own research under the di- 

:tion of the professor 

S 192— Honors Civilization II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS 191 or a grade of "A" in HIS 

This course replaces HIS 1 1 5 for selected stu- 
nts. While the subject matter will be the same 
for HIS 1 1 5, the treatment of it will vary greatly. 



Likewise, instruction will go beyond the usual 
lecture method, allowing students to read widely 
and carry out their own research under the di- 
rection of the professor. 

HIS 300— Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Fall and Spring (evening). Required of all His- 
tory majors and of Preservation Studies minors. 

An introduction to the nature and method of 
historical research, treating problems of inves- 
tigation, organization, and writing through dis- 
cussion and actual research experience in local 
history. 

HIS 395— Internship (V-V-(1-5)) 

Open to transient students only with permis- 
sion of the Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and 
the college from which the student comes. Pre- 
requisites: 3.0 in all history courses; 20 hours of 
upper level history including HIS 300. 

Application and credit arrangements must be 
made through the department in advance, nor- 
mally by mid-quarter preceding the quarter of 
internship. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency. Projects are normally designed to re- 
quire the full eleven week quarter for completion, 
during which time the student will be under the 
joint supervision of the sponsoring agency and 
his faculty advisor. May be repeated for credit. 

This internship, graded on an S or U basis, 
will be credited among electives, not as a part 
of the minimum 40 hours of traditional work re- 
quired for the major. 

HIS 399— Fieldwork in History 
(V-V-[1-5]) Summer, 1990. 

Offered only by special arrangement with the 
Department, made in advance, this course is 
designed to provide credit for field-trip based 
courses or extended site visits, whether abroad 
or in the U.S. Research, reading, and written 
assignments will be tailored to the specific na- 
ture of each study tour or site visitation. (Specific 
area of study will be indicated on the transcript.) 
The course may be repeated for credit as topics 
vary, but no more than five hours may be 
counted among the 40 hours required for a ma- 
jor in History. 



124 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



United States History Courses 

HIS 251— American History to 1865 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
forENG101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social 
history of the United States to end of the Civil 
War. 

HIS 252— American Since 1865 (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Eligibility 
for ENG 101. 

A survey of the political, economic, and social 
history of the United States from 1865 to the 
present. 

HIS 292— Honors American History 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Completion of HIS 115 or HIS 
192 with a grade of A, or recommendation by 
the professor. 

Organized on a thematic or problematic basis 
so as to encompass the scope of American his- 
tory. Students will be expected to read more 
extensively and write more critically than for HIS 
251 or 252. This course meets the requirement 
in American history set by the State of Georgia. 
For History majors, this course satisfies 5 hours 
of the American history survey requirement (HIS 
251 and 252): 5 additional hours of advanced 
American history are required to complete it. 

HIS 351— Popular Culture in the United 
States to 1914 (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991. 

An examination of the major trends in the news 
media, popular literature, entertainment,, and 
recreational activities to 1914. 

HIS 352— Popular Culture in the United 
States Since 1914 (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1991. 

An examination of the major trends in news 
media, popular literature, entertainment, and 
recreational activities since 1914. 

HIS 354 — Studies in American Diplomacy to 
WW I (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1990. 

Considers American objectives and policies in 
foreign affairs from colonial times to World War I. 

HIS 355 — Studies in American Diplomacy 
since WW I (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990 (evening). 

Considers American objectives and policies 
in foreign affairs from World War I to the present. 



HIS 357— American Military History 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing.' 
A study of the history of warfare and militai 

technique in their social, economic, and politic. 

contexts, with special emphasis on the Amef 

can military tradition. 

HIS 361— The Old South (5-0-5) 

Economic, cultural, and political history of tl" 
antebellum South with emphasis on those fa< 
tors that made the South a unique section of 1 
nation. 

HIS 363— Economic History of the United 
States (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201. 

This course surveys the growth and deve 
opment of economic institutions in the Unite 
States from the colonial period to the preser 
with emphasis on the period since 1860. D< 
velopments in agriculture, industry, labor, tran 
portation, and finance will be studied an 
analyzed. (Identical with ECO 363.) 

HIS 371 — Colonial and Revolutionary 
America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A study of the discoveries of the New Wor 
and the settlement and growth of the Engli: 
colonies of North America; triumph over Fran< 
in the New World, the drastic change in Briti 
colonial policy and the rise of American opp 
sition to it, the achievement of independent 
and the establishment of the United States unc 
the Constitution. 

HIS 374 — Women in American History 
(5-0-5) 

Women in American History: An examinati i 
of the changing political, social, and econorr: 
roles of the American woman from colonial timi 
to the present. Emphasis will be given to I 
pre-Civil War feminist reform movements, wo • 
an's broader social and economic role after I 
war, her awakening awareness of the need 
political power, and the mid-20th century rev 
lution. 

HIS 375 — Civil War and Reconstruction 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991. 

The causes and significance of the America 
Civil War, with minor consideration of the milit<| 
campaign; political, economic and social <1 
pects of reconstruction. 
HIS 376 — Victorian America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991. 



HISTORY 



125 



Presentation of the major subjects of the late 
9th century, including the emergence of a na- 
onal economy, its theory and policies; partisan 
nd reform politics; the moral and Constitutional 
imensions of Reconstruction; American society 
nd social thought; and territorial aggrandise- 
lent. 

IIS 377— Recent America (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1991. 

An analysis of the institutions and forces which 
lolded American life from the late 19th century 
I890) through World War II, including political, 
conomic, social and intellectual issues. 

IIS 379— Contemporary America (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

Ah examination of the society of the United 
tates since World War II, with special emphasis 
iven to the major social and cultural trends. 

IS 400 — Seminar in American History 
i-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admis- 
on. 

Designed to permit a group of advanced stu- 
9nts to pursue intensive research on a special 
pic in the field to be defined by the instructor. 

IS 403 — American Material Cultural 
-2-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
mains of our society, past and present. Ver- 
icular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- 
i ary art, community and settlement patterns, 
ess, diet, and diseases are among the topics 
at will be discussed. (Identical with AC 403, 
PS 403 and ANT 403). 

S 421— Architectural History (4-2-5) 

•Winter, 1991. 

i A study of various styles of American archi- 

< :ture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 

:ism and modern; slides from Historic 
merican Building Survey; landscape architec- 
je. Visiting speakers and field trips will be 

ed. 

S 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. Prerequisite: MPS 207, or permis- 
)n of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 

'nenca since the arrival of European man in 

19 New World. Some attention will be paid to 

: itish and Continental Post medieval Archae- 

)gy as well as to the special areas of industrial 

d Nautical Archaeology. Special stress will be 



given to archaeological method and theory both 
as perspective for the writing of history and as 
a component of Historic Preservation. (Identical 
with MPS 422.) 

HIS 425 — American Vernacular Architecture 
(4-2-5) 

Spring, 1991 (evening). Prerequisite: MPS 
421 or permission of instructor. 

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built 
environment with emphasis on traditional and 
popular architecture. Recording techniques, re- 
search strategies, and theoretical approaches, 
past and present, will be examined. (Also listed 
as MPS 425.) 

HIS 451 — Reform Movements in American 
History (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990. 

A study of the reform movements in America 
since the Revolution. 

HIS 470 — History of Savannah and Georgia 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991 (evening). 

Begins with a history of Indians, emphasis on 
the founding of the colony at Savannah and on 
the colonial, Revolutionary, antebellum and 
Post-Civil War periods. Political, economic, so- 
cial, religious and artistic trends are discussed 
and placed in context of Georgia and U.S. his- 
tory. 

The course will involve considerable research 
in primary sources available locally. 

HIS 485-486— Independent Study in United 
States History (V-V-(1 -5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 300 
and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), 
an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 
hours), and an approved application. Open to 
transient students only with the permission of the 
Dean of Faculty of Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in the cho- 
sen field under the supervision of a member of 
the History faculty. An application must be filed 
with the department, in advance, normally by 
mid-quarter preceding the independent study. 
A full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental 
office. 



126 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 496 — American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992 (evening). 

See major program outlines, part B.1, for the 
historiography requirement. 

A study of the writing of American history from 
colonial times to the present with emphasis on 
the historical philosophies and interpretations of 
the major schools of thoughts as well as indi- 
vidual historians. Recommended especially to 
students contemplating graduate work in His- 
tory. 



European History Courses 

HIS 333 — Modern Germany, 1789-1933 
(5-0-5) 

A study of Germany from the pluralism of the 
Holy Roman Empire through the German con- 
federation to the unified Reich. Attention will be 
given to the political, social, and cultural devel- 
opments in Austria, Prussia, and the "Third Ger- 
many." 

HIS 336— Modern East Central Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

A survey of the history of the nations between 
Germany and Russia in the 19th and 20th cen- 
turies. Topics to be covered include the rise of 
nationalism, the gaining of independence, prob- 
lems in establishing democracy, experience 
during World War II, and the establishment of 
communist control. 

HIS 340— English History, 1485-1660 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

An analysis of political, constitutional, eco- 
nomic, and religious issues under the Tudors 
and early Stuarts, including the English Civil 
War. 

HIS 341— English History, 1660-1815 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

An investigation of the Restoration monar- 
chies, the constitutional revolution of 1688, the 
rise of ministerial responsibility in the early 18th 
century, the American colonial revolt, and Eng- 
land's relationship to the French Revolution. 

HIS 342— Ancient History (5-0-5) 

A study of the early civilizations of the Middle 
East, the Greek city states, the Roman republic 
and empire, with special emphasis on the social, 



political and cultural^ contributions of these c 
cient peoples. 

HIS 343— Early Middle Ages, A.D. 333- 
c.1 000 (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991. 

The history of Europe from the fall of the F 
man Empire through the Carolingian period w 
special emphasis on the institutional develc 
ments which led to the emergence of stat 
kingdoms out of the chaos of the barbarian 
vasions. 

HIS 344— The High Middle Ages, C.1000 t< 
c.1 300 (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1991. 

The history of Europe from c. 1000 to 13 
with emphasis on the struggle between chur 
and state, the Crusade movement, and the 1| 
century intellectual renaissance, all of whi 
profoundly influenced the development of t 
various medieval kingdoms. 

HIS 345— The Late Middle Ages and 
Renaissance (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1991. 

The history of Europe from c. 1300 to -11 
with emphasis on the political, cultural, and 
tellectual developments which transformed rr 
dieval and Renaissance society. 

HIS 346 — Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A study of the controversial era emphasiz 
its' major issues and movements, and their ( 
velopment through the Thirty Years War. Po 
cal, social, and economic, as well as religic 
facets of the upheaval will be considered. 

HIS 347— Europe in the Eighteenth Centu 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990. 

This course covers the period from the re 
of Louis XIV to the French Revolution, cons 
ering the major political, social, and intellect 
trends on the Continent. Particular emphasi: 
placed on France. 

HIS 348— Europe in the Nineteenth Centu 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A study of the most important social, politic 
and intellectual directions of European hisljj 
from the Congress of Vienna to the end of i 
nineteenth century. 



HISTORY 



127 



HIS 350— Europe in the Twentieth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

A study of the major developments in Europe 
since 1900. 

HIS 410 — Seminar in European History 
(5-0-5) 

Permission of instructor required for admis- 
sion. 

A detailed analysis of a specific problem in 
European history by examination of primary ma- 
erials. 

HIS 411— Seminar on the Crusades 
;5-0-5) 

Summer, 1990 (evening). 

An examination of the 12th and 13th century 
3rusade movement through the study of the 
available primary source material. 

HIS 445 — Seminar in Medieval History 
5-0-5) 

A treatment of selected topics in medieval his- 
ory working from primary source materials. May 
De repeated for credit as topics vary. 

HIS 447— The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1991. 

This course examines the background and 
events of the French Revolution and the career 
)f Napoleon. Different interpretations are con- 
sidered. 

HIS 483-484 — Independent Study in 
European History (V-V-(1-5)) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 300 
and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division 
History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0), 
in overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 120 
lours), and an approved application. Open to 
ransient students only with the permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
rom which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pur- 
sue individual research and reading in the cho- 
sen field under the supervision of a member of 
he History faculty. An application must be filed 
vith the department, in advance, normally by 
nid-quarter preceding the independent study. 
\ full description of the requirements and an 
application may be obtained in the departmental 
)ffice 



HIS 495 — European Historiography 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991 (evening). See major program 
outlines, part B.1 , for the historiography require- 
ment. 

A study of the writers of history in the Western 
cultural tradition, with an emphasis on the his- 
torical philosophies, interpretations, and prob- 
lems raised by the major modern European 
historians. Recommended especially to stu- 
dents contemplating graduate work in History. 



Russian, Asian, African and Latin American 
History Courses 

HIS 310— Latin America (5-0-5) 

An introductory course in Latin-American his- 
tory with consideration given to institutions of the 
areas as well as events and personalities. 

HIS 311— The Caribbean (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

A study of the historical development of the 
Caribbean from European conquest and colo- 
nization to twentieth-century nationalism. Em- 
phasis will be given to understand present-day 
Caribbean Cultures. (Also listed as ANT 31 1 .) 

HIS 312— History of Africa (5-0-5) 

A survey of African civilizations from ancient 
times, with major emphasis on development of 
the continent since 1800. 

HIS 320— Traditional China (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990 (evening). 

The history of Chinese civilization from ancient 
times to the early nineteenth century, with em- 
phasis on its characteristic political, social, eco- 
nomic, and cultural developments. 

HIS 321— Modern China (5-0-5) 

Spring. 1991. 

The history of China from the nineteenth cen- 
tury to the present, with emphasis on political, 
social, economic, and intellectual develop- 
ments. 

HIS 322— History of Japan (5-0-5) 

Fall. 1991. 

A survey of the history of Japan from the ear- 
liest times to the present, with primary emphasis 
on its emergence as a world power since the 
late nineteenth century. 



128 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 323— History of the Middle East 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

A survey of Middle Eastern history from Mu- 
hammad to the present, and of Islamic culture 
and civilization. Emphasis will be placed on the 
background of current issues and conflicts in 
the region. 

HIS 329— Medieval Russia (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

A survey of the economic, social, and political 
development of the Russian state from its foun- 
dation in the 9th century through its moderni- 
zation by Peter the Great in the early 18th 
century. 

HIS 330— Modern Russia (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990. 

A survey of Russian history from Peter the 
Great to the present. The major political, cultural, 
economic, and social developments of Russia 
in both the Imperial and Soviet periods will be 
covered. 

HIS 428— Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western in- 
fluence on the Muscovite state in the sixteenth 
and seventeenth centuries. 

HIS 431— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary 
tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsarism, 
the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Rus- 
sian Civil War. 

HIS 435 — History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

This course reviews historically the develop- 
ment of soviet foreign policy toward Western Eu- 
ropean states, notably Germany, and also with 
the non-European world through 1917-1940, 
World War II, and cold War phases. Special at- 
tention will be given in this last phase to U.S.- 
Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with other com- 
munist states in Eastern Europe, China, and the 
Third World, and to the recent moves toward 
detente. 

HIS 481-482— Independent Study in 
Russian/Asian/African/Latin-American 
History (V-V-(1-5)). 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: HIS 300 
and at least 1 5 additional hours in upper division 



History courses (with a minimum GPA of 3.0^ 
an overall GPA of 2.5 (after completion of 12 
hours), and an approved application. Open t 
transient students only with the permission of th 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the colleg 
from which the student comes. 

Designed to permit superior students to pui 
sue individual research and reading in the chc 
sen field under the supervision of a member c 
the History faculty. An application must be file 
with the department, in advance, normally b 
mid-quarter preceding the independent stud; 
A full description of the requirements and a 
application may be obtained in the department? 
office. 



Museum and Preservation Studies Courses 

MPS 207 — Introduction to Archaeology 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 

The introductory archaeology course consist 
of a history of the field, basic techniques, the 
oretical underpi-nhings, and examples of fiei 
work from all types of excavation. It covers th 
range from early man to industrial and urba 
archeology in a general fashion. Analysis is ir 
troduced along with survey techniques, pre: 
ervation reporting and other skills. (Identical wr 
ANT 207.) 

MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-20-10) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permissic 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of a 
chaeological methods to a specific field projec 
Excavation techniques, surveying and ma 
making, data collecting and recording, archa< 
ological photography, the identification an 
analysis of art facts, and the interpretation < 
archaeological data will be presented in fie 
and laboratory work as well as in lectures ar 
readings. (Identical with ANT 401). (Under ce 
tain circumstances this course may be subs" 
tuted in the Preservation Studies minor for MF 
498). Course may be repeated for credit. 

MPS 402 — Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permissic 
of instructor. 

The application of archaeological interpret; 
tive techniques to a specific site or analytic 



HISTORY 



129 



Droblem. Individual research projects in the 
nterpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special at- 
ention to the care and storage of collections, 
display in the museum setting, and the pres- 
sntation of archaeologically-derived informa- 
ion. (Identical with ANT 402). (Under certain 
circumstances this course may be substituted 
n the Museum Studies minor for MPS 495) 

MPS 403— American Material Culture 
4-2-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
emains of our society, past and present. Ver- 
lacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- 
uary art, community and settlement patterns, 
iress, diet, and disease are among the topics 
hat will be discussed (Identical to HIS 403 and 
\NT 403). 

dPS 410— Curatorship (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HIS 300 or permission of instruc- 
Dr 

Deals with the historical background and pur- 
jose of curatorship, conservation, restoration 
achnology, research including authentication, 
:ataloging and organizing collections. 

dPS 420— Historic Preservation (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990. 

Students may find HIS 300 to be useful prep- 
iration for this course. 

An examination of the field including values, 
principles, practices, development of planning 
md organization for preservation; preservation 
aw, economics and politics. 

APS 421 — American Architectual History 

4-2-5) 

Winter, 1991. 

A study of various styles of American archi- 
3Cture, Georgian, Federal, Neoclassical, Eclec- 
icism and modern; slides from Historic 
vmencan Building Survey; landscape architec- 
jre. Visiting speakers and field trips will be 
lised. 

APS 422— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

I Fall, 1991. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permis- 
ion of the instructor. 

An introduction to the archaeology of North 
America since the arrival of European man in 
pe New World. Some attention will be paid to 
British and Continental Post Medieval Archae- 
ology as well as to the special areas of industrial 
■ind Nautical Archaeology. Special stress will be 



given to archaeological method and theory both 
as a perspective for the writing of history and 
as a component of Historic Preservation. (Iden- 
tical with HIS 422). 

MPS 425 — American Vernacular 
Architecture (4-2-5) 

Spring, 1991 (evening). Prerequisite: MPS 
421 or permission of instructor. 

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built 
environment with emphasis on traditional and 
popular architecture. Recording techniques, re- 
search strategies, and theoretical approaches, 
past and present, will be examined. (Also listed 
as HIS 425.) 

MPS 430— Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MPS 420. 

A study of organizational techniques and pol- 
icy, public relations and marketing, member- 
ship, budgeting, personnel relations, security, 
insurance, and such other topics as are perti- 
nent. 

MPS 480 — Special Topics in Archaeology 
(V-V-[1-5]) 

Prerequisites: ANT/MPS 207, ANT/MPS 401 
The course is designed to offer a wide variety 
of experience to advanced, upper level students 
in archaeological techniques. Subject matter will 
center on such topics as archaeological graph- 
ics, faunal analysis (zooarchaeology), conser- 
vation, or involve some off-campus 
archaeological experience. 

MPS 495 — Internship in Museum Studies 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 410, 411, and 430 with a 
"C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in a government or private 
agency involved in museum work Projects are 
normally designed to require the full eleven 
week quarter to completion, during which time 
the student will be under the joint supervision of 
the sponsoring agency and his faculty sponsor. 

MPS 498 — Internship in Preservation 
Studies (V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: MPS 420, 421 and 430 with a 
"C" or better in each course. 

The student will pursue an individually de- 
signed course project involving off-campus 
study and research in an appropriate preser- 
vation agency. Projects are normally designed 
to require the full eleven week quarter for com- 



130 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



pletion, during which time the student will be 
under the joint supervision of the sponsoring 
agency and his faculty sponsor. 



Graduate Program and 
Courses 

Coordinator: Dr. Olavi Arens 



The college offers a variety of master's degree 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate 
programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- 
lege campus will be administered in affiliation 
with Georgia Southern University. See specific 
program department head for further informa- 
tion. 



M.Ed. 

For details regarding the M.Ed, and Ed.S. pro- 
grams, please refer to the Department of Sec- 
ondary Education portion of the Catalog. 

M.A. in History 

The Master of Arts in History degree program 
may be pursued in three areas of concentration. 
Historic Preservation 
American History 
European History 

Objectives 

The program offers students an opportunity 
to achieve a graduate liberal arts degree that 
can support a broad range of personal, profes- 
sional, and educational objectives. Obtaining an 
M.A. in History can lead to employment oppor- 
tunities for students as archivists, local history 
society directors, historic site directors, local 
museum directors, and professionals in the field 
of cultural resource preservation. The research 
skills, experience in analytical thinking, and abil- 
ity to express oneself orally and in writing will 
be of benefit to a student in seeking employment 
in governmental and military service and teach- 
ing at private schools, as well as preparing a 
student for further graduate study. The M.A. de- 
gree may also lead to job advancement or more 
effective performance, as well as to great per- 
sonal satisfaction and intellectual enrichment. 



Advisement 

On admission to graduate studies students 
should take immediate steps to contact the 
Graduate Coordinator in the Department of His 
tory. At this time the student's status with respec 
to language requirements prerequisite course 
work, any transfer credits, etc., can be clarified 
Also, an advisor will be assigned so that actua 
planning of the program of study can begin. 

Transfer of Credits 

Students may transfer coursework from an 
other accredited institution providing (1) nc 
more than 5 hours be applied toward either the 
concentration field or to "history outside the con 
centration," and (2) that the work offered fo 
transfer be deemed appropriate to the prograrr 
of study by the Department. Under no circum 
stances may credit transferred exceed 1 5 hours 

Language Requirements 

The language requirement must be met b> 
satisfactorily passing the reading comprehen 
sion section of an appropriate national stand 
ardized test administered by the ASC 
Department of Languages, Literature, and Dra 
matic Arts in one of the following: French, Ger 
man, Latin, Russian, or Spanish. This i 
equivalent to passing the appropriate 103-leve 
language course. See the Graduate Coordinate 
for other options. 

Comprehensive Examinations 

Satisfactorily performance on both written an 
oral comprehensive exams is required of all car 
didates for the M.A. in History. As coursewor 
nears completion specific details on the exam 
should be worked out in coordination with th 
faculty advisor and the Graduate Coordinator. 

Thesis/Internship Requirement 

All three concentration fields require either 
thesis or an internship. Topics and other a 
rangements for these projects must be planne 
in consultation between the student, the facult 
advisor, and the Graduate Coordinator. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTEF 
OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

Hour 

A. Concentration in American or in Eu- 
ropean History: 



GRADUATE HISTORY 



131 



Prerequisite: History 500 (ASC) or un- 
dergraduate history methodology 
course. 

1. In field of concentration (Amer- 
ican or European) including 
historiography: 25 

2. History outside concentration... 15 

3. Electives in history or approved 
related field courses 10 

4. Thesis 10 

TOTAL 60 

B. The concentration in Historic Preser- 
vation involves two prerequisites: HIS 
300 (ASC) or undergraduate history 
methodology course, and MPS 207 
(ASC) or introductory course in ar- 
chaeology. 

1. Historic Preservation 

concentration 25 

MPS 620 (Historic Preservation) 
MPS 621 (American Architec- 
tural History) 

MPS 622 (Historical Archaeol- 
ogy) or 

MPS 602 (Practicum in Ar- 
chaeological Analysis) 
MPS 625 (American Vernacular 
Architecture) 

MPS 730 (Topics in Preserva- 
tion Studies) 

2. Approved history courses (to in- 
clude History 670) 25 

3. Internship (MPS 701 -702 an op- 
tion) and a research paper or 
Thesis 10 

TOTAL 60 

N.B. courses taken at the undergraduate level 

nay not be repeated for graduate credit. At least 

50% of the credit towawrd the M.A. must be 

aken at the 700-level or above. 

*N.B. Students who cannot schedule the ap- 
Dropriate historiography course will satisfy this 
equirement by means of a reading list and an 
jxamination with a grade of B or better. No credit 
oward the degree is awarded for this exami- 
lation. 



3ENERAL PREREQUISITE 

In addition to any specifically noted course 

^prerequisites, there is the general requirement 

hat students must have 35 hours of undergrad- 

jate work in history to qualify for regular admis- 



sion to the M.A. program, or 25 hours to qualify > 
for provisional admission. 



History Courses 

HIS 500— Historical Method (3-4-5) 

Fall and Spring (evening). 

Required of all students pursuing an M.A. in 
history unless an equivalent course has been 
taken previously. 

(See HIS 300 for course description.) 

HIS 730 — Topics in Preservations Studies 
(3-4-5) 

Summer, 1990. Prerequisite: Permission of in- 
structor. 

A project oriented seminar designed to take 
advantage of local or regional preservation re- 
sources. Based upon previous study, students 
will investigate a current issue or concern. (Also 
listed as MPS 730.) 

HIS 791— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: at least 
15 graduate hours in History, graduate GPA of 
3.5 and approval by a departmental committee. 
Designed to permit students to pursue individual 
research and a paper in the chosen field under 
the supervision of a member of the history fac- 
ulty. 

An application may be obtained in the de- 
partmental office and should be submitted, with 
the signature of the faculty member who will su- 
pervise the independent study, during preregis- 
tration period the quarter before the 
independent study will be taken. Only one in- 
dependent study may be credited toward the 
history concentration requirement. 

HIS 792— Directed Readings in History 
(V-V-5) 

Prerequisites: 15 hours of graduate history, 
graduate GPA of 3.5. and approval by a de- 
partmental committee. 

A student whose program of study shows a 
need for an additional graduate course in His- 
tory that cannot be met by the projected sched- 
ule of courses may petition the Graduate 
Committee to register for a course in Directed 
Readings, under the supervision of a consenting 
faculty member. A plan for reading and assess- 
ment must be submitted to the Graduate Com- 
mittee for approval. A student may register for 
this course only once. 



132 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HIS 800-801— Thesis (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance on the 
comprehensive examinations. 

Planned research and writing directed by the 
student's thesis advisor. Normally, a student will 
register for 5 hours credit per quarter, using one 
quarter for research and one quarter for writing. 



United States History Courses 

HIS 554 — Studies in American Diplomacy to 
WW I (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1990. 

Prerequisite: HIS 251 or equivalent. 

(See HIS 354 for course description.) 

HIS 555— Studies in American Diplomacy 
Since WW I (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990 (evening). 

(See HIS 355 for course description.) 

HIS 557— American Military History (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. 

A study of the history of warfare and military 
technique in their social, economic, and political 
contexts, with special emphasis on the Ameri- 
can military tradition. 

HIS 576— Victorian American (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991. 

(See HIS 376 for course description.) 

HIS 620— Historic Preservation (4-2-5) 

Fall, 1990. Students may find HIS 300 to be 
useful preparation for this course. 

An examination of the field including values, 
principles, practices, development of planning 
and organization for preservation: preservation 
law, economics, and politics. (Also listed as MPS 
620.) 

HIS 621— American Architectural History 
(4-2-5) 

Winter, 1991. 

(See HIS 421 for course description.) 

HIS 625 — American Vernacular Architecture 
(4-2-5) 

Spring, 1991 (evening). Prerequisite: MPS 
421 or permission of instructor. 

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built 
environment with emphasis on traditional and 
popular architecture. Recording techniques, re- 
search strategies, and theoretical approaches, 
past and present, will be examined. (Also listed 
as MPS 625.) 



HIS 651 — Reform Movements in American 
History (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990. 

(See HIS 451 for course description.) 

HIS 670 — Topics in Savannah and Georgia 
History (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991 (evening). 

(See HIS 470 for course description.) 

HIS 696 — American Historiography (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992 (evening). 

See program outline, Part A.1, for the histo 
riography requirement. 

(See HIS 496 for course description.) 

Students who cannot schedule the appropri 
ate historiography course will satisfy this re 
quirement by means of a reading list and ar 
examination with a grade of B or better. No credi 
toward the degree is awarded for this exami 
nation. 

HIS 770— Topics in U.S. History (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991. 

Topics and instructors vary over an approxi 
mate four-year cycle; hence the course may b< 
repeated for credit. Information about the spe 
cific topic and instructor for a given quarter i: 
available in the departmental office. A complete 
list of topics that have been taught is also avail 
able on request. 



European History Courses 

HIS 536— Modern East Central Europe 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

(See HIS 336 for course description.) 

HIS 540— English History, 1495-1660 (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

(See HIS 340 for course description.) 

HIS 541— English History, 1660-1815 (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

(See HIS 341 for course description.) 

HIS 546— The Reformation Era (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

(See HIS 346 for course description.) 

HIS 547— Europe in the Eighteenth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990. 

(See HIS 347 for course description.) 



GRADUATE HISTORY 



133 



HIS 548 — Europe in the Nineteenth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

(See HIS 348 for course description.) 

HIS 550 — Europe in the Twentieth Century 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. 1992. 

(See HIS 350 for course description.) 

HIS 611— Seminar on the Crusades (5-0-5) 

Summer, 1990 (evening). 

(See HIS 41 1 for course description.) 

HIS 628— Russia and the West (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1990. 

A detailed study of the impact of Western in- 
fluence on the Muscovite state in the sixteenth 
and seventeenth centuries. 

HIS 631— The Russian Revolution (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991. Prerequisite: Permission of in- 
structor. 

An examination of the Russian revolutionary 
tradition, the causes for the collapse of Tsarism, 
the Bolshevik Revolution, and victory in the Rus- 
sian Civil War. 

HIS 635 — History of Soviet Foreign Policy 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, 1989. 

This course reviews historically the develop- 
ment of Soviet foreign policy toward Western 
Europe states, notably German, and also with 
the non-European world through 1917-1940. 
World War II, and Cold War phases. Special 
attention will be given in the last phase to U.S.- 
Soviet rivalry. Soviet relations with other com- 
munist states in Eastern Europe, China, and the 
Third World, and to the recent moves toward 
detente. 

HIS 645 — Seminar in Medieval History 
(5-0-5) 

(See HIS 445 for course description.) 

HIS 647— The French Revolution and 
Napoleon (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1991. 

(See HIS 447 for course description.) 

HIS 695 — European Historiography (5-0-5) 

Winter, 1991 (evening). 

See program outline, part A.1, for the histo- 
riography requirement 

(See HIS 495 for course description.) 

Students who cannot schedule the appropri- 
ate historiography course will satisfy this re- 
quirement by means of a reading list and an 



examination with a grade of B or better. No credit ' 
toward the degree is awarded for this exami- 
nation. 

HIS 760 — Topics in European History (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1990; Spring, 1991. 

Topics and instructors vary over an approxi- 
mate four-year cycle; hence the course may be 
repeated for credit. Information about the spe- 
cific topic and instructor for a given quarter is 
available in the departmental office. A complete 
list of topics that have been taught is also avail- 
able on request. 



Non-Western History Courses* 

HIS 510— Latin America (5-0-5) 

(See HIS 310 for course description.) 

HIS 511— The Caribbean (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1992. 

A study of the historical development of the 
Caribbean from European conquest and colo- 
nization to twentieth-century nationalism. Em- 
phasis will be given to understanding present- 
day Caribbean cultures. (Also listed as ANT 
511.) 

HIS 512— African History (5-0-5) 

(See HIS 312 for course description.) 

HIS 521— Modern China (5-0-5) 

Spring, 1991. 

(See HIS 321 for course description.) 

HIS 721 — Topics in Modern East Asia 
(5-0-5) 

Summer, 1991. Prerequisite: Permission of in- 
structor. 

Selected topics in the nineteenth and twen- 
tieth century international, political, economic, 
social, intellectual, or contemporary develop- 
ments in East Asia. May be repeated as topics 
and instructors vary. (Identical with POS 721.) 

*ln the M.Ed, program, courses in Russian 
history are also considered to be non-Western. 



Museum and Preservation Studies Courses 

MPS 601— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-20-10) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director 
(See MPS 401 for course description ) 



134 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MPS 602 — Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: permission 
of instructor or director. 
(See MPS 402 for course description.) 

MPS 603 — American Material Culture (4-2-5) 

Winter, 1992. 

(See MPS 403 for course description.) 

MPS 620— Historic Preservation (4-2-5) 

Fall, 1990. Students may find HIS 300 to be 
useful preparation for this course. 

An examination of the field including values, 
principles, practices, development of planning 
and organization for preservation: preservation 
law, economics, and politics. (Also listed as HIS 
620.) 

MPS 621 — American Architectural History 
(4-2-5) 

Winter, 1991. 

(See MPS 421 for course description.) 

MPS 622— Historical Archaeology (5-0-5) 

Fall, 1991. 

Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission of in- 
structor. 
(See MPS 422 for course description.) 

MPS 625 — American Vernacular 
Architecture (4-2-5) 

Spring, 1991 (evening). Prerequisite: MPS 
421 or permission of instructor. 

An interdisciplinary study of the historic built 
environment with emphasis on traditional and 
popular architecture. Recording techniques, re- 
search strategies, and theoretical approaches, 
past and present, will be examined. (Also listed 
as HIS 625.) 

MPS 630— Administration (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MPS 420 or equivalent. 
(See MPS 430 for course description.) 

MPS 701— Advanced Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-10-5) 

Summer. Prerequisites: MPS 401 or 601, or 
permission of instructor. 

An advanced course in historical archaeology 
methodology within the framework of a field- 
school. Students in this course will serve as crew 
chiefs, team leaders, and laboratory techni- 
cians, assuming an active role in the direction 
of excavation, recording, and preliminary anal- 
ysis of cultural material. Some specialization 
within the field is required as a guide to devel- 
opment of excavation research goals and car- 
rying out the aims of the fieldwork. The course 



may be repeated, but not for credit toward the 
degree. 

MPS 702 — Advanced Archaeological 
Analysis (0-10-5) 

Prerequisite: Completion of MPS 701 . 

Work performed for this course will be utilizec 
for writing a major report for the degree require- 
ment or for a thesis. The course will centei 
around individually designed research topics 
relating to materials recovered from archaeo- 
logical sites and their interpretation. It maybe 
repeated but not for credit toward the degree. 

MPS 730 — Topics in Preservation Studies 
(3-4-5) 

Summer, 1990. Prerequisite: Permission of in 
structor. 

A project oriented seminar designed to take 
advantage of local or regional preservation re 
sources. Based upon previous study, students 
will investigate a current issue or concern. (Alsc 
listed as HIS 730.) 

MPS 791-792— Independent Study (V-V-5) 

Available each quarter. Prerequisites: Stu 
dents must have achieved either provisional o 
regular status in the graduate program and. be 
in good standing. (3.0 GPA), and completed HIS 
500, or equivalent. 

Designed to substitute for required MPS 
courses that a student has already taken as ar 
undergraduate or to. provide an opportunity fo 
a student to pursue individual research anc 
readings in a chosen field under the supervisioi 
of a member of the faculty. Application shoulc 
be filed during the early enrollment period of th» 
quarter before the independent study will i 
taken. Unanimous approval by the gradual 
committee, or a majority vote of the departmer 
required. 

MPS 795-796 — Internship in Preservation 
(O-V-5) 

Prerequisites: Regular admission status in th< 
M.A. program; 15 hours of MPS coursework .£ 
the graduate level; HIS 500, and either HIS 67< 
or HIS 671. 

The student will pursue an individually de 
signed project involving off-campus study an< 
research in an appropriate preservation agenc\ 
Projects are designed to require at least twi 
quarter for completion, during which time thi 
student will be under the joint supervision of thij 
sponsoring agency and the faculty sponsoi 
Upon completion of the project, the student wi 
present to a graduate committee a formal repor 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



135 



which must be approved in order to satisfy the 
Internship requirement for the M.A. degree. 

MPS 800-801— Thesis (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance on the 
comprehensive examinations. 

Planned research and writing directed by the 
student's thesis advisor. Normally, a student will 
register for 5 hours credit per quarter, using one 
quarter for research and one quarter for writing. 



Languages, Literature, and 
Dramatic Arts 

Faculty 

Strozier, Robert, Department Head 

Andrews, Carol 

Brown, Hugh 

Clancy, Frank 

Cooksey, Thomas 

Echegoyen, Regina 

Jenkins, Marvin 

Martin, William 

Noble, David 

Nordquist, Richard 

Raymond, Richard 

Roth, Lorie 

Suchower, John 

Welsh, John 

White Virginia 



Graduate Faculty 



English Composition 

Entering students should begin the required 
English core sequence in their initial quarter of 
attendance. Students must not delay beginning 
this sequence beyond their second quarter of 
attendance. Students must enroll in the appro- 
priate course in the core sequence and do so 
each quarter until they complete the sequence 
: and/or pass the Regents' Test. ENG 101, 102, 
and 201 courses may not be dropped without 
permission from Dr. Strozier, Department Head. 
Students who do drop these courses without 
Department Head approval will receive a failing 
grade in the class. 

Transfer students who have not completed the 
required English composition courses pre- 
scribed by Armstrong degree programs will be 
expected to take an English Placement Test 
(EPT) to place the students in the appropriate 
English course. The exceptions to this require- 



ment are: students with an SAT verbal of 450 or 
above and a TSWE score of 40 or above, and 
University System students who have credit for 
ENG 101 and ENG 102. 

The transferred English composition credits 
will show the number and title of the sending 
institution so that the composition courses taken 
at Armstrong will not necessarily be shown as 
repeats. These transferred courses may then be 
used as elective credit to complete degree re- 
quirements. 

Exemptions from Core English 

Students who wish credit exemption for Eng- 
lish 101 must take the CLEP College Compo- 
sition and Essay examination and make a score 
of 53 (Grade equivalent of a "B") and make a 
"C" or above in English 102. Students who wish 
a credit exemption for English 102 must take the 
CLEP Analysis and Interpretation of Literature 
and Essay Examination and make a score of 55 
(Grade equivalent of "B") and make a "C" or 
above in English 201 . Students who make these 
scores in English 101 and 1 02 exams must make 
a "C" or above in English 201 to receive credit 
exemption for those courses. 

Students who score "3" or above on the AP 
exam also will receive credit exemption for Eng- 
lish 101, providing that they make "C" or better 
in English 102. 



Foreign Languages 

Students who, while enrolled at Armstrong 
State College, take their foreign language 
courses on another campus must pass an ap- 
propriate national standardized test with a score 
not lower than the 60 percentile on each part to 
receive credit for 103 and/or 201. Students 
transferring to Armstrong State College, after 
having completed the required foreign lan- 
guage sequence at another college, with "C's" 
or above, are not required to complete the pro- 
ficiency examinations at Armstrong. 

Exemptions from Foreign Languages 

Students who wish a credit exemption for the 
French or Spanish requirement must make a 
score of 45 (Grade equivalent of a "B") on the 
CLEP exam, and make a "C" or better in the 
appropriate 201 class. Students who wish a 
credit exemption for German must make a score 
of 44 (Grade equivalent of a "B" and make a 
"C" or higher in German 201. For further infor- 



136 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



mation students should contact the Head of the 
Department of Languages, Literature, and Dra- 
matic Arts, or Ms. Benson in Counseling and 
Placement. 

Students majoring in English or in Drama- 
Speech should satisfy the college core require- 
ments for the Bachelor of Arts degree during the 
freshman and sophomore years. Students must 
earn a grade of "C" or better in each 300 or 400 
level course included in any major or minor area. 



7. One course in literature in 

English 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

Courses numbered 300 or 
above in the School of Arts, Sci- 
ences, & Education 25 

D. Electives 20 

E. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. Two from: MAT 101, 103, 290.. 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 

■ 113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 115, and one of the follow- 
ing: 

ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 

227, 228; MUS 200; PHI 201 .... 10 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. ENG 301, 345 or 346 10 

2. One from ENG 341, 347, 350, 
356, 357 5 

3. One from ENG 352, 353, 354... 5 

4. One from ENG 333, 334, 335... 5 

5. ENG 311 and 312 10 

6. One from ENG 370, 371, 372, 
380, 382 5 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR 
IN ENGLISH (with teacher certification) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One from ART 200, 271, 272, 
273; ENG 222; MUS 200 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 

290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. '10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 : t 

ArealV ' 3C 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 2C 

2. DRS 228 or 341 t 

3. One from ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; SOC 201 E 

AreaV ... 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 o 

2. Three activity courses G 

State Requirement t 

HIS 251 or 252 £ 

B. Courses in the Major Field 4C 

1. ENG 301 I 

2. ENG 311 and 312 1C 

3. One from ENG 333, 334, 335... t 

4. ENG 313 or 314 t 

5. ENG 345 or 346 t 

6. ENG 380 or 382 E 

7. ENG 370 

C. Related Field Requirements 

1. DRS/FLM 350 or 351, and ap- 
proved elective 1C 

2. PHI 400 or approved elective... 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



137 



D. Professional Sequences 45 

1. EDN 200; EXC 310, EDN 335, 
422, 439, 481, 482, 483 40 

2. PSY301 or EDN 302 5 

E. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 201 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
DRAMA-SPEECH 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191. 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201; 
PSY 101; SOC201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. DRS227, 228 10 

AreaV 6 

1 PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1. DRS 341, 342, 345, 346; ENG 

301 25 

2. Two from: DRS 450, 451, 452.. 10 

3. One from: DRS 340, 347, 350, 

351 5 

4. One from: DRS 400; ENG 400, 
401, 402 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 30 

1. ENG 345, 346, 356, 357, 360, 

365 20 

2. One from: ART 200. 271, 272, 
273; MUS 200; PHI 201 5 

3. One course from: LIN 380, 382 5 

D. Electives 15 

E. Regents' Examination 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
ENGLISH (Communications Concentration) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 200, 201 5 

Area II 20 

1 . Two from: 

MAT 101, 103, 290 10 

2. Laboratory science sequence.. 10 
Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 , 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One from: ANT 201; ECO 201, 
202; PSY 101; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. Foreign language sequence 
through 201 20 

2. CS 115 and one of the following: 
ART 200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 
227; MUS 200; PHI 201 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 45 

1 . Two from ENG 370, 372, JRN 

343 10 

2. DRS 228 and 341 10 

3. ENG 311 and 312 10 

4. ENG 313 and 314 10 

5. One from ENG 333, 334, 335... 5 

C. Related Field Requirements 25 

1. One from: FLM 340. FLM 350. 
FLM351 5 

2. One from: DRS 347, ART 204, 

211 5 

3. One from: HIS 351, HIS 352. 
SOC333 5 

4. One course selected from: 
ENG 400, DRS 400, PHI 400, 
JRN 400 5 

5. One upper division course from 
Arts, Sciences, and Education 5 

D Electives 20 

1. ENG499 5 



138 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Electives 15 

TOTAL 191 



Minor Concentrations 

The following minor concentrations available 
from the Department of Languages, Literature, 
and Dramatic Arts. For completion of each of 
the minors, the student must earn a "C" or better 
in each course offered for the minor. 

The minors and their requirements are: 

Hours 

Communications 25 

1 . ENG 370, JRN 343, ENG 372 .. 5 

2. DRS/FLM/JRN 350, DRS/FLM 
351, ART 211, 204, 314, 315.... 5 

3. ENG 499, ENG 400, DRS 400, 
FLM 401, JRN 400 5 

4. DRS 228 or 341 5 

5. One 300-400 course in Lan- 
guages, Literature, and Dra- 
matic Arts 5 

English 20 

English electives at the 300- 
400 level (only 5 hours of 

499) 20 

Film 20 

1.. DRS/FLM 340, 351 10 

2. DRS/FLM 350, DRS/FLM 401 ... 10 

Foreign Language 25 

20 hours in one language at 

the 300-400 level 20 

Linguistics 20 

Courses selected from ENG/ 

LIN 325, 380, 382; LIN 400.. 20 

Philosophy 20 

Philosophy electives at the 

300-400 level 20 



Drama-Speech Offerings 

Successful completion of ENG 101 is prereq- 
uisite to all DRS courses with the exception of 
DRS 227. 

DRS 227— Theatre Laboratory (0-3-1) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practical experience in theatre. The student 
will work on the Masquers' production of the 
quarter. Only one hour of credit may be earned 
per quarter. The maximum total credit allowed 
in Theatre Laboratory is five quarter hours. 



In the summer students may take up to five 
hours credit in DRS 227 by working part time in 
summer theatre workshop (DRS 450). 

DRS 228— Speech Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered every quarter. 

Practice and theory of oral communication. 
Each student makes several major speeches. 
The physiology of the speech mechanisms is 
covered, and articulation is studied within the 
framework of the international Phonetic Alpha- 
bet. 

DRS/FLM 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Same as FLM 340. 

A study of the history and development of the 
cinema with special emphasis on the American 
dominance of the medium. 

DRS 341— Oral Interpretation (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

The oral interpretation of poetry and prose. 
The techniques of literary analysis and the vocal 
techniques needed to communicate an author's 
mood and meaning are stressed. 

DRS 342 — Dynamics of Performing 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with DRS 345, Winter. Prerequi- 
sites: ENG 101 plus at least two credit hours in 
DRS 227. 

Intensive study of characterization and styles 
of acting from several points; historical, critical 
practical, theoretical, and experimental. Empha- 
sis on development of performance skills. 

DRS 345— History of the Theatre (5-0-5) 

Alternates with DRS 342, Winter. 

A survey of theatrical art from its beginning tc 
the present day emphasizing the developmen' 
of the physical theatre. 

DRS 346— Play Production (5-0-5) 

Alternating Spring quarters. 

The theory and practice of acting and direct- 
ing with special attention to image-making or 
stage. Individuals under supervision prepare 
and execute the production of scenes and shod 
plays. 

DRS/JRN 347— Basic TV Production 
(2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall. 

The theory and practice of television produc 
tion styles, forms, and concepts, with specia 
emphasis on the critical appreciation of elec 
tronic communication techniques. 






LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



139 



)RS/FLM/JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM 350 and JRN 350. 
Study of film with emphasis on critical appre- 
jiation of film as an art form. 

)RS/FLM 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Summer. Same as FLM 351. Prerequisite: 
)RS/FI_M 350. 

Studies in the translation of literature to film 
vith emphasis on the differences of the media 
n form, content and perception. 

)RS 400— Special Topics in 

Communications (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Alternates with DRS 347, Spring, Fall. Prereq- 
lisite: ENG 101. 

The special subject matter in this course is 
innounced when the course is offered. 

)RS/FLM 401— Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Film 350 or 351. 

The special subject matter of this course will 
ie announced when the course is offered. Top- 
:s include: Film Genres, Auteurs, and Critical 
heory. 

>RS 450-451-452— Drama Workshop 
3-15-5) 

Summer only. 

Summer stock theatre for credit. Students are 
irected and instructed by a member of the fac- 
Ity who is a professional in the theatre. All as- 
ects of production will be studied. 

•RS 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Senior sta- 
js plus ENG 101 plus at least one 300 level 
•RS course. Open to transient students only 
ith the permission of Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
trong and the college from which the student 
omes. 



nglish Offerings 

NG 025— Composition Review (5-0-5) 

Institutional Credit. 

Designed to correct deficiencies in writing re- 
saled by the Regents' Test. Prerequisite: Com- 
letion of the English core requirements of the 
udent's program. 

NG 101— Composition I (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter 

Each student should attain at least one of the 
•Mowing prior to enrolling: (a) a combination of 
50 SAT Verbal/40 TSWE (Test of Standard Writ- 



ten English) scores, or (b) the prescribed level 
of performance on the English Placement Test 
(EPT), or (c) a grade of "P" in English 099. 

For the student having demonstrable ability in 
reading, writing, and organizing. The student will 
sharpen his skills by writing themes of varying 
length and complexity utilizing techniques 
learned from intensive study of essays in four 
rhetorical modes (description, narration, expo- 
sition, and argumentation). The course also aims 
to increase the student's awareness of language 
itself. Readings in addition to the essay may be 
used. 

ENG 102— Composition II (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: Satisfac- 
tory completion of ENG 101 or ENG 191. 

Gives the student guided practice in reading 
and compositional skills. The course introduces 
literary forms and language— fiction, poetry, 
drama — using readings in and study of those 
forms to stimulate the writing of interpretive and 
critical papers. 

ENG 192 — Honors Composition and 
Introduction to Literature (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of "B" in 
English 101 and the recommendation of the 
English 101 instructor and approval of the De- 
partment Head. 

The student will read and write in greater 
depth than in English 102. 

ENG 201— Selections in World Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. Prerequisite: ENG 102 
or ENG 192. 

Completes the Core I sequence. Organized 
around literary and extra-literary materials, the 
course facilitates student investigation of en- 
during issues and ideas found in world literature. 
Research techniques are introduced. The spe- 
cific content in each section of this course is 
announced quarterly. 

ENG 222 — Topics in the Humanities 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

A thematic approach to major works in the 
humanities designed to awaken and heighten 
the student's awareness of traditional and con- 
temporary issues. Topics will be announced. 

ENG 292 — Honors Composition and 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite Minimum grade of "C in 
English 192 or minimum grade of "B" in English 



140 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



102 and the recommendation of the English 102 
instructor. 

The student will read and write in greater 
depth than in English 201. 

Please Note: ENG 201 is prerequisite to all ENG 
300-400 courses. ENG 311 and 312 are pre- 
requisite for all English courses 330 through 
499, except ENG 370 through 382. 

ENG 301 — Introduction to Literary Studies 
(5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

Familiarizes the English major with the vocab- 
ulary and approaches of modern literary criti- 
cism, advances abilities in the reading and 
interpretation of literary texts, and promotes un- 
derstanding of the tools of literary research and 
writing. 

ENG 311— Survey of English Literature I 
(5-0-5) 

Alternate quarters. 

A survey of the major works of English liter- 
ature from its beginnings at the end of the 18th 
century. Includes the Beowulf poet, Chaucer, 
Spencer and Milton. 

ENG 312— Survey of English Literature II 
(5-0-5) 

Alternate quarters. 

A survey of major works from the beginning 
of the 19th century to the contemporary period. 
Includes the Romantics, the Victorians and the 
Moderns. 

ENG 313— World Literature I (5-0-5) 

Winter. Alternate years. 
A study of major works and movements in 
world literature through the Renaissance. 

ENG 314— World Literature II (5-0-5) 

Spring. Alternate years. 
A study of major works and movements in 
modern world literature. 

ENG 333— American I: Beginnings through 
1830. (5-0-5) 

Fall, Alternate years. 

A survey of significant American poetry and 
prose from the Atlantic migration to the Jack- 
sonian Age, the course emphasizes develop- 
ment of a literature with a uniquely American 
character. 

ENG 334 — American II: Emerson through 
Twain. (5-0-5) 

Winter, Alternate years. 
A critical examination of the art and ideas of 
the major writers of the American Renais- 



sance — Emerson, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville 
Thoreau, Whitman, and Dickinson. Traces th 
evolution of Transcendental Romanticism int 
the Realism of Twain. 

ENG 335 — American III: Rise of Naturalism 
to the Present. (5-0-5) 

Spring, Alternate years. 

The cultural and ideological bases and eve 
lution of American Realism and Naturalism ar 
probed in the works of James, Crane, Norri: 
and Dreiser as well as contemporary writers an 
modernists such as Eliot, Stevens, Faulkne 
Frost, Robinson, Fitzgerald, and Cummings, 

ENG 341— Early English Literature, 
Beginnings through 1603. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 302. Fall. 

Surveys major English literature from to 
eighth century to the death of Elizabeth I. En 
phasis is on the development of a literature th, 
reflects the diversified England of this 800-ye; 
period. Writers include: the Beowulf poet ar 
other Old English authors, early Middle Englis 
lyrics and the major figures of the 14th centu 
(the Pearl Poet, Chaucer, Langland, Gower). 

ENG 345— Shakespeare I (5-0-5) 

Fall or Spring. 

A comprehensive study of the tragedies, cor 
edies, and history plays drawn from Taming 
the Shrew, Merchant of Venice, Merry Wives 
Windsor, Much Ado About Nothing, As You Li, 
It, Troilus and Cressida, Measure for Measui 
Richard II, Henry IV Parts 1 and 2, Henry V, Tit 
Andronicus, Julius Caesar, King Lear, Macbe, 
Antony and Cleopatra, and Coriolanus. 

ENG 346— Shakespeare II (5-0-5) 

Spring or Fall. 

A second comprehensive study of the ti 
gedies, comedies and history plays drawn frc 
A Comedy of Errors, Love's Labor's Lost, Rom 
and Juliet, Midsummer Night's Dream, Twel 
Night, Hamlet, Othello, A Winter's Tale, The Te 
pest, Pericles, Cymbeline, All's Well That En 
Well, Two Gentlemen of Verona, King John, 
mon of Athens, Richard III, Henry VI, and Her 
VIII. 

ENG 347— 17th Century British Poetry an< 
Prose: 1603-1689. (5-0-5) 

A survey of the major nondramatic literati $ 
from the death of Elizabeth I to the reign of V- 
liam and Mary, this course places its major e- 
phasis upon the metaphysical and classkl 
traditions in English poetry. Authors incluS 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



141 



)onne, Jonson, Herbert, Herrick : Crashaw, 
/aughan, Marvell, Milton. Bacon, Brown, Bun- 
tan, Dryden, and Rochester. 

ENG 350— 18th Century British Poetry and 
>rose. (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A survey of British poetry and prose from 1 690 

1 784, this course acquaints students with the 
)hilosophic and aesthetic concerns of the age 
is reflected chiefly but not exclusively in the 
Yorks of Swift, Pope, Johnson, and Fielding. 

:NG 352 — 19th Century I: British Romantic 
>oetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

Winter or Spring. 

An examination of the works of the major Ro- 
nantic writers including Blake, Wordsworth, 
/Oleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats. 

:NG 353— 19th Century II: British Victorian 
•oetry and Prose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 343, Spring. 

An examination of the responses of novelists, 
oets, and prose writers to the issues troubling 
ictonan England: the conflict between science 
nd religion, the faith in "progress," the growth 
f industrialism, the rights of the individual and 
f the society, and the role of the artist. 

NG 354— 20th Century British Poetry and 
rose. (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 342. Spring. 

A study of major figures^James, Conrad, 
awrence, Yeats, Hardy, Auden, Thomas— 
ithin the context of continental developments 
Symbolism, Proust, Rilke), Eliot, and the con- 
ept of "modernism." 

NG 356 — British Drama I: Beginnings to 
,630.(5-0-5) 

\ Alternates with ENG 365. Winter or Spring. 

1 Medieval and Renaissance Non-Shakespear- 
ian drama; stresses the plays of Marlowe, Jon- 
pn, Beaumont and Fletcher, Middleton and 
(/ebster; and grounds the student in the con- 
tentions and traditions of Medieval and early 

jdor drama. 

NG 357— British Drama II. 1630-1800. 
i-0-5) 

Alternates with English 356 and 365 Winter or 
■ipring. Restoration and Eighteenth Century 

rama; begins with Pre-Restoration, late Caro- 
• ne drama; and stresses the plays of Ford, Shir- 

i'y, Dryden, Lee, Otway, Etherege, Wycherley, 
. longreve, Goldsmith, and Sheridan. 



ENG 360 — Ancient Epic and Drama 
(5-0-5) 

Spring. Alternate years. 

A study of major works of antiquity. Authors 
include Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euri- 
pides, and other significant figures. 

ENG 365 — British, American, and 
Continental Drama: Ibsen to the Present. 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 356, Winter. 

A survey of 19th and 20th century British, 
American and European plays. Movements in- 
clude Realism, the Irish Renaissance. Expres- 
sionism. Impressionism, and Theater of the 
Absurd. Ibsen, Shaw, Yeats, O'Casey, Wilde, 
Stnndberg, O'Neill, and Williams are among the 
dramatists studied. 

ENG 370 — Advanced Composition 
(5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 371. Fall. 
The study of expository and argumentative 
techniques. 

ENG 371— Creative Writing (5-0-5) 

Students submit manuscripts— stories, 
poems, plays — which they then critique by writ- 
ten statement and by class discussion under the 
guidance of the instructor. 

ENG 372 — Technical and Business 
Communication (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

Students learn to report technical information 
clearly and persuasively. Assignments include 
technical descriptions and instructions, memo- 
randa, business letters, reports, and research 
articles. Emphasizes writing and includes oral 
presentations using visual aids. 

ENG/LIN 380— Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 410, Spring. 

A study of current approaches to grammar 
(including generative transformational); phon- 
ology, morphology and syntax are studied. 

ENG/LIN 382— History of English Language 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the English language from its be- 
ginnings in the fifth and sixth centuries to its 
world-wide expansion in the 20th. Traces the 
language chronologically from Old to Middle to 
Modern English. Emphasis is on the phonetic, 
syntactic, and lexical changes with weight given 
both to internal and external influences 



142 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ENG 400— Special Topic (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Subjects include: Modernism: 1880-1940; 
Apartheid in Perspective; World-wide English 
Literature, Decadence, Women in Literature. 

ENG 401— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Genres include: New England Poets; Vic- 
torian Novel, Eighteeneth Century Novel, 
Russian Novel, Southern Fiction, British Drama, 
American Novel. 

ENG 402— Special Author (5-0-5) 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Authors include: Faulkner, Dickens, 
Twain, Hardy, Fielding, Chaucer, Milton, Dante, 
Frost, Dickinson, and Austen. 

ENG 490— Independent Study (1 -5)-0-(1 -5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status. Available to tran- 
sient students under the following conditions: 
approval of the Dean of the faculty and Dean of 
the college from which the student comes. 

ENG 491— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Senior status. Available to tran- 
sient students under the following conditions; 
approval of the Dean of the Faculty and Dean 
of the college from which the student comes. 

ENG 499— Internship (Up to 15 hrs) 

Offered by Special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Junior status, a 2.5 GPA, a supervisory staff 
member, recommendation of the departmental 
internship Committee, and approval of the De- 
partment head. May be repeated to a maximum 
of 15 credit hours. 

The student pursues an individually designed 
project involving off-campus work, study, and/ 
or research. Projects are under the joint super- 
vision of the sponsoring institution and the staff 
member. Fifteen hours credit requires forty 
hours a week at the sponsoring institution. Ten 
hours credit requires twenty-five hours a week; 
five hours credit requires fifteen hours a week. 



Film Offerings 

FLM/DRS 340— Development of the Cinema 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

A study of the history and development of the 
cinema with special emphasis on the American 
dominance of the medium. 



FLM/DRS 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Same as JRN 350.' 

Study of film with emphasis on critical appre 
ciation of film as an art form. 

FLM/DRS 351— Film and Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FLM/DRS 350. 

Studies in the translation of literature to fill 
with emphasis on the differences of the medi 
in form, content, and perception. 

FLM/DRS 401— Topics in Film (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FLM 350 or 351 . 

Special subject matter is announced when th 
course is offered. Topics: film genres, auteur; 
and critical theory. 



Foreign Language Offerings 

FRE 101-102-103— Elementary French One, 
Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provides the student with the elements < 
French reading, composition, and conversatioi 
The approach is primarily oral; daily practic 
with tape recordings is required. 

FRE 201— Intermediate French (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Frenc 
or three years of high school French. Continue 
emphasis on the reading of text as well as c 
oral and composition skills. 

FRE 300— Special Topics in the French 
Language (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 201 . 

Advanced analysis and examination of I 
structure and grammar of the French languac 
stressing oral usage. 

FRE 305— Special Topics in French 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 201. 

Subject matter is announced when the cour: 
is offered. Includes: surveys of Nineteenth ar 
Twentieth-Century literature. 

FRE 351-352-353— Study Abroad in France 
(V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: FRE 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study 
France in conjunction with the Studies Abroc 
Program of the University System of Georgi 
The program lasts for a period of 8-9 weeks. J\ 
student receives intensive instruction in la 
guage and culture and participates in Unive 
sity-sponsored activities. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



143 



RE 401— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 305 or permission of instruc- 

x. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 

offered. Subjects include: Seventeenth, Eight- 

enth, and Nineteenth-Century Theatre; Nine- 

3enth and Twentieth-Century Fiction. 

RE 402— Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: FRE 305 or permission of instruc- 
)r. 

Subject matter is announced when the course 
offered. Authors include: Flaubert, Hugo, Zola, 

lalraux. 

RE 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: FRE 305 or approval of instruc- 
V. 

Transient students may take this course only 
ith permission of the Dean of Faculty at Arm- 
rong and the college from which the student 
iries. 

ER 101-102-103— Elementary German 
•ne, Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Elements of reading and writing; basic vo- 
abulary; simple conversation; essentials of 

'ammar. 

ER 201— Intermediate German (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Ger- 
man or three years of high school German. Con- 
iued emphasis on reading of text as well as 
i oral and composition skills. 

ER 300 — Special Topics in the German 
language (5-0-5) 

I Prerequisite: GER 201. 

Readings in the various uses of German, from 
J e popular to the literary, throughout the history 

the language. 

ER 305 — Special Topics in German 
iterature (5-0-5) 

: Prerequisite: GER 201. 
Subject matter is announced when the course 
offered. Topics include: surveys of Eighteenth, 
meteenth, and Twentieth Century German lit- 
ature. 

ER 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
ermany (V-V15) 

i Prerequisite: GER 103. 

! A summer quarter's residence and study in 
ermany in conjunction with the Studies Abroad 
rogram of the University System of Georgia. 
ie program lasts for 8-9 weeks. The student 



receives intensive instruction in language and 
culture and participates in University sponsored 
activities. 

GER 401— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 305 or permission of in- 
structor. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Subjects include: Mediaeval Poetry; 
Prose, Poetry, and Drama in the 17th and 18th 
Century; the Novella in the 19th Century; 20th 
Century Prose. 

GER 402— Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: GER 305 or permission of in- 
structor. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Authors include: Grimmelshausen, 
Goethe, Schiller, Thomas Mann, Kafka, Grass. 

GER 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor or GER 
201. Transient students may take this course 
only with permission of the Dean of Faculty at 
Armstrong and the college from which the stu- 
dent comes. 

LAT 101-102-103— Elementary Latin One, 
Two, Three (5-0-5) 

Three courses offered each year. 
Essentials of grammar; readings from se- 
lected Latin authors. 

LAT 201— Intermediate Latin (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Latin 
or three years of high school Latin. 

Further readings in Latin literature with special 
emphasis on Vergil and Ovid. 

LAT 300 — Readings in Latin (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: LAT 201. 

Readings from the 2,000 years of Latinity from 
Plautus to the recent encyclicals. 

LAT/CLA 351-352-353— Study Abroad in 
Rome and Athens (V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: LAT 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
Rome and Athens in conjunction with the Studies 
Abroad Program of the University System of 
Georgia. Taught in English. Through visits to 
monuments, museums, and classical ruins, and 
on excursions to Crete, Delphi, Ostia, Tivoli, Tar- 
quinia, and Fanscati the student experiences 
first hand the reality of life in the ancient world. 



144 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



LAT 396— Latin Language and Culture in 
Rome (15-0-15) 

Summer. Prerequisite: LAT 201 or the equiv- 
alent. 

Classes meet in Rome for 3 hours a day, 6 
days a week, for 7 weeks, to speak, read, and 
hear Latin. Students practice composition out- 
side of class and travel to places of cultural sig- 
nificance. 

SPA 101-102-103— Elementary Spanish 
One-Two-Three (5-0-5) 

Offered each year. 

Provide the student with the elements of Span- 
ish reading, composition, and conversation. 

SPA 201— Intermediate Spanish (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Three quarters of college Span- 
ish or three years of high school Spanish. Con- 
tinued emphasis on reading of texts as well as 
oral and composition skills. 

SPA 300— Special Topics in the Spanish 
Language (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 . 

Advanced analysis and examination of the 
structure and grammar of the Spanish language 
stressing oral usage. 

SPA 305 — Special Topics in Spanish 
Literature (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 . 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Topics include: surveys of Nineteenth and 
Twentieth-Century literature selected to en- 
lighten student awareness of the heritage and 
development of Spanish letters. 

SPA 309 — Conversational Spanish (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 201 or permission of in- 
structor. 

This course focuses on the practicality of the 
Spanish language in true-to-life conversation 
and situations. Emphasis is given to communi- 
cative activities that provide a cultural back- 
ground of Spain and Latin American countries. 
The course is directed towards oral proficiency. 

SPA 351-352-353— Study Abroad in Spain 
(V-V-15) 

Prerequisite: SPA 103. 

A summer quarter's residence and study in 
Spain in conjunction with the Studies Abroad 
Program of the University System of Georgia. 
Lasts for 8-9 weeks. Students receive intensive 
instruction in language and culture comple- 
mented by a number of excursions. 



SPA 401— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA *305 or permission of ir 
structor. 

Subject is announced when the course is oj 
fered. Genres include: Nineteenth and Twer 
tieth Century Spanish and Latin America 
novels, short stories, and poetry. 

SPA 402— Special Author (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SPA 305 or permission of ir 
structor. 

Subject is announced when the course is o 
fered. Authors include: Carlos Fuentes, Garci 
Marquez, Alejo Carpentier, Frederico Garci 
Lorca, Miguel de Unamuno. 

SPA 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Prerequisites: Approval of instructor and SP, 
201. Transient students may take this cours 
only with the permission of the Dean of Facull 
at Armstrong and the college from which th 
student comes. 



Journalism Offerings 

JRN 343 — Journalistic Writing and 
Editing (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: ENG 201. 

Investigation of and intensive practice in th 
techniques of modern journalism with emphas 
on writing and editing for newspapers and ma< 
azines. 

JRN 347— Basic TV Production (2-9-5) 

Alternates with DRS 400, Spring, Fall. Sarr 
as DRS 347. 

A study of the theory and practice of televisic 
production styles, forms, and concepts, wi 
special emphasis on the critical appreciation 
electronic communication techniques. 

JRN 350— Film as an Art (5-0-5) 

Spring. Same as FLM/DRS 350. 
Study of film with emphasis on critical appr 
ciation of film as an art form. 

JRN 400 — Topics in Journalism (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: JRN 340 or 343 or permi 
sion of instructor. 

A seminar on the impact of the media on tr 
world today. Topics include rights and respo 
sibilities of journalists, censorship, media coj 
trol, propaganda, and other current issues. 



LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND DRAMATIC ARTS 



145 



.inguistics Offerings 

.IN 370 — Advanced Composition (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 371, Fall. Prerequisite: 
:NG 201 or consent of instructor. Same as ENG 
10. 

A study of expository and report techniques. 

.IN 380 — Advanced Grammar (5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 382, Spring. Same as 
NG/LIN 380. 

A study of current approaches to grammar 
ncluding generative transformational); phon- 
logy, morphology, and syntax will be studied. 

IN 382— History of the English Language 
5-0-5) 

Alternates with ENG 380. Spring. Same as 
NG/LIN 382. 

IN 400— Topics in Linguistics (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: ENG— LIN 380 or 382 or per- 
lission of the instructor. 

A seminar in subjects of interest in both the- 
r etical and applied linguistics. Topics are an- 
Dunced. The course may be taken more than 
ice for credit as topics change. 



hilosophy Offerings 

Please Note: ENG 101 is prerequisite: to all 
llowing PHI courses. 

HI 201— Introduction to Philosophy 
i .-0-5) 

The fundamentals of philosophy, the meaning 
hd function of philosophy, and the vocabulary 
"id problems of philosophy. Includes a survey 

the basic issued and major types of philos- 

}hy and shows the sources in experience, his- 

ry, and representative thinkers. 

HI 301— Ancient and Medieval 
1ilosophy(5-0-5) 

An historical introduction to philosophy, trac- 
g the development of European philosophy 

pm the early Greeks through the Middle Ages, 
th emphasis on selected works of major phi- 

isophers. 

HI 302— 16th, 17th, 18th Century 

lilosophy 

-0-5) 

European philosophy from the Renaissance 
rough Kant, emphasizing selected works of 
ajor philosophers. 



PHI 303— 19th and 20th Century Philosophy 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the major philosophers in philo- 
sophical movements of the 19th and 20th cen- 
turies. 

PHI 400— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: One 200 or 
300 philosophy course. 

Subject is announced when the course is of- 
fered. Current courses: Aesthetics, Philosophy 
of Religion, Ethics, Nietzsche. 

PHI 490— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Senior sta- 
tus and one 300-philosophy course. 

The student, with the advice and consent of 
this supervising professor and of the department 
head, selects the topic for supervised inde- 
pendent study and submits a prospectus for de- 
partment approval before the quarter in which 
the course is to be taken. Transient students 
may take this course only with permission of the 
Dean of Faculty at Armstrong and the college 
from which the student comes. 



Graduate Program and 
Courses 

Coordinator: Dr. Robert Strozier 



The college offers a variety of master's degree 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate 
programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- 
lege campus will be administered in affiliation 
with Georgia Southern University. See specific 
program department head for further informa- 
tion. 



Objectives 

The Department of Languages, Literature, 
and Dramatic Arts offers graduate courses as a 
support service for several graduate degree 
programs, English teachers, elementary, and 
middle school teachers, and teachers seeking 
certificate renewal. These courses also offer op- 
portunity for professional growth and cultural en- 
richment for individuals who hold a Bachelor's 
degree but do not wish to pursue a graduate 
degree. 



146 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



OFFERINGS 

All courses are open to undergraduate and 
graduate students. 



Drama/Speech and Drama/Speech — Film 
Offerings 

DRS/FLM 351/551— Film and Literature 
(5-0-5) 

Studies in the translation of literature to film 
with emphasis on the differences of the media 
in form, content, and perception. 

DRS 450-451 -452/650-651 -652— Summer 
Theater (5-15-5) 



English Offerings 

ENG 333/533 — American Literature I to 1830 
(5-0-5) 

ENG 334/534— American Literature II: 
Emerson through Twain (5-0-5) 

ENG 335/535— American Literature III: 
Naturalism to the Present (5-0-5) 

ENG 341/541— Early English Literature, 
Beginnings Through 1603 (5-0-5) 

ENG 345/545— Shakespeare I (5-0-5) 

ENG 346/546— Shakespeare II (5-0-5) 

ENG 347/547— 17th Century British Poetry 
& Prose 1603-1689 (5-0-5) 

ENG 350/550— 18th Century British Poetry 
& Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 352/552— 19th Century I: British 
Romantic Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 353/553— 19th Century II: British 
Victorian Poetry and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 354/554— 20th Century: British Poetry 
and Prose (5-0-5) 

ENG 400/600— Special Topics (5-0-5) 

ENG 401/601— Special Genre (5-0-5) 

ENG 402/602— Special Author (5-0-5) 



Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Faculty 



"Wheeler, Ed, Department Head 

Barnard Jane 

Findeis, John 
"Hansen, John 
"Hudson, Anne 

Hudson, Sigmund 
"Kilhefner, Dale 

Matthews, Robert 

Munson, Richard 

Norwich, Vicki 

Shipley, Charles 

White, Laurie 

^Graduate Faculty 



The Mathematics and Computer Science D( 
partment offers a wide range of services to th 
ASC student. Several introductory courses ai 
available both to satisfy the general educatic 
needs of the student and to satisfy prerequisite 
in the major program. A minor program in eith< 
mathematics or computer science can be d< 
signed to complement the rest of a student 
program. A major in the mathematical science 
allows the student to choose from among, fo 
options; a flexible computer science maj< 
meets the needs of students with a number 
different interests. 

The Mathematical Sciences Major: Option 
of this major is entitled "Mathematics" and pr 
pares students intending to pursue gradue 
studies in mathematics. Option 3 is entitle 
"Mathematics Education" and prepares si 
dents to teach in public and private seconda 
schools/This option is an approved program 1 
the Georgia Teacher's Professional Four Ye 
Certificate (T-4). Option 4 is entitled "Compulj 
Science" and is available for students who c 
sire a dual concentration in mathematics ai 
computer science. 

The most flexible of the four options is Opti' 
2 entitled "Applied Mathematics." This option 
a good choice for students preparing for ai 
riety of careers in business and industry, 
tending to attend graduate school in 
quantitative area such as biostatistics, econoi 
ics, or operations research, or wishing to part 
ipate in a Dual-Degree Program in engineerir 

The Computer Science Major: In rece 
years this major has. equipped many studer 
to step into a broad spectrum of jobs in t 
computer industry. The degree features a cc 
of courses designed to provide a solid foi 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



147 



tion in theoretical computer science as well 
practical programming experience. Degree 
tions beyond the core include a sequence 
rmitting specialization in data management 
stems and software engineering and a se- 
ence in computer systems. Additional 
?adth is available through electives in Data 
tmmunication and Networks, Compiler The- 
I C Programming under UNIX (tm), Computer 
aphics and a topics course that is constantly 
anged to keep students on the forefront of 
Dwledge. A variety of internships and coop- 
itive education placements provide students 
h opportunities for practical experience in the 
;cipline. 

3o-ops and Internships: Students in the 
ithematical sciences and computer science 
$ able to compete for cooperative education 
sitions and internships at major Savannah 
iployers such as Gulf Stream, Savannah 
Dds, SEPCO and Union Camp. Such positions 
)vide students invaluable opportunities to ac- 
re practical experience that complements 
ir classroom experience. 
"he Dual Degree Program: Under arrange- 
nts with Georgia Tech students may in five 
irs of study earn simultaneously the BS de- 
e in the mathematical sciences from Arm- 
)ng and the Bachelor's degree in any one of 
umber of fields of engineering from Georgia 
:h. Armstrong participates in similar pro- 
ms with other major universities. Students 
isidering this option should contact an ad- 
)r in the Mathematics and Computer Science 
Dartment as soon as possible. 
j Minors: Students in any major program 
jitever (either two year or four year) can aug- 
(it their major with a minor in mathematics or 
Ijiinor in computer science, 
he minor in mathematics requires MAT 206, 

S, 208, and ten additional quarter hours cho- 
from MAT 216, MAT 260 and 300-400 level 
\ hematics courses (excluding MAT 391 and 
*F393). 

pe minor in computer science consists of the 

iirses CS 142, CS 231, CS 242, CS 301 and 

: : 308. 

pecial Academic Regulations: 

' To earn the BS degree in the mathematical 

sciences or computer science, a student 

' must successfully complete with a grade of 

C or better all mathematics and computer 

science courses in area IV of the core and 



all courses in Section B, Courses in the Ma- 
jor Field. 
2. To fulfill the prerequisites for any mathe- 
matics or computer science course one 
must obtain a grade of "C" (or above) in 
each prerequisite course except Mathe- 
matics 101. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOR 
IN MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200; PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 103, 206 10 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; CHE 128, 129 (required for 
dual degree students); PHY 
217, 218 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 and one course se- 
lected from: PSY 101 (required 
for math education option); SOC 
201; ECO 201, 202; ANT 201... 10 

ArealV 30 

1. CS 142 5 

2. MAT 207, 208, 216, 260 20 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Major Field Requirements 30 

Option One— Mathematics: 

1. MAT 309, 311, 401 

2. One of MAT 317, 402, or 416 

3. Additional approved electives in 
mathematics 

Option Two — Applied Mathematics 

1. MAT 321, 341 

2. One of CS 231, 246, 242 

3. Oneof MAT 31 1.31 7. 401.416 
4 Additional courses from: MAT 

309, 317, 322, 342, 346, 353, 
401, 406, 490 



148 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Option Three — Mathematics Education 

1. MAT 311, 321, 336 

2. MAT 41 6 or 470 

3. Additional approved mathemat- 
ics electives 

Option Four — Computer Science 

1 . MAT 321 

2. Two of MAT 322, 341 , 342, 346, 
353 

3. OS 242, 301, 305 

C. Courses Related to Major 25 

Option One — Mathematics 

1. Language or approved com- 
puter science 10 

2. Approved electives from math- 
ematics or related field 15 

Option Two — Applied Mathematics 

One of the following sequences: 

1. PHY 217, 218, 219 with 
additional approved electives in 
chemistry, physics, or 
engineering 

2. ACC 211, 212 and ECO 201, 
202, 330 

3. Approved computer science 
courses 

4. Approved biology courses in- 
cluding BIO 370 or 480 

5. Approved chemistry courses 
Option Three — Mathematics Education 

1 . PSY 301 or EDU 302 

2. EDN 200, 441, EXC 410, EDU 
335 

Option Four — Computer Science 

1. CS 312, 360 and approved 
electives in computer science 

D. Electives 40 

Students in Options 1, 2, and 4 
may choose any electives. Stu- 
dents in option 3 must use these 
hours to complete student 
teaching and special area re- 
quirements.* 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191 
* Mathematics education students must select 
one elective from each of the following blocks 
of courses: 

A. ART 200, 271 , 272, 273; MUS 200; DRS 228 

B. ANT 201, ECO 201, SOC 201 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE WITH A MAJOF 
IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Ho 

A. General Requirements 

Area I 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 
292 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS 200; PHI 201 

AREA II .. 

1. MAT 103, 206 

2. One of the sequences: BIO 101, 
102; CHE 128, 129; PHY 217, 
218 

Area III 

1. HIS 114 or 191; 115or292 

2. POS 113 and one of the 
courses: PSY 101; SOC 201; 
ECO 201, 202; ANT 201 

Area IV 

1 . MAT 207, 265 

2. CS 142, 231, 242 

3. HIS 251 or 252 

AreaV 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 .... 

2. Three activity courses 

B. Major Field Requirements 

1. CS301, 305, 308, 312, 342 

2. One of the following sequences: 

a. CS 331, 431 and one of CS 
434 or 401 

b. CS 360, 401 and one of 402 
or 445 

3. Five quarter hours of approved 
computer science electives 

C. Related Field Requirements 

1. ENG 372 

2. MAT 321 

3. One course from MAT 208, 216, 
322, 346, 353 

4. Two additional approved elec-I 
fives from quantitative and sci- 
entific disciplines 

D. Electives I 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



149 



TERINGS 
ithematics Offerings 

XT 101— College Algebra (5-0-5) 

= all, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Real number arithmetic; polynomial and ra- 
nal expressions; linear and quadratic equa- 
ns; functions and graphs; inequalities; 
solute value; sequences and summation no- 
ion; matrices, and systems of equations; the 
lomial theorem; techniques of counting and 
■mentary probability. 

Placement recommendation: MAT 101 is the 
teway course to the college level curriculum 
mathematics. Before enrolling in MAT 101 
ne 'students should reinforce their diathe- 
tics skills by completing a course in the de- 
opmental studies curriculum (DSM 99). 
acifically, if a student falls into any one the 
owing categories, the student should con- 
er enrolling in DSM 99. 

a. The student did not complete 
two years of algebra and one 
year of geometry in high school. 

b. The student made below 420 on 
the mathematics portion of the 
SAT examination. 

c. Five or more years have 
elapsed since the student com- 
pleted a mathematics course. 

T 103— Pre-Calculus Mathematics 
il-5) 

all, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
i T 101, a score of at least 550 on the math- 
i itics portion of the SAT, or permission of the 
J >artment head. 

jnctions: polynomial, rational, exponential, 
I irithmic, trigonometric, and inverse trigono- 
f ric; trigonometric identities; law of sines and 
) mes; complex numbers. 

H T 195 — Applied Finite Mathematics 

5-5) 

'erequisite: MAT 101. 

survey of finite mathematics, including 
r hematics of finance, probability, linear pro- 
} nmmg, and an introduction to games and 
* isions; applications are stressed throughout. 

AT 206— Calculus I (5-0-5) 

ill, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
I' 103, a score of at least 600 on the math- 
■itics portion of the SAT, or permission of the 
hartment head. 



Functions; the derivative and its applications, 
antidifferentiation; the definite integral. 

MAT 207— Calculus II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 206. 

Techniques and applications of integration; 
conic sections and polar coordinates. 

MAT 208— Calculus of Several Variables I 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Parametric curves and vectors in the plane; 
indeterminate forms. Taylor's formula, and im- 
proper integrals; infinite series; vectors, curves, 
and surfaces in space; partial differentiation. 

MAT 216— Linear Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 207. 

Linear systems and matrices; vector spaces; 
linear independence, rank of a matrix; linear 
transformations; determinants; introduction to 
eigenvalues and eigenvectors; diagonalization; 
applications. 

MAT 220— Elementary Statistics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101. 

Measures of central tendency and dispersion; 
probability distributions; inferences concerning 
means; analysis of variance; correlation; linear 
regression. 

MAT 260 — Introduction to Mathematical 
Proof (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 207. 

Elementary logic, sets, functions and rela- 
tions, methods of proof including induction, and 
selected topics from abstract algebra. 

MAT 265 — Discrete Mathematics for 
Computer Science 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 142. 

Elementary logic; naive set theory; relations 
and functions; graphs; finite automata; Turing 
machines; formal languages and grammars. 

MAT 290— The Spirit and Structure of 
Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

A terminal course of selected topics designed 
to portray the history, philosophy, and aesthetics 
of mathematics, and to develop an appreciation 
of the role of mathematics in western thought 
and contemporary culture. 



150 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MAT 309— Calculus of Several Variables II 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 208. 

Multiple integrals and their applications; vec- 
tor fields; line and surface integrals; Green's 
theorem; the Divergence theorem; Stokes theo- 
rem; differential equations. 

MAT 311— Abstract Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

Elementary properties of integers; groups, 
rings, and fields; mappings, homomorphisms, 
kernels, and quotient structures. 

MAT 317— Advanced Linear Algebra (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 216, MAT 260. 

Abstract vector spaces, linear tranformations, 
eigenvectors and eigenvalues, diagonalization, 
inner product spaces, real quadratic forms. 

MAT 321— Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207. MAT 260 or MAT 265. 

Data collection, organization, and description; 
probability; random variables; discrete and con- 
tinuous probability distributions; Central Limit 
Theorem; point and interval estimation; tests of 
hypotheses; simple linear regression and cor- 
relation. 

MAT 322— Probability & Mathematical 
Statistics II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 321 . 

Analysis of variance; nonlinear and multiple 
regression; chi-square tests for categorical 
data; nonparametric methods; Bayesian infer- 
ence. This course uses statistical packages to 
analyze data sets. 

MAT 336— Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

Fall (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 
A survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 

MAT 341-342— Differential Equations I, II 
(5-0-5) 

341 -Winter; 342-Spring. Prerequisite: MAT 
208. 

Ordinary differential equations; series solu- 
tions; systems of first order differential equa- 
tions, the Laplace transform; introduction to 
Fourier series; partial differential equations; 
Sturm-Liouville theory; applied problems; nu- 
merical solutions with emphasis on computer 
aided solution. 



MAT 346 — Mathematical Modeling and 
Optimization (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 321. 

Design, solution, and interpretation of ma : 
ematical models of problems in the social li 
and management sciences. Topics chosen frc 
linear programming, dynamic programmir 
scheduling theory, Markov chains, game theo 
queuing theory, inventory theory, and compu 
based simulation. Various projects are assign 
which require computer software packages 
solution. 

MAT 353 — Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 120 or 14; 

Numerical error; polynomial interpolation; s\ 
terns of linear equations; numerical integrati 
and numerical solution of differential equatioi 
matrix inversion; evaluation of determinants; c 
culation of eigenvalues and eigenvecto 
boundary value problems. 

MAT 360— Mathematical Logic (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 207, 260. 

The elementary statement and predicate c 
cuius; formal systems; applications of logic 
mathematics. 

MAT 391 — Mathematics for the Elementar 
School Teacher (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 and admission 
Teacher Education. 

A study of the mathematics in the element 
curriculum, with emphasis on appropriate me 
ods of teaching for understanding through 
tive involvement of the learner. Frequent us( 
wide range of concrete manipulatives to ( 
body concepts in arithmetic of whole numb 
and fractions and in geometry and measi 
ment. Directed field experience and requi 
laboratory. (Credit will not apply toward a 
gree in the mathematical sciences.) 

MAT 393— Teaching of Middle School/ 
General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Ten quarter hours of colli 
mathematics numbered 101 or above and I 
mission to Teacher Education. 

Problems of teaching traditional topics, s \ 
as fractions, decimals, percentage, measJ 
ment (especially in the metric system), anc* 
formal geometry. Emphasis on incorporal 
drill and practice in necessary skills with fr<r 
topics like probability and statistics, and 
appropriate games and laboratory activi 
(Credit will not apply toward a degree in 
mathematical sciences.) 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



151 



VT 400— Putnam Seminar (0-2-1) 

-all. Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 

\ variety of mathematical problems, consid- 

>d with the aim of developing problem solving 

:hniques. 

\J 401-402— Advanced Calculus I, II 
0-5) 

D rerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 
rhe real number system; sequences; limits of 
ictions; the Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem; 
Tipactness; uniform continuity; the derivative; 
i Riemann integral; Euclidean n-space; se- 
ences of functions; the Weierstrass approxi- 
ition theorem; series; elementary functions. 

\J 406 — Functions of a Complex Variable 
0-5) 

Prerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 
Complex numbers; elementary functions and 
isformations; the Cauchy theory; conformal 
pping; Riemann's mapping theorem. 

T 416— Theory of Numbers (5-0-5) 

'rerequisites: MAT 208, 260. 
^visibility and congruence; diophantine 
jations; distribution of prime numbers; fa- 
us unsolved problems; number-theoretic 
:tions and their applications; Theorems of 
Tiat and Euler; quadratic reciprocity; se- 
i ed topics from algebraic and analytic num- 
I theory. 

\— Topology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 401. 

Opological spaces and homeomorphisms; 

Iarability; compactness; connectedness; 
lpleteness; metrizability; introduction to 
lotopy theory. 

t r 470— History of Mathematics (5-0-5) 

erequisites: MAT 208, and six quarter hours 
rfiathematics courses with course numbers 
Ji iter than 309. 

survey of the development of mathematics 
I its empirical beginnings to its present state. 

I" 490— Special Topics (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

J: fered by special arrangement. Prerequi- 
!•: Consent of the instructor and permission 
fe department head. 

ipividual readings and research under the 
lotion of a member of the mathematics fac- 
ia 496-497-49S— Internship in 
Inematics ((0-1)-(12-15)-5) 
^ered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
emission of the department head. 



Experience, in a variety of mathematical ap- 
plications suited to the educational and profes- 
sional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of the faculty and appropriate off-cam- 
pus supervisory personnel. (Open to transient 
students only with permission of the Dean of 
Faculty at Armstrong and that of the appropriate 
official of the college from which the student 
comes.) 



Computer Science Offerings 

CS 115 — Introduction to Computer 
Concepts and Applications (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101. 

The study of hardware and software compo- 
nents of computers, elementary programming, 
and the impact of the computer on society. Dis- 
cussion of the capabilities and the limitations of 
computers, and the kinds of problems that are 
best solved by computers. Experience with de- 
veloping and modifying algorithms to solve such 
problems. Emphasis on the major uses of com- 
puters. This course is designed for the non-com- 
puter science major. It may not be applied as 
part of a language sequence. Credit will be 
granted for only one of CS 1 1 5, CS 1 1 6, and CS 
296. 

CS 116 — Honors Computer Concepts and 
Applications (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 103. 

This course replaces CS 1 15 for selected stu- 
dents. While the subject matter will be similar to 
the subject matter in CS 115, the treatment will 
have greater depth due to the higher mathe- 
matical experience of the students. Mathemat- 
ical software packages will be included in the 
laboratory component. Credit will be granted for 
only one of CS 1 15, CS 1 16, and CS 296. 

CS 120— Introduction to BASIC 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101. 

BASIC programming and program structure; 
elementary logic and Boolean algebra; algo- 
rithms; flow charts; debugging; computer solu- 
tions of numeric and non-numeric problems; 
characteristics and applications of computers in 
modern society. (Credit will not apply toward a 
degree in computer science.) 






152 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CS 136 — RPG Programming (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 120 or 142. 

Introduction to the language and program- 
ming applications for small computer systems 
using RPG. 

CS 142 — Introduction to Programming 
Principles with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: 
MAT 101. 

Structured programming; the Pascal pro- 
gramming language; basic syntax, input/output, 
debugging, functions and procedures, funda- 
mental data types. 

CS 225 — Statistical Programming for the 
Social Sciences (3-4-5) 

Winter (odd years). Prerequisites: MAT 220 or 
321 and CS 120 or 142. 

Uses of computers in statistical analysis, in- 
cluding the study of statistical methods, the pro- 
gramming of statistical analyses, and data 
analysis using packaged systems. 

CS 231 — Programming Principles with 
COBOL (4-3-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisite: CS 142. 

The COBOL programming language: basic 
syntax, input-output, debugging, table-han- 
dling, sorting, searching, sequential and ran- 
dom file manipulation, structured programming 
for COBOL; JCL for COBOL programs. 

CS 242— Advanced Programming Principles 
with Pascal (4-3-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: MAT 103 
and CS 142. 

Advanced programming concepts in Pascal 
recursion, variant records, record-oriented in- 
put/output and dynamic structures associated 
with pointers such as linked lists, queues, stacks 
and trees. 

CS 246 — Fortran Programming (2-3-3) 

Prerequisites: MAT 103 and CS 120 or CS 
142. 

Algorithmic processes of computer problem 
solving in a scientific context; FORTRAN pro- 
gramming language: syntax, arrays, input/out- 
put, subroutines, functions. 

CS 296 — Computer Literacy for Educators 
(2-3-3) 

Winter. Prerequisites: MAT 101. 

The study of hardware and software compo- 
nents of computers, elementary programming, 
and the impact of computers on curriculum. Dis- 
cussion of the capabilities and limitations of 



computers, and the kinds of problems that 
best solved by computers. Experience with i 
veloping and modifying algorithms to solve si 
problems. Emphasis on instructional uses of 
crocomputers. This course is designed for 
non-computer science major. It may not be 
plied as part of a language sequence. Cr< 
will be granted for only one of CS 1 1 5, CS 1 
and CS 296. 

CS 301 — Computer Organization and 
Programming (4-3-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 or CS 2 
Introduction to systems programming via 
depth coverage of assembler programming; 
erating systems; addressing techniqu 
internal storage structure; machine-level rep 
sentation of instructions and data; subroutir 
I/O; linkers and loaders; macro-facilities; m 
data storage facilities. 

CS 305— Computer Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 301 . 

Hardware and software components of die 
computing systems, with emphasis on sysl 
software and details of hardware organizat' 
Topics include system structure, data repres 
tation, processors, control, storage, input/oul 
interrupts and microprogramming. 

CS 308 — Introduction to File Processing 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Spring. Prerequisites: CS 231 and 
242. 

. An introduction to the concepts and t< 
niques of structuring data on bulk storage 
vices; foundation for applications of c 
structures and file processing techniques. 

CS 309 — File Processing with COBOL 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 308. 

COBOL programming techniques for p 
essing sequential, indexed (ISAM and VS/' 
direct and relative files; control language i 
for the execution of file processing progre 
utility programs for effective file processing 

CS 312— Algorithms and Data Structures 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 242, 301 and MAT 26£ 
Internal representation for arrays, que 
trees, stacks, graphs, and lists; algorithm; 
the manipulation of data structures; compl« 
analysis of algorithms; concepts related tc 
interaction between data structures and sto; 
structures or the generating, developing 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



153 



)cessmg of data; algorithms for memory man- 
ement. 

I 331— Systems Analysis and Design 
4-5) 

A/inter. Prerequisite: CS 308 and ENG 372 
Principles and methodology of structured sys- 
ns analysis and design, including personnel 
d machine requirements, system specifica- 
ns, analysis and design tools and techniques, 
;tem life cycle management. A student proj- 
{ which implements these techniques will be 
quired. 

; 342— Comparative Languages (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 242, 301 and MAT 265. 
Comparative study of programming Ian- 
ages including facilities for recursion, pro- 
cures, storage allocation techniques, string 
•ce-ssing, and passing of parameters. 

346— C Programming under UNIX (tm) 
)-5) 

'rerequisite: CS 342. 

he 'C programming language: basic syntax, 
96, operators and expressions, statements, 
dular programming, arrays, structures, 
Mis and pointers. UNIX (tm) system program- 
g techniques: I/O forking, pipes, signals, in- 
upts. Software tools: macros, conditional 
ipilation, passing values to the compiler, lint, 
lbolic debugging, source code control, li- 
'ies. 

353— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

rerequisites: MAT 207 and CS 142. 
umerical error; polynomial interpolation; sys- 
is of linear equations; numerical integration 
numerical solution of differential equations; 
rix inversion; evaluation of determinants; cal- 
ition of eigenvalues and eigenvectors; 
ndary value problems. 

5360 — Computer Logic Design (5-0-5) 

I rerequisites: CS 305 and MAT 265. 

leory and design of digital logic systems at 
hgate level. A variety of techniques for the 
e.iction of digital circuits will be studied. 

* ; W0 — Programming Seminar (0-2-1) 

, ill Prerequisite: CS 242. 

i i variety of programming problems, consid- 

■I with the aim of developing problem solving 

'Iniques 



CS 401 — Operating System Concepts I 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: CS 312, CS 305. 

Design and analysis of operating systems; 
process management; memory management; 
processor management; auxiliary storage man- 
agement. 

CS 402— Operating System Concepts II 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 401 and an elementary 
knowledge of C. 

Case studies of UNIX and/or similar operating 
systems. 

CS 411 — Data Communications and 
Computer Networks (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 305. 

Communications media; codes; data trans- 
mission, multiplexing; protocols; layered net- 
works. 

CS 414— Computer Graphics (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 312. 

Introduction to computer graphics: hardware 
and software. Algorithms for computer graphics 
programming. Windows, clipping, two and three 
dimensional transformations, hidden line and 
hidden surface removal. Graphics standards for 
hardware and software systems. 

CS 431— Data Base Systems (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisites: ENG 372, CS 308. 312. 

Information analysis and logical design of in- 
formation systems and data bases; considera- 
tion of hardware, access methods, 
management, and control functions, communi- 
cating with the data base, and integrated sys- 
tems. 

CS 434 — Introduction to Software 
Engineering (3-4-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: CS 31 2, CS 331 , CS 342 
Principles and techniques of designing and 
developing engineered software, including pro- 
gram structures, design specifications, re- 
source limitations, reliability, correctness, 
debugging, testing, modular program construc- 
tion and user interfaces. A student project which 
implements these techniques will be required. 

CS 445— Compiler Theory (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: CS 312, 342. 

Study of programming language translation 
and basic compiler implementation techniques. 
Formal grammars and languages: specification 
of syntax and semantics; lexical analysis; pars- 
ing; semantic processing. 



154 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



CS 490 — Special Topics in Computer 
Science ((0-5)-(0-15)-(1-5)) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor and 
permission of the department head. 

Selected topics in some area of current inter- 
est in computer science; possible areas include 
system simulation, graphics, and microcompu- 
ters. 

CS 496-497-498 — Internship in Computer 
Science ((0-1 )-(1 2-1 5)-5) 

Offered by special arrangement. Prerequisite: 
Permission of the department head. May not be 
taken concurrently. 

Experience, in a variety of computing envi- 
ronments suited to the educational and profes- 
sional aspirations of the student, under the 
direction of a member of the faculty and appro- 
priate off-campus supervisory personnel. 



Graduate Program and 
Courses 

Coordinator: Dr. Dale Kilhefner 



The college offers a variety of master's degree 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate 
programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- 
lege campus will be administered in affiliation 
with Georgia Southern University. See specific 
program department head for further informa- 
tion. 



Objectives 

The Department of Mathematics and Com- 
puter Science, in cooperation with the School of 
Education, offers a program of study leading to 
the degree of Master of Education. The objec- 
tives of this program are: 

1 . To enhance the academic and profes- 
sional competence of mathematics 
teachers in secondary schools. 

2. To develop the skills, confidence, en- 
thusiasm, and understanding that 
such teachers need in order to meet 
the present scientific and technologi- 
cal challenges of modern society. 

3. To acquaint secondary mathematics 
teachers with the various major 



branches of mathematics which are 
relevant to modern secondary math- 
ematics curricula. 

Advisement 

Shortly after being admitted to the MEd i 
gree program in mathematics, each student 
be assigned an advisor. Upon notification of t 
assignment, the student should arrange fo 
conference and begin planning a degree p 
gram. Failure by the student to consult reguU 
may greatly lengthen the time necessary to cc 
plete the program. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who wish to transfer graduate ere 
for courses taken at other institutions sho 
note the general limitations and procedures 
this graduate catalog. Such transfer of credi 
handled on an individual basis and requires 
written approval of the student's advisor, the 
partment head, and the appropriate dean. 

Comprehensive Examinations 

During their final quarter, students are 
quired to pass an oral comprehensive exa 
nation, covering the areas in which they if 
had course work. Students exempting the I 
cuius or geometry course will be expectec 
demonstrate proficiency in these areas on 
comprehensive examiantions. Students she 
notify their advisor and the department head 
later than midterm of their next-to-final' qua! 
of their intention to take the comprehensive 
amination during the following quarter. . 

The committee administering this comprer 
sive examination will consist of three memk 
of the graduate faculty of the Departmen 
Mathematics and Computer Science choser 
the department head, and one member of 
graduate faculty of the School of Education c 
sen by the Department of Secondary Educa 1 
The department head will notify the studerl 
the proposed time, date, and place of the) 
amination, and the composition of the com! 
tee. 

Students who fail the oral comprehensive* 
amination may request to take a written en 
prehensive examination one time during.'! 
same quarter. Passing the written examine! 
will satisfy the comprehensive examination 
quirement. Students who fail should cortf 
their advisor to plan remedial action. All cl 
prehensive examinations beyond the first w 2 
written examinations. Student may not take I 



MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE 



155 



comprehensive examinations twice in con- 
:utive quarters. 



OGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
EDUCATION WITH A MAJOR IN 
rTHEMATICS (with T-5 certification) 

Hours 

Mathematics Courses (not to include 
MAT592) 35 

1. MAT703 5 

2. MAT 536 or 630 (536 is required 
if student has not taken Euclid- 
ean geometry 5 

3. One course from: MAT 593. 796, 
797 5 

4. Electives (with advisor 
consultation) 20 

Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15 

2. EDN 741 5 

Approved Electives (graduate science 
encouraged) 5 

TOTAL 60 

jcial Note: The requirement for exceptional 
dren (EXC 622) must be met either at the 
duate or undergraduate level. Meeting this 
iny special need will require additional hours 
ond the basic sixty. 



^ERINGS 

II graduate MAT courses, with the exception 
t 50, 592, and 593 require at least twenty-five 
Prs of college mathematics at or beyond the 
\\ of calculus, including at least one course 
I hich writing of deductive proofs is required, 
llitional prerequisites for some courses ap- 
Ir with the course description. 

A r 521— Probability & Mathematics 

> istics (5-0-5) 

ee MAT 321 for course description.) 

A r 536— Modern Geometry (5-0-5) 

survey of topics from Euclidean geometry. 

*' 546 — Mathematical Modeling and 

> mization (4-0-4) 

ee. MAT 346 for course description.) 

I' 550— Principles of Computer Science 

'erequisite: Ten hours of college mathemat- 



BASIC syntax, algorithms, flow diagrams, de- 
bugging. Internal representation of data and in- 
structions, elementary circuits. Programming 
problems and applications for the mathematics 
teacher. 

MAT 553— Numerical Analysis (4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: CS 120 or 142 or MAT 550. 
(See MAT 353 for course description.) 

MAT 592 — Modern Mathematics for 
Elementary Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the mathematics content to be 
taught in the elementary school, with emphasis 
on current methods using concrete materials for 
teaching concepts, skills, and problem solving 
(This course may not be counted as part of the 
35 hour mathematics requirements.) 

MAT 593 — Teaching of Middle School/ 
General Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Problems of teaching traditional topics such 
as fractions, decimals, percentage, measure- 
ment (especially in the metric system), and in- 
formal geometry. Emphasis on incorporating 
drill and practice in necessary skills with fresh 
topics like probability and statistics, and with 
appropriate games and laboratory activities. 
Students will become familiar with relevant lit- 
erature by helping to construct a resource list. 

MAT 606 — Functions of a Complex Variable 
(5-0-5) 

(See MAT 406 for course description.) 

MAT 616— Theory of Numbers (5-0-5) 

(See MAT 416 for course description.) 

MAT 63fJ — Transformation Geometry Via the 
Complex Numbers (5-0-5) 

Algebraic operations on the complex num- 
bers and their corresponding geometric inter- 
pretations: a characterization of isometnes of the 
complex plane as translations, rotations, reflec- 
tions and guide reflections; a study of isometnes 
as groups: similarities; some classic theorems. 

MAT 670— History of Mathematics (5-0-5) 

(See MAT 470 for course description.) 

MAT 695 — Special Topics in Mathematics 
Education (5-0-5) 

Selected topics in an area of mathematics ed- 
ucation. 

MAT 703 — Analysis: Calculus in the first 
Three Dimensions (5-0-5) 

A survey of the basic notions of differential 
and integreal calculus for functions in dimen- 
sions one, two, and three. Development of the 



156 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



derivative as a linear operator. Special empha- 
sis on application and mathematical modeling. 
Some knowledge of linear algebra is expected. 

MAT 720— Applied Probability (5-0-5) 

Review of elementary probability. Stochastic 
processes, Markov chains, game theory and 
simulation. Several applications are developed 
throughout the course. Some knowledge of el- 
ementary probability is expected. 

MAT 796— Problem Solving (5-0-5) 

Sharpening of problem solving skills; tech- 
niques for teaching problem solving; wide va- 
riety of problem solving strategies illustrated by 
problems, primarily using high school mathe- 
matics content. 

MAT 797 — Teaching of Algebra and 
Geometry (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: A college geometry course (un- 
dergraduate or graduate). 

Major topics in algebra and geometry (such 
as functions, graphs, inequalities, proofs, con- 
structions) and the problems in teaching them. 
Students will be expected to show mastery of 
the content and will make brief classroom pres- 
entations. 

CS 596 — Computer Literacy for Educators 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisite: College Algebra. 

A study of the use of computers, with empha- 
sis on instructional use. Hardware components 
of computers, programming, software evalua- 
tion and the impact of computers on the curric- 
ulum. Hands-on experience with the use of 
commercial packages and the creation of in- 
structional software. This course may not be 
counted toward the M.Ed, in Mathematics. 



Psychology 

Faculty 

'Martin, Grace, Department Head 
Adams, Joseph 
Douglass, Keith 
John, Beverly 
"Lane, Joseph 
Palefsky, Elliot 
Worthington, C. Stewart 

'Graduate Faculty 



Students are advised to complete as many 
the general degree requirements as possil 
before entering their junior year. Psychology n 
jors should take PSY 101 and 220 before .1 
end of their sophomore years. Suggest 
course distributions and annual schedules < 
available in the department office. All stude 
are urged to seek advisement with regard 
degree requirements and scheduling. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Hoi 

A. General Requirements 

Area I 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 
292 

2. One course selected from: PHI 
201, 202 

Area II 

1. MAT 101 and 220 

2. One of the sequences: CHE 
121, 122, or PHS 121, 122 ".. 

Area III 

1. HIS114or191.115or192.POS 
113 

2. ECO 201 orSOC201 ....: 

Area IV 

1. BIO 101, 102 

2. CS 115 

3. HIS 251 or 252 

4. PSY 101, ANT 201 

AreaV 

1. PE 117 and 103 or 108 

2. Three activity courses 

B. Degree Requirements 

1 . PSY 220, 408, 31 2, 41 and 41 1 , 
412or413 

2. Recommended selection of 
psychology courses ; 

3. Foreign language or computer 
science sequence 

C. Elective Courses I 1 

1. An appropriate minor or se- 
lected upper division courses .1 

D. Unspecified i 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations , 

TOTAL 191 






PSYCHOLOGY 



157 



inor Concentrations 

The Department of Psychology offers minors 
the following five areas: 

A. Psychology — which requires 20 credit 
)urs of upper division work. 

B. Mental Health— which requires PSY 210, 
)2, 315, 405, 406. 

C. Organizational Psychology — which re- 
jires five of the following: PSY 302, 315, 320, 
>1. 322, 406. 

D. Anthropology — which requires 20 hours of 
)per division anthropology credits. 

E. Sociology — which requires SOC 201 and 
) credit hours of upper division work. 

All minor concentrations require a grade of 
t or better in each course taken. 



ithropology Offerings 

^T 201— Humankind & Culture (5-0-5) 

Each quarter. 

The nature, causes and prospects of being 
man. A study of the biocultural nature of hu- 
ins and the development of societies from the 
?iiteraure beginnings through the rise of com- 
;x organization. Eligibility for ENG 101 is 
ongly recommended. 

IT/MPS 207— Introduction to Archaeology 
hO-5) 

"he introductory archaeology course consists 
l a history of the field, basic techniques, the- 
l tical underpinnings, and examples of field 
\ r k from all types of excavation. It covers the 
r ge from early man to industrial and urban 
t haeology in a general fashion. Analysis is 
ii oduced along with survey techniques, pres- 
6 ation, reporting and other skills. (Identical 
n MPS 207.) 

* T 302— Human Evolution (5-0-5) 

)ffered on demand. 

his course examines the biological and cul- 
Hil adaptations of the human species and its 
a 3cedents in a chronological fashion. Empha- 
3 is placed on developing morphology and 
:c mology. 

M" 305 — Americans Called Indians 
*-5) 

ffered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201. 
n investigation of the aboriginal cultures of 
* h America from the Arctic to the Rio Grande 



Study will include origins, distribution, ecology 
and interrelationships, past through present. 

ANT 310 — Anthropology of Sex and Gender 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: ANT 201; 

An examination of the cultural determinants of 
sex roles in selected world societies, past and 
present. The foci will be three anthropological 
analyses; economics and status; art and ritual; 
the structure of women's worlds. 

ANT 400 — Sorcery, Demons and Gods 
(5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. 

Anthropological analysis of religion as a uni- 
versal category of culture. The supernatural will 
be considered: Mother goddesses myth, sor- 
cery, shamanism, sacrifice and tolemism. Belief 
systems in their sociocultural contexts will be 
emphasized. 

ANT/MPS 401— Fieldwork in Historical 
Archaeology (0-20-10) 

Summer. Prerequisite: MPS 207 or permission 
of instructor or director. 

An introduction to and first application of ar- 
chaeological methods to a specific field project. 
Excavation techniques, surveying and map 
making, data collecting and recording, archae- 
ological photography, the identification and 
analysis of artifacts, and the interpretation of ar- 
chaeological data will be presented in field and 
laboratory work as well as in lectures and read- 
ings. (Identical with MPS 401.) (Under certain 
circumstances this course may be substituted 
in the Preservation Studies minor for MPS 498.) 
Course may be repeated for credit. 

ANT/MPS 402 — Practicum in Archaeological 
Analysis (2-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: permission of instructor or 
director. 

The application of archaeological interpreta- 
tive techniques to a specific site or analytical 
problem. Individual research projects in the 
interpretation of archaeological data and the 
conservation of artifactual finds with special at- 
tention to the care and storage of collections, 
display in the museum setting, and the pres- 
entation of archaeologically-denved informa- 
tion. (Identical with MPS 402.) 

ANT/MPS 403— American Material Culture 
(4-2-5) 

An introduction to the study of the non-literary 
remains of our society, past and present. Ver- 



158 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



nacular and polite architecture, ceramics, mor- 
tuary art, community and settlement patterns, 
diet, dress and disease are among the topics 
that will be discussed. 

ANT/MPS 480— Special Topics in 
Archaeology (V-V-[1 -5]) 

Prerequisites: ANT/MPS 207, ANT/MPS 401 
The course is designed to offer a wide variety 
of experience to advanced, upper level students 
in archaeological techniques. Subject matter will 
center on such topics as archaeological graph- 
ics, faunal analysis (zooarchaeology), conser- 
vation, or involve some off-campus 
archaeological experience. 



Psychology Offerings 

PSY 101— General Psychology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the vocabulary, concepts, 
and methods of the science of behavior. Dis- 
cussion and demonstrations assist in surveying 
all the areas of psychology. Psychology 101 is 
prerequisite to all other courses in the depart- 
ment. Eligibility for ENG 101 is strongly recom- 
mended. 

PSY 191— Honors General Psychology 
(2-3-5) 

Prerequisites: SAT verbal of at least 550. 

This course may be substituted for PSY 101 
by qualified students. Course content is similar 
to PSY 101, but emphasis is on psychology as 
a laboratory science. Students will conduct a 
variety of experiments and demonstrations and 
will write research reports on these topics. 

PSY 201— Human Growth and Development 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of lifespan development that focuses 
on physical, emotional, cognitive and social de- 
velopment. Understandings of growth and de- 
velopment are applied to classroom teaching 
and learning. Not recommended for Psychology 
majors. 

PSY 210— Introduction to Clinical 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of behavioral problems, treatment 
modes, and theories. 



PSY 220— Introduction to Psychological 
Research (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An introduction to scientific methodology i 
its application to behavior analysis. Vari 
techniques of data collection and the statist 
analysisof such data are emphasized. 

PSY 295 — Developmental Psychology 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the origin and development of [ 
chological processes from the life span | 
spective. The effects of genetic/maturatk 
and socio-cultural/environmental factors on 
development of behavior throughout the 
span are included. 

PSY 300— The Psychology of Aging 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

An analysis of the aging process as phys 
and biosocial change. Important adaptive 
pects from health to economics will be con 
ered with an emphasis on maintaining 
optimal quality of life. 

PSY 301— Educational Psychology (5-0-5 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. Offered each qua 
The application of behavioral science to 

problem of learning in the classroom. Prim: 

for teacher preparation. 

PSY 302— Psychological Testing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 
■ Survey of individual and group tests in 
chological, educational, and clinical setti 
Course focuses on the theoretical and statis 
principles that underlie psychological andi 
ucational measurement. Standardized psy ; 
logical instruments are critically analyj 
Ethical issues in psychological testing are I 
sidered. 

PSY 303— Social Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

The study of the behavior of others as dS 
minants of the behavior of the individual.! 
cultural milieu and group pressures will' bJ 
amined in terms of their effect on behavio 

PSY 304 — Fundamentals of Counseling * 
Psychotherapy (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of personality theories and thJ 
havior changing techniques arising from Ifl 
The emphasis will be on learning theory 
environmental influences. 






PSYCHOLOGY 



159 



5Y 305— Behavior Disorders (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the scientific and cultural bases of 
irious conceptions of undesirable behavior. 
Dplication of principles derived from basic re- 
jarch will be emphasized. 

3Y 307— Perception (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 
An experimental-theoretical approach to the 
iture of perception. Special attention is given 
the psychological method. 

>Y 309 — Physiological Psychology 
2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, BIO 101-102. 
Introduction to the biological bases of behav- 
. The structure and function of the nervous 
stem are studied and related to the behavior 
humans and other organisms. 

;Y 310 — Psychology of Human Sexuality 
0-5) 

D rerequisite: PSY 101. 

<\n examination of the developmental, phys- 
Dgical, clinical and social aspects of human 
<uality. The emphasis of the course will be on 
s various components of human sexuality from 
fevelopmental perspective. 

Y 311 — Theories of Personality (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of selected personality theories with 
bphasis on normal behavior. Attention will be 
I en to both experimental and clinical data. The 
y:erminants of personality structure and the 
jyelopment of personality will be examined 
Inn divergent points of view. 

k Y 312— Measurement (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 220. 

: i \n examination of the theory of measurement. 
Liability and validity techniques are dis- 
( ised, using current psychological tests as ex- 
< pies. 

I Y 315— Psychology of Conflict and 
J ess (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Is study of the interactions between physio- 
hiical and psychological processes in the de- 
VDpment and maintenance of stress related 
c orders. Emphasis is on environmental factors 
mi stress management techniques. 

FY 319— Animal Behavior (4-2-5) 

prerequisite: PSY 101. 

v study of the adaptations and behaviors with 
v ch living organisms cope effectively with 



their environment. The laboratory will provide an 
introduction to animal care, training, and ex- 
perimentation. 

PSY 320— Industrial/Organizational 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A survey of applications of psychological prin- 
ciples to business and professional settings. In- 
cluded are work motivation, goal setting, power 
politics, leadership and communication. 

PSY 321— Psychology of Work Behavior 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A psychological analysis of issues related to 
the individual worker in industry and organiza- 
tions. Included are employee selection, training 
strategies, performance evaluation and job sat- 
isfaction. 

PSY 322— Psychology of Organizational 
Development (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

Psychological principles applied to interper- 
sonal and intergroup relations, organizational 
leadership, management of organizational 
change relating to the social environment and 
communication systems. 

PSY 350— Cognitive Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of the issues related to the various 
models of human information processing with 
an emphasis on perceptual and linguistic de- 
velopment. Principles and applications derived 
from basic research will be included. 

PSY 406— Behavior Modification (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101. 

A study of proven methods of generating be- 
havioral change, their empirical foundations and 
their applications in clinical, educational and so- 
cial settings. 

PSY 408— Learning and Motivation (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, 220. 

An examination of the methodology and the- 
ory associated with the various forms of learning 
and their motivational concomitants. 

PSY 410— History and Systems of 
Psychology (5-0-5) 

Open only to psychology majors or by invi- 
tation of the professor. 

A study of the basic ideas in psychology from 
early animism to modern behavionstics Special 
attention is given to the philosophical basis at 
various times in the history of psychology. 



160 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PSY 411— Senior Seminar (5-0-5) 

Open only to senior psychology majors or by 
invitation of the professor. 

A reading and discussion group which will 
concentrate on selected contemporary issues in 
psychology. Specific content will vary from year 
to year. 

PSY 412— Senior Project (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Each student will work with a faculty member 
qualified in the student's area of interest. Work 
is to begin in the first quarter of the senior year 
(register for the quarter of expected comple- 
tion). The student will produce a scholarly paper 
which must be acceptable to the departmental 
faculty. 

PSY 413— Senior Internship (V-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Senior status. 

Students may petition the faculty to receive 
academic credit for an individually designed 
work experience in an applied setting. The spon- 
soring organization must provide a qualified su- 
pervisor. A faculty advisor will establish 
performance criteria and evaluate accordingly. 



Sociology Offerings 

SOC 201— Introductory Sociology (5-0-5) 

Offered each quarter. 

An introduction to the concept and methods 
of the science of human group behavior. In- 
cludes the study of socialization, the role of the 
individual in society, and the major institutions 
and processes. It is designed to provide a better 
understanding of American culture and the wide 
range of social phenomena. Eligibility for ENG 
101 is strongly recommended. 

SOC 315 — The Family and Alternative 
Lifestyles (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A study of the role of the family in the devel- 
opment of the individual, the family unit and so- 
cietal institutions. Consideration will be given to 
various structures and functions of the family as 
it exists or is emerging in America. 

SOC 320— Ethnic Minorities (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

This course focuses on the present factual 
situation in America. The course examines the 
problems faced by minorities in America, Es- 
pecially where skin color and language pose 



social and economic barriers. It looks at dor 
nant public institutions and patterns of respor 
by minorities such as Black Americans, Chic 
nos, Puerto Ricans, Native Americans, and ott 
sizeable ethnic groups. 

SOC 333— Exploring Popular Culture 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

An examination of popular culture using n 
sic, radio, television, texts, magazines, movii 
technology and language to explore a given e 
Comparisons will be made of lifestyles, s 
roles, racial attitudes and the national regio 
mood of times examined. 

SOC 340— Methods of Social Research 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201 . 

This course will explore several methods 
applied social research including case studi 
record research, experimental designs, s 
veys, observation and systems interaction 
they apply to social data. The student must de 
onstrate a working knowledge of each meth 
in the context of social work practice. 

SOC 350— Social Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

An examination of behavioral deviancy, r 
mative strain, and differences between so< 
ideals and social realities in the context of 
ciological theory. ■ 

SOC 430— Alcohol and Drug Studies 

(5r0-5) 

Prerequisite: SOC 201. 

A course focusing on the various forms of 
cohol and drug abuse with emphasis on 
stages of harmful dependence and addict! 
there will be an examination of the legal < 
social implications of addiction as well as 
proaches to treatment and rehabilitation. 

SOC 450— Independent Study (1-5)-0-(1-5 

By invitation of the professor. Offered on 
mand. Open to transient students only with p 
mission of the Dean of Arts, Sciences i 
Education at Armstrong. 



Graduate Course Offerings 

PSY 500— The Psychology of Aging (5-0- 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 
An analysis of the aging process as phys i 
and biosocial change. Important adaptive * 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



161 



ects from health to economics will be consid- 
red with an emphasis on maintaining an 
ptimal quality of life. 

SY 515 — Psychology of Conflict and 
tress (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A study of the interactions between physio- 
gical and psychological processes in the de- 
slopment and maintenance of stress related 
sorders. Emphasis is on environmental factors 
id stress management techniques. 

SY 520 — Industrial/Organizational 
sychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A survey of applications of psychological prin- 
ples to business and professional settings. In- 
jded are work motivation, goal setting, power 
)litLCS, leadership and communication. 

5Y 521 — Psychology of Work Behavior 
-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PSY 101 

A psychological analysis of issues related to 

3 individual worker in industry and organiza- 

>ns. Included are employee selection, training 

•ategies, performance evaluation and job sat- 

action. 



EACHER EDUCATION 

ROGRAMS 

| Stipulations affecting the undergraduate 
^acher education programs at Armstrong State 
i allege are contained in this section and in the 
il lowing section devoted to the Department of 
liucation. Stipulations regarding graduate pro- 
ams in education are contained in the grad- 
ate section of this catalog. 
jThe teacher education programs at Arm- 
( ong State College are accredited by the Na- 
mal Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
iucation and are approved by the Georgia 
ate Department of Education. Upon verifica- 
' n by the College that a student has success- 
ly completed an approved program, the 
Jdent applies to the State Department of Ed- 
lation for the appropriate teaching certificate. 
The stipulations for teacher education pro- 
iams apply to all students in all teacher edu- 
ction programs at Armstrong State College. 



Program Objectives 

To provide prospective teachers with profi- 
ciency in the content of their selected teaching 
field. 

To provide the prospective teacher with the 
appropriate learning theory and methodology 
necessary to successful implementation of 
classroom plans and procedures. 

To provide prospective teachers with the abil- 
ities and skills which will enable them to offer 
appropriate educational opportunities to stu- 
dents representing a variety of cultural and eco- 
nomic backgrounds. 

To provide perspective teachers with the abil- 
ities and skills that will enable them to meet the 
special needs of exceptional children. 

To provide a teacher education program that 
will offer the professional and educational at- 
mosphere conducive to the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 
petence. 

Academic Advisement 

Students desiring to pursue a teacher edu- 
cation program should seek academic advise- 
ment in the Department of Education during their 
first quarter of residence. These students should 
follow without deviation the approved programs 
of study when these programs are established 
for them by their advisors. Upon admission to 
the teacher education program, a student will 
be assigned an advisor in the Department of 
Education. 

Advisors will assist the students in processing 
the specific form establishing the programs of 
study for the appropriate majors. These forms 
with the completed programs of study will be 
filed with the advisors and copies given to the 
students. 

Admission to Teacher Education 

A student wishing to pursue a teacher edu- 
cation program leading to teacher certification 
must apply for admission to the teacher edu- 
cation program. This application will be filed nor- 
mally during the second quarter of the 
sophomore year or, for transfer students, in the 
first quarter of the junior year Application forms 
may be secured from the Department of Edu- 
cation 

The following criteria apply for admission to 
the teacher education program 

1 . Completion of at least 60 quarter hours 



162 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



of college credit with a minimum 2.5 
(unrounded) GPA. 

2. Completion of EDN 200 and ENG 1 01 , 
102, and 201 or their equivalents, with 
a "C" or better in each course. 

3. Competence in oral and written 
expression. 

4. Indication of desirable attitude, char- 
acter, and teaching potential. 

5. Statement of good health signed by a 
licensed physician. 

6. Satisfactory completion of the Re- 
gents' Test. Students already holding 
baccalaureate degrees from an ac- 
credited institution are exempted from 
the Regents' Test. 

7. Submission of four letters of recom- 
mendation; such letters may be se- 
cured from colleges or universities 
where applicants may have been pre- 
viously enrolled. 

8. Submission of an up-to-date copy of 
the program of study planning sheet. 

A student who does not meet requirement 1 
above may seek to be admitted on the basis of 
at least 75 quarter hours of credit specifically 
included in the student's program of study, with 
a GPA of at least 2.75 on that work. 

Recommendation for Certificate 

To be recommended for a teaching certifi- 
cate, a student must complete the degree re- 
quirements for an approved teacher certification 
program of Armstrong State College and must 
complete at Armstrong State College a majority 
of the courses in each of the following areas: 
the professional sequence, the teaching field, 
and the related field. 

Liability Insurance Requirement 

All students who participate in courses for 
which field experiences (i.e., laboratory practi- 
cum) are required must provide evidence of li- 
ability insurance (i.e., SGAE membership or 
must sign a waiver of insurance coverage). Stu- 
dents should consult advisors regarding this re- 
quirement. 

September Practicum 

The purpose of the September Practicum is 
to provide an opportunity for future teachers (1 ) 
to learn what teachers do at the beginning of a 
new school term, (2) to participate in experi- 
ences that will assist the prospective teacher 
with future decisions concerning teaching as a 



career, and (3) to become acquainted with th 
organization and curriculum of a particula 
school. 

The September Practicum occurs during th 
first two weeks of the public school term (usual! 
in late August and early September) and shoul 
be scheduled during the student's junior or ser 
ior year. No credit is given for the Septembe 
Practicum, but it is a requirement in all of th 
teaching fields in the Armstrong State Colleg 
Teacher Education Program. 

Application for the September Practicur 
should be made during the first week of th 
Spring Quarter for a September Practicum in th 
forthcoming September. The student shoul 
contact the Director of Professional Laboratoi 
Experiences. 

Student Teaching 

Student teaching, the culminating activity < 
the professional sequence, is provided in s( 
lected off-campus school centers. The fi 
quarter of student teaching is arranged coof 
eratively by the college, the participatin 
schools, and supervising teachers. Complete 
applications for admission to student teachir 
must be submitted to the Director of Profession 
Laboratory Experiences during the first week 
the quarter preceding student teaching. Whi 
student teaching, the student is required to a 
here to established policies and procedures 
the cooperating school system in addition 
those policies and procedures established I 
the'college. 

A student is admitted to student teaching 
the time assignment is made. While student pre 
erences and other personal circumstances a- 
considered, the college reserves the right to 1 
ercise its discretion in placement. The stude- 
will receive a letter of assignment. Orientation 
student teaching will be held during the first se 
eral days of the quarter in which student teac 
ing is scheduled. The following requiremen 
must be met before a student can enroll in st 
dent teaching: 

1. Completion of the core curriculum. 

2. Admission to Teacher Education. 

3. Completion of all teaching field courses. 

4. Satisfactory completion of the Septemb 
Practicum and the Regents' Exam. 

5. Satisfactory completion of the Media Cor 
petency Exam or EDN 240. 

6. Have at least senior status. 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



163 



7. Have a 2.5 average on all courses at- 
tempted, and "C" or better in all courses 
acceptable toward the teching field, profe- 
sional sequence, concentration, and re- 
lated electives. 

8. Be endorsed by four aproved full time 
members of the faculty, one of whom must 
be the student's advisor. 

Students who are completing requirements 
for certification as outlined in a State De- 
partment of Education Letter and are re- 
questing a student teaching assignment 
must have a minimum 2.5 GPA and be in 
good academic standing. 
A student will not be permitted to take addi- 
onal courses during student teaching. Student 
sachers are not permitted to teach in a school 
] which their children are enrolled. 

•rogram Completion 

A student must complete the college's ap- 
roved program for certification within the four 
ears following admission to the Teacher Edu- 
ation program. In the event that the student 
oes not complete the program in four years, 
le individual must meet the requirements of the 
rogram in effect at that time. 

For acceptable completion, each course in 
ie teaching field, professional education se- 
uence concentration, and related fields must 
e passed with a "C" or better grade. 

runswick Center Programs 

The Bachelor of Science in Education with 
Dncentrations in Early Childhood and Middle 
chool Education is offered by Armstrong State 
ollege at Brunswick College through the 
runswick Center. The program, which is pri- 
marily an evening program, allows students who 
<ave an associate degree to complete their bac- 
Ulaureate degree in Brunswick. Interested stu- 
dents should contact Dr. Gene Barber at the 
1 runswick Center or Dr. Lloyd Newberry at Arm- 
rong State College. 

ooperative Program 

Savannah State College cooperates with Arm- 
rong State College in offering a major in Busi- 
es Education. Coursework in the major field 

study for this program is offered by Savannah 
tate. Students interested in this program 
lould contact the head of the Department of 
ducation at Armstrong State College. 



Minor Concentration 

A minor in teacher education is available for 
students who do not wish to earn teacher cer- 
tification. The minor incorporates courses which 
address leading concepts and problems in the 
field of education. Students majoring in general 
studies, psychology, health science, and other 
fields may find this minor a valuable adjunct to 
their programs of study. For the minor to be of- 
ficially recognized, all courses in the minor must 
be passed with a grade of "C" or better. 

EDN 200 - Orientation to Teaching 5 

EXC 310 - Introduction to Exceptional 

Children 5 

EDN 201 - or PSY 201 - Human Growth and 

Development 5 

EDN 240 - Educational Media 2 

CS 296 - Computer Literacy for 

Educators 3 

One additional upper 

divisional education course 5 

(Illustrative courses include library 
media courses, EDN courses 
and EXC courses.) 
Total 25 



Department of Education 

Faculty 

'Newberry, Lloyd, Department Head 
*Agyekum, Stephen 

Anderson Donald 

Ball, A. Patricia 
'Battiste, Bettye Anne 
'Burgess, Clifford 

Cochran, John 
*Cosgrove, Maryellen 
'Dandy, Evelyn 
"Galloway, Herbert 
'Harwood, Pamela 
'Turnipseed, Patricia 
'Stokes, William 

White, Susan 



'Graduate Faculty 






164 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Bachelor Programs 

PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN EARLY ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 195 or 220 
or290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area ill 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200, 201 or PSY 201 10 

2. DRS228, PSY 101 10 

3. HIS 251 or 252 and GEO 21 1 or 
212 10 

AreaV 8 

1. EDN 240 and EDN 202 5 

2. CS296 3 

AreaVI 8 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117, 166 5 

2. Activity courses 3 

B. Specialized Content Courses 48 

1. ART 320, MAT 391; MUS 320.. 15 

2. PE320 3 

3. EDN 324, 336, 342, 422, 424, 
434 

C. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310, EDN 304, 432, 436, 

471, 472, 473 35 

D. Electives 2-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 191-194 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
IN MIDDLE SCHOOL EDUCATION 

Hour; 

A. General Requirements 9C 

Areal 2( 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201or 

292 M 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 [ 

Areall 2( 

1. MAT101 and 103 or 195 or 220 
or290 1( 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 1( 

Area III 2( 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 1! 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 ! 

ArealV 3( 

1. GE0211 or 212 and HIS 251 or 
252 1( 

2. DRS228, PSY 101, EDN 200... .. 1! 

3. EDN 201 or PSY 201 .- ! 

AreaV I 

1. PE 103 or 108; 117 

2. Three activity courses..... 

B. Concentration I. Courses 2 

Language arts, mathematics, 
science, or social sciences 

C. Concentration II Courses 2 

Health and physical education, 
language arts, mathematics, 
music, science, social sci- 
ences, or art 

D. Specialized Courses 3 

CONTENT COURSES REQUIRED 
AND/OR APPROPRIATE FOR CON- 
CENTRATION CHOICES: 20 hours 
minimum; 30 hours maximum 20-3 

1. EDN 336, 342, 422, 428, 434... 2 

2. MAT 391 or 393 

E. Professional Sequence '4 

1. EXC 310; EDN 304, 438, 450, 
471, 472, 473 3 

2. EDN 240 and CS 296 

F. Regents' and Exit Examinations _ 

TOTAL 19 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



165 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH CORRECTION 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
ART EDUCATION 



E 



Hours 

General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101 and 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. ANT 201 or ECO 201 or SOC 

201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200; PSY 101, 202 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; MUS 200 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Teaching Concentration 55 

1. EXC 220, 225, 230, 315, 335... 25 

2. EXC 410, 411, 412, 413, 415, 

420 30 

Courses Related to Concentration 15 

PSY405 5 

EDN 304 or PSY 295 5 

Approved elective 5 

Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC310 5 

2. EDN 335, 422, 471. 472, 473... 25 
Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2 One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14or 191 , 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. ART 111, 112, 213 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

State Requirement 5 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 63-68 

1. ART 201, 202, 204 15 

2. ART 271, 272, 273** 10-15 

3. ART 313, 314, 330, 340, 350, 
351, 370, 400 38 

4. Elective 5 

C. Professional Sequence 25 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

D. Electives 0-5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 194-199 
**May not be duplicated in Area I. 



166 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
BIOLOGY EDUCATION 



PROGRAM FOR THE.DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
BUSINESS EDUCATION 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 5 

Areall ' 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 206 or 

220 10 

2. BIO 101, 102 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1 . EDN 200; PSY 1 01 , EDN 201 or 
PSY201 15 

2. CHE 128, BOT203 10 

3. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. . Three activity courses 3 

Required Additional Courses 13 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

ZOO 204 5 

CS296 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 45 

1. BIO 370, 480 and BOT 410 or 
ZOO 410 15 

2. BOT or ZOO courses numbered 
300+ 10 

3. CHE 129, 341, 342, 343, 344, 
345, 346 20 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 15 

Three of the following: AST 201 , 
GEL 201, MET 201, and OCE 

301 or 430 15 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 447, 471, 

472,473 30 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 199 



Hours 

A. General Requirements 106 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272,273; MUS 200; PHI 201; or 
ENG 222 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 195 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113, ECO 

201 20 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101, DRS 228... 15 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 , MAT 220, 
HIS 251 or 252 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

B. Teaching Concentration 74 

1. BAD 201, ACC211, ACC 212.. 15 

2. BAD 225, ECO 202 10 

3. ADS 202, ADS 340, ADS 405, 
ADS420 19 

4. BAD 302,. BAD 317, BAD 320, 
BAD 340, BAD 360, BAD 462 ., 30 

C. Professional Sequence 32 

•1. EDN 240 2 

2. EXC 310, EDN 335, BED 350... 15 

3. EDN 471, 472, 473 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Exams 

Total 202 

F. Secretarial Concentration 214 

1. ADS 203, ADS 312, ADS 313... 12 

Total 214 

Special Note: ACC (Accounting), OAD (Office 
Administration), BAD (Business Administration), 
and BE (Business Education) courses taught at 
SSC only. 

Courses taken in Area I may not be duplicated 
in Area IV. 

Prerequisites for admission to ADS 202 and ADS 
312 - Skill in typewriting and shorthand at ele- 
mentary level. 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



167 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
CHEMISTRY EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. CHE 128, 129 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191 . 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201: 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. BIO 101, 102 10 

4. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Courses 8 

HIS 251 or 252 and CS 296 8 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. CHE 211, 341, 342, 343. 344, 
345, 346, 380, 491 30 

2. CHE 300 or above 10 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 25 

1. PHS211. 212, 213or217. 218, 
219 15 

2. BOT203, MAT 206 10 

D. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 447. 471. 

472, 473 30 

IE. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 199 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
ENGLISH EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272. 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101 and 103 or 220 or 

290 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114, 115, POS 113 15 

2. One course from: ANT 201. 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1 . EDN 200, EDN 201 or PSY 201 , 
PSY 101 15 

2. Foreign language sequence 
through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108. 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Courses 10 

HIS 251 or 252 and DRS 228... 10 

B. Teaching Concentration 40 

1. ENG 301, 311, 312 15 

2. ENG 333 or 334 or 335 5 

3. ENG 313 or 314 5 

4. ENG 345 or 346 5 

5. ENG 380 or 382 5 

6. ENG 370 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 15 

1. PHI 400 or approved elective... 5 

2. DRS 350 or 351 5 

3. EDN 423 5 

D. Professional Sequence 35 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335. 428 or 445 15 

2. EDN 439, 471. 472, 473 20 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



168 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 
WITH A MAJOR IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

NOTE: This program is listed in the School of 
Health Professions. See Department of Health 
Science, Physical Education, and Recreation 
section for program requirements. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102, 201 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 103 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 

113 15 

2.. One course from: ANT 201; 

ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 10 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 5 

3. MAT 206, 207, 208 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

Required Courses 10 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; DRS 228; 
MUS200 5 

B Teaching Concentration 40 

1. CS 142, MAT 216, 260, 311, 

321, 336 30 

2. MAT416or470 5 

3. Choice of MAT 341, 346, 322, 
353, 309, 416 or 470 5 

C. Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 441 15 

2. EDN 471, 472, 473 15 

D. Electives 15 



E. Regents' and Exit'Examinations C 

TOTAL 191 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION II 
MUSIC EDUCATION 

Hour; 

A. General Requirements 10" 

Area I 2( 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 191, 201 or 

292 1! 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 
PHI 201 I 

Area II 2( 

1. MAT 101, 290 1( 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 1( 

Area III -. 2( 

1. HIS114or191,115or192;POS 
113 1! 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 ! 

ArealV 3( 

1. EDN 200, PSY 101 11 

2. EDN 201 or PSY 201 ! 

3. MUS 111, 112, 113, 140 1! 

AreaV I 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 

2. Three activity courses 

State Requirement 

HIS 251 or 252 

B. Teaching Concentration 5 

1. MUS 211, 212, 213, 236, 237, 
238, 239 1 

2. MUS 240, a, b, c; 340, a, b, & 

c; 

312, 330, 331, 281 

361, 371, 372, 373, 412 4 

One of the following 
emphases: 11 

a. Choral— MUS 353, 313, 423, 

480 and 314 or 315 

b. Instrumental — 

MUS 227, 352, 416, 424, 

481 

c. Keyboard— MUS 227, 425, 
420 or 421, 423 or 424, 353 

or 352 

MUS 480 or 481 

C. Professional Sequence 2 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 471, 472, 
473 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



169 



D. Recital Requirement (one-half of a 

senior recital) 

TOTAL 196-199 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION (HISTORY) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200 and EDN 201 or PSY 
201 10 

2. One course from; ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5 

3. Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

3. Required Elective: 

One course from ANT 201 , ECO 

201, SOC201 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252; HIS 371 or 

377 10 

2. HIS 300 5 

3. Approved Non-Western HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

4. Approved 300+ US HIS 

course 5 

5. Approved European HIS 
course(s) 5-10 

C Courses Related to Concentration 30 

1. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15 

2. GEO 211, 212, elective 10-15 

3. POS305 5 

4. POS317, 318 5-10 

D Professional Sequence 30 

1. EXC 310, EDN 335, 449 15 

2. EDN 471, 472, 473 15 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
SOCIAL SCIENCES EDUCATION 
(POLITICAL SCIENCE) 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272, 273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Area II 20 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 1 14 or 191, 115or192;POS 
113 15 

2. PSY 101 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN 200 and EDN 201 or PSY 

201 10 

2. One course from: ANT 201; 
ECO 201 , 202; any GEO course; 
SOC201 5 

3. Approved language 

sequence through 103 15 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108, 117 3 

2. Three activity courses 3 

3. Required elective; 

One course from ART 200, 271 , 

272, 273; DRS 228; MUS 200 .. 5 

B. Teaching Concentration 30 

1. POS 305 and 317 or 318 10 

2. POS 333 or 334 5 

3. POS 320, 321, 325, 326, 329, 
424, 426, or 429 5 

4. POS 345, 346, 348, 349, 445 or 
447 5 

5. POS Upper Level Elective 5 

C. Courses Related to Concentration 35 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. Courses from three of the follow- 
ing: 

a. GEO 211, 212, elective 10-15 

b. ECO 201, 202, 363 10-15 

c. 300+ HIS electives 10-15 

d ANT, PSY, SOC electives ...10-15 

D. Professional sequence 30 

1. EXC 310 5 

2. EDN 335, 449, 471, 472, 473. 25 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 196 



TOTAL 



196 



170 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Library Science/Media 

The Library Science/Media program has three 
emphases: (1) basic library skills courses and 
specialized skill courses designed to help stu- 
dents in specific subject areas develop re- 
search skills; (2) career courses for pros ective 
media specialists and persons interested in 
public and special libraries; and (3) basic re- 
search courses which may be elected by majors 
in other areas. 

Certification Program 

Certification in Library Media may be obtained 
by completing 40 quarter hours in media and 
related courses with grades of "C" or better. This 
program must be incorporated into an existing 
teaching major. The following courses are re- 
quired for certification as a media specialist: 

Hours 

A. LM 300, 310, 320, 410, 420, 

425 25 

B. EDN240, 451; CS 296 10 

C. One course from: EDN 324, 418; 
EDN423 5 

Non-Certification Program 

A student may choose any field of concentra- 
tion which allows a double major. The major in 
Library Media is comprised of the following: 

Hours 

A. LM 300, 310, 320, 410, 420, 

425 25 

EDN 240, 451; CS 296 

or 115 10-12 

B. Onecoursefrom:EDN324,418; 
EDN 423; DRS/JRN 347 5 

TOTAL 40-42 

Library Media Minor 

A student choosing to minor in Library Media 
is required to complete the following courses 
with grades of "C" or better in each: 

Hours 

A. LM300, 310, 320 12 

B. LM 410, 420, 425 13 

TOTAL 25 



Learning Disabilities Add-On 

Learning Disabilities (grades K-12) may be 
added to certification in elementary or middfc 
school education by successful completion o 
the following courses: 

EXC 312 - Introduction to Learning 

Disabilities 
EXC 430 - Teaching Children with 

Disabilities 
EXC 340 - Behavior Management 
EDN 320 - Tests and Measurements 
EXC 315 - Language Development 
Secondary education students and students in 
terested in an endorsement in Learning Disa 
bilities need to see a Special Education adviso 
in the Office of Secondary Education and Spe 
cial Education in order to identify the appropriat( 
courses. 

The above "add-on" in LD would consist of < 
non-renewable provisional certificate at the T| 
level in Learning Disabilities. In order for the stu 
dent to obtain a non-provisional certificate, othe 
requirements, outlined by the State Departmer 
of Education would have to be satisfied. 



SPECIAL NOTE: 
1 . Liability insurance or waiver is required fc 
all courses with field experiences. Pleas 
consult course outline or professor regarc 
■ ing this requirement. 



Course Offerings 



EDN Offerings 

EDN 200— Orientation to Teaching (5-0-5) 

The study of the status of education and 
teaching as a profession. The student engage 
in directed self-study and plans for the achiev* 
ment of professional goals. Directed field e: 
periences. 

EDN 201— Human Growth and Developmer 
(5-0-5) 

A survey of lifespan development that focuse 
on physical, emotional, cognitive, and social d<l 
velopment. Understnadings of growth and d< 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



171 



elopment are applied to classroom teaching 
nd learning. 

!DN 202— Health and the Young Child 
3-0-3) 

Study of factors impacting upon the physical 
ocial and emotion I health of young children, 
icluding food and nutrition, safety, disease and 

■auma. 

[DN 240— Education Media (1-2-2) 

Workshop experience in the selection, utili- 
ation, evaluation, and preparation of various 
inds of media. Emphasis is placed on utilization 
I media in teaching. 

!DN 304 — Human Growth and Learning 
1-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 

Focus on total growth and development of in- 
ividuals with emphasis upon interrelationships 
f the development process and teaching-learn- 
ig. Laboratory Component includes use of 
ampus, school and community resources for 
bserving-participating, testing, and synthesiz- 
ig course theory. Directed field experiences. 

DN 320— Test and Measurements (5-0-5) 

A beginning course in measurement which 
Dvers statistical methods, research designs 
id research problems. Students are provided 
<periences in the administration and evaluation 

psychological tests. 

DN 324— Literature for Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 

)n. 

A study of children's books and selections 

Dm bocks. Designed to assist future teachers 
I the selection of the best that has been written 
• the realm of children's literature for each pe- 
■ )d of the child's life. 

DN 335 — Secondary School Curriculum 
id Methods, General (3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 

)n; PSY 301 or EDN 302. 
I The study of secondary school curriculum and 
lethods. Detailed study is given to techniques 
\ systematic observation, preparation of be- 
-ivioral objectives, analysis of critical incidents, 

oduction of media materials, practices of 
I assroom control, and examination of instruc- 

>n models. Directed practicum 

DN 336 — Elementary School Language 
1s (5-5-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 

>n. 



Designed to offer the student the opportunity 
to explore methods, content, and materials used 
in teaching the skills of communicative arts to 
children. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 342— Elementary School Social 
Studies (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Focus upon fundamental social studies skills 
and processes needed by children. Directed 
field experiences. 

EDN 410— Independent Study (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Students conduct an in-depth, closely super- 
vised instructor-approved study of a topic in ed- 
ucation. The student is required to evidence 
skills in independent research and study. 

EDN 415 — Adolescent Psychology (5-0-5) 

Focus on the phenomenon of modern ado- 
lescence. Emphasis upon the intellectual, cul- 
tural and personal transitions of the adolescent 
period. 

EDN 418— Literature for the Middle School 
Learner (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Provides opportunity for prospective and in- 
service teachers to explore multimedia offerings 
of literary value and of significance to age level 
of learners found in the middle school. Relates 
literature to all areas of the middle school cur- 
riculum. 

EDN 422 — The Teaching of Reading 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Study of the developmental reading program. 
Emphasis will be placed on reading skills, ap- 
proaches, techniques, materials and evaluation 
for classroom use. 

EDN 423— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: Admission 
to Teacher Education. 

A study of significant literature appropriate for 
adolescents. 

EDN 424 — Practicum in Individual Reading 
Instruction (2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422. 

Designed to provide prospective teachers 
with directed practice in the teaching of reading 
Special em hasis will be placed upon diagnosis 



172 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



and teaching of needed reading skills. Students 
will be required to tutor at least one remedial 
reader. Directed field experiences. 

EDN 428— Reading in the Middle School 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool for ex- 
tending learning in the content areas of the mid- 
dle school. 

EDN 430 — Diagnosing and Prescribing for 
Learning Problems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 422 or 428. 

Diagnostic and prescriptive process princi- 
ples underlying assessment and correction of 
learning problems. Designed to help the class- 
room teacher (1) determine performance levels 
and needs of pupils and (2) provide effective 
learning assistance. 

EDN 432— Methods and Materials for K-4 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Examination of teaching resources, teaching 
strategies and the range of interpersonal rela- 
tionships involved in teaching young children. 
Directed field experiences. 

EDN 434 — Methods and Curriculum of 
Elementary Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Interpretation of science for elementary 
school teaching: exploration of processes for 
translating meaning into classroom practice, 
emphasis upon inquiry, the discovery process 
and other science teaching strategies. 

EDN 436— Curriculum and Teaching K-4 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

This course is the study of early elementary 
curricula, existing administrative and instruc- 
tional organizations, evaluation procedures, and 
experiences in curriculum at the primary level 
(K-4). It includes study and development of 
teaching materials. Directed field experience. 

EDN 438 — Curriculum and Teaching (4-8) 
(5-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

This course is the study of Middle School cur- 
ricula, existing administrative and instructional 



organizations, evaluation procedures, and e: 
periences *in curriculum at the middle scho- 
level (4-8). It includes study and developmei 
of teaching materials. Directed field expei 
ences. 

EDN 439— Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, English (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: PSY 301 < 
EDN 302 and admission to Teacher Educatioi 

The study of secondary school English cu 
riculum with emphasis upon materials and metl 
ods of teaching English. Directed observatior 

EDN 441— Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Mathematics (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisite: MAT 260 

The study of secondary school mathematic 

curriculum with emphasis upon materials ar 

methods of teaching mathematics. Directed ol 

servations. 

EDN 445 — Reading in the Secondary 
School (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide studen 
with the rationale for teaching reading as the 
teach their content areas in the seconda 
school. 

EDN 447 — Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Science (5-0-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Admissk 
to Teacher Education, PSY 301 or EDN 302, ai 
EDN 335. 

The study of secondary school science ci 
riculum with emphasis upon materials and me 1 
ods of teaching science. Directed observatior 

EDN 449 — Secondary School Curriculum 
and Methods, Social Science (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Admission to Teacher Educ 
tion; PSY 301 or EDN 302 and EDN 335. 

The study of secondary school social scien ■ 
curriculum with emphasis upon materials al 
methods of teaching social science. Direct! 
observations. . I 

EDN 450— The Middle School (5-0-5) 

An overview of the history and purpose of tjj 
middle school; characteristics of the midJ 
school learner, emphasis upon the nature a | 
role of the middle school teacher and upon cs 
propriate programs for the needs of mid<? 
school learners. 



EDN 451— Teaching Media (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 240 or permission of 
structor. 






TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



173 



Laboratory course in designing and produc- 
g instructional media: transparencies, slides, 
pes and other media for teaching. 

DN 460— Multi-Cultural Education 
-0-5) 

Designed to study the educational implica- 
>ns of cultural diversity. Examination of the 
:hool programs designed to meet the needs 
id interests of children from different ethnic 
ackgrounds. 

DN 471 — Student Teaching — Knowledge of 
ontent (O-V-5) 

DN 472 — Student Teaching — Instructional 
ethods and Materials (O-V-5) 

DN 473 — Student Teaching — Professional/ 
terpersonal Skills (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: See 'General Requirements: 
>acher Education Programs." Students are 
aced in selected schools for one quarter as 
ll-time student staff members. No additional 
edit hours may be earned while student teach- 
g. Classroom experiences and other staff re- 
>onsibilities are jointly supervised by the 
'liege staff, supervising teachers and princi- 
ils in the selected schools. Open to transient 
jdents only with permission of the Dean of 
lucation at Armstrong and of the college from 
lich the student comes. 



i ceptional Children Offerings 

X 220 — Introduction to Communicative 
, sorders (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the types, etiologies, and 
.mediation sources and techniques of various 
immunicative dysfunctions in children and 
lults in the areas of language, articulation, 

ce and stuttering. Emphasis is on the rec- 

nition and awareness of these disorders, ap- 
,)priate classroom strategies, and treatment 

erral. 

C 225— Phonetics for Speech 
rrectionists (3-4-5) 

Oeals with the use of the International Pho- 
bic Alphabet (IPA) in speech correction, IPA 
I iscnption of normal and defective articulation 
Id the important characteristics of regional di- 
I cts are stressed. 






EXC 230 — Anatomy and Physiology of the 
Speech and Hearing Mechanism 
(4-2-5) 

Anatomy and physiology of the head, neck, 
and thorax from a speech and hearing stand- 
point. Special emphasis is placed on functional 
considerations of the respiratory system, larynx, 
oral and nasal structures, and ear. 

EXC 310 — Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 200 and PSY 301 or EDN 
302. 

An orientation to exceptional children with em- 
phasis on educational implications and rehabil- 
itation requirements. Includes classroom 
discussion of and visitations to facilities for train- 
ing. 

EXC 312 — Introduction to Learning 
Disabilities (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 310. 

An introduction to the area of specific learning 
disabilities, with an emphasis on identification, 
terminology, and prevalence. 

EXC 315 — Normal Speech and Language 
Development (4-2-5) 

The study of normal language development 
with emphasis on oral language. This course 
traces developmental scales of speech and lan- 
guage growth across various age levels and in- 
cludes the relationship between speech and 
language. Observations. 

EXC 335— Speech Science (4-2-5) 

Speech communication from a psychophysi- 
cal standpoint. Study focuses on acoustics, 
physics of speech, transmission media, and 
physical analysis of speech. 

EXC 340 — Behavior Management for the 
Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

A study of the application of behavioral prin- 
ciples for the management and growth of ex- 
ceptional learners. Consultation in using the 
principles with other teachers and with parents 
will also be emphasized. 

EXC 410 — Introduction to Audiology 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

An introduction to the methods of hearing as- 
sessment through pure tone and speech audi- 
ometry, with a focus on rehabilitation of the 
hearing impaired. Supervised clinical practice 



174 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EXC 411— Stuttering (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

An introduction to the problem of stuttering, 
its possible causes and the management train- 
ing of cases. Supervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 412— Language Disorders (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

An introduction to language disorders of chil- 
dren and adults. Etiologies, evaluation proce- 
dures, and therapeutic approaches are studied. 
Major emphasis will be given to delayed lan- 
guage development. Supervised clinical prac- 
ticum. 

EXC 413— Organically Based 
Communication Problems (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

The course includes a study of the commu- 
nication problems related to disorders of voice, 
cleft palate, and cerebral palsy. Supervised clin- 
ical practicum. 

EXC 415— Articulation Disorders (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 225, admission to Teacher 
Education. 

A study of the etiology, rationale, evaluation, 
and methods of therapy for disorders of artic- 
ulation. The course includes the development of 
a therapeutic program, lesson plans, and su- 
pervised clinical practicum. 

EXC 420— Public School Program 
Administration (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. 

Administration and implementation of public 
school speech therapy programs including 
identification, case load selection, scheduling, 
inservice, and relationship of speech therapy to 
the total school program. Supervised clinical 
practicum. 

EXC 422— Manual Language for the Deaf 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Educa- 
tion. Offered on demand. 

A study of the practices, procedures and 
methods in teaching manual language to the 
deaf, with a review of the historical philosophies 
and current trends and literature. At the conclu- 
sion of the course the student will have a working 
ability to communicate with a manual deaf in- 



dividual as well as the ability to teach deaf cr 
dren the process of manual language. 

EXC 430— Teaching Children with Learnin< 
Disabilities (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: EXC 213, Introduction to Lear 
ing Disabilities and EDN 422, The Teaching 
Reading;admission to Teacher Education. 

Teaching strategies for children with speci! 
learning disabilities. A focus on approache 
techniques, and materials with directed apr: 
cation. 



Library Media/Science Offerings 

LM 300 — Introduction to Media Profession 
(2-0-2) 

An introductory course in which students e 
amine the role, functions and services of diff( 
ent types of libraries and information centei 
Emphasizes the role and responsibilities of 
brarians/media specialists. Includes also the s 
cial role of libraries and library networks. Tl 
student is given an opportunity to be involv< 
in public, school, and special libraries durii 
field experience. 

LM 310— Reference Sources (5-0-5) 

Study of basic reference sources, includi 
searching strategies. The course has | 
phases: (1) study and evaluation of major typ 
of references and information sources; (2) sti 
of specific sources of information in element, 
and secondary schools as well as spec 
sources for a subject field. 

LM 320 — Cataloging and Classification 
(5-0-5) 

Introduction to the basic principles of Cc 
loging and classification of multimedia materi 
combined with practical experience. Dev, 
Decimal and Library of Congress Classificati 
Sears and Library of Congress Subject he. 
ings; purchasing of printed library cards, si 
their adaptation and arrangement in the c : 
catalog. Problems peculiar to the media s I 
cialist are considered. Practical experience* 
also offered. 

LM 410— Media Selection (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

Selection of various types of media, basecr 
fundamental principles and objectives. 1 
course has three phases: (1) selection critel 
source lists and their use in media select I 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



175 



publishing, and order processing; (2) selection 
and evaluation of media for children considering 
curricular considerations and understanding of 
the media specialist's responsibilities toward 
guidance in media; and (3) selection and eval- 
uation of media for young adults considering 
curricular correlations and enrichment; recrea- 
tional and developmental needs; young adult 
services and programs. Includes field experi- 
ences. 

LM 420 — Administration of Information 
Centers (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: LM 300, 310, 320, 410. 

Study of organization and administration of all 
types of information centers including adminis- 
tering the budget, purchase of materials, per- 
sonnel, circulation, equipment, routines and 
schedules, maintenance of the collection, pre- 
ventive maintenance and minor repairs of equip- 
ment, and relations with administration and 
jsers will be considered. Students will examine 
tie role of the media specialist in the curriculum 
Drocess and media center instruction and ori- 
entation. School library media philosophies and 
educational objectives will also be examined. 
Concurrent enrollment in Media Internship is 
ecommended. 

.M 425— Media Internship (0-12-5) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: LM 300, 
no. 320, 410, with a grade of "C" or higher and 
concurrent enrollment in LM 420. 

Supervised experience in library media cen- 
er, or other appropriate setting. Students must 
complete 120 clock hours of work. Offered on 
i pass/fail basis. Application for the Internship 
inust be made at least one quarter in advance. 

i.S 110 — Introduction to Library Research 
nd Materials (1-0-1) 

i An orientation to the library, library terminol- 

I »gy, search strategy formation, and major library 

rids such as the card catalog, classification and 

1 ubject heading guides, periodical indexes and 

I bstracts, encyclopedias, dictionaries, alma- 

tacs, handbooks and yearbooks, reviews, and 

nticisms, and biographical sources. This 

ourse will provide students with opportunities 

) learn how to access information in a variety 

f formats so that they can continue life-long 

earning. 

i (The following library science courses are ad- 
ministered by the Director of Library Services 
,nd are taught by professional library faculty.) 



LS 311 — Principles of Library Research and 
Materials (1-0-1) 

Study of two separate but complementary as- 
pects of library research, research methodology 
and research tools. The methodology section 
addresses the way in which a research paper 
is written, from the selection of a topic to the 
paper's final bibliography. The study of tools fo- 
cuses on various print, non-print and on-line re- 
sources and services available to the student 
preparing a scholarly paper. Nursing and allied 
health resources are emphasized. 

LS 312 — Information Resources in the 
Humanities (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
humanities. 

LS 313 — Information Resources in the 
Social Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
social sciences. 

LS 314 — Information Resources in the 
Sciences (1-0-1) 

Extensive study of basic and advanced ref- 
erence materials and search techniques in the 
sciences. 

SSC Business Education Offerings 

Special Note: The following courses are require- 
ments of varied Bachelor of Science in Educa- 
tion degree programs offered cooperatively with 
Savannah State College. The courses are listed 
in alphabetical order by course description pre- 
fix. The prefix codes are spelled out in the de- 
gree programs themselves 

ACC 211-212 — Principles of Accounting I 
and II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter. Prerequisites: A grade of "C" or 
better in Math 101 and 220. 

An introduction to the principles and proce- 
dures of accounting. Detailed study of the tech- 
nique and formation of balance sheets, income 
statements, ledger accounts, and journals 

ACC 301-302— Intermediate Accounting I 
and II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 211-212. 

Theory and problems application of account- 
ing. Includes analysis, interpretation, and ap- 
plications of statements, investments, funds, 
and evaluations of fixed assets and liability ac- 
counts. 



176 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ACC 325-326— Federal Income Tax 
Procedures I and II (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 212. 

An analysis of the Federal Income Tax Law 
and its application to individuals and partner- 
ships. Extensive practical problems; prepara- 
tion of returns. Part II emphasizes federal 
taxation on corporations and fiduciary returns, 
gift taxes and estate taxes. 

ACC 440— Business Information Systems 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ACC 302 or consent of instruc- 
tor. 

Basic computer concepts applied to systems 
and methods design, data flow analysis, and the 
development of an understanding of a need for 
control procedures in a business information 
system. 



BAD 201 — Introduction to Business Data 
Processing (5-0-5) 

A concepts course on methods of processing 
data as related to business, includes the use of 
terminals and microcomputer systems as facil- 
itating units for the recording and reporting of 
data. Included in the course of study are the 
telecommunication terminal systems and the 
languages necessary to communicate with a 
computing system. 

BAD 317— Business Law I (5-0-5) 

A study of legal rights, social forces and gov- 
ernment regulations affecting business; an in 
depth study of the law of contracts; the law of 
personal property and bailments. 

BAD 225 — Business Communications 
(5-0-5) 

Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: ENG 101. 

The application of basic principles of English 
grammar, basic report writing, and research 
techniques to presentations and written com- 
munications in relation to new media enters into 
the consideration given to communication the- 
ory. 

BAD 320— Business Finance (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BAD 331 . 

Principles, problems, and practices associ- 
ated with the financial management of business 
institutions; nature and types of equity financing, 
major types of short-term and long-term debt; 
capitalization; financial statements, working 
capital requirements, reorganization; bank- 



ruptcy; methods of jnter-corporate financing 
Prerequisite: BAD 331. 

BAD 340— Principles of Marketing (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: ECO 201 

The distribution of goods and services frorr 
producer to consumers, market methods em 
ployed in, assembling, transporting, storage 
sales and risk taking; analysis of the commodity 
brands, sales methods and management; ad 
vertising plans and media. 

BAD 350— Materials of Teaching Business 
Subjects (5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: appropriate backgrounc 
in Business and Office Administration. 

An analysis of specialized methods used ii 
teaching business subjects on t secondary leve 
from which the student involves personal phi 
losophy to determine teaching procedures. In 
eludes basic principles and curriculum structun 
of general and vocational business education. 

BAD 360— Business Organization and 
Management (5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A comprehensive study of principles of busi 
ness organization and management. Emphasi 
is placed upon reports by students in which the 
collect data and make analyses necessary fc 
organizing a business of their own choosing, 

BAD 400— Personal Finance (5-0-5) 

Devoted to family financial matters includin 
budgeting, expenditures, taxes, credit, saving: 
investments and insurance, mutual funds, estat 
planning, trusts, wills, estate and gift taxes. 

BAD 425 — Managerial Accounting (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ACC 212, BAD 331 and BA 
360. 

The study, interpretation and analysis of 1 
nancial statements as tools of the managemei 
decision-making process. Some knowledge 
statistical procedures as well as basic accoun 
ing procedures are needed for studying th 
course. 

BAD 465 — Business Policy (5-0-5) 

The integration of knowledge of the varioi 
fields of business, with emphasis on decisic 
making. Case study approach. 

ECO 201— Principles of Macro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts, with emphasis c 
the role of government; national income an 
products; business cycles; money and bankin< 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



177 



fiscal and monetary policy and international 
trade. 

ECO 202 — Principles of Micro-Economics 
(5-0-5) 

Basic economic concepts continued from 
201 . Factors of production; supply and demand; 
determination of prices and of income; mono- 
Dolies; the problem of economic growth; and 
:omparative economic systems. 

DAD 201. Beginning Typewriting/ 

keyboard ing (1-4-3) 

Current typing techniques and the application 
)f skills in typing letters, manuscripts, and sim- 
)le tables. Minimum standard for passing: 30 
vords per minute on time writings. 

)AD 202. Intermediate Typewriting 
1-4-3) (See special note.) 

Introduction to production typewriting. Skill 
ievelopment in the typing of business letters, 
Drms, tabulation, and formal reports. Minimum 
>assing speed: 40 words per minute. 

)AD 203— Advanced Typewriting (1-4-3) 

Production typewriting of office correspon- 
lence, business letters, forms, tabulations, re- 
torts, legal and medical documents, 
'rerequisite: OAD 202. Minimum passing speed 
words per minute. 

)AD 300— Office Machines (1-8-5) (Same as 

IAD 300) 
Acquaintanceship level of development on 

ve basic classes of machines: adding and cal- 
juiating; copy preparation, duplication; key- 

unchmg; and word processing units. 
1 rerequisite: Typing proficiency. 

>AD 301— Office Procedures (5-0-5) 

I The study of secretarial and/or clerical pro- 
cures and duties commonly encountered in 

usiness offices. Emphasis is also placed on the 
, evelopment of desirable personal traits. Typing 

roficiency required. 

>AD 311— Beginners Shorthand (1-4-3) 

i The acquisition of shorthand fundamentals. 
,1inimum standard for passing: 60 words per 

linute for three minutes with 95 percent accu- 

icy. 

•AD 312— Intermediate Shorthand 
i-4-3)**(See special note) 

Continued development of theory, reading 
nd writing shills, introduction to new matter dic- 
ition, and transcription of mailable letters. Min- 



imum standard for passing: 80 words per minute 
for three minutes with 95 percent accuracy Pre- 
requisites: OAD 202 and OAD 31 1 . 

OAD 313— Advanced Shorthand (1-4-3) 

Continuation of 312 with added emphasis on 
dictation and transcription of simple letters and 
documents. Minimum standard for passing at 
the end of the course: 100 words per minute 
with 95 percent accuracy. Prerequisite: OAD 
312. 

OAD 340 — Word Processing Concepts and 
Techniques (2-6-5) 

The development of basic concepts and op- 
erational techniques on selected Word Proc- 
essing units. Prerequisite: OAD 301 . Typewriting 
proficiency required. 

OAD 425 — Administrative Management 
(5-0-5) 

A systems approach that provides the frame- 
work for understanding the role of the admin- 
istrative manager in today's modern enterprise. 
In-depth treatment and analysis of the tools, 
techniques, and concepts which make the ef- 
forts of the administrator more effective. 

SPECIAL NOTE 

"OAD 202 — INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING 
AND OAD 31 2 — INTERMEDIATE SHORTHAND 
are designed for Office Administration majors 
who have demonstrated proficiency in typewrit- 
ing and/or shorthand. 

A student who cannot perform effectively on 
the typing theory test and who cannot type at a 
minimum rate of 30 words per minute should 
take OAD 201 — Beginners Typewriting prior to 
enrolling for the intermediate course. 

A student who cannot perform effectively on 
the shorthand theory and who cannot take short- 
hand at a minimum of 60 words per minute 
should take OAD 311 — Beginners Shorthand 
prior to enrolling for the intermediate course. 

Advisement and/or placement tests for these 
courses are given prior to beginning of each 
quarter. 



Graduate Programs and 
Courses in Education 



The college offers a variety of master's degree 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate 



178 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- 
lege campus will be administered in affiliation 
with Georgia Southern University. See specific 
program department head for further informa- 
tion. 

Objectives 

The Master of Education degree is designed 
to provide T-5 certification according to levels 
and specific areas as stipulated by the Georgia 
State Department of Education. 

By offering advanced preparation to those 
who professionally serve in schools, the de- 
partment hopes to aid in the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 
petence. 

The objectives of graduate preparation are: 

To provide the student with the skills and 
knowledge necessary to do scholarly study and 
research in advanced professional and spec- 
ialized subject matter. 

To provide the student with the most recent 
research findings in child growth and develop- 
ment and the lastest trends in curriculum. 

To provide up-to-date and in-depth informa- 
tion in selected content teaching fields appro- 
priate to students' professional assignments. 

To provide coursework designed to 
strengthen students' educational foundations as 
an important basis for nurturing their attitude and 
commitment to the profession. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student is as- 
signed an education advisor. As soon as the 
student is notified of this assignment a confer- 
ence should be scheduled to determine any 
conditions and specific requirements the stu- 
dent must meet in order to complete the degree 
and certification objectives. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are deline- 
ated in the Graduate Academic Regulations 
section of this catalog. Information on CATES 
courses transfer is published in the same sec- 
tion. 

Comprehensive Examination 

An appropriate committee of the faculty of the 
graduate program will administer an oral ex- 
amination to all candidates for the Master's de- 
gree. The chair of the examining committee will 
be the student's advisor. The student and the 



advisor will select the other two members of thi 
examining committee. This committee will havi 
at least one representative from one of the con 
tent areas on the student's degree plan. 

The chair will select, in consultation with th< 
student, the date, time, and place for the e> 
aminationand will report this information and \h 
results of the examination to the appropriate de 
partment head. 

The department head shall notify the Gradi 
ate Office concerning the proposed place, dat 
and time of the examination, the composition c 
the Committee, and the result of the examine 
tion. 



Early Elementary Education 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTEF 
OF EDUCATION IN EARLY ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 



Hour 

A. Courses Appropriate to the Major 4 

1 . Content courses to cover three 
areas ....• '. 2 

2. Major area requirements 1 

a. EEE727 

b. EEE7 7 or 757 

c. Elementary Ed. course 
elective 

B. Professional Education Courses 2 

1. EDN722 

2. EDN 731, 771 and EDN 741 .... 1 

TOTAL e 

Special Note: The requirement for exception 
children (EXC 622) must be met either at t 
graduate or undergraduate level. Meeting th 
or any special need will require additional hou 
beyond the basic sixty. 

Reading Certification Program 
(T-5 Reading Endorsement) 

Selected appropriate hours with adviseme 
from the following courses: EDN 641 , EDU 64 
EDN 743, 744, 753, 754. 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



179 



liddle School Education 



*OGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
F EDUCATION IN MIDDLE SCHOOL 
3UCATION 

Several specialization programs are offered 
ider the aegis of the MEd degree in teacher 
lucation. These specialized programs of study 
ovide, in addition to the graduate major in mid- 
3 school education which leads to T-5 certi- 
ation, opportunity for students to qualify for 
irtain other kinds of certification. 
Graduate students majoring in middle school 
lucation must complete a minimum of sixty 
>urs of approved courses in the following three 
9as: Professional Education Sequence, Spec- 
ized Courses, and Approved Electives. 
One course in reading must be taken if not 
<en previously as well as an appropriate 
urse in exceptional children if not taken pre- 
tusly. 

The specialized content courses may be cho- 
1 from the following areas: art; music; foreign 
iguages; health and physical education; Ian- 
age arts, including reading, literature, 
aech, linguistics; mathematics and science; 
j the social studies. Educational background, 
MS of teaching experience, specific needs, 
prests and the goals of students will be the 
i ermmants for staff advisement in student se- 
ition of content areas. Upon the basis of the 
\ agoing factors, students must choose spec- 
i zed courses from at least three (including lan- 
\ 3ge arts) content areas. 



Hours 

Courses Appropriate to the Major and 
Specialization 40 

1. Major field (content) courses in 
middle or elementary 

education 25-30 

2. Approved electives 10-15 

Elective courses are to be se- 
lected with advisement. For stu- 
dents not previously having a 
course in middle school edu- 
cation, EDN 650— The Middle 
School is required Certification 
Options: 

Compatible with Education pro- 
grams are certification options 
in the specialized areas which 



follow. Students desiring certi- 
fication in either option may take 
the required courses as they 
pursue the master's degree in 
their respective teaching fields. 

a. Supervising Teacher Services.. 15 
Specific electives include: EDN 
681, 682, 683 

b. Reading 25 

Reading Certification Pro- 
gram (T-5 Reading Endorse- 
ment) 

Selected appropriate hours with 
advisement from the following 
courses: EDN 641, EDN 654, 
EDN 743, 744, 753, 754. 
B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 721 or EDN 722 5 

2. EDN 731, 771, EDN 741 _J5 

TOTAL 60 



Secondary Education 



Degree Programs 

Master of Education degree programs in Busi- 
ness Education, Social Studies Education and 
Science Education are offered in cooperation 
with Savannah State College and with selected 
departments at Armstrong State College. M.Ed, 
degrees i English and Mathematics are de- 
scribed in those departmental sections. 

Objectives 

The MEd degree is designed to provide T-5 
certification according to levels and specific 
areas as stipulated by the Georgia State De- 
partment of Education. Degree programs for 
most secondary areas of certification such as 
English, history, science, etc. are described in 
this area of the catalog and are administered by 
the Department of Education in cooperation with 
the respective departments. The program for the 
M.Ed, in mathematics is described in the math- 
ematics section of the catalog. The Education 
Department also offers several complete pro- 
grams leading to certification such as Special 
Education, Behavior Disorders, Reading Spe- 
cialist, etc. The education department head can 
provide guidance for meeting the certification 
requirements. 






180 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



By offering advanced preparation to those 
who professionally serve in schools, the de- 
partments hope to aid in the development of 
teachers who possess the highest qualities of 
character, commitment, and professional com- 
petence. This aim will be facilitated by (1) en- 
couraging the student to do scholarly study in 
advanced professional, specialized and general 
education subject matter; (2) helping the stu- 
dent become acquainted with the most recent 
research developments in child growth and de- 
velopment and the latest trends in curriculum; 
(3) deepening the student's appreciation for 
performance in scientific investigation and re- 
search; and (4) promoting personal and profes- 
sional maturity of the student that will be 
reflected in the student's relationships at work 
in the community and in the field of education. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission each student is as- 
signed an education advisor. As soon as the 
student is notified of this assignment, a confer- 
ence should be scheduled to determine any 
conditions and specific requirements the stu- 
dent must meet in order to complete the degree 
and certification objectives. 

Transfer of Courses 

Provisions for transfer of credits are deline- 
ated in the Graduate Academic Regulations 
section of this catalog. Information on CATES 
course transfer is published in the same section. 

Comprehensive Examination 

An appropriate committee of the faculty of the 
graduate program will administer an oral ex- 
amination to all candidates for the Master's de- 
gree. The chair of the examining committee will 
be the student's advisor. The student and the 
advisor will select the other two members of the 
examining committee. This committee will have 
at least one representative from one of the con- 
tent areas on the student's degree plan. 

The chair will select, in consultation with the 
student, the date, time, and place for the ex- 
amination and will report this information and the 
results of the examination to the appropriate de- 
partment head. 

The department head shall notify the Gradu- 
ate Office concerning the proposed place, date 
and time of the examination, the composition of 
the Committee, and the result of the examina- 
tion. 



Business Education 



Advisement 

Upon admission to this program each stuc 
is assigned an advisor who approves a progi 
of study. As soon as the student is notifiec 
this arrangement a conference should 
scheduled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

During the final quarter of residence a c 
didate must pass a final comprehensive 
amination in the field. The Business Educa 
Coordinator shall notify the student, the Dea 
the School of Arts, Sciences, and Education | 
the appropriate official at Savannah State ( 
lege ten days prior to examination concerr 
the proposed place, date and time of ex£ 
nation and the composition of the commit 
The Examining Committee's decision on 
candidate's performance on the Compreh 
sive Examination will be reported as "pass 
"fail" to the Dean of the Schooi of Arts, Scienc 
and Education within three days after the 
amination. 

Students interested in enrolling in the M 
in Business Education should contact the H 
of the Education Department at Armstrong S 
College, or Drs. Harven or Lamb of the Sc' 
of Business at Savannah State College. 
Business Education Program is a cooper? 
program between Savannah State College 
Armstrong State College. Course descript 
for courses appropriate to this program 
found in the Graduate Catalog of Armsti 
State College and the Graduate Catalog ol 
vannah State College under the areas of I 
cation and Business, respectively. 

Because of the cooperative nature of the E 
ness Education program, students are enc 
aged to stay in close contact with their advi? 

Transfer of Courses 

I 

Students who have earned graduate cni 
at an accredited institution may transfer a linj 
number of credits to be applied toward n 
M.Ed, degree in Business Education. Trarfl 
of credit is handled on an individual basis. h 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



181 



IOGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
: EDUCATION IN BUSINESS EDUCATION 



Science Education 



Hours 

Business Education Courses 35 

1 . Core Courses 25 

BAD 603, BED 601, 621, 622, 

623 25 

2. Option Co rses 10 

Select two courses from BAD 
602, 604, 613, 621, 622 10 

Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15 

2. EDN 741 5 

Elective 5 

Five hours from business 
administration, business edu- 
cation, or education to comple- 
ment the student's program. An 
appropriate course in excep- 
tional children (EXC 622) must 
be taken, if not previously taken. 

TOTAL 60 



he following courses are available at Savan- 
i State College as a part of the cooperative 
iiness Education Program. 

iD 601 — Current Problems in Business 
i jcation (5-0-5) 

L study of the historical perspective or foun- 
l ons of business education; current issues, 
Jblems, trends, curriculum development. 

! D 621— Communicative Skills (5-0-5) 

rends, methods, and procedures in the 
iphing of shorthand and typewriting. 

*D 622— Office Information Systems (5-0- 
i 

rerequisite: OAD 340: Word Processing 
^icepts or equivalent background, 
^e impact of concepts, practices, and trends 
r ord processing and reprographics in a com- 
) pensive business education program. 

3 ) 623 — Accounting and Basic Business 
i-5) 

'erequisite: Eligibility for T-4 certification in 
3 mess Education, 
sues and instructional strategies. 



Advisement 

Upon admission to this program each student 
is assigned an advisor who approves a program 
of study. As soon as the student is notified of 
this assignment a conference should be sched- 
uled by the student. 

Comprehensive Examination 

To receive the MEd degree with a concentra- 
tion in science education, each student is re- 
quired to pass a comprehensive examination 
covering the areas in which he has had course 
work. The examination may be oral or written. 
Oral examinations will last approximately one 
and one-half hours; written examinations will last 
approximately three hours. This examination will 
be completed no later than mid-term of the 
quarter preceding that in which graduation is 
anticipated. If the student should fail the ex- 
amination, he may be reexamined orally or in 
writing, at the discretion of the departments in 
areas of specific weakness only. The Coordi- 
nator shall notify the student and the Dean of 
the School of Arts, Sciences, and Education ten 
days prior to the examination concerning the 
proposed place, date, and time of the exami- 
nation. The results of the examination are to be 
reported to the Dean of the School of Arts, Sci- 
ences, and Education within three days after the 
examination. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
at an accredited institution may transfer a limited 
number of credits to be applied toward the MEd 
degree in Science Education. Transfer of credit 
is handled on an individual basis. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. Science Courses 35 

1. EDN 798 5 

2. Other courses are selected, in 
consultation with the student's 
advisor, from the graduate 
courses in biology, chemistry, 
earth science, mathematics and 



182 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



physics. Each student will be re- 
quired to take at least 30 hours 
of science content courses to in- 
clude at least ten hours from 
each of two separate 
disciplines 30 

B. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15 

2. EDN 741 5 

C. Elective 5 

Electives are to be chosen 
through advisement and ac- 
cording to individual needs and 
may include courses in science, 
education, or a suitable third 
field with the prior approval of 
the student's advisor. An appro- 
priate course in exceptional 
children (EXC 622) must be 
taken, if not previously. 

TOTAL 60 



Social Studies Education 



Objectives 

The purpose of the graduate program in So- 
cial Studies is, first and foremost, to increase the 
academic and professional skills, competence, 
and enthusiasm of secondary teachers in their 
special fields and in the social studies generally. 

In the broadest sense, the goal is to provide 
continuing intellectual enrichment to mature 
adults of diverse interests, whose desire for 
learning has not ceased and for whom any de- 
gree marks but a stage in a continuing process 
of personal growth. 

Advisement 

Shortly after admission to the program in So- 
cial Studies, each student should contact the 
coordinator to secure an advisor. As soon as 
notified of the assigned advisor, the student 
should arrange for a conference and begin plan- 
ning a degree program. Failure by the student 
to consult regularly with the advisor may greatly 
lengthen the time necessary to complete the 
program. 

Transfer of Courses 

Students who have earned graduate credits 
at one or more accredited institutions may, un- 



der certain circumstances, transfer a limil 
number of quarter hours of such credits to 
applied toward the MEd degree program in ! 
cial Studies. Such transfer of credits is hand 
on an individual basis and requires the writ 
approval of the student's advisor and t e [ 
partment Head. In any case, no more than 
hours credit will be considered for transfer i 
the major field. 

Comprehensive Examination 

Satisfactory performance on comprehens 
examinations, both written and oral, will be 
quired of all degree candidates. (The oral cc 
prehensive examination required of ' 
candidates for the Master's degree", will be { 
isfied by taking the oral comprehensive exa 
nation required in this section.) Candida 
should notify their advisor of their readiness 
be examined at the time they apply for the 
gree — i.e., no later than mid-term of their r 
to final quarter. The Departments of Governrr 
and History have detailed guidelines on cc 
prehensive exaination procedures, a cop^ 
which will be given to each candidate at the t 
application for comprehensive examination 
made. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MAST 
OF EDUCATION IN SECONDARY 
EDUCATION— MAJOR IN SOCIAL STUDI 

Teachers with baccalaureate degrees 
who are certified in history, political science 
other social science disciplines earn T-5 c 
fication within the context of a balanced sc 
science curriculum. Of the 60 hours (1 2 cour: 
required to complete the degree, 40 will be 
lected from history, political science and ( 
nomics. These, in addition to 20 hour:) 
professional education, courses in the Sc| 
Sciences are required as follows: 

Hci 

A. History | 

Including one course each in 
American, European, some 
area of Non-Western History 
and in Historiography. 

B. Political Science \ 

C. Economics I 

D. Elective 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



183 



Selected with the advisor's con- 
sent from Economics, History, or 
Political Science. 

TOTAL 



773, 775, 788, 790, 791 , 792; CJ 
501 

TOTAL 



60 



40 



hose with appropriate undergraduate prep- 
ion but who do not possess a teaching cer- 
ate may also pursue this degree. Additional 
rsework establishes qualifications for T-5 
jfication. 

lose supervision and individual advisement 
ire that the program will be tailored to the 
ds of each student enrolled in it and will pro- 
? an adequate foundation for teaching a va- 
^ of subjects in the Secondary Social Studies 
iculum. 



ecial Education 



-mstrong State College offers Master in Ed- 
ion degrees in the areas of Learning Disa- 
les, Behavior Disorders, and Speech/ 
?uage Pathology. Courses are also avail- 
to post-baccalaureate students who are 
fied in another area and wish to add certi- 
on in Learning Disabilities or Behavior Dis- 
;rs. Such a program must be planned 
rding to the requirements of the Certifica- 
Dffice of the State Board of Education. 



GRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
DUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION— 
AVIOR DISORDERS 

ecial Note: The prerequisite for this degree 
am includes Introduction to Exceptional 
ren (EXC 622). 

Hours 

3 rofessional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15 

, 2. EDN 741 5 

• specialization Courses 30 

, : 1. EXC 723, 754, 780, 781 20 

2.' EXC 785, 786 10 

lelated Field Courses 10 

Two courses selected from: 
EDN 632, 641, 645, 753; EXC 
625, 626, 721, 755, 760, 770, 



Special Note: Students are required to com- 
plete a minimum of ten hours practicum (cf. spe- 
cialization courses) in one of the following ways: 
A EXC 785 and EXC 786 may be completed 
over a two quarter period by those students 
who are working full time with Behavior Dis- 
ordered students, or 
B. Students who are not employed full time 
may complete EXC 785 and 786 by working 
two different quarters in two different set- 
tings (such as Georgia Regional Hospital, 
Psychoeducational Center, Behavior Dis- 
orders classes) for a minimum of 10 hours 
per week for the quarter. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION- 
LEARNING DISABILITIES 

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degree 
program include Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (EXC 622), a T-4 Certificate, and one 
year of teaching experience. 

Hours 

A. Professional Education Courses 20 

1. EDN 722, 731, 771 15 

2. EDN 741 5 

B. Specialization Courses 30 

1. EXC 723, 741, 755 15 

2. EXC 770, 775, 788 15 

C. Related Field Courses 10 

Two courses selected from: 
EDN 632, 721, 744; EXC 625, 
754, 760, 773, 793 

TOTAL 60 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF EDUCATION IN SPECIAL EDUCATION— 
SPEECH/LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY 

Special Note: Prerequisites for this degree 
program include Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (EXC 622) and a T-4 Certificate in 
Speech Pathology or its equivalent. 

Hours 

A. Professional Education Courses 15 

1. EDN 722, 731 10 



184 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. EDN771 5 

B. Specialization Courses 40 

1. EXC 730, 732, 734, 736 20 

2. EXC 737, 738, 739, 740 20 

C. Related Field Courses 5 

One course selected with ad- 
visement from the following: 
EXC 723, 754, 755, 770, 775, 
760, 790, 791, 792; EDN 632, 
641 

TOTAL 60 



Graduate Course Offerings 



EDN Offerings 

EDN 600— Internship (O-V-V) 

Students who hold teaching positions in 
school and/or clinic settings will be supervised 
by college staff members for one academic 
year. Supervisors will observe and hold confer- 
ences with each candidate. Students must com- 
plete one academic year to receive credit. 

EDN 602 — Practicum in Early Elementary 
Education (O-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only) 

Supervised experience with middle school 
children, level dependent upon prior experi- 
ences of student. Seminars, projects, and re- 
search planned according to student needs. 

EDN 604 — Practicum in Middle School 
Education (O-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only). 

Supervised experience with middle grades 
children, level dependent upon prior experi- 
ences of student. Seminars, projects and re- 
search planned according to students' needs. 

EDN 618 — Literature for the Middle School 
Learner (5-0-5) 

(See EDN 418 for course description.) 

EDN 620— Adolescent Literature (5-0-5) 

An examination of the values to be found in 
folk tales, classical myths and legends, as well 
as the body of contemporary writing, especially 
created to satisfy interests and needs of ado- 
lescents. 

EDN 621— Tests and Measurements (5-0-5) 

Principles and procedures in evaluating pupil 
growth. 



EDN 628— Reading in the Middle School 
(5-0-5) 

Primary focus upon reading as a tool foi 
tending learning in the content areas in the 
die school. Emphasis is placed upon strate 
that students can use to learn vocabulary, c 
prehend written materials, study and abs 
information from content materials. 

EDN 632— Multicultural Education (5-0-5 

Educational study as it relates to the Amer 
multi-ethnic society. Particular emphasis on 
nic minorities. 

EDN 640 — Teaching Language Arts in 
Elementary School (5-0-5) 

Exploration in the four broad areas of the 
guage arts. Investigation of pertinent rese 
of the past decade; opportunities for enric 
experiences with media. 

EDN 641 — Methods of Teaching Readinc 
(5-0-5) 

Basic principles and methods underlying 
school reading program. 

EDN 642— Reading and Literature for 
Children (5-0-5) 

Designed to acquaint elementary teac 
with the stimulating language environment c 
world of literature for children. The literatun 
proach of language learning seeks to assi: 
teacher in guiding children to become a> 
sensitive learners who explore, inquire, am 
cover. 

EDN 645 — Reading in the Secondary 
School (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide si 
with the rationale for teaching reading as 
teach their content areas. 

EDN 650— The Middle School (5-0-5) 

(See EDN 450 for course description. 

EDN 651— Newer Teaching Media I (2-6 

Prerequisite: Undergraduate media U 
mission of instructor. 

Course in multi-sensory learning and trl 
lization and preparation of audio-visual I 
rials. Includes the areas of programme j 
struction, instructional design, and compui 
education. 

EDN 665— Introduction to Adult EducaJ 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Baccalaureate degree in m 
ing field or permission of Department He • 






TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



185 



(Kn overview of the historical, philosophical 
ces affecting adult education in the United 
ites. Attention will be given to purposes of and 
actices in the field. 

>N 666 — Psychology of Adult Learning: 
iw Adults Learn (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 665. 

Designed to provide the student of adult ed- 
ation with an opportunity to become ac- 
ainted with psychological factors which 
luence the adult's learning behavior. Specif- 
illy, the course will enable the student of adult 
ucation to acquire and/or to develop a basic 
derstanding of the research and theoretical 
mulations regarding adults as learners. 
Emphasis will be placed upon conditions that 
ect the adult learner in terms of his ability, 
tential, motivation, self-perception, role iden- 
:ation status and cultural background. 

N 668 — Adult Education-Strategies and 
sources (5-0-5) 

'rerequisite: EDN 666. 

itudy and evaluation of methods and mate- 
's employed in teaching ad Its. Utilization of 
-chology of teaching the adult learner with 
ohasis upon current teaching strategies for 
educated and under-educated adult. 

N 681— Directed and Evaluating Student 
iching (5-0-5) 

iiformation, skills and understanding required 
effective supervision of student teachers. Se- 
ed teachers. 

i \J 682— Internship for Supervising 
I chers (5-0-5) 

parade awarded, S or U only.) 

cooperative field experience involving public 

I. do! teachers, student teachers, college per- 
iel. 

: I 683 — Seminar in Supervision (5-0-5) 

"i opportunity for experienced supervising 
$ hers to evaluate criteria and to develop 
1 s for increasing skills in guiding student 
I hers. 

: .l I 690 — Teachers, Environment, and Free 
kprise Institute (6-7-10) 

f lis course is designed to assist teachers in 
I >asmg their understanding of the relation- 
ts of our physical and social environments 
the free enterprise system. Emphasis will 
laced upon the incorporation of this knowl- 
3 into classroom subject-matter teaching. 
course will utilize consultants from govern- 



ment, public utilities, industry, and education 
and will be supplemented by field trips. 

EDN 691 — Science for Elementary Teachers 
(5-0-5) 

Opportunities for acquiring scientific knowl- 
edge and methodology appropriate for the el- 
ementary grades. 

EDN 702— Seminar in Education for Staff 
Development (V-V-V) 

Offered on demand. Prerequisites: Students 
must be enrolled in an approved staff devel- 
opment activity sponsored by a local school sys- 
tem. Admission to the course must be approved 
by the student's advisor and by the department 
head. 

This course is designed to provide a frame- 
work through which teachers and local school 
systems, in conjunction with the college, may 
offer graduate credit for approved staff devel- 
opment activities. Credit for this course may be 
approved for either content or elective work. 
With a change in content, this course may be 
repeated for additional credit. 

EDN 711 — Philosophy and History of 
Education (5-0-5) 

Traditional and modern philosophical systems 
and their impact on educational theory and 
practice. 

EDN 721 — Advanced Studies in Human 
Growth and Development (5-0-5) 

A comprehensive view of human growth and 
development with emphasis upon the recent lit- 
erature in these fields. 

EDN 722— The Nature and Conditions of 
Human Learning (5-0-5) 

An advanced study of the various theories of 
learning with emphasis upon the latest ideas in 
this field. 

EDN 725 — Contemporary Problems in 
Educational Psychology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Two or more courses in psy- 
chology or sociology or a combination of the 
two. 

A seminar to explore contemporary problems 
of a psycho-social nature affecting education. 

EDN 731— Social Foundations of Education 
(5-0-5) 

Basic graduate course in the contribution of 
the social sciences to education, focused on the 
significant issues and problems of education. 



186 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EDN 741— Curriculum Planning (5-0-5) 

Treatment of curricular trends and issues. Em- 
phasis upon criteria needed for curriculum plan- 
ning and development. 

EDN 743— Problems in Reading (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641. 

Content based upon problems met in the 
teaching of reading and fundamental principles 
and methodology of the reading process. 

EDN 744 — Diagnosing and Prescribing in 
the Reading Process (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641. 

Designed to evaluate primary issues in dif- 
ferentiated instruction. Examination of tech- 
niques employed in diagnosing and prescribing 
for reading difficulties. 

EDN 750— Practicum in Health 
Education (1-8-5) 

Supervised, educational activity in a variety of 
settings including, but not limited to public 
health agencies, private health facilities and/or 
public schools. The course will be devoted to 
the design and implementation of health curric- 
ulum and includes a weekly one hour seminar 
on campus. 

EDN 751 — Newer Teaching 
Media II (2-6-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 651 or permission of in- 
structor. 

An advanced course emphasizing design 
and production of instructional materials in a lab- 
oratory setting. Student will design, produce, 
and try out individual projects using a variety of 
media. 

EDN 753 — Remedial Reading Practicum 
(2-8-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 744. 

A study of the various methods and materials 
utilized to test and teach remedial readers. The 
student will be required to tutor one poor reader. 

EDN 754 — Organization and Supervision of 
the Reading Program (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 641 . 
Designed to provide an in-depth study of the 
roles of the reading specialist. 

EDN 761 — Principles and Practices of 
Guidance and Counseling (5-0-5) 

Guidance and counseling philosophy, proc- 
ess and techniques with application to individual 
and group training and therapy. 



EDN 762— Guidance in Elementary Schoc 
(5-0-5) 

Application of the guidance point of view c 
guidance techniques to the elementary sen 
classroom. Emphasis is upon the teacher's r 
in cooperating with professional guidance wc 
ers. 

EDN 771— Education Research (5-0-5) 

Methodology of educational research anc 
application to instruction and guidance. 

EDN 772— Field-Based Research (V-V-5) 

EDN 772— Field-Based Research (V-V-5) 

Research theory and an "on-the-job" 
search project dealing with improvement in 
student's specific situation. 

EDN 773— Individual Research (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Under the direction of a graduate faculty 
visor, students conduct research relating to tl 
professional interests and responsibilities. 

EDN 775 — Individual Study in Education 
V-(1-5)) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Opportunities provided for supervised 
search and independent study in selec 
areas. Research and reading in educatior 
meet the needs of students involved. Desig 
for students with a knowledge of research 
work offered on an individual basis with the 
proval of department chairman, advisor, anc 
structor concerned. 

EDN 791— Environmental Science (5-0-5) 

Exploration of science principles thro 
problem-solving. Designed to make envi 
mental science situations meaningful. 

EDN/ZOO 792— Zoology for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Modern approaches to teaching the bio | 
cal sciences. Emphasis on understanding o 
processes in the animal kingdom. 

EDN/BOT 793 — Botany for Elementary 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

Lecture-laboratory course dealing with | 
ciples involved in classifying and identif' 
plant life. 

EDN/CHE 794— Chemistry for Elementar 
Teachers (5-0-5) 

A study of the more important metallic ' 
non-metallic elements with emphasis on p 
tical application at the elementary school Id 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



187 



)N/PHS 795— Earth Science for 
ementary Teachers (5-0-5) 

Study of the composition of earth, classifica- 
n and identification of rocks and minerals in 
ormat appropriate for teachers of elementary- 
ie children. 

)N 796 — Geography for Elementary 
ochers (5-0-5) 

A critical examination of instructional proce- 
ires and techniques in teaching geogr phy in 
jmentary grades. Selection, organization and 
esentation of structured facts of human envi- 
lment, both cultural and physical. Emphasis 
/en to the conceptual approach in the analysis 
space and regional interaction. 

)N 797 — Social Studies for Elementary 
achers (5-0-5) 

nvestigation of newer approaches to social 
idies teaching. Emphasis on related skills as 
ip and graph reading. Analysis of behavioral 
jectives for social studies teaching. 

N 798 — Problems in Science Teaching 
9-5) 

Content is based upon problems met in the 
chmg of science with emphasis on the sci- 
ific method using the inquiry approach. 



>nomic Education Offerings 

I D 600 — Dynamics of the American 

E momy (5-0-5) 

I nis course is designed for teachers and con- 

I ? of a comprehensive overview of the Amer- 

c i economic system, with particular emphasis 

I n critical economic issues that influence so- 

t /. Teaching methodology, applications, and 

srials development are presented as an in- 

al part of the course. 

> 610— Personal Finance (5-0-5) 

lis course is designed for teachers and cov- 
the basic elements of personal finance 
ted by individuals and family units in making 
decisions in today's society. Concepts cov- 
i include: assessment of individual re- 
ces, selective spending, credit, taxes, 
ance, savings, investments, and budget- 
The course includes learning activities, cur- 
jm development, and skills acquisition An 
Auction to the use of computers in personal 
ce is integrated into the course 



Early Elementary Education (EEE) Offerings 

EEE 557 — Movement Exploration and Motor 
Learning in Children (5-0-5) 

Emphasis on understandings, skills, and 
teaching techniques in movement education 
needed in the teaching of young children and 
pre-adolescents. 

EEE 558 — Creative Activities in Art, Music, 
Dance and Drama (5-0-5) 

Focus on activities in the four designated 
areas, utilization of interdisciplinary approach. 

EEE 602 — Practicum in Early Elementary 
Education (O-V-5) 

(Grade awarded, S or U only.) 

Supervised experience with young children, 
level dependent upon prior experiences of stu- 
dent. Seminars, projects and research planned 
according to students' needs. 

EEE 727— Child Growth and Development 
(5-0-5) 

Lecture and laboratory. Basic concepts and 
problems of child development; observation, 
behavior patterns, child study. 

EEE 737 — Foundations of Early Childhood 
Education (5-0-5) 

Historical developments, philosophy and ob- 
jectives of nursery schools, kindergartens, and 
day care centers; exploration of teacher-child 
and teacher-family interactions, diagnosis and 
evaluation of children. 

EEE 738— The Young Child and His Family, 
School, Community (5-0-5) 

Interaction with community for services and 
resources. Family study from many different an- 
gles, utilizing data from various fields, devel- 
oping skills in procedures and techniques for 
working with parents. 

EEE 747 — Early Elementary Education 
Curriculum (5-0-5) 

Content, approaches, methods and materials 
appropriate for young children as presented in 
interdisciplinary or experience approach em- 
phasizing how language arts, science, mathe- 
matics, social studies, and the creative arts are 
adapted to skills and needs of children 

EEE 757 — Early Elementary Instructional 
Strategies/Methods (5-0-5) 

Review of research and programs; teaching 
strategies for children under ten. Implications for 






188 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



program development. Developing skills in- 
volved in translating concepts into classroom 
practice. 



Education of Exceptional Children (EXC) 
Offerings 

EXC 622— Introduction to Exceptional 
Children (5-0-5) 

An introductory study of the identification, di- 
agnosis, and education of the atypical child. 

EXC 625 — Mental Hygiene in Teaching 
(5-0-5) 

A consideration of the forces and influences 
on what constitutes normal behavior in personal 
and social relationships within the school set- 
ting. Student behavior, teacher behavior, and 
student-teacher interaction dynamics will re- 
ceive major attention. Open to qualified under- 
graduate students, graduate students, and 
teachers seeking renewal of certificates. 

EXC 626— Psychology of Abnormal 
Behavior (5-0-5) 

The study of the various forms of abnormal 
behavior of children; etiology, symptoms, and 
treatment. 

EXC 723 — Assessment and Measurement of 
the Exceptional Child (5-0-5) 

This course will emphasize the means and 
interpretations of psychological, psychiatric, ed- 
ucational, and other evaluations. It will attempt 
to help the teacher understand and make rele- 
vant the test specialists' report. 

EXC 730— Diagnosis and Appraisal of 
Communication Disorders (5-0-5) 

Instruments and procedures in diagnosing 
speech and language disorders. 

EXC 732— Voice Disorders (5-0-5) 

A study of the vocal mechanism and related 
disorders; therapeutic procedures for varying 
kinds of voice disorders are included. 

EXC 734 — Language Disorders in Children 
(5-0-5) 

Methods of differential diagnosis and reme- 
diation of the major language disorders of chil- 
dren. 

EXC 736 — Language Disorders in Adults (5- 
0-5) 

A study of speech and language disorders in 
adults, with emphasis on the pathology, evalu- 
ation, and treatment of aphasia. 



EXC 737— Advanced Articulation (5-0-5) 

A study of both functional and organica 
based disorders of articulation, including et 
ogy, diagnosis, and therapeutic procedures 

EXC 738— Aural Rehabilitation (5-0-5) 

Rehabilitation principles and procedures 
volved in management of the hearing-impai 
person, including speech reading, audit 
training, management of hearing aids and ot 
amplification systems. 

EXC 739— Practicum I in Speech/ Lang uac 
Pathology (Residence) (0-15-5) 

Supervised experience with a variety of cc 
munication disorders in the public school c 
on-campus clinic setting. The course indue 
the development of therapeutic programs, v 
ing lesson plans, and conducting therapy \ 
direct supervision. 

EXC 740— Practicum II in Speech/Langua 

Pathology (Nonresidence) 

(0-15-5) 

Supervised experience with a variety of c< 
munication disorders in off-campus, nonpu 
school settings. Approved settings may incli 
hospitals, nursing homes, special day scho 
and institutions. 

EXC 741— Remedial Reading for the 
Exceptional Child (3-4-5) 

First half of course consists of classroorr 
struction in procedures for teaching read 
Second half of course consists of tutoring 
exceptional child in reading under the inst 
tor's supervision. 

EXC 754 — Behavioral Intervention 
Procedures for Children (5-0-5) 

To acquaint students with historical b 
ground, developments, concepts, definiti 
terminology and techniques of behavioral it 
vention as well as application of such pr 
dures. 

EXC 755 — Advanced Research and 
Readings in Special Education (5-0-5) 

The students will be directed in research" 
readings in special education to deepen I 
knowledge of exceptional children and to (I 
conclusions from research to apply to spef 
situations. Historical perspectives and cu> 
trends in special education will be emphas » 

EXC 760— Consultation with Parents an 
Professionals (5-0-5) 

This course is designed to broaden the 1 
of the teacher of the exceptional child b)t\ 



TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 



189 



iroving communication with regular classroom 
5achers and parents of exceptional children. 

•XC 770 — Characteristics of the Learning 
)isabled (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622 or EXC 310. 

The emphasis in this course will be on inci- 
lence, etiologies, prevailing characteristics, 
md family interactions of learning disabled chil- 
Iren. 

■XC 773 — Independent Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EDN 771. 

Under the direction of a graduate faculty ad- 
isor, students conduct research relating to their 
irofessional interests and responsibilities. 

■XC 775 — Methods of Teaching the 
.earning Disabled (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 770. 

The student will survey the various methods 
lat have been developed to work with the learn- 
lg disabled student, learn how the methods are 
pplied, and design teaching strategies for in- 
ividual learners based on the theoretical 
lodels. 

XC 780— Introduction to Behaviorally 
isordered/Emotionally Disturbed (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 622 or EXC 310. 
A study of the etiology, prognosis, and treat- 
lent of behavior disorders in children. An ex- 
nsive examination of the social milieu will 
wactenze the course. 

XC 781— Education of the Emotionally 
isturbed (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 780. 

The student will survey the various types of 
i ograms and approaches historically and cur- 
Intly in operation for the emotionally disturbed 
.jiiid. Emphasis will be placed on those pro- 
-ams within the public school setting. 

ttC 785 — Practicum I in Special Education 
•10-5) 

Five hours to be taken among the first twenty- 
j ; hours of the student's program. During this 
„ ,ie, the student will be required to interact with 
. ihavior disordered children a minimum of ten 
. ( >ck hours per week in programs designed to 
;. meliorate the disability. 

1 C 786 — Practicum II in Special Education 
♦ 10-5) 






Prerequisite: EXC 785. 



ive quarter hours of individual study under 
| direction of the student's supervisor, or ad- 
^r's designate. The student will be required 



to work with behavior disordered students for 
one quarter as a full-time student/staff. The pro- 
gram will be designed so that the student de- 
velops profiency in a minimum of one treatment 
mode for behavior disordered students. The stu- 
dent in practicum will be expected to demon- 
strate expertise in planning, implementing, and 
continuously reevaluating his/her treatment ap- 
proaches. 

EXC 787— Practicum III in Special 
Education (0-10-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 786. 

Five hours taken during the final quarter of the 
student's program. The student will be required 
to serve a minimum of ten clock hours per week 
in facilities designed for behavior disordered 
and/or multiple handicapped children. The stu- 
dent will be expected to have direct involvement 
in teaching exceptional children. A portion of this 
five quarter hours must be served in a residential 
facility. 

EXC 788 — Practicum in Learning 
Disabilities (0-10-5) 

Prerequisite: EXC 770 and EXC 775. 

The student will be required to serve a mini- 
mum of ten clock hours per week in classes 
designed to teach identified learning disabled 
students. The student will be expected to have 
direct involvement in planning for and teaching 
learning disabled children individually and in 
small groups. 

EXC 790 — Seminar in Characteristics of the 
Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5) 

The seminar will cover the causes and char- 
acteristics of the mildly handicapping conditions 
of behavior disorder, learning disability, and 
mental retardation. 

EXC 791 — Seminar in Methods for Working 
with Mildly Handicapped (5-0-5) 

This methods course will prepare the teacher 
to plan effective remediation strategies for in- 
dividuals and groups of children with mild be- 
havior disorders, learning disabilities, and 
mental retardation. 

EXC 792— Practicum in Working with the 
Mildly Handicapped (0-10-5) 

The student will spend a minimum of ten hours 
per week planning for and teaching groups of 
children who are placed in interrelated class- 
rooms, i.e., children with behavior disorders, 
learning disabilities, and mental retardation. 



190 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



EXC 793 — Special Education Administration 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the role of leadership personnel 
within general and special education in planning 
and implementing comprehensive educational 
programs for exceptional students. 






V x 




192 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



School of 

Health Professions 

Repella, James, Dean 

Goals and Objectives 

The faculty of the School of Health Professions 
believes that the development of the student as 
an individual is a primary objective of a college 
education. The central role and function of the 
School of Health Professions is to provide an 
appropriate academic, intellectual, and profes- 
sional milieu to develop the skills required for a 
high level of professional competence. This in- 
cludes the development of intellectual and phys- 
ical competencies; personal values and beliefs; 
leadership abilities; a sense of integrity, self- 
worth, and self-reliance; and a sense of respon- 
sibility toward the community and society. To 
achieve these objectives, the goals of the School 
are: 

To prepare graduates who possess, at the ap- 
propriate level, the competencies required 
in their professional endeavors, and whose 
practice is compatible with the ethics of 
democratic humanistic philosophy; 
To prepare an educational environment which 
will motivate the student to develop a life- 
long commitment to learning and services; 
stimulate creativity, flexibility, and inde- 
pendence of thought and judgement within 
acceptable professional and humanistic 
constraints; and foster appreciation for 
scholarship and critical reasoning; 
To develop the leadership abilities of students 
so they may function effectively as leaders 
both in their professions and in their com- 
munities; 
To anticipate and to identify problems and 
needs and to encourage change and open- 
mindedness in finding solutions through 
appropriate research. 
To develop the School as a planning and re- 
source center for professional growth and 
community service; 
To complement other Schools of the College by 
providing programs of a uniquely profes- 
sional character which enhance the edu- 
cational opportunities of Armstrong State 
College. 



Organization and Degrees 

The School of Health Professions includes th 
Departments of Associate Degree Nursing; Bac 
calaureate Degree Nursing; Dental Hygiene 
Health and Physical Education, Respirator 
Therapy; and the degree programs in Heait 
Science, Medical Technology and Radiologi 
Technologies. 

The following degree programs are offere 
within the School: 
Associate in Science in: 
Dental Hygiene 
Nursing 

Radiologic Technologies 
Respiratory Therapy 
Bachelor of Health Science 
Bachelor of Science in: 
Dental Hygiene Education 
Medical Technology 
Nursing 

Bachelor of Science in Education in Healt 
and Physical Education 
Additional degree programs, those at th 
masters level, are delineated in the graduat 
section of this catalog. 



Associate Degree Nursing 

Faculty 

Cross, Deanna, Department Head 

Bell, Dorothy 

Caldwell, Eva 

Connor, Sara 

Dutko, Kathleen 

Miller, Mary 

Pruden, Ethel 

Williamson, Jane 



The Associate Degree Nursing Program pr< 
vides the student with the opportunity to obta 
a general education and to study nursing at tr 
college level. The program is approved by tr 
Georgia Board of Nursing and the Nation 
League for Nursing (NLN). Graduates are e 
gible to take the National Council of Sta 
Boards of Nursing Licensure Examinatic 
(NCLEX-RN) for licensure to practice as Re 
istered Nurses. Graduates must meet all leg 
requirements for licensure as established by tr 
State Board of Nursing. Student nurses partic 
pate in nursing clinical experiences at local ho 



ASSOCIATE DEGREE NURSING 



193 



pitals and other community agencies and are 
responsible for providing their own transporta- 

:ion. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Associate De- 
gree Nursing Program, the following must be 
naintained: 

1. Natural science courses (CHE 201; ZOO 
208, ZOO 209, BIO 210) 

a. A grade of C or above is required for 
ZOO 208 and 209. 

b. A grade of D or above is required for 
CHE 201 and BIO 210. Only one D will 
be allowed. 

2. . Nursing courses: 

a. A grade of C or above is required in 
each nursing course. 

b. A student may repeat a given nursing 
course only one time. 

c. A student may repeat two different 
nursing courses. 

d. A student who must repeat a course 
will be subject to availability of space 
in the subsequent course. 

e. Students who must repeat any one 
nursing course more than one time will 
be dismissed from the program. 

f. Students who must repeat more than 
two nursing courses will be dismissed 
from the program. 
3. Grade Point Average: 
The maintenance of a 2.0 adjusted GPA is 
esirable throughout the nursing program. Stu- 
ents who fall below 2.0 are subject to academic 
|:atus classification delineated in the Academic 
|egulations section of this catalog. Students 
llaced on academic warning who do not raise 
Mir GPA's to the stipulated GPA by the sub- 
isquent quarter will be suspended from the pro- 
-am unitl the requirements are met. Courses 
^sed to raise the GPA must have Department 
\ead approval. 
U. Regents' Exam 

I All students must have passed the Regents' 
l<am before entering their last nursing course. 
,3. CPR Certification 

l All students are required to be certified in 
[asic Life Support (adult and child) prior to en- 
ding NUR 210. 

surance 

To meet contractual obligations with the co- 
)erating clinical agencies, the Department re- 
jires students to submit a completed health 



history form and evidence of nursing liability and 
hospitalization insurance prior to participation in 
clinical practicums. 

Advanced Placement 

The first two nursing courses, Nursing 1 10 and 
111, may be exempted by one examination with 
credit awarded. Medical corpsmen and li- 
censed practical nurses who have graduated 
and/or practiced in a clinical setting within the 
past two years are eligible to sit for this exami- 
nation. Proof of the above is required. The ex- 
amination may be taken only once. Students 
who successfully challenge Nursing 110 and 
1 1 1 are eligible to enter NUR 1 12. They will also 
be required to take NUR 113, and complete all 
prerequisite courses. Successful completion of 
the examination does not guarantee admission 
into the program. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 53 

Area 1 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II 25 

1. ZOO 208, 209 10 

2. BIO 210, CHE 201 10 

3. MAT 101 5 

Area III 15 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 5 

3. PSY 101 5 

Area IV 3 

1. PE 117 or 166 and one activity 
course or three activity 

courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 55 

1. NUR 110. 111, 112, 113. (for ad- 
vanced placement students 

only) 210, 211. 212. 213 55 

C. Regents' and National Standardized 
Nursing Examinations 

TOTAL 108 



194 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Curriculum Design This course introduces the conceptual frame 

p rereau j S ites work °^ the nursin 9 program with emphasis o 

basic human needs, growth and developmen 

ZOO 208 5 biopsychosocial man, teaching/learning an 

CHE 201 5 roles of the nurse. The nursing process is use 

MAT 101 „_5 to promote adaptation with problems related t 

15 hygiene, .activity/exercise, safety, eliminatior 

A . ~ . oxygenation, nutrition and sexuality. Principle 

1st Quarter '- ... . J , r 

of pharmacology and administration of non-pa 

NUR 110 6 enteral medications are presented. Concurrei 

ZOO 209 5 clinical learning experiences are provided in e; 

ENG 101 „_5 tended care facilities and acute care hospital: 

16 NUR 1 1 1— Nursing to Meet Basic Needs II 
2nd Quarter (3-12-7) 

Fall, Winter Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 11< 

r,7> 91 n r Z0 ° 209 - Core q uisite: Bl ° 21 °- 

FNC 102 5 A continuation of NUR 1 10 - This course intrc 

- — duces fluid/electrolytes, rest/comfort, emotion 

17 safety, love/belonging and self-esteem. Th 
3rd Quarter nursing process is used for patients undergoin 

surgery with emphasis upon nursina skills, p< 

,Nun ' Xd - ° tient teaching and interpersonal relationship 

PSY 101 5 Concurrent clinical learning experiences ai 

PE 117 or 166 2 provided in acute care hospitals. 

*NUR 113 _{2] 

1( ./ 17 v NUR 112— Concepts of Adult Nursing I 

1iH1/; (5-9-8) 

4th Quarter Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: NUR 11 

NUR 210 8 Bl ° 21 °- c °requisite: PSY 101. 

HIS 251 or 252 5 Basic human needs are evolved into the co 

PE ACTIVITY 1 cepts of oxygenation and metabolism in the ca 

~~ of the ill adult. These concepts focus on cor 

mon health problems in which there is a mal 

5th or 6th Quarter daptive response of the body's ability to me 

mudo-m ii its oxygen, nutritional, fluid or elimination neec 

POS113 5 Physical assessment skills are included. Co 

- — current clinical learning experiences are pr 

16 vided in acute care hospitals. 
5th or 6th Quarter NUR n3_Transition to Associate Degree 

NUR 212 9 Nursing (2-0-2) 

NUR 213 6 Offered on Demand. Prerequisites: Succes 

7^ ful Exemption of NUR 1 10 and 1 1 1, BIO 21 
Corequisites: Nur 112, PSY 101. 

Tor Advanced Placement Students Only This course j s designed for the advance 

placement student. Content includes review 

dosage calculation and introduction to the co 

ceptual framework with emphasis on nursir 
process, roles of the AD nurse, growth and d 
velopm.ent, communication and teaching/lear 
ing. 

NUR 210— Concepts of Adult Nursing II 
(5-9-8) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 11 
BIO 210. Corequisite: HIS 251/252. 



OFFERINGS 

NUR 110— Nursing to Meet Basic Needs I 
(3-9-6) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisites: Admission 
to the nursing program, ZOO 208, CHE 201, 
MAT 101, eligibility for ENG 101. Corequisite: 
ZOO 209. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



195 



The second quarter of study of the physically 
i adult. Basic human needs are evolved into the 
oncepts of inflammation/immunity and percep- 
on/coordination. These concepts focus on 
ommon health problems in which there is a 
naladaptive response of the body's ability to 
irotect itself from physiological harm or meet 
ctivity and sensory needs. Rehabilitative as- 
ects of care expand the provider and teacher 
3les. Concurrent clinical learning experiences 
re provided in acute care hospitals. 

!UR 211 — Concepts of Advanced Nursing 
M8-11) 

Fall, Spring, Summer. Prerequisite: NUR 210 
Corequisite: POS 113. 

The third quarter of study of the physically ill 
jult. The concepts of oxygenation, metabo- 
;m, inflammation/immunity and perception/co- 
'dmation provide the basis for study of the 
itical care aspects of nursing. The student de- 
?lops beginning skills as coordinator of care 
r patients with multiple needs. Transition from 
e role of student to practitioner, leadership 
;ills and trends/issues are emphasized. Con- 
jrrent clinical learning experiences are pro- 
ved in acute care hospitals. 

JR 212— Nursing in the Maternal-Child 
Dntinuum (6-9-9) 

'Fall. Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: NUR 210. 
I requisite: NUR 213. 

' This course concentrates on the experience 
* the childbearing family/developing child as 
hy impact upon the health care system. Em- 
oasized is the use of the nursing process to 
'omoie adaptation during the stages of child- 
faring and into the life cycle from birth through 
lolescence. The teaching/learning interaction 
«d developmental appropriateness of care are 
Iditional foci. Concurrent clinical learning ex- 
periences are provided on maternity and pedia- 
: units in acute care hospitals. 

JR 213— Mental Health-Psychiatric 
jrsing (3-9-6) 

'Fall. Winter. Spring Prerequisite: NUR 210 
requisite: NUR 213. 

•This course focuses on the development of 
if-awareness and on the therapeutic use of 
if in assisting man to achieve mental health. 
e nursing process is used for the patient with 
Dbiems of psychosocial adaptation. Examined 

[3 therapeutic communication skills, teaching/ 
irning. developmental level and the roles of 
psychiatric nurse. Concurrent clinical learn- 






ing experiences are provided in a variety of 
community/mental health facilities. 



Baccalaureate Degree 
Nursing 

Faculty 

'Buck, Marilyn, Department Head 
'Bell, Eunice 
Conway. Marian 
Hart, Marcella 
Keller, Carola 
Levett, Nettie 
Massey. Carole 
'Repella, James 
'Roesel, Rosalyn 
Silcox, Elaine 

'Graduate Faculty 

The Armstrong State College Department of 
Baccalaureate Nursing offers entering fresh- 
men, transfer students, and Registered Nurses 
the opportunity to earn a Bachelor of Science in 
Nursing Degree. The American Nurses Asso- 
ciation (ANA) and the National League for Nurs- 
ing (NLN) have adopted a position statement 
calling for the baccalaureate degree in nursing 
as the academic preparation for professional 
nursing practice. Graduates are prepared to 
provide comprehensive nursing care for people 
in a variety of settings. The BSN degree also 
provides the foundation for graduate education 
in nursing. In addition to the on-campus pro- 
gram, courses are also offered at the Brunswick 
Center to meet the needs of registered nurses 
in that area. 

The program is approved by the Georgia 
Board of Nursing and is fully accredited by the 
National League for Nursing (NLN). Graduates 
who are not already RNs are eligible to apply to 
take the National Council Licensure Examination 
(NCLEX-RN) for licensure as a Registered Nurse 
(RN) 



Progression Requirements 

For the generic Bachelor of Science program: 
1. A "C" or better must be earned in each 

science course 
2 A "C" or better must be earned in each 
nursing course. No more than one nursing 
course may be repeated and a "C" or better 



196 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



must be earned at the time to remain in the 
program. 

3. Any nursing course which the student does 
not satisfactorily complete may be re- 
peated at its next offering. The course may 
be taken concurrently with a non-sequential 
course. 

4. An overall grade-point average (GPA) of 
2.0 is required to remain in the nursing pro- 
gram. 

5. Students must submit a completed health 
history prior to the first clinical experience 
and maintain a current health history record 
throughout the program. 

6. Students must submit proof of liability and 
health insurance prior to the first clinical 
experience. This insurance must be main- 
tained while in the program. 

7. Students must obtain CPR certification prior 
to the first clinical experience. It must be 
maintained throughout the program. 

8. The Registered Nurse may challenge BSN 
310, 334, 335, 350, 422, 423 through writ- 
ten examinations. No more than one-fourth 
of the degree requirements may be taken 
by correspondence, extension, or exami- 
nation. All required science courses must 
be completed before enrollment in BSN 433 
and/or BSN 436. (For further information 
see BSN Department) 

9. All students must have passed the Regents 
Exam before entering their last quarter. 

10. If a student does not matriculate each 
quarter, excluding Summer Quarter, the 
student must apply for readmission to the 
College and to the Department, (see Read- 
mission page 28) 



1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 1 

2. POS 113 and HIS 251 or 252... 1 

3. PSY101 • 

Area IV G 

1. BIO 210; PSY 295; SOC 201; 

ZOO 208, 209, 215 • 

AreaV 

1. PE 117 or 166 and 103 or 108 

2. Three activity courses 

B. Courses in the Major Field I 

1. BSN 231, 310, 320, 334, 335, 
336, 340, 350, 422, 423, 432, 
433,436 i 

C. Courses in Allied Fields 

1. LS311 

2. Electives ! ' 

D. Regents' and Exit Examination 

Total 1< 

'Students who have already completed Ch 
201 with a "C" or better- may challenge CHE 1 
and take CHE 1 22 or complete an approved 1 
science sequence of Core Area It. Students wl 
have already completed an approved Area li l< 
science sequence may take CHE 201 to me 
the prerequisite for ZOO 209. 



Curriculum Design 

— Freshman Year- 
Fall 

ENG 101 

CHE 121 

MAT101 

PE 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 101 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 
PHI 201; ENG 222 5 

Areall 20 

1. CHE 121, 122* 10 

2. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area ill 25 



Winter 

ENG 102 or 192 ? 

CHE122 

HIS 114 or 191 

PE 103 or 108 

I 

Spring 

ENG 201 or 292 

HIS 115 or 192 ;. 

ZOO 208 

PE 117 or 166 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



197 



— Sophomore Year — 

Fall 

»SY 101 5 

:OO209 5 

krea I Elective 5 

»E 1 



16 



Winter 

IO 210 5 

1AT220 5 

OC201 5 

S311 1 

16 

Spring 

SY295 5 

SN231 5 

DO 215 5 

1 



16 



— Junior Year — 

Fall 

3N310 7 

3N320 5 

'ol. Sci /Am. His 5 

17 

Winter 

3SN334 6 

SN340 5 

■active, or 5 

3SN335 6 

16or 17 

Spring 

;N336or BSN 339 3 

3SN 350 or BSN 423 6 

3SN335, or 6 

active 5 

14 or 15 



— Senior Year — 

Fall 

**BSN 350 or BSN 423 6 

"BSN 422 6 

BSN 432 or Elective 5 



17 



Winter 



BSN 433 or BSN 436 10 or 12 

Elective or BSN 432 5 



Spring 
BSN 433 or BSN 436 



15or 17 



10or 12 



10 or 12 

*By State law, each student who receives a di- 
ploma or certificate from a school supported by 
the State of Georgia must demonstrate profi- 
ciency in United States History and Government 
and Georgia History and Government. Students 
at Armstrong State College may demonstrate 
such proficiency by successfully completing ex- 
aminations for which credit will be awarded for 
Political Science 113 and History 251 or 252. If 
students elect to take courses instead of chal- 
lenging them, students will be responsible for 
arranging their schedules to complete both of 
the courses before graduation. 
"Although clinical laboratory hours are com- 
puted on the basis of 6 hours per week; actual 
clinical laboratory hours are 1 2 hours every other 
week. 



OFFERINGS 

BSN 231— A Conceptual Framework for 
Professional Nursing (5-0-5) 

On demand. Prerequisite: LS 311. PSY 101. 
SOC 201 

This course is designed for beginning stu- 
dents of professional nursing. The conceptual 
framework of the baccalaureate curriculum is 
examined. Major emphasis is placed on an in- 
troduction to the concepts of Man, Health, and 
Nursing. 

BSN 310 — Concepts of Nursing Practice 
(4-9-7) 

Prerequisites: BSN 231 . PSY 295. all required 
science courses. 



198 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



This introductory course provides the foun- 
dational knowledge for clinical nursing. Empha- 
sis is placed on concepts for professional 
nursing practice that will assist individuals to 
meet health needs. The student assumes the 
role of professional nurse by implementing var- 
ious cognitive, psychomotor, and interpersonal 
skills to promote positive adaptation. 

BSN 320— Health Appraisal of the Individual 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 215, BSN 231 or permis- 
sion of department head. 

This is a beginning course in physical as- 
sessment which provides knowledge and ex- 
perience for the nursing student and interested 
health professional, with a focus on appraisal of 
the individual throughout the lifecycle. Emphasis 
is placed upon understanding of physical as- 
sessment skills appropriate for nursing. Course 
didactic and laboratory components focus on 
normal findings of the physical appraisal and 
common deviations from normal are addressed 
as necessary. 

BSN 334— Health Restoration of Adults I** 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310, 320. 

This course provides students with the op- 
portunity to assist adult individuals cope with 
alterations in the ability to meet human needs 
related to the concepts of oxygenation, fluid and 
electrolytes, perception and coordination, and 
metabolism. Clinical experiences are provided 
in secondary health care settings. 

BSN 335 — Promotion of Psychosocial 
Adaptation** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 310, 320. 

This course is designed to assist students to 
promote positive adaptive behavior of individ- 
uals and families with psychosocial problems 
through the use of the nursing process. Trends 
in mental health, legal issues and the role of the 
nurse in the psychiatric setting are examined. 
Clinical experiences are provided in secondary 
health care settings and community mental 
health facilities. 

BSN 336 — Leadership in Nursing Care 
Management (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310. 

Management and leadership principles are 
introduced and applied to nursing. The focus of 
this course is on the leadership role of the 
professional nurse in the management of health 
care. 



BSN 339 — Topics in Professional Nursing 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: BSN 231 and RN licensure 

This course builds upon BSN 231. Major er 

phasis is placed on the discussion and app 

cation of selected concepts and theories th 

underlie the practice of professional nursing. 

BSN 340— Nursing and Family Health 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: BSN 310 or permission of d 
partment head. 

This course is designed to explore the fam 
as a biopsychosocial unit of a multi-cultural s 
ciety. Internal and external variables affectir 
the health and adaptation of the family syste 
are considered. The nursing process is utilize 
as a framework to assess structural and fun 
tional needs, plan nursing interventions, and d 
velop outcome criteria. 

BSN 350— Nursing and the Childbearing 
Family** (4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 340. 

Using the developmental approach, th 
course focuses on health promotion and .rest 
ration of the childbearing family. The nursir 
process is utilized to assess health needs ar 
promote positive adaptation. Clinical learnir 
experiences are provided in a variety of setting 

BSN 360 — Issues in Gerontological Nursir 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: PSY 101, SOC 201, BSN 31 
or permission of department. 

Application of the nursing process to the olc 
adult population is the focus of this course. 1 
emphasis is on promotion of health among t 
population in order to foster successful agii 
through positive adaptation. The student will e 
plore nursing strategies which promote tl 
health of older adults. 

BSN 422— Health Restoration of Adults IP 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 334, 335, 336, 340. 

This course provides students with the o 
portunity to assume a beginning leadership re 
in the management of nursing care of adult i 
dividuals and their families who are experien 
ing maladaptive responses related to compl- 
alterations in the ability to meet basic hum; 
needs. Clinical experiences are provided in se 
ondary health care settings. 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



199 



BSN 423— Health Restoration of the Child" 
(4-6-6) 

Prerequisites: BSN 340, 334. 

The student uses the nursing process as a 
Droblem solving approach in the care of children 
experiencing alterations in their ability to meet 
luman needs from infancy to adolescence. Clin- 
cal experiences are provided in secondary care 
and community settings. 

3SN 432— Nursing Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: Three clinical Nursing courses 
and MAT 220. 

This course focuses on the research process 
rom problem identification to communication of 
esults. The evolution of nursing research is ex- 
amined. The role that clinical nursing research 
)lays in the improvement of the quality of care 
3 emphasized. 

5SN 433 — Nursing and Community Health 
5-15-10) 

Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423. 

This course is designed to provide students 
vith the knowledge and opportunity to utilize the 
lursing process to assist clients to attain their 
naximum level of wellness through the promo- 
on and maintenance of health and the preven- 
on of disease. The student functions as a 
)egmnmg member of the interdisciplinary health 
are team to plan and provide comprehensive 
iursing care in selected community settings. 

USN 436 — Professional Nursing Practicum 
4-24-12) 

1 Prerequisites: BSN 320, 340, 350, 422, 423 

This course provides the opportunity for stu- 
dents to synthesize knowledge from the liberal 
1 irts. sciences, and nursing as a basis for profes- 
1 ional nursing practice. Students practice the 
hadership role of the professional nurse in as- 
1 essmg, planning, implementing and evaluating 
Cursing care in a selected clinical setting. Sem- 

iar sessions are provided for students to share 
experiences and to discuss trends and issues 

vhich influence change in professional nursing 

>ractice. 

JSN 450— Health Restoration of Individuals 
md Families Experiencing Critical Illness 
2-3-3) 

Prerequisite: BSN 422 or permission of de- 
partment head. 

This course provides the opportunity for stu- 
ients to synthesize knowledge from the liberal 
trts, sciences, and nursing to assist in the pro- 
notion of positive adaptation of individuals and 



families experiencing multisystem failure Criti- 
cal thinking and problem solving opportunities 
from a nursing perspective are provided in se- 
lected critical care settings. 

BSN 460— Independent Study (V-V-[1-3]) 

Offered on demand. 

Prerequisite: Senior status or permission of 
BSN department. 

The student, in consultation with the profes- 
sor, will select the topic for supervised inde- 
pendent study. The student will submit an 
independent study proposal prior to the quarter 
in which the course is to be taken. 



M.S.N. Program and Courses 

Coordinator: Dr. Marilyn M. Buck 



The college offers a variety of master's degree 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate 
programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- 
lege campus will be administered in affiliation 
with Georgia Southern University. See specific 
program department head for further informa- 
tion. 

The Master of Science in Nursing program 
reflects the College's philosophy of learning in 
that it builds upon a core curriculum in the hu- 
manities, natural and social sciences. Cognitive, 
affective, and psychomotor domains are refined 
within the nursing courses to foster the devel- 
opment of a professional who can participate in 
advanced nursing practice with individuals, 
families, groups and the community through the 
development of a chosen functional role in either 
clinical specialty or nursing administration. 

The Master of Science Degree in Nursing may 
be pursued in two areas of concentration: Clin- 
ical Specialty, and Nursing Administration. 

Administration Criteria 

1. Graduation from an NLN accredited bac- 
calaureate nursing program, or one ap- 
proved by MSN faculty. 

2. Minimum Grade Point Average: 

A. Regular Admission Status: G.P.A. of 
2 5 and G.R.E. score of 850 

B. Probationary Admission Status: G.P.A. 
x 100 + G.R.E. = 1050 or more, but 
minimum G.P.A. must be 2.0 and min- 
imum G.R.E. must be 800. 



200 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



1 . Students in probationary admission 
status may take three courses while 
in that status, and must achieve a 
grade of B or better in each course. 

2. Students who achieve a grade of B 
or better in each course are eligible 
for regular admission status (pend- 
ing approval by Admissions Com- 
mittee). 

3. Students who achieve a grade-ofC 
or less in any of the three courses 
must repeat that course until a 
grade of B or better is achieved. 

4. Students must achieve regular ad- 
mission status upon completing 15 
hours of course work, or will be ter- 
minated from the program. 

3. Prerequisite courses or approved equiva- 
lents: 

A. Elementary Statistics (Math 220) 

B. Health Appraisal of the Individual for 
clinical specialty major. 

4. Basic knowledge of computer operations. 

5. Current Georgia license to practice as a 
registered nurse. 

6. One year professional nursing practice. 



transfer credits will be clarified. Also, an adviso 
will be assigned so that actual planning of tN 
program of study can begin. 

Transfer of Credits 

Students may transfer no more than 30 hour: 
into the MSN program. All nursing major course: 
must be completed in residence. 

Students wishing to transfer credit for nursinc 
core courses must have course work evaluatec 
by nursing faculty. 

Comprehensive Examinations 

Satisfactory performance on the comprehen 
sive examination is required of all candidates 
As coursework nears completion, the studer 
should be in contact with the appropriate ad 
visor to schedule the examination. 

Thesis Requirement 

Each student must complete a thesis. Thi 
preparation of the thesis is an integral part c 
the research courses and practicum taken in tn 
final stages of the program. 



Progression Requirements 

1. An overall grade point average (G.P.A.) of 
3.0 is required to graduate. 

2. Students must complete the requirements 
for the degree in 5 calendar years after 
either probationary or regular admission to 
the MSN program. 

3. Students must submit a completed health 
history prior to the first clinical experience 
and maintain a current health record 
throughout the program. 

4. Students must submit proof of liability and 
health insurance prior to the first clinical 
experience. These insurances must be 
maintained while in the program. 

5. Students must obtain CPR certification prior 
to the first clinical experience. This certifi- 
cation must be maintained throughout the 
program. 

Advisement 

On admission to graduate studies, students 
should take immediate steps to contact the 
Graduate Coordinator in the School of Health 
Professions. At this time, the student's status 
with respect to prerequisite coursework and 



PROGRAM FOR THE MASTER OF SCIENCE 
DEGREE IN NURSING WITH A CLINICAL 
SPECIALTY 

HOUR! 

COURSES RELATED TO THE MAJOR I 

HOUR! 

MSN 715 5 

Elective 5 

ZOO 715 _5_ 

Total 15 

Elective may be chosen in the areas of 
business administration, education, 
health science or nursing depending 
on area of desired concentration. 

Nursing Core Courses 18 

MSN 520 3 

MSN 530 5 

MSN 600 5 

MSN 610 : _5_ 

Total 18 

Nursing Major Courses 2< 



BACCALAUREATE DEGREE NURSING 



201 



THESE COURSES MUST BE TAKEN 
IN RESIDENCE 

MSN 710 3 

MSN 725 5 

MSN 735 5 

MSN 745 6 

MSN 755 5 

MSN 760 _3_ 

Total 27 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE MASTER OF 
SCIENCE IN NURSING ADMINISTRATION 

HOURS 

bourses related to the major 15 

HOURS 

BAD 501 5 

MSN 700 5 

BAD 540 _5_ 

Total 1 5 

Cursing Core Courses 18 

MSN 520 3 

MSN 530 5 

MSN 600 5 

MSN 610 _5_ 

Total 18 

slursing Major 26 

THESE COURSES MUST BE TAKEN 
IN RESIDENCE 

MSN 710 3 

MSN 720 5 

MSN 730 5 

MSN 740 6 

MSN 750 5 

MSN 760 _3_ 

TOTAL 27 



OFFERINGS 

vISN 520 — Theoretical Basis of Nursing 
Practice (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: None 

this course provides the student with an un- 
derstanding of the conceptual framework of ad- 
/anced nursing practice. The nature of nursing 
heory development is discussed in terms of 
lursing as a discipline and a science. Relevant 



theories germane to nursing science are dis- 
cussed and current literature evaluated. Nursing 
theories/theorists are explored, analyzed, and 
applied in a practice setting. 

MSN 530 — Contemporary Health Problems 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MSN 520 

This course is designed to analyze contem- 
porary health problems which affect the adap- 
tation of individuals and families. Emphasis is 
placed on use of the nursing process, theory 
and research to develop strategies for the pro- 
motion and maintenance of health with individ- 
uals, families, and aggregates. Current and 
future implications of advanced nursing practice 
roles are also investigated. 

MSN 600— Contemporary Issues in Health 
Care Delivery (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MSN 530 

This course is designed to analyze current 
issues and trends which affect the qualify, avail- 
ability and accessibility of the nursing care de- 
livery system. Emphasis is placed upon the 
investigation and testing of organizational and 
nursing theory and research to validate their 
applicability towards resolving current issues 
which have an impact on nursing and health 
care. 

MSN 610— Nursing Research (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MSN 520 

This course explores the scientific basis for 
nursing practice. The student is introduced to 
science as a way of knowing and the research 
process as a tool of science. Building on MSN 
520, emphasis is placed on nursing research 
utilizing current nursing conceptual models: 
qualitative versus quantitative research in the 
nursing discipline, and protection of human 
rights and ethical issues associated with nursing 
research. The steps of conducting scientific in- 
vestigations are explored. 

MSN 660: Selected Topics in Professional 
Nursing (V-V-1-5) 

Prerequisites: Approval of graduate nursing 
faculty. 

The student, in consultation with graduate 
nursing faculty, will select a topic for supervised 
study in the area of nursing specialty. The stu- 
dent will submit a proposal for the study by mid- 
term preceding the quarter in which the study 
will begin. 



202 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



MSN 700 — Administrative/Organization 
Theories (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: MSN 600 

This course examines organizational and ad- 
ministrative theories related to the health care 
delivery system. Organizational concepts and 
behaviors will be analyzed as they interface with 
the mission of nursing administration. Adminis- 
trative and organizational goals will be evalu- 
ated within the framework of clinical nursing 
goals. 

MSN 710 — Nursing Research Seminar 
(3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: MSN 610, 730, 735 
This seminar guides the student in the prep- 
aration of a nursing research proposal. Empha- 
sis is placed on the development of the proposal 
to include problem identification, literature re- 
view, and methodology. Each seminar is coor- 
dinated by a faculty member, and students are 
assigned according to their research interest. 

MSN 715— Nursing and Family Health 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MSN 520 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with a knowledge of family theories. Students 
will apply selected family theories in nursing 
practice with individuals, families, groups and 
communities throughout the wellness/illness 
continuum. 

MSN 720— Information Systems in Health 
Care (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: MSN 700 

This course examines the development and 
utilization of information systems in the admin- 
istration of health care agencies and institutions. 
The course focuses on information acquisition, 
processing, analysis, and reporting pertinent to 
nurse managers. The learning format includes 
both didactic and experiential modes. 

MSN 725— Clinical Nursing I (3-4-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 715, MSN 600, 610, 715 

Winter Quarter 

This course is designed to provide students 
with the opportunity to utilize key concepts and 
theories relevant to the expert nursing manage- 
ment of clients with actual or potential health 
problems. Selected roles of the clinical nurse 
specialist are explored. 

MSN 730 — Financial Management of Health 
Care Systems (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: MSN 600, 610, 720; BAD 501, 
540 



This course provides an overview of the prir 
ciples and process of financial managemen 
Emphasis is placed on the assimilation of finar 
cial concepts and their application in health car 
agencies/institutions. 

MSN 735— Clinical Nursing II (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: MSN 725 

This course is designed to provide gradual 
students with the opportunity to increase orgar 
izational behaviors to function effectively in tttj 
care of the client. Particular attention is given | 
improving the delivery of health care to cor 
sumers through consultation, teaching researci 
and clinical practice. 

MSN 740— Administrative Role 
Development (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: MSN 730 

This course focuses on the roles used by th< 
nurse administrator in advanced nursing prac 
tice. Utilizing the scope of knowledge regardini 
nursing models, the student will analyze the ir 
teraction between nursing theories-concep 
tional models and nursing administratior 
Theories to be examined and applied include 
role, change, leadership, organization, and ac 
ministrative policy. Within the clinical setting, tl 
student will analyze the role and function of th 
nurse administrator and the relationship of th 
nursing administration system to other systrem 
of the institution, the profession, and society. 

MSN 745— Clinical Specialist Role 
Development (3-6-6) 

Prerequisite: MSN 735 

This course provides students with the op 
portunity to implement the role of clinical spe 
cialist with individuals and families experiencini 
selected health problems. Students will conduc 
an in-depth study of epidemiology, preventioi 
and control, research, health care and clinics 
practice role in the specialty area of their choice 

MSN 750 — Nursing Administration 
Practicum (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: MSN 710, 740 

This course is designed to assist the studen 
in synthesizing the knowledge and experienc< 
obtained from previous courses in order to im 
plement a chosen role in nursing administration 
Students conduct research in their area of in 
terest in nursing. 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



203 



MSN 755 — Clinical Specialty Practicum 
(1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: MSN 710, 745 

This course is designed to assist students to 
synthesize knowledge and experiences from 
previous courses to implement a chosen role in 
the clinical setting. Students conduct research 
in their area of interest in nursing. 

MSN 760— Thesis (1-V-1-3) 

Corequisites: MSN 750 or MSN 755 
Students will complete preparation of a thesis 
in their area of interest in nursing. If the thesis 
is not completed in three quarter hours students 
must register for one quarter hour in any quarter 
in which faculty advisement is needed and in 
the quarter in which the student graduates. 



Dental Hygiene 

Faculty 

Simon, Emma, Department Head 
Coslick, Caroline 
3oursey, Teresa 
Edenfield, Suzanne 
fanenbaum. Barbara 

graduate Faculty 



The student must complete a curriculum of 
120 quarter hours in professional dental hygiene 
courses for the two-year program leading to the 
Associate in Science Degree in Dental Hygiene. 
; Dental hygienists provide dental health services 
|n private dental offices, civil service positions, 
! ndustry, and in various public health fields. They 
bractjice under the supervision of a dentist and 
lnust pass a national and a state board exami- 
nation for licensure. The curriculum is fully ap- 
proved by the Commission on Accreditation of 
Dental and Dental Auxiliary Educational Pro- 
grams of the American Dental Association. 

A passing grade in all related natural science 
courses is a prerequisite to the 200 level Dental 
Hygiene courses; therefore, CHE 201 , ZOO 208- 
209, and BIO 210 must be satisfactorily com- 
pleted before the student will be admitted into 
second-year status in the Dental Hygiene Pro- 
gram. 

The student must earn a "C" or better in each 
Dental Hygiene course before registering for 
subsequent dental hygiene courses; therefore. 



a grade of "C" or better in the previous course(s) , 
is a prerequisite for each dental hygiene course 
for which the student registers after the first 
quarter of the first year. An overall GPA of 2 
is required for graduation from the program. 

Challenge examinations for specific dental 
hygiene subject areas are available in the de- 
partment. Contact the department head for in- 
formation. 

Audited and/or repeated coursework may af- 
fect a student's academic progress in relation 
to requirements for financial aid. In addition, fed- 
eral assistance and VA educational benefits will 
not be paid for audited and/or repeated course- 
work. 

The Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene 
Education program is comprised of preparatory 
courses that will enable the student to be em- 
ployed in areas such as dental hygiene and den- 
tal assisting instruction, dental health education 
in public school systems, and public health. The 
student will work directly with the dental hygiene 
faculty and participate in the student teaching 
practicums in various associate degree classes, 
clinics, laboratories, and extra-mural clinics. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN DENTAL 
HYGIENE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 48 

Area 1 15 

1. ENG 101, 102, or 192 10 

2. DRS228 5 

Area II 5 

1. MAT 101 5 

Area III 20 

1. PSY 101 5 

2. SOC201 5 

3. HIS 251 or 252 5 

4. POS 113 5 

Area IV 5 

1. CHE 201 5 

AreaV 3 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. One activity course 1 

B Courses in the Major Field 57 

1. DH 111. 112. 113. 118. 120. 
123. 124. 211, 212. 213, 214, 
216. 219. 220, 221. 223, 224, 

227 57 

C Courses in Related Fields 15 

1. BIO210 5 



204 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



2. ZOO 208, 209 

Regents' and Exit Examinations ... 

TOTAL 



10 




120 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE IN DENTAL HYGIENE 
EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 91 

Area I 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. PHI 201 5 

Areall 10 

1. MAT 101, 220 10 

Area III 25 

1. SOC201 5 

2. HIS 251 or 252 and 114 or 191, 
115 or 192 15 

3. POS113 5 

ArealV 30 

1. BIO 101, 102 10 

2. CHE 121, 122 10 

3. DRS228 5 

4. PSy 101 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 3 

2: Three activity courses 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 77 

1. DH 111, 112, 113, 118, 120, 
123, 124, 211, 212, 213, 214, 
216, 219, 220, 221, 223, 224, 

225, 226, 227 57 

2 DH 401, 402, 403, 404 20 

C. Courses in Related Fields 35 

1. BIO210 5 

2. PSY 301, or EDU 302, PSY 

295 10 

3. EDN200, EDU 335 10 

4. ZOO 208, 209 10 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 203 



OFFERINGS 

DH 111— Clinical Dental Hygiene I (2-6-4) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to introduce the stu- 
dent to the dental hygiene profession. The sub- 
ject matter includes fundamental knowledge of 



clinical procedures and techniques of removing 
deposits from the teeth. Clinical procedures are 
introduced on the the manikins and the studen 
is required to practice these techniques unti 
proficiency is achieved. 

DH 112-113— Clinical Dental Hygiene II and 
III (2-6-4) (1-9-4) 

Winter and Spring respectively. Prerequisite 
DH 111. 

Students perform oral prophylactic tech 
niques on patients in the clinic under supervi 
sion. The subject matter includes procedures 
which the hygienist will use in the performance 
of clinical duties. The student must apply ac 
quired knowledge in all clinical situations. 

DH 118— Periodontics (2-0-2) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to give the student jj 
basic understanding of periodontics. Emphasis 
is placed on periodontal health and disease ir 
relation to the health of the total patient. Perio 
dontal knowledge is applied in clinical situa 
tions. 

DH 120— Dental Roentgenology (2-3-3) 

Winter. 

This course will include a series of lectures 
demonstrations, and directed experience in th< 
fundamentals of dental roentgenology.. Intraorg 
techniques for the taking and processing of ra 
diographs are taught and laboratory time will b< 
devoted to demonstration and directed experi 
ence. Clinical time in subsequent quarters wi 
afford the application of the principles of clinics 
situations. 

DH 123 — Dental Anatomy and Oral 
Histology (3-2-3) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the den 
tal hygiene student with the nomenclature, mor 
phology, eruption sequence of the primary anc 
secondary dentition and oral histology and em 
bryology of the oral cavity. 

DH 124— Dental Materials (2-3-3) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to provide a genera 
understanding of the chemical, physical anc 
mechanical properties of dental materials. The 
indications and limitations of materials will be 
stressed as well as proper manipulation of those 
materials used by dental hygienists. 



DENTAL HYGIENE 



205 



DH 211-212-213— Clinical Dental Hygiene IV, 
V, VI (1-12-5) (1-15-6) (1-15-6) 

Fall, Winter and Spring respectively. Prereq- 
uisites: DH 111, 112, 113. 

These courses are a continuation of the pre- 
ceding clinical courses. Emphasis centers on 
improved proficiency in all areas of a working 
clinic. Lecture time is devoted mainly to the dis- 
cussion of experiences encountered in clinical 
situations. Pertinent material related to the den- 
tal hygiene profession is included in these 
courses. 

DH 214 — Anesthesiology and 
Pharmacology (2-0-2) 

Winter. 

This course is a study of drugs and anes- 
thetics with special consideration given to those 
used in dentistry. It is designed to acquaint the 
student with the principles of drug action in the 
human patient. 

DH 216— Dental Public Health (3-0-3) 

Winter. 

This course introduces the student to the var- 
ious aspects of public health with reference to 
the dental needs of the community. Special em- 
phasis is given to terminology, epidemiology, 
and interpretation of data related to community 
dental health programs. Directed field experi- 
ence is a course requirement. 

DH 219— Total Patient Care (0-3-1) 

Fall. 

This laboratory experience acquaints the stu- 
dent with the subject and practice of the various 
dentai specialties in relation to the patient's total 
Health. This course is also designed to acquaint 
the student with the expanding dental services 
orovided by dental auxiliary personnel. 

DH 220— Directed Field Experience 
(0-4-1) 

Winter. 

The student is provided with a holistic ap- 
proach to dentistry by externing with private 
dental practitioners and public and military 
agencies. 

DH 221— Scopes of Dental Hygiene Practice 
(1-0-1) 

Spring. 

This course is designed to acquaint students 
with various scopes of dental hygiene practice, 
:he jurisprudence governing the practice of den- 
tal hygiene, and the structure and function of 
orofessional associations. 



DH 223— Applied Nutrition (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course presents the aspects of nutrition 
as applied to the practice of dentistry. Students 
are instructed in diet history and dietetic coun- 
seling. 

DH 224— Head and Neck Anatomy (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize the den- 
tal hygiene student with gross anatomical rela- 
tionships in the had and neck. Special emphasis 
is given to the anatomy of the oral cavity and its 
clinical application. 

DH 225 — Preventive Dental Health 
Education I (2-0-2) 

Fall. 

The principles of prevention of oral diseases 
are presented. Many facets of prevention are 
included with emphasis on the utilization of oral 
physiotherapy aids and on education and mo- 
tivation of patients in proper oral hygiene. Knowl- 
edge from this course and preceding clinical 
courses will be utilized in a paper to be pre- 
sented to the class and clinical faculty. Clinical 
time in subsequent quarters will afford the ap- 
plication of these principles to clinical situations. 

DH 226— Preventive Dental Health 
Education II (1-0-1) 

Winter. 

This course is a continuation of the preventive 
dentistry concepts. The student is familiarized 
with the practical application of modern meth- 
ods of dental health education. Course content 
includes developing teaching materials for den- 
tal health education, demonstrations, and pres- 
entation of materials. Directed field experience 
will be provided to allow the student practical 
application of techniques learned in the class- 
room. 

DH 227— General and Oral Pathology 
(2-0-2) 

Fall. 

This course is designed to familiarize dental 
hygiene students with the principles of general 
pathology in relation to the common diseases of 
oral regions. Emphasis is placed on clinical 
manifestations and the importance of early rec- 
ognition of abnormal conditions. 

DH 401 — Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education I (3-6-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: Admission into the Dental 
Hygiene Education Program. 



206 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



This course is an introductory field experience 
in the college dental hygiene clinic, community 
agencies, and patient care facilities with em- 
phasis on observation, individual and small 
group teaching, and teacher aide work. The first 
professional course for majors in Dental Hygiene 
Education. 

DH 402 — Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education II (3-6-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: DH 401. 

This course is a continuation of Dental Hy- 
giene 401 . Problems common to beginning den- 
tal hygiene teachers, practices and procedures 
designed to accomplish program objectives, 
establishment and organization of content, 
methods of evaluation and supervision in the 
dental hygiene clinic are included. 

DH 403— Practicum in Dental Hygiene 
Education III (3-6-5) 

Spring. Prerequisite: DH 402. 

This course is an advanced field experience 
designed to assist the student in the develop- 
ment of learning activities, teaching procedures, 
and the presentation of materials pertinent to 
dental hygiene education. The student will de- 
velop and teach selected units in the basic den- 
tal hygiene sequence at community agencies, 
and patient care facilities. 

DH 404— Directed and Individual Study 
(3-6-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a directed individual study in 
an area of major interest with emphasis relevant 
to dental hygiene and future career objectives. 
Scientific research and evaluation methods will 
be reviewed and used in the student's individual 
project. 



Health Science, Physical 
Education and Recreation 

Faculty 

'Sims, Roy, Department Head and Coordinator, 

M.Ed., P.E. 
'Simon, Emma, Coordinator, Health Science 

Aenchbacher, Edward 

Ford, Betty 

Knorr, Virginia 

Lariscy, Michael 
'Repella, James 

Roberts, Lynn 
'Streater, James 



Tapp, Lawrence 
"Graduate Faculty 



Health Science 

Coordinator: 

Dr. Emma Simon 



The overall goal of the Bachelor of Health Sci- 
ence program is to make available an educa- 
tional opportunity for persons interested ir 
entering a health field and an academic pro 
gram for experienced health professionals whc 
wish to further their career opportunities. More 
specifically, the objectives of the program are: 

1 . To teach individuals that behavioral change 
can occur through education; 

2. To foster health, health promotion, and dis- 
ease prevention; 

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable 
health educators; and, 

4. To provide health practitioners the oppor 
tunity to gain expertise in the health relatec 
areas of education, health educairon 
administration, nursing and aliied healtt 
professions, computer science, or healtf 
and fitness management. 

The emphasis of the curriculum is. to viev« 
"health" as different 'from "illness" and to teacl 
new students and practicing health profession 
als of this difference. The curriculum will permi 
the student to earn a baccalaureate degree tha 
reflects expertise in health science while focus 
ing on an applied health related area. Upor 
graduation, these health professionals will im 
plement the concepts they have learned anc 
direct the efforts of the American public in the 
promotion, enhancement, and maintenance o 
health and in the prevention of health problems 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 96 

Areal 2C 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 1 

2. One course selected from: ART 
200, 271, 272, 273; MUS 200; 
ENG 222; PHI 201 t 



HEALTH SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 



207 



Areall 20 

1. One of the following laboratory 
science sequences: 

BIO 101 or 1 1 1 , 102or112;CHE 
121, 122; CHE 128, 129; PHY 
211, 212 10 

2. MAT 101 and 220 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS 113 5 

3. One course selected from: 

ANT 201 , ECO 201 , SOC 201 .. 5 
ArealV 30 

1. HS 100, HS230 10 

2. HIS 251 or 252; DRS 228 10 

3. PSY 101 5 

4. PEM252 5 

AreaV 6 

1. PE 166, 101 and 103 or 108... 4 

2. Two activity courses 2 

Electives 10 

Courses in the Major Field 60 

1. HS 350 - Health in the 
Community 5 

2. HS 200, - Health and Human 
Development 1 5 

3. HS 201 - Health and Human De- 
velopment II 5 

4. HS 440/640 - Health Planning 
and Evaluation 5 

5 HS 445 - Seminar in Health 

Science 5 

6. HS 300 - Health Problems in a 
Changing Society 5 

7. CS 115 - Introduction to Com- 
puter Concepts and 
Application 5 

8 PSY 406 - Behavior 
Modification 5 

9 PEM 352 - Physiology of 
Exercise 5 

10. HS 420/620 - Nutrition 5 

11. PSY 220 - Introduction to Psy- 
chological Research 5 

12 HS 450 - Health Science 

Practicum 5 

Courses in the Emphasis Area 30 

Area I— Health Promotion and Health 
Education 30 

1. HE 301 - Marketing Health 5 

2. PSY 315/515- Conflict and 

Stress 5 

3 HE 261 - Health and Sex 

Education 3 



4. HE 262 - Health and Drug 
Education 2 

5. EDN 302 or PSY 301 - Educa- 
tional Psychology 5 

6. HE 420 - Health Education and 
Rehabilitation 5 

7. HE 360 - School Health 
Education 3 

8. EDN 240 - Educational Media.. 2 
Area II— Computer Science 30 

1. CS 142 5 

2. CS231 5 

3. CS242 5 

4. CS308 5 

5. CS331 5 

6. CS431 5 

Area III— Education 30 

1. EDN460 5 

2. EDN 335 5 

3. EDN 200 5 

4. EXC310 5 

5. EDN 240 2 

6. EDN 202 3 

7. EDN 302 or PSY 301 5 

Area IV— Education 30 

1. BAD 225 5 

2. PSY 321 5 

3. Two courses selected from: PA/ 
POS 303 - POS 401, POS 403 
and POS 418 10 

4. BAD 362 5 

5. HE 301 5 

Area V— Nursing and Allied Health 

Professions 30 

Thirty (30) quarter hours of nursing or 
allied health major course work may 

be utilized. The thirty hours utilized will 
be determined by the Health Science 
program director. 
Area VI — Health and Fitness 

Management 30 

1. PSY 315/515 5 

2. HE 420 5 

3. HE 301 5 

4. HS451 5 

5. PSY 320/520 5 

6. BAD362 5 

Regents' and Exit Examinations 

196 total hours 

Minor concentration 25 

The minor in health science requires 25 quarter 
hours with grades of "C" or better The student 
will complete the following: 



208 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



1. HS 100, 230 

2. 15 quarter hours from: HE 301, 
HE 420, HS 350, HS 445, or HS 
440. 

NOTE: All BHS students must be cur- 
rently CPR certified prior to 
graduation. 



Health Science Offerings 

HS 100— Introduction to Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Exploration of the science of health. Based on 
the health (versus illness) model, this course will 
emphasize the enhancement of health as part 
of natural human development. The multifaceted 
health care delivery system will be introduced, 
and some ethical, philosophical, and socio-cul- 
tural issues of health care will be discussed. 

HS 200— Health and Human Development I 
(5-0-5) 

A presentation of human growth and devel- 
opment theory. Emphasis will be placed on the 
physical, cognitive and psychosocial develop- 
ment of man from pre-natal development to the 
Adolescent Stage of the human lifespan. This 
will be examined from the perspective of en- 
hancing health and concomitantly avoiding ill- 
ness. 

HS 201 Health and Human Development II 
(5-0-5) 

The continuation of the study of human de- 
velopment from young adulthood to the com- 
pletion of the life cycle. Special emphasis is 
placed on health concerns and lifestyle con- 
sequences of the adult years of the life span. 

HS 230— Epidemiology (5-0-5) 

The application of ecology to health and ill- 
ness. An investigation into the various factors 
and conditions that determine the occurence 
and distribution of health, disease, and death 
among groups of individuals. 

HS 300— Health Problems in a Changing 
Society (5-0-5) 

A review of health status as a function of so- 
cietal change. For example, the effects on health 
of sewage disposal, speed-limits, cold-war, 
technology, and such will be examined. 



HS 350— Health in the Community (5-0-5) 

Analysis of major community health problem 
their causes, the role of individuals, communi 
institutions, and government. 

HS 420— Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Area II Lab Science sequence 
Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, 
related to enhancement of health and conti 
bution to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition an 
various "diets" are studied. 

HS 440— Health Planning and Evaluation (f 
0-5) 

Planning and evaluation of health prograrr 
in a variety of settings. 

HS 445 — Seminar in Health Science 
(5-0-5) 

Corequisite/Prerequisite: HS 440. 

Health Science concepts are analyzed ar 
synthesized. Emerging and emergent issue 
and trends are investigated. 

HS 450 — Health Science Practicum 
(1-8-5) 

Corequisite/Prerequisite: PSY 220, HS 44 
440. 

This course provides the health science st 
dent the opportunity to be an active participa 
in an area of the health care industry. 

HE 452— Health/Fitness Practicum (1-8-5) 

Practicum in health and fitness managemer 



Health Education Offerings 

HE 260— Contemporary Health Issues 
(5-0-5) 

Study of major health topics along with the 
effects on modern society. Such topics as e 
vironmental pollution, medical ethics, hea! 
care costs, personal health, and health consur 
erism will be investigated. 

HE 261— Health and Sex Education (3-0-3) 

A study of the relationship between health ar 
sex education. Health promotion strategie 
dealing with sexual behavior, sexually transm 
ted diseases, pregnancy, pregnancy prevei 
tion, and parenthood are involved. Emphasis 
on interventions and curriculum material ava 
able for teachers and health educators. 

HE 262— Health and Drug Education (2-0-2 

A study of the effects of tobacco, alcohol, ar 
drug use and abuse on health. It includes c 



HEALTH SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 



209 



analysis of the classification of drugs, the effects 
of drug usage, the legality of drug usage, and 
drug dependency. Emphasis is on interventions 
and curriculum material available for teachers 
and health educators. 

HE 301— Marketing Health (5-0-5) 

A survey of marketing strategies utilized in 
health settings. Basic principles of communi- 
cation integrated with various media modalities 
are explored. The methods and media will be 
designed for the biopsychosocial requirements 
of the client. 

HE 360— School Health Education (3-0-3) 

An investigation of the total school health en- 
vironment and health instruction. 

HE 420 — Health Education in Rehabilitation 
(5-0-5) 

This course is designed to provide the student 
with the information necessary to aid patients in 
achieving their highest rehabilitation potential. 
The main objective is to aid the client in coping 
and complying with the prescribed regimen. 

HE 460— Health in the Curriculum (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: HE 260, 261, 262, 360. 

The study of health education curriculum with 
emphasis upon materials and methods of teach- 
ing health education K-12. This course places 
special focus on the development of health ed- 
ucation curriculum, instructional units, writing 
objectives, lesson and unit planning, and the 
relationship of health education to the total ed- 
ucation program. 



Physical Education 



During the freshman year, all students should 
take PE 117 (Basic Health) or 166 (Safety and 
First Aid) and 103 or 108 (Swimming). During 
the sophomore year, students may elect any 
three Physical Education activity courses with 
the last two numbers being between 01 and 09. 
Students unable to participate in the regular pro- 
gram should plan an alternate program with the 
Head of the Department of Health Science, 
Physical Education, and Recreation. 

Students should check their program of study 
for PE 117 and/or 166 requirements 



Bachelor of Science in 
Education in Health and 
Physical Education 

The Bachelor of Science Degree in Education 
with a Major in Health and Physical Education 
provides the student with an opportunity to re- 
ceive a degree leading to teacher certification 
K-12 in the areas of Health and Physical Edu- 
cation. The program is approved by the National 
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education 
(NCATE) and the Georgia State Department of 
Education. Students selecting this major should 
seek advisement in the Department of Health 
Science, Physical Education and Recreation. 
Students pursuing this degree should refer to 
the Teacher Certification section of the catalog 
(page 163) to find those stipulations affecting 
all undergraduate education programs at Arm- 
strong State College. 

Progression Requirements: 

1. Successful completion of basic core re- 
quirements 

a. General Requirements 

b. Regents Exam 

2. Application for Admission to Major Program 

a. Departmental Advisor Assigned 

b. Program of Study Established 

3. Application for Admission to Teacher Ed- 
ucation (2.5 G.P.A. required) 

a. Media Competency Completion 

b. September practicum 

c. Application for Student Teaching As- 
signment 

4. Successful Completion of Departmental 
Requrements 

a. PEM 451, 452, 453 

b. All additional major courses 

c. Proficiency tests 

d. TCT 

5. Application for Graduation 

Minor Concentration 

The minor in physical education requires 25 
credit hours with grades of "C" or better. The 
student will select 25 hours from the following 
courses: 

1. PE210, 216, 217, 219. 311, 321. 413.421, 
PEM 250, 251, 252, 351, 352 

2. No more than two courses from: PE 212. 
213, 214 or 215. 



210 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



See course offerings for the description of 
courses. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN 
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Hours 

A. General Requirements 103 

Area 1 20 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 15 

2. One course from: ART 200, 271, 
272,273; ENG 222; MUS 200; 

PHI 201 5 

Areall 20 

1. MAT 101 and 220 10 

2. Approved laboratory science 
sequence 10 

Area III 20 

1. HIS 114 or 191, 115 or 192 10 

2. POS113 5 

3. One course from: ANT 201, 
ECO 201, 202; SOC 201 5 

ArealV 30 

1. EDN200, DRS228, PSY 101 ... 15 

2. EDN201 or PSY 201 5 

3. HIS 251 or HIS 252 5 

4. CS 115orCS 120 5 

AreaV 5 

Five hours of activity courses ... 5 

B. Courses in the Major Field 69 

1. PE 103 or 108 or 311 1 

2. PE166 2 

3. PEM 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 
351, 352, 353, 354, 355 48 

4. HE 260, 261 , 262, 360 and H.S. 
300 18 

C. Professional Sequence 33 

1. EXC310; EDN335, 471, 472, 

473 25 

2. PEM 451, 452, 453 3 

3. HE 460; 5 

D. Electives 5 

E. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 197 



Physical Education Offerings 

SPECIAL NOTE: 

Swimming is required of all students as part 
of their 6 hours of physical education. Students 



with a valid Advanced Life Saving certificate c 
who have passed the Armstrong swimming tes 
may be exempted from the swimming require 
ment. Students able to swim in deep wate 
should register for P.E. 108. If in doubt as t 
proper course, consult one of the department' 
swimming instructors BEFORE REGISTERING 
All courses designated PEM are required of ma 
jors. 

PE 100 — Beginning Weight Training 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Emphasis on developing physical fitnes 
through a variety of fundamental weight trainin< 
exercises. Introduction of mechanical principle 
and techniques necessary for the understanc 
ing of weight training programs. Only one of PI 
100 or PE 204 may count as an activity cours< 
toward the six hours of required physical edi 
cation. 

PE 101— Lifetime Fitness (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Basic fitness concepts and their applicatio 
to our everyday life. Students will select betwee 
two activity areas: jogging and flexibility/tone c 
lap swimming and aerobic dance. 

PE 102— Team Sports (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

Consists of two of the following sports: baj 
ketball, volleyball and softball. 

PE 103 — Basic Swimming Skills (0-3-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. (PE 311 or 31 
may be substituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Skills and strokes for the student unfamiiic 
with or afraid of the water and who cannot swirr 
Satisfies Armstrong swimming requirement. 

PE 104— Bowling (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in bowling. Minimum of two game 
required per class period at student's expense 
Must provide own transportation. 

PE 105— Badminton (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in badminton. Student must pre 
vide own racquet. 

PE 106— Beginning Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. 

Fundamentals and practice in beginning turr 
bling and gymnastic apparatus. Required c 
Physical Education majors. 



HEALTH SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 



211 



PE 107— Trampoline (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. 

The teaching of the proper care and use of 
the trampoline. Under strict supervision, the stu- 
dent learns to perform the following skills: seat 
drop, knee drop, front drop, pull over, cradle, 
turntable, swivel hips, and spotting. 

PE 108 — Intermediate Swimming (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer (PE 311 or the 
American Red Cross WSI course may be sub- 
stituted for PE 103 or 108). 

Four basic strokes, skills, endurance and 
knowledge pertaining to safety in, on, or about 
water. Satisfies swimming requirement. 

PE 109 — Intermediate Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106 or permission of 
instructor. 

Continuation of PE 106 with additional prac- 
tice of tumbling and gymnastic apparatus. 

PE 115— Officiating of Football (2-2-2) 

Fall. 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpreta- 
tion, and actual experience in officiating intra- 
dural games, approved community recreation 
games, and public school games. Students 
Tiust provide own equipment and transporta- 
:ion. 

Students must provide own whistles, hats and 
ransportation to any offcampus assignment. 

PE 116— Officiating of Basketball (2-2-2) 

Winter 

Consists of a study of rules, rules interpreta- 
tion, and actual experience in officiating in class 
'games, intramural games, approved community 
ecreation games and public school games. 
Elective credit. 

Student must provide own whistle and trans- 
portation to any off-campus assignment. 

=>E 117— Basic Health (2-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
A basic course in health education with em- 
phasis on personal health. Required of majors 

3 E 166— Safety and First Aid (3-0-2) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

the American Red Cross Advanced course 
n First Aid and adult CPR. 

Required of majors. Contents of personal first 
iid kit must be provided by the student. 



PE200— Archery (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic skills in archery for recreational use. 
Students must provide own arm and finger- 
guards. 

PE 201— Elementary Tennis (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
Basic skills in tennis. Student must provide 
own racquet and one can of new tennis balls 

PE 204 — Advanced Weight Training 
(0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring. Prerequisite: PE 100 or 
permission of instructor. 

Emphasis on continued development of phys- 
ical fitness through a variety of advanced weight 
training exercises. Improvement of maximal 
muscular strength and endurance in the main 
muscle groups of the body through progressive 
resistance exercises. Only one of PE 100 or PE 
204 may count as an activity course toward the 
six hours of required physical education. 

PE 205 — Folk Square, Social Dancing 
(0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in all forms of folk, 
square, and social dancing. 

PE 206— Beginning Modern Dance (0-2-1) 

Fall. 

Introduction to the art of modern dance. In- 
cludes technique, exercise, basic improvisation, 
dance positions, and locomotor movement. 

PE208— Golf (0-2-1) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Basic techniques and instruction for the be- 
ginning golfer. Minimum of 36 holes of golf must 
be played outside of class at student's expense 
Must provide six shag balls for class and trans- 
portation. 

PE 209 — Intermediate Modern Dance 
(0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 206 or permission of 
the instructor. 

A continuation of PE 206 with emphasis on 
dynamics, composition, and choreography. 

PE 210 — Prevention and Treatment of 
Athletic Injuries (2-1-2) 

Winter. 

Theory and practice of caring for and pre- 
venting injuries relating to a variety of sports 
Students required to assist in laboratory expe- 
riences with treating and preventive training 
through the athletic, intramural or physical ed- 



212 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ucation programs. Student must provide own 
athletic tape. 

PE 212— Coaching Football (3-0-2) 

Fall. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, coaching courses is required of 
majors. Minimum of two games must be scouted 
at student's expense. 

PE 213— Coaching Basketball (3-0-2) 

Winter. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play, emphasizing methods and drills 
used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Minimum of two 
games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 214 — Coaching Baseball and Softball 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Instruction and practice in fundamental skills 
and team play emphasizing methods and drills 
used by leading coaches. One of the coaching 
courses is required of majors. Minimum of two 
games must be scouted at student's expense. 

PE 215 — Coaching Volleyball and Soccer 
(3-0-2) 

Spring. 

Introduction to the rules and fundamental 
skills of volleyball and soccer. Individual devel- 
opment and application of successful coaching 
methods. Coaching methods will include ac- 
quisition of sound organizational practices and 
understanding of various coaching types. 

PE 216— Basic Games (2-0-1) 

Spring. 

Designed to acquaint student with the various 
categories of games, the appropriateness for 
each type of various age levels, proper pro- 
gressions, and the best ways to use games 
teach physical skills, emotional and social skills, 
and actual sports skills. 

PE 217— Techniques of Dance (2-0-1) 

Winter. 

Overview of the art of dance and its various 
categories. Stresses similarities and differences 
in form, technique and history of the ballet mod- 
ern dance, jazz dance, ballroom dance, square 
dance, aerobic dance and folk dance with em- 
phasis on teaching and techniques. 



PE 219 — Techniques of Safety in 
Gymnastics (0-2-1) 

Winter. Prerequisite: PE 106. 

Course designed to give majors thorough un 
derstanding of the basic principles of spotting 
in gymnastics to assure maximum safety fo 
learners as well as proper teaching progres 
sions and lead-up skills necessary at each leve 
of learning. 

PEM 250— Introduction to Physical 
Education (5-0-5) 

An introduction to the fields of physical edu 
cation. Study will include a survey of histories 
foundations, relationships between health an< 
physical education, professional skills, and ca 
reer opportunities. 

PEM 251 — Intramurals and Recreation 
(3-0-3) 

This course is designed to prepare the stu 
dent to organize and administer intramural an< 
recreational sports activities for elementary an< 
secondary schools, for the college level and fc 
the community. Activities range from canoein< 
to horseshoes. Students are required to partic 
ipate in field experiences and observations 
Transportation must be supplied by the studen 

PEM 252 — Human Anatomy and 
Kinesiology in Physical Education (5-0-5) 

A survey of selected systems of the body an 
the analysis of movement and application of me 
chanical principles in physical education acti\ 
ity. 

PEM 253— Individual and Dual Sports 
(3-4-5) 

Designed to acquaint student with the variou 
individual and dual sports. The student will anc 
lyze and gain practice in teaching activities sue 
as: archery, badminton, bicycling, bowline 
fencing, fitness, golf, hiking, backpacking, ra^ 
etball, tennis and weight training. 

PEM 254 — Team Sports Curriculum (3-4-5) 

Designed for the enhancement of sports skill 
and for the analysis and practice in teachin 
these skills. Team sports include: basketbal 
field hockey, flag/tag football, soccer, softbal 
speedball and volleyball. 

PE 311— Advanced Life Saving Course in 
Swimming (1-2-2) 

Fall. Prerequisite: 500 yard continuous swir 
using four basic strokes. 



HEALTH SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, AND RECREATION 



213 



The American Red Cross Advanced Life Sav- 
ing Course. (May be substituted for PE 103 or 
108). 

PE 316— Water Safety Instructor (0-3-2) 

Spring. Prerequisite: Current Advanced Life- 
saving certificate. 

Course designed to teach proper methods, 
learning sequences, and skills for the purpose 
of certifying students as American Red Cross 
Water Safety instructors qualified to teach Be- 
ginning, Advanced Beginning, Intermediate 
Swimming and Advanced Lifesaving courses. 
Includes review of lifesaving skills and practice 
teaching. Required of majors: PE 207 or 316. 

PE 320— Health and Physical Education for 

the Elementary School Teacher 

(3-0-3) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher 
Education. 

Theory and current practice in the teaching 
of health and physical education at the elemen- 
tary school level. Designed to meet the require- 
ment for elementary certification. 

PEM 351 — Measurement and Evaluation in 
Health, Physical Education (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Math 220. 

Lectures, laboratory and field experience in 
[he development, evaluation and application of 
! tests in health and physical education. Students 
Uill learn to utilize computer software for instruc- 
tional and administrative purposes. 

PEM 352— Physiology of Exercise (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 252. 

A study of body systems and their reactions 
o various types and levels of exercise. Study 
will include parts and functions of systems most 
nvolved in the exercise process. Students will 
nvestigate various components of physical fit- 
ness, weight control, and exercise prescription. 

PEM 353— Elementary School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

Theory and current practice in the teaching 
3f elementary physical education including de- 
velopmental tumbling and gymnastics, basic 
movement patterns, fundamental and creative 
hythmic activities, activities related to health- 
itness and basic skill pattern development. Mul- 
icultural considerations in planning and imple- 
menting adequate elementary physical 
3ducation programs to meet the needs and in- 
erests of all students will be explored. Directed 
ield experience included. 



PEM 354— Middle School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

Theory and current practice in the teaching 
of middle school physical education including 
stunts/tumbling/gymnastics, physical fitness 
concepts and activities, rhythmic and dance ac- 
tivities, individual/partner/group games, lead-up 
and modified individual/dual/team sports. Mul- 
ticultural considerations in planning and imple- 
menting adequate middle school physical 
education programs to meet the needs and in- 
terests of all students will be explored. Directed 
field experience included. 

PEM 355 — Secondary School Physical 
Education (4-2-5) 

The study of curricular methods, media and 
assessment of secondary physical education 
programs as they apply to the developmental 
levels of the secondary age student. Multicul- 
tural considerations in planning and imple- 
menting adequate secondary physical 
education programs to meet the needs and in- 
terests of all students will be explored. Directed 
field experience included. 

PE 364 — Physical Education for the 
Exceptional Child (3-2-5) 

Student is introduced to methods of identify- 
ing and programming for the exceptional child. 

PEM 413 — Special Topics in Physical 
Education (5-0-5) 

Fall. Prerequisite: PEM 351. 

Research methods in health and physical ed- 
ucation. Allows students an opportunity for in- 
depth pursuit into areas of their interests. Open 
to majors only. Required of majors. 

PE 421 — Organization and Administration 
of Physical Education and Athletics 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 
or Admission to Teacher Education. 

Practice and policies in establishing, admin- 
istering, and evaluating physical education and 
athletic programs. Such experiences as curric- 
ulum planning and selection, care and mainte- 
nance of equipment are included in this course. 
Open to majors only. 

PEM 451— Laboratory Experience I (0-2-1) 

Prerequisites: PEM 253, 254 

Laboratory experience in assisting and teach- 
ing activity courses in the basic physical edu- 
cation program. Students will assume instructor 
roles in class management, student assess- 



214 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



ment, and methods of instruction, within learning 
environment. 

PEM 452— Laboratory Experience II (0-2-1) 

See PEM 451 for prerequisites and course 
description. 

PEM 453— Laboratory Experience III (0-2-1) 

See PEM 451 for prerequisites and course 
description. 



Graduate Program and Courses 

Health Science 

Coordinator: Dr. Emma Simon 



The college offers a variety of master's degree 
programs. Effective July 1, 1990, all graduate 
programs offered on the Armstrong State Col- 
lege campus will be administered in affiliation 
with Georgia Southern University. See specific 
program director for further information. 

Objectives 

The Master of Health Science Program is de- 
signed to enhance the concept of health on be- 
half of individuals and the general public. The 
curriculum will emphasize health promotion, 
wellness and prevention rather than the curing 
of illness. The primary format will be an inter- 
disciplinary approach which permits a more 
global view of health. More specific objectives 
are: 

1 . To teach individuals that behavioral change 
can occur through education. 

2. To foster health, health promotion, and dis- 
ease prevention; 

3. To prepare competent, knowledgeable 
health educators; and, 

4. To provide health practitioners the oppor- 
tunity to gain expertise in the individualized 
health related areas. 

Advisement 

Each student admitted to the MHS program 
will be assigned an advisor. As soon as the stu- 
dent is notified of this assignment, a conference 
between the advisor and advisee should be ar- 
ranged. An approved program of study will be 
determined for each student. 



Comprehensive Examination 

Satisfactory performance on the comprehen- 
sive examination is required of all candidates 
As coursework nears completion, the studen 
should contact the program coordinator tc 
schedule the examination two quarters prior tc 
graduation. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF MASTER 
OF HEALTH SCIENCE 

Hours 

A. Health Science Courses 2( 

1. HS500 I 

2. HS700 I 

3. HE 750 t 

4. HS 440/640 I 

Five quarter hours from the emphasis courses 
will be approved for substitution if HS 440 ha* 
been completed. 

B. Research Courses 2( 

1. EDN 771 

2. HS 780 
(Corequisite/prerequisite EDN 
771) 

(Prerequisite - Math 220 or 
equivalent) I 

3. Ten hours must be completed 
from: 

4. HS795 ' S/U 

(Corequisite/prerequisite HS 
780) 

HS796 S/U 

or 

5. HS790 S/U 

(Corequisite/prerequisite HS 
780) 

HS791 S/U ! 

C. Emphasis Courses 2f 

The emphasis area allows stu- 
dents, aiong with their advisors, 
to select courses specific to • 
their needs. The advisor must 
submit the emphasis course ap- 
proval form to the program di- 
rector for approval. 

1. HS770 

2. HE 770 

3. HE 650 

4. HS420/620 

5. HS730 

6. HS650 

7. HS575 



GRADUATE HEALTH SCIENCE 215 



5 

8. EDN621 5 

9. EDN 750 5 

10. EDN 722 5 

11. EDN 731 5 

12. EDN 651 5 

13. PA/POS603 5 

14. PA/POS 401/601 5 

15. PA/POS 618 5 

16. Psychology 300/500 5 

17. Psychology 311/522 5 

18. PSY 315/515 5 

19. Psychology 320/520 5 

20. PE740 5 

21. PE 760 3 

22. PE800 2 

23. BAD 540 5 

24. BAD662 5 

lementary statistics (Math 220) or equivalent 
lust be completed prior to entering HS 780 - 
lealth Science - Research Seminar. 



FFERINGS 

ealth Education Offerings 

E 650 — Effective Communication: Helping 
kills (5-0-5) 

Coping mechanisms appropriate to recurring 
oblems in healthy living and developmental 
ises are elaborated. Using noninvasive coun- 
ting techniques, these mechanisms are of- 
red for incorporation into lifestyles. 

E 700— Selected Topics in Health 
Jucation (5-0-5) 

Psycho-social, political and economical bar- 
ts to health living are identified and attempts 
overcome them made. Topics are selected 
the basis of contemporaneity, persistence, 
d impact. 

: 750— Marketing Health— An 
erdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

-rom the point of view of social scientists and 
siness and health professionals, the selling of 
laJth using educational techniques is under- 
i.en. The utilization of concepts of health into 
I style is addressed. The Human Development 
i>del is used. 

1 770 — Health Promotion Through 
I ysical Activity (5-0-5) 

\ study of the effects of physical activity on 
J" alth enhancement and maintenance. Physical 
€ cessment methods, equipment and prescnp- 






tion regimes will be included. A holistic ap- 
proach to health will be the basis theme of this 
course. 



Health Science Offerings 

HS 620— Nutrition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: Area II lab science sequence. 

Nutrition, as a major component of lifestyle, is 
related to enhancement of health and contri- 
bution to illness. Basic concepts of nutrition and 
various "diets" are studied. 

HS 640 — Health Planning and Evaluation 
(5-0-5) 

Planning and evaluation of health programs 
in a variety of settings. 

HS 500— The Health-Illness Continua 
(5-0-5) 

Health and Illness are viewed not as ends of 
one continuum, but as two discrete continua. 
The course will focus on enhancement of health 
and elimination of illness/injury — as a function of 
lifestyle, and be taught from the perspective of 
"Human Development." 

HS 55fJ — Topics in Community Health 
(5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems and issues regard- 
ing the enhancement of health and the elimi- 
nation of illness/injury. Lifestyles and socio- 
political factors relative to optional health per 
age and groupings will be emphasized. 

HS 575 — Human Development and Health 
Issues (5-0-5) 

A study of contemporary problems and issues 
regarding health enhancement and elimination 
of illness/injury through human life span devel- 
opment. 

HS 650— Changing Health Practices (5-0-5) 

Planning and implementation of interventions 
on health related behaviors. 

HS 660— Selected Topics in Illness/Injury 
and Rehabilitation — An Interdisciplinary 
Approach (5-0-5) 

Contemporary problems of Illness/Injury (e.g., 
hypertension, stroke, accidents, carcinoma, 
substance/nutrition abuse), their therapeutic in- 
terventions, and their rehabilitation regimens are 
scrutinized. The Human Development model will 
be utilized. 



216 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



HS 700— Political Sociology of Health Care: 
The Consumer, The Provider, and State, 
Local, Federal Policies (5-0-5) 

An examination of the economic/political/so- 
cial milieu in which health care exists. Con- 
straints and demands of directing mores and 
legislation and their influences on lifestyles are 
identified and discussed. 

HS 730— Nutrition and Health (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 420/620, ZOO 330, or per- 
mission of the instructor. 

Health risk reduction through nutritional coun- 
seling and health education. Advanced con- 
cepts of nutrition are studied. 

HS 770— Selected Topics in Health- 
Interdisciplinary Approach (5-0-5) 

A study of selected issues in health. 

HS 780— Health Science Research Seminar 
(5-0-5) 

Prerequisite/corequisite Education 771. 

(Prerequisite - Math 220 or equivalent). 

Development and presentation of practicum 
and research proposals. Additional emphasis 
placed on writing skills in research and grant 
applications. 

HS 790— Practicum I (1-8-5) 

A two-quarter course giving the student op- 
portunity to specialize or to become knowl- 
edgeable in a health, therapeutic, rehabilitation 
setting, or combination thereof. A satisfactory/ 
unsatisfactory grade will be assigned. 

HS 791— Practicum II (1-8-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 790. 

See HS 790 for course description. 

HS 795— Thesis (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. 

The student will identify and develop a re- 
search study in an area of interest in health. A 
satisfactory/unsatisfactory grade will be as- 
signed. 

HS 796— Thesis (O-V-5) 

Prerequisite: HS 795. 

The student will complete the research study 
initiated in HS 795. A satisfactory/unsatisfactory 
grade will be assigned. 



Physical Education 
Graduate Courses 

Coordinator: Dr. Roy Sims 



PE 700 — Advanced Physiology of Exercise 
(3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 352 or equivalent Physio 
ogy of Exercise. 

A study of the neuromuscular, metabolic, ani 
cardiovascular-respiratory responses and ac 
aptations to exercise. Emphasis is placed on th 
biologic basis of human physical performanc 
and fitness. Laboratory experiences include e> 
posure to environmental, ergonometric, mete 
bolic, circulatory, respiratory, and bod 
composition measurement techniques. 

PE 710— Psychology of Coaching (5-0-5) 

A study of the principles of psychology a 
applied to the problems of coaching today's atr 
letes. A reading and research course designe 
to help students understand today's special si 
uations, individual and team personalities an 
ways to motivate and improve performance. 

PE 720— Philosophy of Sports in Society 
(5-0-5) 

A study of the significance of sports in society 
The course will focus on the definition and cla 
ification of sports and the sporting experienc 
in order to determine the place and meaning c 
sports in our lives. 

PE 730 — Outdoor and Recreational 
Activities (5-0-5) 

In-depth study into the formulation of the majc 
factors determining the philosophy of recre; 
tion, program planning and administration 
outdoor experiences and recreational activitie 
in all aspects of school, church and industr 
Emphasis upon the development of a specif 
recreational program and/or activity. 

PE 740 — Social and Psychological Aspects 
of Physical Education (5-0-5) 

A study of the research literature in socioloc 
and psychology as it relates to physical activit 
Emphasis is placed on application to physic 
education and athletics. 

PE 750 — Administration and Supervision o 
Physical Education and Athletics 
(5-0-5) 

Advanced study and research into the rel; 
tionship of athletics and physical education pr< 
grams in the educational community. Specif 
attention is given to personnel, eligibility 
nance, liability, safety, and policies in directir 
and supervising intramural and interscholast 
athletics. 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



217 



>E 760 — Readings in Physical Education 
ind Athletics (3-0-3) 

A comprehensive review of literature in phys- 
ical education, athletics, and related areas, with 
emphasis on learning to evaluate research 
nethods and findings. 

>E 770— Motor Learning (4-2-5) 

This course is designed to acquaint students 
i/ith research findings and empirical evidence 
egarding the physiological and psychological 
nplications of motor skills, learning theories and 
tner individual differences as they influence 
hysical activity. 

E 780 — Mechanical Analysis (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 252 or equivalent Kinesiol- 

gy- 

A scientific analysis of basic human move- 
lent skills with emphasis on the laws of physics 
nd their application in physical education and 
Dort. 

E 790— Methods and Materials (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 317 or equivalent Methods 
"id Curriculum in Health and Physical Educa- 
)tv 

Selection of level of specialization for indepth 
jdy of research materials and current trends 
physical education teaching methods. 

E 800 — Seminar on Current Issues 
-0-2) 

Study of current issues and problems in phys- 
al education with emphasis on outstanding 

| Jdies and research in the field. Emphasis is 
student participation to provide them the op- 

jhrtunity to exchange and assimilate ideas and 
ncepts. 

■ 810 — Research in Physical Education 
0-5) 

Prerequisite: PEM 351 or equivalent measure- 
ment and Education in Health, Physical Edu- 

tion and Recreation. 
| iA study of methods of research in physical 
ucation. An analysis of selected research ar- 
es and designs will be emphasized. 



ledical Technology 

Iculty 

I rdegree. Lester Jr., Program Director 
f er, James, Medical Director 
Fdgers. Anne 



Medical technology is a career in clinical lab- 
oratory science. Medical technologists perform 
and/or supervise the testing of blood, urine, 
spinal fluid and other body specimens Applying 
the knowledge of chemistry, mathematics and 
biology, the medical technologist uses both 
manual and automated techniques to provide 
diagnostic data to physicians. 

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum is 
a 4 year program. During the first two or three 
years students complete core curriculum 
courses in chemistry, biology, mathematics, hu- 
manities and social science. The professional 
medical technology courses are sequenced to 
begin each fall quarter. These courses cover the 
major laboratory areas (urinalysis, hematology, 
clinical chemistry, blood banking, microbiology, 
serology), and are taught on campus. The clin- 
ical practicum is provided in the clinical labo- 
ratories of Candler General Hospital, the South 
Atlantic Red Cross Blood Center, Memorial 
Medical Center and St. Joseph's Hospital, all 
located in Savannah. Upon completion of the 
program, graduates are eligible to take the cer- 
tification examination of the Board of Registry 
for Medical Technologists of the American So- 
ciety of Clinical Pathologists and the Clinical 
Laboratory Scientist examination of the National 
Certification Agency for Medical Laboratory Per- 
sonnel. 

Post Acceptance Requirements 

Students accepted into the program will be 
required to submit a complete Armstrong State 
College Health Professions Student Health Ap- 
praisal form. Prior to enrollment in the clinical 
practicum the student will be required to provide 
evidence of liability insurance and medical cov- 
erage. Students are responsible for their own 
transportation to and from the clinical sites. 

Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in 
each Medical Technology course 

2. A student may repeat a single MT course 
only one time and at the next offering pro- 
vided space is available. 

3. A student who must repeat a single MT 
course more than once or more than one 
MT course will be dismissed from the pro- 
gram with no option for readmission. 

4. The student must maintain an overall ad- 
justed Grade Point Average of 2.0 or better. 
A student who falls below the 2.0 GPA will 
be placed on "Suspension" for one quarter. 






218 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Medical technology is a career in clinical lab- 
oratory science. Medical technologists perform 
and/or supervise the testing of blood, urine, 
spinal fluid and other body specimens. Applying 
the knowledge of chemistry, mathematics and 
biology, the medical technologist uses both 
manual and automated techniques to provide 
diagnostic data to physicians. 

The B.S. in Medical Technology curriculum is 
a 4 year program. During the first two or three 
years students complete core curriculum 
courses in chemistry, biology, mathematics, hu- 
manities and social science. The professional 
medical technology courses are sequenced to 
begin each fall quarter. These courses cover the 
major laboratory areas (urinalysis, hematology, 
clinical chemistry, blood banking, microbiology, 
serology), and are taught on campus. The clin- 
ical practicum is provided in the clinical labo- 
ratories of Candler General Hospital, the South 
Atlantic Red Cross Blood Center, Memorial 
Medical Center and St. Joseph's Hospital, all 
located in Savannah. Upon completion of the 
program, graduates are eligible to take the cer- 
tification examination of the Board of Registry 
for Medical Technologists of the American So- 
ciety of Clinical Pathologists and the Clinical 
Laboratory Scientist examination of the National 
Certification Agency for Medical Laboratory Per- 
sonnel. 

Post Acceptance Requirements 

Students accepted into the program will be 
required to submit a complete Armstrong State 
College Health Professions Student Health Ap- 
praisal form. Prior to enrollment in the clinical 
practicum the student will be required to provide 
evidence of liability insurance and medical cov- 
erage. Students are responsible for their own 
transportation to and from the clinical sites. 

Progression Requirements 

1. The student must earn a "C" or better in 
each Medical Technology course. 

2. A student may repeat a single MT course 
only one time and at the next offering pro- 
vided space is available. 

3. A student who must repeat a single MT 
course more than once or more than one 
MT course will be dismissed from the pro- 
gram with no option for readmission. 

4. The student must maintain an overall ad- 
justed Grade Point Average of 2.0 or better. 
A student who falls below the 2.0 GPA will 
be placed on "Suspension" for one quarter. 



If the student's GPA is not raised by trr 
end of the next quarter, then the studer 
will be dismissed from the program. 
5. The student must complete the Profes 
sional coursework within three (3) consec 
utive years from the date of their initic 
admission to the Medical Technology Pre 
gram. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL 
TECHNOLOGY 

Hour 

A. General Requirements 9 

Area 1 2 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192, 201 or 

292 1 

2. One course selected from: ART 

200, 271, 272, 273; ENG 222; 
MUS200; PHI 200 

Areall 2 

1. CHE 128, 129 1 

2. MAT 101, 220 1 

Area III " 2 

1. HIS 114 or 191. 115 or 192 1 

2. POS113 

3. One course selected from : ANT 

201, ECO 201, PSY 101, SOC 
201 '. 

ArealV I 

■ 1. BIO 101 or 111 

2. ZOO 208 

3. Electives in BIO, CHE and/or 

CS I 

(Must contain at least 1 Biology 
or Zoology course which com- 
pletes a 10 hour sequence, and 
1 Chemistry course.) 
AreaV 

1. PE 103 or 108 and 117 or 166 

2. Three activity courses 

State Requirement 

HIS 251 or 252 

B. Courses in the Major Field 

1. Upper Division Sequences 

BIO 351, 353 

CHE 341, 342 

2. Professional Courses 

MT 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 
350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 420, 
430, 440, 450, 411, 421, 431, 
441, 451, 461, 490 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



219 



1 Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 197 



FFERINGS 

IT 300 — Professional Foundations in 
aboratory Science (2-0-2) 

An introductory course to acquaint the student 

ith the role of the Medical Technologist and 

her laboratory personnel as a member of the 

salth care team. Topics will include job re- 

Donsibilities, accreditation, certification and li- 

snsure standards, career opportunities, 

-ofessional organizations, and professional 

hies. 

T 310 — Urinalysis and Body Fluids 

-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 

amission of program director. 

A qualitative and quantitative study of the 

lemical and microscopic constituents of urine 

id other body fluids and the clinical signifi- 

nce of the test results. 

T 320— Clinical Microbiology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: BIO 351 or permission of pro- 
am director. 

A study of the relationship of bacteria to dis- 
se. Major emphasis is placed on the isolation 
d identification of bacteria responsible for hu- 
w diseases. Also included is sensitivity test- 
I and mycobactenology. 

" 330— Clinical Hematology I (4-6-7) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
-rmission of program director. 

\ qualitative and quantitative study of the 
I. Tied elements of the blood. To include the 
inplete blood count and specialized test pro- 
cures. This course will also include the basic 
Jnciples of hemostasis and blood coagulation. 

I 340 — Clinical Immunohematology I 
(5-6) 

prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
f, mission of program director. 

\\ study of basic immunohematologic princi- 
fls and their application to the preparation and 
fijninistration of whole blood and blood com- 
pients. To include the selection and process- 
if of donors, cross matching procedures, and 
a .body identification. 

* 350— Clinical Chemistry I (4-6-7) 

'rerequisite. CHE 342, and MT 360 or per- 
fusion of program director. 



A comprehensive study of the physiological 
principles, methodology and clinical signifi- 
cance of the biochemicals and elements found 
in the body fluids. 

MT 360— Clinical Instrumentation (3-4-5) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director 

A basic study of the principles and operation 
of laboratory instrumentation. Emphasis will be 
placed on the individual components and the 
inter-relationship of the components. Electronics 
will be included. 

MT 370— Clinical Serology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the principles and procedures used 
in the isolation, identification and quantitation of 
diagnostically significant antigens and antibod- 
ies. 

MT 380— Clinical Parasitology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis, life cycle, and 
laboratory identification of human parasites. 

MT 390— Clinical Mycology (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Admission to the MT program or 
permission of program director. 

A study of the pathogenesis and laboratory 
isolation and identification of fungi that can in- 
vade humans. 

MT 400— Directed Study (1-5)-0-(1-5) 

Offered on demand with approval of program 
director. 

A study of selected Medical Technology top- 
ics designed to meet the needs of the student. 
Credit will depend upon the work to be done 
May be repeated up to 10 quarter hours 

MT 420— Clinical Microbiology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 320 

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- 
cial topics in microbiology. 

MT 430— Clinical Hematology II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 330. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- 
cial topics in hematology 

MT 440 — Clinical Immunohematology II 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 340 



220 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- 
cial topics in immunohematology. 

MT 450— Clinical Chemistry II (2-0-2) 

Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in clinical 
practicum and completion of MT 350. 

Advanced level lecture presentations of spe- 
cial topics in clinical chemistry. 

MT 411— Phlebotomy Practicum (0-4-1) 

MT 421 — Clinical Microbiology Practicum 
(0-16-4) 

MT 431 — Clinical Hematology Practicum 
(0-16-4) 

MT 441 — Clinical Immunohematology 
Practicum (0-8-2) 

MT 451 — Clinical Chemistry Practicum 
(0-20-5) 

MT 461 — Clinical Urinalysis Practicum 

(0-8-2) 

Total (0-72-18) 

Prerequisites: Completion of respective di- 
dactive MT courses. 

A structured clinical laboratory experience 
where the students integrate theory and appli- 
cation under supervision in the identified content 
area. This will provide time and facilities to allow 
the students to develop speed, confidence, and 
organization and to analyze and solve technical 
problems. 

MT 490— Management and Education 
(2-0-2) 

Basic concepts of laboratory management, 
leadership and education. 



Radiologic Technologies 

Faculty 

Gibson, Sharyn, Program Director 
Tilson, Elwin 



'Graduate Faculty 



Radiologic Technology is a comprehensive 
term that is applied to the science of 
administering ionizing radiation, radionuclides, 
and other forms of energy to provide technical 
information and assistance to the physician in 
the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and 
injuries. This field offers four specific career 
specialities; radiography, nuclear medicine 



technology, radiation therapy technology ai 
diagnostic medical sonography. At present, t 
Radiologic Technologies Program offers \ 
Associate Degree in the specialty area 
radiography. 

Program Goals 

The specific goals of the Program are as f 
lows: 

1. To educate superlative clinicians. In ad 
tion to mastering basic skills necessary 
perform routine radiographic examinatior 
the Program's graduate will possess sk 
necessary to perform non-routine and sp 
cial radiographic procedures. 

2. To expose the student to an in-depth an 
ysis of the art and science of radiograpl 
The student will receive not only an inder. 
education to radiography but also in relat 
natural and social sciences. 

3. To give the students a well rounded libe 
arts education. In addition to the prof* 
sional component of the curriculum, the s 
dent receives a well rounded liberal a 
education in so that the student will be al 
to effectively integrate into society. .. 

Professional Insurance, Transportation 

Local hospitals are affiliated with the colle 
for the Clinical Education courses. Student 
diographers are responsible for providing tr - 
own transportation. 

Prior to matriculation through Clinical E( 
cation Courses, students are required to sub 
a completed health history form and evider 
of professional liability insurance and health 
surance. Specific information regarding the 
requirements will be distributed to students 
mitted to the Program. 

Progression Requirements 

For progression through the Program, the 
lowing must be maintained: 
1 . Science courses (ZOO 208, 209, 21 5, C 
201, CS 115). 

a. A passing grade in each course (' 
or better). 

b. A "C" or better in at least three of th< 
courses. 

c. A student may repeat only one of thi 
courses. 

d. Students who must repeat more 
one science course because of gr< 
of "F" will be suspended from the F 
gram. 



RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGIES 



221 



2. Radiography courses 

a. A "C" or better in each Radiography 
course. 

a. A student may repeat only one Ra- 
diography course. 

c. Students who must repeat more than 
one Radiography course will be dis- 
missed from the Program. 

3. Conditionally accepted students must meet 
all admission criteria as outlined in their ad- 
mission letter. In the event the conditionally 
accepted student does not achieve the 
aforementioned requirements, he or she 
will be dismissed from the program. 

ttendance and Advanced Standing 

A student must matriculate each quarter, in- 
uding Summer Quarter, to remain in the Pro- 
'am. If, because of illness or other extenuating 
rcumstances, a student must be away from 
:hool for a quarter, the student must seek for- 
al approval from the Program Director for such 
i absence. If such approval is not sought and 
anted, the student will be dropped from active 
atus and must reapply for admission before 
mtinuing in the Program. 
The Radiologic Technologies Program is 
j'mmitted to a philosophy of educational flexi- 
jity to meet the needs of the profession. Indi- 
jjuais who are graduates of Certificate 
,DSpital) Programs and working in the profes- 
>n who are certified by the American Registry 
Radiologic Technologists may receive ad- 
'jnced standing by a process of exemption ex- 
iiinations and CLEP examinations. These 
iiividuals may be awarded Credit-By-Exami- 
ition up to 71 quarter hours for previous 
^fessionai education. Please contact the Pro- 
urn Director for details. 



I OGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 

/ SOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RADIOLOGIC 

TCHNOLOGIES 

Hours 

General Requirements 33 

Area 1 10 

1. ENG 101, 102 or 192 10 

Area II 5 

MAT 101 5 

Area III 10 

HIS 251 or 252 5 

POS 113 5 



ArealV 5 

CHE201 5 

AreaV 3 

Any three physical education 

credits 3 

B. Courses in the Major Field 71 

RAD 104, 115, 116, 117, 118, 

121, 122, 123 30 

RAD 200, 201, 202, 203, 205, 

221, 222, 223, 224, 225 42 

C. Courses in Related Fields 20 

CS 115 5 

ZOO 208, 209, 215 15 

D. Regents' and Exit Examinations 

TOTAL 125 
Radiologic Technologies Offerings 

RAD 104 — Principles of Radiographic 
Exposure (4-3-5) ep Prerequisites: Formal ad- 
mission to the Program. 

Factors influencing radiographic quality and 
conditions influencing exposures are presented. 
Attenuating devices, beam restricting devices, 
and accessory equipment are demonstrated. 
Technic charts and formation are vehicles for 
the application of the radiographic process. 

RAD 115 — Radiographic Procedures and 
Radiation Protection (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram. 

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- 
aminations of the chest and abdomen are stud- 
ied. Emphasis is placed on radiographic 
examination of the visceral organs requiring the 
use of contrast media, spatial relationships, pa- 
tient positioning, radiation protection method- 
ology, equipment manipulation, and quality 
evaluation of the study. Basic medical termi- 
nology will be included. 

RAD 116— Radiographic Procedures II 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and RAD 115. 

The basic theory and principles of radi- 
ographic procedures of the extremities and 
shoulder girdle are studied. Emphasis is placed 
on osteo anatomy, spatial relationships, patient 
positioning, equipment manipulation, and qual- 
ity evaluation of the radiographic examinations. 
Basic medical terminology will be included. 



222 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



RAD 117 — Radiographic Procedures III 
(4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and RAD 116. 

The theory and principles of radiographic ex- 
aminations of the spines, bony thorax, and pel- 
vic girdle are studied. Emphasis is placed on 
the osteo anatomy, spatial relationships, patient 
positioning, equipment manipulation, and qual- 
ity evaluation of the radiographic examinations. 

RAD 118— Radiographic Procedures IV 
(3.5-1.5-4) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the pro- 
gram and RAD 117. 

The theory and principles of facial bones, 
cranium, heart, breast, reproduction organs, 
and additional non-routine examinations are 
studied. Emphasis is placed on the osteo and 
soft-tissue anatomy, spatial relationships, pa- 
tient positioning, equipment manipulation, and 
quality evaluation of the radiographic exami- 
nations. 

RAD 121— Clinical Education I (0-8-1) 

Prerequisites: Formal admission to the Pro- 
gram, permission of the instructor, and CPR cer- 
tified. 

Orientation to patient care, introduction to 
areas involving the field of radiology, and ori- 
entation to the clinical setting are presented. 
This is a supervised clinical practice in perform- 
ing radiographic procedures, radiation protec- 
tion, patient care, equipment orientation, 
radiographic technique, darkroom procedures, 
and film quality evaluation. Competency evalu- 
ation of routine radiographic examinations is in- 
cluded. 

RAD 122— Clinical Education II (0-16-2) 

Prerequisites: RAD 121 and permission of the 
instructor. 

This is a supervised clinical practice in per- 
forming radiographic procedures with an em- 
phasis on the competency evaluation of routine 
radiographic examinations. 

RAD 123— Clinical Education III (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 122 and permission of the 
instructor. RAD 1 04 and RAD 1 1 3 must be taken 
as a corequisite or prerequisite. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of rou- 
tine radiographic examinations. 



RAD 200— Nursing Procedures (1.5-1.5-2) 

Prerequisite: Formal admission to the Pre 
gram. 

The student is introduced to basic nursin 
techniques as they relate to the patient in m 
Radiology Department. Topics included ai 
psychological needs of patients, meeting phy: 
ical requirements of patients, transporting an 
moving of patients, monitoring of patients, su< 
tioning, catherization, administration of inje< 
tions, I.V. maintenance, and dealing wil 
emergency medical situations. 

RAD 201/202— Radiation Science I & II 
(4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: MAT 101 or Permission of tr 
instructor. 

This course deals with the application of ] 
diation physics as it relates to the productio 
propagation and detection of electromagnet 
and particulate radiation. Emphasis will be give 
to mechanisms describing the interaction of 
rays with matter, photographic and electron 
image detection, electronic circuitry, and tr 
physical function of associated radiograph 
equipment. 

RAD 203— Radiobiology (3-0-3) 

Prerequisite: RAD 202, ZOO 209 or permi 
sion of instructor 

This course is designed to give the radio 
raphy student an understanding of the effec 
of radiation exposure, dose limits, and structui 
protection requirements. Topics included will I 
somatic and genetic effects of radiation exp 
sure, measurement and protection methoc 
plus NCRP and BRH standards. 

RAD 205— Quality Assurance (2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

This course is a study of equipment testii 
and instrumentation, record keeping systerr 
and statistical analysis of equipment and supf 
usage. Emphasis will be given to testing p' 
cedures. QA program implementation, and fe 
eral government guidelines. 

RAD 221— Clinical Education IV (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 123 and permission oft 
instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practi 
in performing radiographic procedures with 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of 
diographic examinations. 

RAD 222— Clinical Education V (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 221 and permission of 
structor. 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



223 



This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- 
diographic examinations. 

RAD 223— Clinical Education VI (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 222 and permission of the 
instructor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
in performing radiographic procedures with an 
emphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- 
diographic examinations. 

RAD 224— Clinical Education VII (0-24-3) 

Prerequisites: RAD 223 and permission of in- 
structor. 

This course is a supervised clinical practice 
,n performing radiographic procedures with an 
|3mphasis on the competency evaluation of ra- 
diographic examinations. 

RAD 225— Clinical Education VIII 
6-32-12) 

' Prerequisites: Successful completion of all re- 
quired Radiologic Technologies courses or per- 
mission of instructor 
This course is a supervised clinical practice 

n performing radiographic procedures and an 
exposure to various specialized areas within the 
profession of Radiologic Technology. Emphasis 
|S placed on the competency evaluation of ra- 
diographic examinations and demonstration of 
radiographic examinations and demonstration 
pf basic skills in various specialized areas within 
i he profession. Course includes seminar in 
|vhich pertinent professional topics and the tran- 
sition from student to graduate technologist will 

)e discussed. 

HAD 290 Selected Topics in Advanced 
Medical Imaging (4-4-5) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. 

This is an elective course that is offered upon 
demand. Topics such as neurovascular system 
Examinations, central nervous system exami- 
nation, abdominal and peripheral vascular stud- 
es, heart studies, computerized imaging 
systems, and magnetic resonance imaging may 
3e included. 



Respiratory Therapy 

= aculty 

3owers, Ross, Department Head 

y Benedetto, Robert, Co-Medical Director 



Mazzoli, Andrew, Director of Clinical 

Education 

Morris, Stephen, Co-Medical Director 

Smith, William 

For the two-year (seven consecutive quarters) 
program leading to the Associate in Science de- 
gree in Respiratory Therapy, the student must 
complete a curriculum of 59 quarter hours in 
academic courses and 62 quarter hours within 
the major. The AS. degree from an accredited 
Respiratory Therapy program qualifies the grad- 
uate for entry into the Registry credentialing sys- 
tem. The Registry is the highest professional 
creditial available in the field of respiratory ther- 
apy. The credentialing process is a two-step na- 
tionally administered examination. Step 1 is a 
comprehensive written exam to be taken shortly 
after graduation. The graduate who passes this 
exam will earn the entry level credential C.R.T.T. 
and will be eligible to enter the registry creden- 
tialing system. The registry exam consists of a 
written and a clinical simulation component. The 
candidate who passes both parts of the registry 
exam will earn the credential Registered Res- 
piratory Therapist. 

PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

For progression through the Associate De- 
gree Program in Respiratory Therapy, the fol- 
lowing must be maintained: 
1. Courses Related to the Major (CHE 201, 
202, ZOO 208, 209, 21 1 , BIO 210 and HS 
110) 

a. A student may carry no more 
than one grade of less than "C ' 

b. A grade of "F" must be repeated 
the next quarter that the course 
is offered 

c. A student must have success- 
fully completed the require- 
ments for Che 202 and ZOO 21 1 
by the end of the summer 
quarter of the freshman year. 
Failure to comply with this re- 
quirement will result m suspen- 
sion from the program. A 
student suspended from the 
program will be eligible for read- 
mission 

d. A student who must repeat more 
than one course because of a 
grade of "F" will be dismissed 



224 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



from the program with no option 
for readmission 

2. Courses in the Respiratory Therapy Major 

a. A grade of "C" or better is re- 
quired for each course that is a 
prerequisite for a subsequent 
course. Failure to comply with 
this requirement will result in 
suspension from the program. 

b. A student who earns a grade of 
less than "C" must repeat that 
course the next quarter it is of- 
fered. 

c. A student may repeat a respi- 
ratory therapy course only once. 

d. A student may repeat only one 
respiratory therapy course. 

e. Students who must repeat a res- 
piratory therapy course more 
than one time will be dismissed 
from the program with no option 
for readmission. 

f. Students who must repeat more 
than one respiratory therapy 
course will be dismissed from 
the program with no option for 
readmission. 

3. Grade Point Average 

The maintenance of a 2.0 GPA is desireable 
throughout the respiratory therapy pro- 
gram. Students who fall below 2.0 are sub- 
ject to the academic status classification 
identified in the Academic Regulations sec- 
tion of this catalogue. Students placed on 
academic Warning who do not raise their 
GPA to the minimum criteria for academic 
Good Standing the subsequent quarter will 
be suspended from the program until such 
time they return to Good Standing. Courses 
used to raise the GPA must be approved 
by their academic advisor. 

4. Regents Exam 

Successful completion of the Regent's 
Exam is a requirement for all students re- 
ceiving a degree from the University Sys- 
tem of Georgia. The School of Health 
Professions requires that a student must 
have passed both parts of the Regent's 
Exam prior to their last quarter in their ma- 
jor. Failure to comply with this requirement 
will result in suspension from the program 
until such time that the exam is successfully 
completed. 

5. Exit Exam 



The University System of Georgia requires 
that all students take a comprehensive Exit 
Exam in their major field. The department 
of respiratory therapy uses a nationally val- 
idated exam for this purpose. The exit exam 
is administered during the spring quarter 
of the sophomore year. All students are re- 
quired to earn a grade of 70% prior to the 
end of the spring quarter. 



PROGRAM FOR THE DEGREE OF 
ASSOCIATE IN SCIENCE IN RESPIRATORY 
THERAPY 



HOURS 

A. General Requirements 59 

Area I: Humanities 

1. ENG 101, 102 10 

Area II: Mathematics and Natural Sci- 
ences 

1. MATH 101 5 

Area III: Social Sciences 

1. HIS 251 or 252 5 

2. POS 113 -5 

3. PSY 101 or SOC 201 or ANT 

201 5 

Area IV: Courses Related to Major 
Field 

1. CHE 201, 202 8 

2. ZOO 208, 209, 211 13 

3. BIO210 5 

Area V: Physical Education 

1. PE 117 or 166 2 

2. PE Activity Course 1 

B. Courses in the Major Field 62 

1. RT 100, 110, 113,114,115, 116, 
120, 121 31 

2. RT211, 221, 212, 215,216,222, 
217, 223 31 

C. Regent's and National Standarized 
Self Assess Exams 

TOTAL 121 



OFFERINGS 

RT 100— Medical Technology (3-0-3) 

Offered: Fall and winter quarters. 

A study of the language of medicine: word 
construction; definition; abbreviations and sym- 
bols; and use of terms related to all areas of 



RESPIRATORY THERAPY 



225 



medical science, hospital service and the med- 
ical specialties. Open to non-majors. 

RT 110 — Patient Assessment (4-2-5) 

Prerequisite: ZOO 208, CHE 201 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 110 is to teach the 
student the assessment skills required to eval- 
uate and develop a respiratory care plan. By the 
completion of RT 110 the student will be able 
to: review the medical record, conduct a patient 
interview, perform a physical examination of the 
chest, monitor and interpret vital signs, perform 
ventilatory monitoring procedures, interpret ar- 
terial blood gases and interpret the chest xray. 
The content of RT 110 is essential fo the stu- 
dent's progression to the clinical phase of the 
curriculum. 

RT 113 — Respiratory Therapy Equipment 
(2-2-3) 

Prerequisite: CHE 201, RT 110 

Corequisite: CHE 202 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

A course designed to focus on the technology 
and equipment used in providing respiratory 
care. The student will be able to select and ob- 
tain equipment appropriate to the care plan, as- 
semble and check for proper function and 
identify and correct equipment malfunctions. 
; Quality control and asepsis procedures will also 
be emphasized. 

RT 114— General Patient Care (3-2-4) 

Prerequisite: RT 110 

Corequisite: RT 1 15, RT 1 13, 120 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

A course designed to focus on implementa- 
tion and evaluation of the respiratory care plan. 
. The student will develop the cognitive and tech- 
nical skills necessary to initiate and evaluate the 
patient's response to: 02 therapy, CPR, aerosol 
and humidity therapy, bronchial hygiene, IPPB 
therapy and airway care. A protocol for initia- 
ting a change in the care plan will also be em- 
phasized. 

RT 120— Applied Patient Care (0-8-2) 

Prerequisite: RT 110 

Corequisite: RT 1 14, 1 13, 1 15 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

A clinical practicum designed to orient the 
student to the hospital environment. Basic as- 
sessment skills and 02 rounds will be empha- 
sized. Students will also participate in the 
cleaning, sterilization, assembly, and routine 
maintenance of equipment. 



RT 115 — Pulmonary Pharmacology (5-0-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 208, CHE 201, RT 110 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

This course is designed to give the student 
an in-depth look at drugs that directly affect the 
pulmonary system. During this course the stu- 
dent will study: route of drug administration, 
pharmacodynamics, drug interactions, mucok- 
inesis and mocokinetic drugs, bronchospasm 
and bronchodilators, cholinergic drugs cromo- 
lyn sodium, corticosteroids, antibiotics, antiti- 
berculan drugs, respiratory stimulants and 
depressants, anesthetics and neuromuscular 
blockers. 

RT 121— Applied Respiratory Care I (0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 120. 

Offered: Summer Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 121 is to provide the 
student sufficient opportunities to apply the cog- 
nitive, affective and psychomotor skills devel- 
oped in RT 1 1 and RT 1 1 1 in the clinical setting. 
By the completion of this course the student will 
be able to: collect data necessary for devel- 
oping the care plan, implement the prescribed 
care plan, evaluate the patient's response to 
therapy and modify or recommend modification 
of the care plan based on patient response. By 
the completion of RT 1 21 the student will be able 
to demonstrate problem solving skills in the clin- 
ical setting. The clinical competencies devel- 
oped in RT 121 are a prerequisite for 
progression to the critical care component of the 
curriculum. 

RT 116 — Diagnostic Procedures (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: ZOO 21 1 , RT 1 10, RT 1 15. 

Offered: Summer Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 116 is to teach the 
student the cognitive and psychomotor skills 
necessary to perform or assist the physician in 
performing diagnostic procedures in the blood 
gas, pulmonary function and cardiovascular 
labs. The student will also develop competen- 
cies in cardiovascular assessment. By the com- 
pletion of this course the student will be able to 
interpret diagnostic data and apply it to patient 
care. 

RT 211— Adult Critical Care I (4-3-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121 

Offered: Fall Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 211 is to teach the 
student the cognitive and psychomotor skills 
necessary to establish and maintain the patient- 
ventilator system. Emphasis will be on knowl- 



226 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



edge of ventilatory support equipmentas well as 
techniques for initiation assessment modifica- 
tion and discontinuation of ventilatory support 
systems. The content of RT 21 1 is essential for 
progression to RT 212. 

RT 221 — Applied Respiratory Care II 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 116, RT 121 

Offered: Fall Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 221 is to provide the 
student sufficient opportunities to apply the cog- 
nitive, affective and psychomotor skills devel- 
oped in RT 1 1 6 and RT 21 1 in the clinical setting. 
Emphasis will be placed on developing clinical 
competencies in the ICU, diagnostic lab and 
operating room setting. 

RT 212— Adult Critical Care II (3-0-3) 

Prerequisites: RT 211, RT 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 212 is to teach the 
student how to evaluate the effect of mechanical 
ventilation on other organs or body systems and 
to apply that knolwedge to the total care of the 
patient. The student will develop a broader base 
for understanding the total patient care plan. 
Emphasis will be placed on hemodynamic mon- 
itoring, critical care pharmacology, fluid bal- 
ance, shock and trauma. 

RT 222-^-Applied Respiratory Care III 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 211, RT 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 222 is to provide the 
student with sufficient opportunities to apply the 
cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills de- 
veloped in RT 21 1 and RT 21 2 to the care of the 
critically ill patient. The emphasis will be placed 
on patient monitoring and evaluating the effect 
of therapeutic procedures on other organs or 
body systems. The student will begin an orien- 
tation rotation to the Pediatric and Neonatal ICUs 
during this course. 

RT 215— Perinatal Care (4-2-5) 

Prerequisites: RT 211, 221 

Offered: Winter Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 215 is to teach the 
student the cognitive, affective and psychom- 
otor skills necessary to care for the critically ill 
pediatric patient and neonate. Emphasis will be 
placed on knowledge of ventilatory support 
equipment as well as techniques for initiation 
assessment, modification and discontinuation of 
ventilatory support systems. The student will 



also study embryology, assessment of the fetus 
in utero, complicated pregnancies and deliv- 
eries, resuscitation of the newborn and abnor- 
mal pathophysiologic states. 

RT 216 — Cardiopulmonary Medicine (4-0-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 211, 221 

Offered: Winter quarter. 

The primary goal is to focus on the patho- 
physiology associated with cardiopulmonary 
diseases or conditions commonly seen in the 
hospital setting. Emphasis will be placed on as- 
sessment, rapid recognition, intervention and 
management of potential life-threatening con- 
ditions. Emphasis will be placed on developing 
decision making and problem solving skills. 

RT 223— Applied Respiratory Care IV 
(0-16-4) 

Prerequisites: RT 212, RT 216, RT 215 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 223 is to provide the 
student with sufficient opportunities to apply 
cognitive, affective and psychomotor skills in the 
care of the critically ill neonate and pediatric 
patient. Emphasis will be placed on care of pa- 
tients requiring ventilatory support. Students will 
continue to develop their skills in the adult crit- 
ical care unit. The student will also be oriented 
to the care of the chronically ill patient in the 
home or secondary care facility. 

RT 217 — Seminar irt Respiratory Care 
(2-0-2) 

Prerequisites: RT 212, RT 216, RT 215 

Offered: Spring Quarter 

The primary goal of RT 217 is to provide ar 
open forum for discussion of contemporary is- 
sues facing the profession and the health care 
delivery system. Topics to be discussed include 
credentialing, gerontology and the health care 
needs of the elderly, the shift in focus from pri- 
mary to secondary care facilities, care of ven- 
tilator dependent patients in the home and the 
impact of DRG's and the prospective paymen 
system on the traditional respiratory care serv- 
ice. 



228 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



The Freshman Experience 



Freshman Orientation Program — ASC 101 

In order to assist freshman students in making 
the transition to college, the college encourages 
new students to enroll in ASC 101. In addition 
to the course content, enrolled students will re- 
ceive special advising and other services. The 
course is described as follows: 

ASC 101— College: Strategies for Success 
(3-0-3) 

This course aims to provide the student with 
the skills, information, and guidance useful for 
success in college. It will focus on the purposes 
of higher education, the roles of the student, and 
the resources available within the college for 
academic success and career choices. 



Developmental Studies 

Faculty 

Geoffroy, Cynthia 
Harris, Karl 
Richardson, Ed 
Smith, Carolyn 



The Department of Developmental Studies 
provides a program of compensatory education 
for students whose academic deficiencies may 
prevent successful completion of collegiate 
studies. Students may be placed in departmen- 
tal courses on the basis of the Collegiate Place- 
ment Examination, or Regents Test 
performances. Regularly admitted students may 
voluntarily enroll, subject to prerequisites, in any 
departmental courses. Conditionally admitted 
students must enroll in accordance with the stip- 
ulations of their admission (see the Conditional 
Admission section of this Catalog) and policies 
of the Developmental Studies program. (See 
next section.) 

Those entitled to Veterans Administration ed- 
ucational benefits may be certified for no more 
than 45 credit hours in departmental courses, if 
these cousres are required for regular admis- 
sion. At most, 15 hours may be certified in each 
of the English, mathematics, and reading areas. 



Policies of the Developmental 
Studies Program 

Every time a Developmental Studies studen 
registers or preregisters until exiting the Devel 
opmental Studies Program, he/she must haw 
his/her class schedule approved by a Devel 
opmental Studies advisor or the Developmenta 
Studies Counselor. 

The student is permitted four attempts to exi 
a Developmental Studies area. If a student fail; 
to exit an area after the fourth attempt, he/sh( 
will be subject to Developmental Studies sus 
pension. 

A complete list of Developmental Studies Pro 
gram Policies is available in the Department o 
Developmental Studies. 



OFFERINGS 

DSE 098— Grammar Review (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is for the student who needs I 
review grammar fundamentals, to improve sen 
tence writing skills, and to develop paragraphs 
The student works toward competence in ser 
tence construction, verb use, determination c 
subject-verb agreement, formation of possess 
ives, punctuation, and other basics. Along wit 
reviewing grammar; the student engages in e> 
tensive writing practice, including sentenc 
building, sentence combining, and paragrap 
writing. 

DSE 099— Basic Composition (5-0-5) 

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Po 
icies above. 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 
This course is for the student who has alreac 
mastered the basic skills of composition but wh 
needs additional practice in developing the e; 
say. It will help the student construct more mc 
ture and sophisticated sentence patterns 
create coherent and well developed pare 
graphs, and organize paragraphs into essays 

DSM 098— Introductory Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course offers a review of arithmetic ir 
tegrated into an introductory algebra course 
Topics include negative integers, simple poh 
nomials, integer exponents, equations, wor 
problems, factoring, some graphing, and simpl 
radicals. 






MILITARY SCIENCE 



229 



DSM 099— Intermediate Algebra (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

Prerequisite: See Developmental Studies Pol- 
icies above. 

Topics include rational expressions, factoring 
of polynomials, linear and quadratic equations, 
graphs of linear functions, rational exponents, 
and radicals. 

DSR 098— Reading Skills (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is appropriate for students ex- 
periencing difficulty in reading. Word attack 
skills, comprehension skills, and vocabulary 
building are stressed. 

DSR 025 — Developing Reading Maturity 
(5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter, Spring, Summer. 

This course is appropriate for students pre- 
paring for the Regents. Examination, for stu- 
dents undergoing remediation due to 
unsuccessful performance on the reading por- 
tion of the Regents Examination, and for stu- 
dents experiencing moderate difficulty in 
reading. Comprehension skills, vocabulary en- 
richment, test-taking strategies, and reading 
fluency are stressed. 

DSS 099— Effective Study Techniques 
(1-2-2) 

Offered on demand. 

The purpose of this course is development of 
systematic and efficient study habits for aca- 
demic success. Special emphasis will be 
placed on time management listening skills, 
memory techniques, reading flexibility, note-tak- 
ing systems, textbook mastery, and test-taking 
strategies. 



Military Science 

Faculty 

McManus, William, Captain, Department Head 

Johnson, Joseph, Captain 

Williams, Michael, Captain 

Staggs, Bryan, Sergeant First Class 



The Army Department of Military Science is a 
Senior Division Reserve Officer Training Corps 
(ROTC), Instructor Group, staffed by active 
Army personnel The department provides a 
curriculum available to Armstrong State and Sa- 
vannah State students that qualifies the college 



graduate for a commission as an officer in the ' 
United States Army, United States Army Re- 
serve, or the United States National Guard. 
Qualifying for a commission adds an extra di- 
mension to the student's employment capability 
in that, upon graduation from the college, the 
student has either military or civilian employment 
options. 

The course of study offered in military science 
is designed not only to prepare both the student 
for service as a commissioned officer in the 
United States Army but also to provide knowl- 
edge and practical experience in leadership 
and management that will be useful in any facet 
of society. Male and female students are eligible 
for enrollment. Each student is provided with a 
working knowledge of the organization and 
functioning of the Department of Defense and 
the role of the U.S. Army in national security and 
world affairs. 

The course of study pursued by students dur- 
ing their freshman and sophomore years is the 
basic military science course and/or related skill 
activities. The course of study normally pursued 
by students during their junior and senior years 
is the advanced military science course. 

For selection and retention in the advanced 
course, a student must be physically qualified, 
should have maintained above average military 
and academic standing, and must demonstrate 
a potential for further leadership development. 

Graduates of the advanced course are com- 
missioned second lieutenants in the United 
States Army Reserve in the branch of service 
most appropriate to their interests and aca- 
demic achievements, consistent with the needs 
of the Army. Regardless of the Branch selected, 
all officers will receive valuable experience in 
management, logistics and administration. 
Graduates may be granted a delay in reporting 
for duty for graduate study, if requested. A small 
number of outstanding students are designated 
Distinguished Military Graduates and are of- 
fered commissions in the Regular Army each 
year. 

Basic Military Science 

Basic military science courses involve six 
quarters during the freshman and sophomore 
years. The student learns leadership and man- 
agement and acquires essential background 
knowledge of customs and traditions, weapons, 
map reading, tactics and survival. Equally im- 
portant, these courses have the objective of de- 



232 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



basic self-defense strategy and practical exer- 
cises utilizing all of the techniques taught in the 
course. Acceptable as P.E. requirement. 

MIL 301— Leadership and Management I 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisites: Basic Course or equivalent and 
approval of Department Head. Participating and 
alien students who qualify must have the ap- 
proval of the Department Head and the U.S. 
Army ROTC Cadet Command. 

A study of the psychology of leadership, tech- 
niques of management, and methods of instruc- 
tion to include practical application. 

MIL 302— Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team I (3-1-3) 

Prerequisites: Basic Course or equivalent and 
approval of Department Head. Participating and 
alien students who qualify must have the ap- 
proval of the Department Head and the U.S. 
Army ROTC Cadet Command. 

A study of tactics applied at the platoon and 
company level to include a study of the modern 
battlefield and current military tactical doctrine. 

MIL 303— Leadership Seminar (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. 

A series of seminars, laboratories and expe- 
riences to prepare the student for Advanced 
Summer Camp. 

MIL 304— Military Skills Practicum (V-V 5) 

Summer. Prerequisite: Military 303 and per- 
mission of Department. 

The study and practical application of military 
skills and leadership ability during a six week 
encampment experience. Grading for this 
course will be done on a satisfactory, unsatis- 
factory basis. Instruction and evaluation is jointly 
accomplished by college staff and selected 
ROTC personnel assigned to 3rd Region. 

MIL 401 — Fundamentals and Dynamics of 
the Military Team II (3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. 

A study of command and staff duties and re- 
sponsibilities of the professional officer to in- 
clude operations, intelligence, administration 
and logistics. 

MIL 402 — Leadership and Management 
(3-1-3) 

Prerequisite: MIL 301, 302. 
A study of the military justice system and serv- 
ice orientation. 



MIL 403— The Transition from Cadet to 
Lieutenant (1-1-2) 

Prerequisites: MIL 301, 302. 

A study of the practical aspects of the infor- 
mation that a new officer needs to know when- 
reporting to his first duty assignment. This in- 
cludes administration, normal additional duties 
and includes a seminar with a current platoon 
leader and platoon sergeant and a field trip to 
a typical company. 



Naval ROTC Program 

Faculty 

Cdr. Claven Williams, USN, Department Head 

Cdr. Gordon C. Lannou, Jr., USN 

LT Matthew W. Gill, USNR 

LTJG Thelonious U. Vaults, USN 

NCCS Archie L. Sanders, USN 

YNC(SW) Jamel Ragin, USN 

SKC Vic F. Victoria, USN 



General 

Naval Reserve Offecer's Training Corps 
(NROTC) prepares students for commissionec 
service as regular or reserve officers in the Nav\ 
or Marine Corps. 

Students enrolled in NROTC are referred tc 
as Midshipmen (MIDN) or as Naval Science Stu- 
dents (NSS) and are classified based on Nava 
Science academic status as follows: 

ASC Student NROTC Midshipmen 

Senior 1/C (First Class) 

Junior 2/C (Second Class) 

Sophomore 3/C (Third Class) 

Freshman 4/C (Fourth Class) 



Naval Science Curriculum 



Basic Program 

ALL MIDSHIPMEN 

Hours 

A. Naval Science M 

NSC 101-102, 104 8 

NSC 203, 204 10 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



233 



Advanced Program 

B. Navy Option 

Naval Science 26 

NSC 301-302, 304-305-306 18 

NSC 401 -402-403-404-405 8 

C. Marine Corps Option 

Naval Science 12 

NSC 307-308-309 6 

NSC 406-407 6 

D. Additional Requirements 

NSC 450 Naval Drill (0-2-0), required each 
academic term by all midshipmen. NSC 
301, 302, and 450 satisfies 3 quarters (6 
hours) of Physical Education requirements. 

E. Navy Scholarship Midshipmen 

(1) Requirements 53 

Math 206-207-208 (to be completed by 

end of Sophomore Year) 15 

Physics 217-218-219 (to be completed 

by the end of Junior Year) 18 

Computer Science 136 or 142 

or 246 or 120 5 

Must complete 2 quarters from the 

following list of courses: 10 

HIS 357 and PSC 201 (SSC) 
Must complete one academic term in a ma- 
jor Indo-European or Asian Language prior 
to commissioning 5 

(2) Navy Option in a non-technical curricula 
shall complete a sufficient number of 
technical electives from the below list to 
comprise 50 percent of all electives not 
required by the academic major or 
NROTC Program. Calculus and Physics 
courses count towards satisfying this re- 
quirement: 

Business (SSC): BAD 331, 332, 416 

Chemistry: any listed course 

Math, Physics, Physical Science: any 

listed courses except Math 290, 391, 

and 393. 

Computer Science: CS 120, 136, 142, 

246 

Engineering Courses: Any listed course 

except EGR 100, 170, 171 

Navy College Program Midshipmen (non- 
scholarship). Must complete 1 year of Math, 
college algebra or higher, by the end of the Jun- 
ior Year and 1 year Physical Science by the end 
of the Senior Year as a requisite for commis- 
sioning. The Physical Science requirement can 
be met by completing a one-year sequence, or 
two courses, in any area of physical science. 



One Mathematics course may be selected from , 
the fields of computer science or statistics. 

Marine Corps Option. All students shall take, 
during the Junior or Senior year, HIS 357 and 
PSC 201 (SSC). (Courses must be approved by 
the Marine Corps Officer Instructor and should 
not create an academic overload (increase time 
required for degree completion/commissioning 
and/or require student to carry more than 18 
hours). 

NROTC Uniforms, Books, and Instructional 
Materials 

Will be issued at no cost to Naval Science 
students. Uniforms must be returned before 
commissioning or upon disenrollment from the 
NROTC Program; books and other instructional 
materials must be returned at the end of each 
academic term. 

Scholarship Program 

Two and three-and-a-half year scholarships 
that pay tuition, fees, books and laboratory ex- 
penses, in addition, scholarship midshipmen 
also receive a $100 per month tax free stipend 
during the academic year. 

Financial Assistance 

All midshipmen in the advanced NROTC Pro- 
gram (Junior and Senior Years) are paid a $100 
per month tax free subsistance allowance (same 
as $100 per month stipend for scholarship mid- 
shipmen). 

Summer Training Cruises 

All scholarship idshipmen will go on Summer 
Training Cruises each year. While on summer 
training, midshipmen will be paid active duty 
Navy rates and will be provided travel, room and 
board at government expense. 

4 and 2-Year NROTC Programs 

4-year program students enroll in the program 
as Freshmen and participate until graduation 

2-year program students enter the program 
after they complete approximately 90 hours (end 
of Sophomore year) and complete a six-week 
professional, academic, and physical training 
program conducted each summer by the Navy, 
normally in Newport, Rl and referred to as Naval 
Science Institute (NSI). Academic work at the 
Naval Science Institute is the equivalent of the 
NROTC basic course and 18 hours of credit will 
be given to students who successfully complete 
NSI. 



234 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Naval Science Offerings 

NSC 101 — Introduction to Naval Science I 
(1-0-1) 

Fall, Spring. 

Introduce midshipmen to NROTC Program 
mission, organization, regulations, and broad 
warfare components of the Naval Service. In- 
cluded is an overview of officer and enlisted rank 
and rating structure, training and education, 
promotion and advancement, and retirement 
policies. The course also covers the basic te- 
nents of Naval courtesy and customs, and Naval 
Leadership. 

NSC 102— Introduction to Naval Science II 
(2-0-2) 

Winter. 

A study of the organization of the Naval Serv- 
ice, career opportunities, and the duties of a 
Junior Officer in the Naval Service. Students are 
familiarized with the major challenges facing to- 
day's Naval Officer, especially in the areas of 
leadership and human resource management. 

NSC 104— Naval Ships Systems I 
(Engineering) (5-0-5) 

Spring. 

A detailed study of ship characteristics and 
types including ship design, hydrodynamic 
forces, stability, compartmentation, propulsion, 
electrical and auxiliary systems, interior com- 
munications, ship control, and damage control. 
Included are basic concepts of the theory and 
design of steam, gas turbine, and nuclear pro- 
pulsion. Shipboard safety and firefighting are 
also covered. 

NSC 203— Seapower and Maritime Affairs 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A survey of American Naval and Maritime his- 
tory from the American Revolution to the present 
with emphasis on major developments. Atten- 
tion will be focused on Mahan's geopolitical the- 
ory; the economic and maritime forces; U.S. 
military and maritime strategy; and a compar- 
ative analysis of American and Soviet maritime 
strategies. 

NSC 204— Naval Ship Systems II. Weapons 
(5-0-5) 

Winter. 

This course outlines the theory and employ- 
ment of weapons systems. Students explore the 



processes of detection, evaluation, threat anal- 
ysis, weapon selection, delivery, guidance, and 
Naval ordinance. Fire control systems and major 
weapons types are discussed, including ca- 
pabilities and limitations. The facets of com- 
mand, control, and communications are 
explored as a means of weapons system inter- 
gration. 

NSC 301— Basic Sailing I (Classroom) 
(1-1-1) 

Fall, Winter. Student must be a certified third 
class swimmer. (PE Credit) 

A basic foundation course that provides stu- 
dents with the fundamental knowledge and skills 
to be a competent crew member. The course 
covers the basic theory of sailing, nomenclature, 
seamanship, boat equipment and safety, and 
inland waters navigation rules for sailing craft. 
An "A" crew qualification can be issued upon 
completion. 

NSC 302— Intermediate Sailing (On-water) 
(1-3-2) 

Spring. Prerequisites: NSC 301. (PE Credit) 
Basic on-hands sail training leading to qual- 
ification as "B" skipper. Practical skills to be 
mastered consist of rigging and sailing from a 
pier; sail to weather; sail two figure eight courses 
with two tacks and two jibes; man overboard 
maneuver; a capsize; and return to dock anc 
secure. 

NSC 304-305— Navigation I & II (5-0-5) 

Fall, Winter sequences. NSC 304 is prereq- 
uisite for NSC 305. 

An in-depth study of piloting and celestial nav- 
igation theory, principles, and procedures. Stu 
dents learn piloting navigation: the use of charts 
visual and electronic aids and the theory anc 
operation of magnetic gyro compasses. Celes- 
tial navigation is covered in-depth including the 
celestial coordinate system, and introduction tc 
spherical trigonometry, the theory and operatior 
of the sextant. Students develop practical skills 
in both piloting and celestial navigation. Othei 
topics discussed include tides, currents, effects 
of wind and weather, plotting, use of navigatior 
instruments, types and characteristics of elec- 
tronic navigation systems. 

NSC 306 Naval Operations (5-0-5) 

Spring. Prerequisites: NSC 304 and 305. 

A study of the international and inland rules 
of the nautical road, relative-motion vector-anal- 
ysis theory, relative motion problems, formatior 
tactics, and ship employment. Also included is 



MILITARY SCIENCE 



235 



an introduction to Naval Operations and aspects 
of ship handling, and afloat Naval communica- 
tions. 

NSC 307-308— Evolution of Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

Fall, Winter. 

This course historically traces the develop- 
ment of warfare from the dawn of recorded his- 
tory to the present, focusing on the impact of 
major military theorists, strategists, tacticians, 
and technological developments. Students ac- 
quire a basic sense of strategy, develop an un- 
derstanding of military alternatives, and become 
aware of the impact of historical precedent on 
military thought and actions. 

NSC 309— Marine Corps Laboratory (0-3-0) 

Spring. 

A course for Marine Corps Option students 
which stresses the development of leadership, 
moral, and physical qualifications necessary for 
service as Marine Corps officers. Practical lab- 
oratory exercises in mission and organization of 
the Marine Corps, duties of interior guards, in- 
troduction to military tactics, troop leadership 
procedures, rifle squad weapons and theory of 
physical conditioning program. This course 
serves to prepare students for the Marine Corps 
Summer Training at Officer Candidate School 
(BULLDOG). 

NSC 401-403— Naval Operations Laboratory 
I, II, 111(0-1-0) 

Fall, Winter, and Spring sequence. 

Practical laboratory exercises conducted in a 
dynamic, composite and time oriented fleet en- 
vironment to further develop and improve sur- 
face warfare skills for Navy Option midshipmen. 

NSC 404 — Leadership and Management I 
(5-0-5) 

Fall. 

A comprehensive study of the principles and 
concepts of Institutional Management, Organi- 
zational and Human Behavior, and effective 
leadership. Students will develop additional 



knowledge and practical skills in the areas of 
communication theory and practices; Human 
Resources Management; Stress Management; 
Counseling; Group Dynamics; and the nature 
and dynamics of individual and institutional 
change, human resistance to change and the 
strategy for implementing change. 
NSC 405 — Leadership and Management II 
(3-0-3) 

A study of the Management responsibilities of 
a junior Naval Officer. The course covers coun- 
seling methods, military justice administration, 
Naval human resources management, direc- 
tives and correspondence, naval personnel, 
administration, material management and main- 
tenance, and supply systems. This course 
builds on and integrates the professional com- 
petencies developed in prior course work and 
professional training. 

NSC 406-407— Amphibious Warfare I & II 
(3-0-3) 

Fall, Winter. 

A historical survey of the development of am- 
phibious doctrine and the conduct of amphibi- 
ous operations. Emphasis is placed on the 
evolution of amphibious warfare in the 20th cen- 
tury, especially during World War II. Present day 
potential and limitations on amphibious opera- 
tions, including the rapid deployment force con- 
cept. 
NSC 450. Naval Drill (0-2-0) 

Introduces students to basic military forma- 
tions, movements, commands, courtesies and 
honors, and provides practice in Unit leadership 
and management. Physical conditioning and 
training are provided to ensure students meet 
Navy/Marine Corps physical fitness standards. 
Successful completion of three quarters of this 
course with PE 1 1 7 or PE 1 66 plus two physical 
education activity courses by NROTC students 
satisfies this College's six hour Physical Edu- 
cation requirement. NSC 450 is required each 
quarter for all NROTC students (450.1 for Fresh- 
man and Sophomore; 450.2 for Junior and Sen- 
iors). 



236 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 






^v 




238 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



FACULTY ROSTERS 



Permanent, Full-Time Members of the 
Teaching Corps or Administrative Staff 

(This list includes only individuals who have 
faculty voting privileges. The number in paren- 
theses after the names represents the initial year 
of employment at Armstrong State College.) 

*Adams, Joseph V. (1970) 

Dean of Arts, Sciences and Education 

Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Alabama 

M.A., Baylor University 

B.A., Tennessee Temple College 

Aenchbacher, Louis E., Ill (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

*Agyekum, Stephen K. (1979) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., University of Georgia 
A.B., Johnson C. Smith University 

Anderson, Donald D. (1966) 

Registrar & Director of Admissions 
Associate Professor of Education 

Ed.D., Auburn University 

M.A., George Peabody College 

B.S., Georgia Southern College 

* Anderson, James N. (1985) 

Head of Fine Arts Department 
Associate Professor of Music 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 

M.M., University of Houston 

B.M.E., Wichita State University 

Andrews, Carol M. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of English 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Furman Universtiy 

*Arens, Olavi (1974) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Columbia University 
M.A., Columbia University 
A.B., Harvard University 



*Babits, Lawrence E. (1981) 

Associate Professor oTf History and 
Archaeology 
Ph.D., Brown University 
M.A., University of Maryland 
B.A., University of Maryland 

Baker, Julia G. (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Furman University 

Ball, Ardella P. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.S., Atlanta University 
A.B., Fisk University 

Barnard, Jane T. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
M.S., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Georgia Southern College 

*Battiste, Bettye A. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Florida 
M.Ed., State University of New York 
B.S., Savannah State College 

Bell, Dorothy G. (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.N., Emory University 
B.S.N. Ed., University of Georgia 

*Bell, Eunice A. (1988) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 
Ph.D., Michigan State University 
M.S.N., Vanderbilt, University 
B.S.N., Vanderbilt, University 

*Beumer, Ronald J. (1975) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Arkansas 
B.S., University of Dayton 

Bowers, Ross L., Ill (1979) 

Head of Respiratory Therapy Department 
Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 

MHS, Armstrong State College 

B.S., Georgia State College 

Brewer, John G. (1968) 

Director of Athletics 
Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 

M.S., University of Georgia 

B.S., University of Georgia 



'GRADUATE FACULTY 



FACULTY 



239 



Brower, Moonyean S. (1967) 

Associate Professor of Biology 

M.A., University of Massachusetts 
B.S., University of Massachusetts 

Brown, George E. (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice 
M.S.S.W., Atlanta University 
B.S.W., Armstrong State College 
A.B., Armstrong State College 

Brown, Hugh R. (1968) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
MAT., St. Michael's College 
B.S., Xavier of Ohio 

Brown, Sarah (1989) 

Assistant Professor of History and Historic 

Preservation 

M.Phil., George Washington University 
M.A., George Washington University 
B.A., Arkansas College 

Buck, Joseph A., 111(1968) 

\/ice President for Student Affairs and 
Development 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., Florida State University 
B A., Auburn University 

3uck, Marilyn M. (1974) 

Head of Baccalaureate Nursing Department 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Boston University 

3urgess, Clifford V. (1979) 

^ofessor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M.A., George Peabody 
A.B., Mercer University 

3urnett, Robert A. (1978) 

^resident 

^rofessor of History 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina 
M.A., University of North Carolina 
B.A.. Wofford College 

3utler, Frank A. (1985) 

/ice President and Dean of Faculty 
D rofessor of Physics 

Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic 

B S.E.S., University of Miami 

3RADUATE FACULTY 



Caldwell, Eva (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Armstong State College 

Campbell, Michael (1984) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
DA., Ball State University 
M.A., Trenton State College 
B.S., Lebanon Valley College 

Carpenter, Suzanne (1988) 

Instructor of Chemistry 

M.S., University of North Carolina 

B.S., Auburn University 

A. A., Lake-Sumter Junior College 

Cochran, John H., Jr. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Atlanta University 
B.A., Paine College 

Comaskey, Bernard J. (1966) 

Assistant Professor of History 
M.A., New York University 
B.A., Fordham College 

Connor, Sara E. (1980) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

Assistant to the Dean 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 

Conway, Marian (1987) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.S.N., Georgia College 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 

Cooksey, Thomas L. (1987) 

Assistant Professor of English and Philosophy 
Ph.D., University of Oregon 
M.A., California Polytechnic State University 
B.A., University of California 

'Cosgrove, Maryellen S. (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ph.D.. University of Connecticut 
M.A., University of Connecticut 
B.S., University of Connecticut 

Coslick, Caroline (1977) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M H.S.. Armstrong State College 
B.S.. Armstrong State College 
AS.. Midland Technical College 



240 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Coursey, Teresa (1971) 

Assistant Professor of Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., West Liberty State College 

Cross, Deanna S. (1989) 

Head of Associate Degree Nursing 
Associate Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., Boston College 

M.S.N., Boston College 

B.S.N., University of Akron 

*Dandy, Evelyn B. (1974) 

Professor of Education 

Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., Temple University 
B.S., Millersville State College 

Dennis, Everett J. (1987) 

Director of Library Services 
Assistant Professor of Library Science 

M.S.L.S., The Catholic University of 

America 

M.A., The American University 

B.A., The University of the South 

Douglass, W. Keith (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
M.A., Syracuse University 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

'Duncan, John D. (1965) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., Emory University 

M.A., University of South Carolina 

B.S., College of Charleston 

Dutko, Kathleen (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
M.A., New York University 
B.S.N. , Niagara University 

*Ealy, Steven D. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Claremont Graduate School 
B.A., Furman University 

Echegoyen, Regina N. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Spanish 
M. ., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., Universidad de Puerto Rico 



Edenfield, Suzanne (1983) 

Assistant Professor df Dental Hygiene 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Findeis, John (1968) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of Illinois 
B.S., University of Illinois 

Ford, Elizabeth J. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Winthrop College 

'Galloway, Herbert F. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
M.M., Florida State University 
B.M., Florida State University 

Geoff roy, Cynthia D. (1978) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.S., University of South Carolina 
B.A., Westfield State College 

Gibson, Sharyn (1983) 

Director of Radiologic Technologies Program 
Assistant Professor of Radiologic 
Technologies 

M.H.S., Armstrong State College 

B.S., St. Joseph's College 

A. A., Armstrong State College 

*Gross, Jimmie (1967) 

Professor of History 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.D., Southern Theological 
B.A., Baylor University 

Guillou, Laurent J., Jr. (1970) 

Associate Professor of Biology 
Ph.D., Louisiana State University 
M.S., Louisiana State University 
B.S., Louisiana State University 

'Hansen, John R. (1967) 

Professor of Mathematics 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S., Troy State College 



'GRADUATE FACULTY 



FACULTY 



241 



Hardegree, Lester E., Jr. (1982) 

Director of Medical Technology Program 
Assistant Professor of Medical Technology 
M.Ed., Georgia State University 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Harris, Henry E. (1966) 

Head of Chemistry and Physics Department 

3 rofessor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology 
B.S.. Georgia Institute of Technology 

Harris, Karl D. (1971) 

\ssistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Tennessee 
B.A., Carson-Newman College 

tarris, Robert L. (1981) 

\ssociate Professor of Music 
D.M.A., University of Washington 
MM., University of the Pacific 
B.M., University of the Pacific 

fart, Marcella (1986) 
\ssistant Professor of Nursing 

M.N., University of Washington 

B.S.N. , St. John College 

larwood, Pamela L. (1985) 

assistant Professor of Education 
Ed.D., Auburn University 
M A., Appalachian State Univeisity 
B.S., Appalachian State University 

izer, Todd J. (1989) 

.ssistant Professor of Chemistry 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Old Dominion University 

lopkinson, Caroline (1989) 

istructor of Library Science 
M.L.I.S., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee 
B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison 

udson, Anne L. (1971) 

rofessor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Tulane University 
M.S.. Tulane University 
B.A., Hollins College 

udson, Sigmund (1985) 

rofessor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

PhD , Tulane University 

M.S., Clarkson University 

A.B., Dartmouth College 



Jaynes, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physics 

M.S., University of North Carolina 
B.A., Appalachian State University 

Jenkins, Marvin V. (1968) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Jensen, John G. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Art 

M.F.A., University of Arizona 
B.S., University of Wisconsin 

Jensen, Linda G. (1985) 

Assistant Professor of Art 

M.F.A., Memphis State University 
M.A.T., Memphis State University 
B.A.E., University of Mississippi 

John, Beverly M. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Sociology 
M.S.W., Atlanta University 
B.S., Benedict College 

Jones, Gerald A. (1984) 

Associate Professor of Engineering and 
Physics 

Director of Engineering Studies 
Ph.D., Mississippi State University 
M.S., Mississippi State University 
B.S., Mississippi State University 

Kearnes, John (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Utah 
M.A., Andrews University 
B.A., Union College 

Keller, Carola (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , University of Virginia 

'Kilhefner, Dale Z. (1973) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Purdue University 
M.Ed., Washington State University 
B.S., Elizabethtown College 

Knorr, Virginia W. (1973) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.S., University of Tennessee 
(Chattanooga) 

B.S., University of Tennessee 
(Chattanooga) 



GRADUATE FACULTY 



242 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



*Lane, Joseph M., Jr. (1970) 

Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

Lanier, Osmos, Jr. (1965) 

Professor of History. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
M.A., Auburn University 
B.A., LaGrange College 

Lariscy, Michael L. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Lee, Byung Moo (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Library Science 
M.L.S., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., University of Wisconsin 
B.A., Yon Sei University 

Levett, Nettie M. (1975) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Florida A & M University 

Magnus, Robert E. (1972) 

Director of Administrative Computing 

Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., Mississippi State University 
M.Ed., Mississippi State University 
B.G.E., University of Omaha 

*Martin, Grace B. (1980) 

Head of Psychology Department 

Director of General Studies Program 

Associate Professor of Psychology 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

M.S., Florida State University 

B.A., Armstrong State College 

Martin, William B. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Duke University 
B.A., Armstrong State College 

Massey, Carole M. (1976) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 

Matthews, Robert E. (1989) 

Instructor of Computer Science 
M.S., Iowa State University 
B.A., Simpson College 



Mazzoli, Andrew J. (1981) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Medical University of South 
Carolina 

B.S., State University of New York Medical 
Center 

McManus, William C, Capt. (1987) 

Head of Military Science Department 
Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.B.A., Auburn University 

*Megathlin, William L. (1971) 

Dean of Academic and 

Enrollment Services 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 

M.Ed., University of Georgia 

B.A., Presbyterian College 

Miller, Mary (1970) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Virginia 

*Moore, Richard H. (1988) 

Associate Professor of Criminal Justice 
Ph.D., University of Nebraska 
B.A., University of Colorado 

Munson, Richard E. (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and 

Computer Science 

Ph.D., Rutgers University 

M.S., Rutgers University 

B.A., Houghton College 

'Murphy, Dennis D. (1981) 

Head of Government Department 
Professor of Criminal Justice 

J.D., University of Florida 

Ph.D., University of Florida 

M.Ed., University of Florida 

B.A., University of Florida 

*Newberry, S. Lloyd (1968) 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Georgia 
B.S.Ed., University of Georgia 

Noble, David (1969) 

Associate Professor of German and Latin 
Ph.D., McGill University 
A.M., Boston University 
A.B., Boston University 
Diploma Litterarium Latinarum, Pontificia 
Universitas Gregoriana 



'GRADUATE FACULTY 



FACULTY 



243 



Nordquist, Richard F. (1980) 

^sslstant Professor of English 
M.A., University of Leicester 
B.A., State University of New York 

Norsworthy, Gary (1980) 

Dean, Coastal Georgia Center 
Ph.D., Florida State University 
M.A., Florida State University 
B.A., Florida State University 

Norwich, Vickl H. (1980) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics and 
Computer Science 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Middle Tennessee State University 

'alefsky, Elliot H. (1971) 

\ssociate Professor of Psychology 
Ed.D.. University of South Carolina 
Ed.S., Georgia Southern College 
Ed.M., Temple University 
B.S., University of Georgia 

•almiotto, Michael J. (1987) 

\ssociate Professor of Criminal Justice 
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.P.A. City University of New York 
B.S., Mercy College 

aton, Jennie C. (1989) 

istructor of Library Science 
M.A., Univesity of South Carolina 
B.A., University of South Carolina 

atterson, Robert L. (1966) 

rofessor of History 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University 
M.A., University of Kentucky 
B.A., Kentucky Wesleyan 

ingel, Allen L. (1969) 

r ofessor of Biology 
Ph.D., University of South Carolina 
MAT., University of North Carolina 
B A., University of North Carolina 

ruden, Ethel B. (1985) 

ssistant Professor of Nursing 
M.N , University of South Carolina 
B.S.N., SUNY - Buffalo 

' uden, George B., Jr., (1982) 

ssociate Professor of History 
Ph.D., American University 
MA, American University 
M Ed., University of South Carolina 
BA , Wake Forest 

RADUATE FACULTY 



•Raymond, Richard (1983) 

Professor of English 

Ph.D., Miami University 
M.A., University of Wyoming 
B.A., University of Wyoming 

'Repella, James F. (1976) 

Dean of Health Professions 

Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 
M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania 
B.S.Ed., Temple University 

*Rhee, Steve Y. (1974) 

Professor of Political Science 
Ph.D., University of Missouri 
MA., University of Oregon 

BA., University of Oregon 

Roberts, Lynn T. (1989) 

Instructor of Physical Education 
M.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Rodgers, Anne T. (1985) 

Associate Professor of Medical Technology 
Ph.D.. University of Florida 
M.A.T., University of Massachusetts 
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University 

*Roesel, Rosalyn L. (1984) 

Associate Professor of Nursing 

Ph.D.. North Texas State University 
M.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 
B.S.N. , Medical College of Georgia 

'Roth, Lorie(1983) 

Associate Professor of English 
Ph.D., Kent State University 
M.A., Kent State University 
B.A., Kent State University 

Saadatmand, Yassaman (1989) 

Assistant Professor of Economics 
Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 
M.B.A.. James Madison University 
B.S., National Iranian Oil Company College 
of Finance 

Schmidt, John C. (1979) 

Associate Professor of Art 
M.F.A., Ohio University 
B.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University 

*Schultz, Lucinda D. (1986) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
DMA, University of Colorado 
MM , Colorado State University 
B.S.. Dickinson State College 



244 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Seiler, Jessica (1989) 

Instructor of Library Science 

M.L.I.S., Louisiana State University 
B.A., Southern Illinois University 

Shipley, Charles (1972) 

Professor of Mathematics and Computer 
Science 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska 
M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology 
M.A., University of Nebraska 
B.A., University of North Dakota 

Silcox, Elaine (1972) 

Assistant Professor of Nursing 

M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., University of Florida 
B.S.N., University of Florida 

'Simon, Emma T. (1974) 

Head of Dental Hygiene Department 

Coordinator, Health Science 
Program 

Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.H.E., Medical College of Georgia 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

*Sims, Roy J. (1955) 

Head of Health Science, Physical Education, 

and Recreation Department 
Professor of Physical Education 

Ed.D., Louisiana State University 

M.S., University of Tennessee 

B.S., David Lipscomb College 

Smith, Carolyn G. (1977) 

Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Smith, Pamela E. (1987) 

Instructor of Biology 

M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Armstrong State College 

Smith, William J., Jr. (1982) 

Assistant Professor of Respiratory Therapy 
M.H.S., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical University of South Carolina 

Stegall, John L. (1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
M.B.A, University of Georgia 
B.S., Indiana State University 



*Stokes, William W. C1967) 

Assistant Dean of Arts, Sciences, and 

Education 

Professor of Education 

Ed.D., University of Florida 

M.Ed., University of Florida 

B.A., University of Florida 

*Stone, Janet D. (1975) 

Associate Professor of History 
Ph.D., Emory University 
M.A., Purdue University 
A.B., Randolph-Macon Women's College 

Stratton, Cedric (1965) 

Professor of Chemistry 

Ph.D., University of London 

*Streater, James, Jr. (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Health Science 
Ed.D., University of South Carolina 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.A., University of South Carolina 

*Strozier, Robert I. (1965) 

Head of Languages, Literature, and Dramatic 
Arts Department 
Professor of English 

Ph.D., Florida State University 

M.A., Florida State University 

A.B., University of Georgia 

Suchower, John (1969) 

Assistant Professor of Drama-Speech 
M.A., University of Detroit 
B.A., Fairfield University 

Tahenbaum, Barbara G. (1972) 

Associate Professor of Dental Hygiene 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.Ed., Armstrong State College 
B.S., Medical College of Georgia 

Tapp, Lawrence M. (1959) 

Professor of Physical Education 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee 
M.S., University of Tennessee 
B.S., University of Tennessee 

Thorne, Francis M. (1965) 

Professor of Biology 

Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., Stetson University 

*Tilson, Elwin R. (1982) 

Associate Professor of Radiologic 
Technologies 

Ed.D., University of Georgia 
M.S., San Francisco State University 
B.S., Arizona State University 






'GRADUATE FACULTY 



FACULTY 



245 



Turnipseed, Patricia H. (1986) 

Assistant Professor of Education 
Ed.D., University of Alabama 
M.A., University of Alabama 
B.A., University of Alabama 

Vogelsang, Kevin (1988) 

Assistant Professor of Music 
MM., University of Cincinnati 
B.M., University of Cincinnati 

l/Varlick, Roger K. (1970) 

Head of History Department 
Professor of History 

Ph.D., Boston University 

B.A., Arizona State University 

Welsh, John A., Ill (1967) 

Assistant Professor of English 
M.A., Vanderbilt University 
B.A., Davidson College 

/Vheeler, Ed R. (1987) 

Head of Mathematics and Computer Science 
Department 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

B.A., Samford University 

Vhite, Susan S. (1972) 

\ssistant Professor of Education 
M.Ed., University of South Carolina 
B.S., Winthrop College 

Vhite, Virginia (1966) 

\ssistant Professor of English 
Ed.D., University of Georgia 
MAT., Emory University 
A.B , Vanderbilt University 

/hiten, Morris L. (1970) 

rofessor of Physics 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 
B.S., University of Georgia 

/illiams, Michael (Capt.) (1989) 

ssistant Professor of Military Science 
B.B.A., Campbell University 

/illiamson, Jane B. (1976) 

ssistant Professor of Nursing 
MSN., Medical College of Georgia 
M.Ed., Georgia Southern College 
B.S.N. , University of Georgia 

'orthington, Clarke S. (1967) 

r ofessor of Psychology 
Ph.D., Emory University 
MA., Northern Illinois University 
B.A., University of Arizona 



Emeriti Faculty 

Anchors, Lorraine (1954-1983) 

Professor of English Emerita 

Ashmore, Henry L. (1965-1982) 

President Emeritus 

Beecher, Orson (1942-1982) 

Professor of History Emeritus 

Boney, Madeline (1967-1982) 

Professor of History Emerita 

Coyle, William (1957-1987) 

Professor of Political Science 
Emeritus 

Davenport, Leslie B., Jr. (1958-1983) 

Professor of Biology Emeritus 

Davis, Lamar W. 

Professor of Business Administration Emeritus 

Gadsden, Ida (1956-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Harmond, Thelma (1963-1981) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Lawson, Cornelia (1972-1987) 

Professor of Education Emerita 

Newman, John (1968-1987) 

Professor of Political Science 
Emeritus 

Pendexter, Hugh III (1965-1983) 

Professor of English Emeritus 

Robbins, Paul (1966-1986) 

Professor of Chemistry Emeritus 

Robinson, Aurelia (1972-1986) 

Associate Professor of Education Emerita 

Sartor, Herman (1964-1981) 

Professor of Education Emeritus 

Stanfield, Jule (1952-1981) 

Vice President for Business and Finance 
Emerita 

Winn, William (1957-1971) 

Professor of Mathematics Emeritus 






,: !ADUATE FACULTY 



246 ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Officers of Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia 

H. Dean Propst Chancell' 

David S. Spence Executive Vice Chancelli 

Henry G. Neal Executive Secreta 

Jacob H. Wamsley Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Treasur 

Frederick Branch Vice Chancellor Facilitic 

Thomas E. Daniel . Vice Chancellor External Affai 

Anne Flowers Vice Chancellor Academic Affai 

Arthur Dunning Vice Chancellor Services and Minority Affai 

James B. Mathews Vice Chancellor Information Technoloc 

Thomas F. McDonald Vice Chancellor Student Servie* 

Haskin R. Pounds Vice Chancellor Research and Plannir 

Cathie Mayes Hudson Assistant Vice Chancellor/Plannir 

T. Don Davis Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Personn 

Richard Osburn Assistant Vice Chancellor Academic Affai 

Mary Ann Hickman Asst. Vice Chancellor Affirmative Actk 

H. Guy Jenkins, Jr Asst. Vice Chancellor Facility 

Thomas E. Mann Asst. Vice Chancellor Facilitij 

David M. Morgan Asst. Vice Chancellor Academic Affai 

Roger Mosshart Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Budge 

Ernest Murphrey Asst. Vice Chancellor Fiscal Affairs/Accounting Systems and Procedun 

J. Pete Silver Asst. Vice Chancellor Academic Affai 

Joseph H. Szutz Asst. Vice Chancellor Resear< 

University System of Georgia 

244 Washington St., S.W. 

Atlanta, Georgia 30334 



Officers of Administration 

Robert A. Burnett Preside 

Frank A. Butler Vice President and Dean, of Facu 

John L. Stegall Vice President for Business and Finam 

Joseph A. Buck Vice President for Student Affairs and Developme 

William L. Megathlin Dean, Academic and Enrollment Servie 

Joseph V. Adams Dean, School of Arts, Sciences, and Educate 

James F. Repella Dean, School of Health Professio 

Gary F. Norsworthy Dean, Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Educatii 

Donald D. Anderson Registrar and Director of Admissio 

Lynn Benson Director, Counseling Servie 

John Brewer Director, Athleti 

Everett J. Dennis Director, Library Servie 

Bob Fawcett Director, Academic Computing Servie 

Daniel Harrell Director, Finani 

Al Harris Director, Student Activiti 

Michele Lee Director, College Communicatio 

Terri Liles Director, Alumni Affa 

Robert Magnus Director, Administrative Computing Servie 

R. Wesson Moran Director, Career Planning and Placeme 

Alfred Owens Director, Minority Affairs and Minority Recruitme 

Len Rozier Director, Plant Operatio 

Ellen Shawe Director, Student Financial Aid and Veterans Affa 

Ellen Struck Director, Personr 

Vacant Assistant Registrar/Assistant Director of Admissio 

Joann Windeler Director, Business Servie 

Virginia White Program Director, Coastal Georgia Center for Continuing Educati' 



THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



247 



Institutions of the University System of Georgia 



Athens 30602 

University of Georgia — h; B,J,M,S,D 
Atlanta 30332 

Georgia Institute of Technology 



Universities 

Atlanta 30303 

Georgia State University — A.B.J.M.S.D 
August 30912 
h; B.M.D Medical College of Georgia — h; A.B.M.D 



fcany 31705 

Albany State College — h; B,M 
^mericus 31709 

Georgia Southwestern College 
Augusta 30910 

Augusta College — A.B.M.S 
^arrollton 30118 

West Georgia College — h, A.B.M.S 
Columbus 31993 

Columbus College — A.B.M.S 
)ahlonega 30597 

North Georgia College — h; A.B.M 
ort Valley 31030 

Fort Valley State College — h; A.B.M 



Senior Colleges 

Marietta 30061 

Kennesaw College — A.B 
Marietta 30060 
h; A.B.M.S Southern Technical Institute — h; A.B.M 

Milledgeville 31061 

Georgia College — h; A.B.M.S 
Morrow 30260 

Clayton State College — A.B 
Savannah 31419 

Armstrong State College — h; A.B.M 
Savannah 31404 

Savannah State College — h; A.B.M 
Statesboro 30460 

Georgia Southern College — h; A.B.M.S.cD 
Valdosta 31698 

Valdosta State College — h; A.B.M.S.cD 



Ibany 31707 

Darton State College 
tlanta 30310 

Atlanta Metropolitan College — , 
Uinbridge 31717 
' Bambndge College — A 
Urnesville 30204 
: Gordon College — h; A 
'unswick 31523 
' Brunswick College — A 
Tehran 31014 

Middle Georgia College — h; A 
Ulton 30720 
: Dalton College — A 



Two- Year Colleges 

Douglas 31533 

South Georgia College — h; A 
Gainesville 30503 

Gainesville College — A 
Macon 31297 

Macon College — A 
Rome 30163 

Floyd College — A 
Swainsboro 30401 

East Georgia College — A 
Tifton 31793 

Abraham Baldwin Agri. College — h; A 
Waycross 31501 

Waycross College — A 



h — On-Campus Student Housing Facilities Degrees Awarded A — Associate. B — Baccalaureate. 

J — Juris Doctor M — Masters. S — Specialist m Education. D — Doctorate 

cD — Doctorate offered m cooperation with a University System university, with degree awarded by the university 



248 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Board of Regents 



Anderson, John, Jr Hawkinsville 

Brown , James Dalton 

Clark, John H Moultrie 

Cousins, W. Lamar Marietta 

Frier, Thomas Douglas 

Gignilliat, Arthur '. Savannah 

Greene, Joseph Augusta 

McMillan, Elridge Atlanta 



Phillips, Barry Atlant 

Rhodes, Edgar Breme 

Robinson, John, III Americi 

Smith, Deen Day Atlanl 

Turner, William B Columbi 

Ward, Jackie Atlanl 

Yancey, Carolyn Atlanl 



Dalton 



Rome 



Dahlonega 
# Gainesville 



• Marietta 
^ # Decatur 
*• Atlanta 

•• Morrow 
Carrollton 



Barnesville 



Locations of Universities 
and Colleges 



Athens 



Augusta 
Milledgeville 

Macon 



Columbus 



Fort Valley 



Cochran 



Americus 



% Swainsboro 

Statesboro# 

Savannah 



Albany 



Bainbridge 



Tifton 



Douglas 



Brunswick 
Waycross 



Valdosta 



INDEX 



249 



Index 



Academic Computing Center 18 

Academic Progress 42 

Academic Regulations (Graduate) 69 

Academic Standing 47 

Accelerated Admission Program 27 

Accreditations 11 

Administrative Officers 246 

Admissions 22 

Accelerated Program 27 

Conditional 23 

Early 27 

General Information 22 

Graduate 65 

International Students 28 

Provisional 23 

Readmission 26 

Readmission (Graduate) 67 

Regular 22 

Special Catagones 27 

Transfer Students 26 

Transient Students 26 

Transient Students (Graduate) 67 

Veterans 28 

Vocational Rehabilitation 28 

dmission Requirements to Specific 

rograms 29 

Dental Hygiene 31 

I Dentai Hygiene Education 32 

I I Fine Arts 29 

Health Science 33 

I Medical Technology 33 

Nursing (Associate) 29 

Nursing (Baccalaureate) 30 

Radiologic Technologies 32 

■ Respiratory Therapy 32 

I Teacher Education 161 

dults Back to College Program 18 

jvisement 46 

umm Activities 11 

Dplication Fee 37 

1s, Sciences and Education 
(School of) 76 

, : »sociate Degree 

General Requirements 59 

nletics 17 

tendance 47 

Jditing 49 



iccalaureate Degree 
General Requirements 
jlogy Department 



59 
79 



Bookstore 19 



Calendar (Academic) inside front cover 

Career Planning 17 

CATES Courses 72 

Chemistry Department .86 

Classification of Students 46 

Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 13 

College Preparatory Curriculum 22 

Collegiate Placement Examination 24 

Continuing Education 13 

Cooporative Education Programs 13 

Core Curriculum 53 

Counseling 17 

Course Offerings 

Accounting (SSC) 176 

Anthropology 157 

Art 99 

Astronomy 92 

Biology 82 

Botany 83 

Business Administration (SSC) 176 

Business Education (SSC) 175 

Chemistry 89 

Computer Science 151 

Criminal Justice 108 

Dental Hygiene 204 

Developmental Studies 228 

Drama/Speech 138 

Economics 111 

Education 

Business 175 

EDN 170 

Exceptional Children 173 

Library Media/Science 174 

Engineering 91 

English 139 

Entomology 84 

Film 142 

French 142 

Geography 122 

Geology 92 

German 143 

Health Education 215 

Health Science 215 

History 123 

Journalism 144 

Latin 143 

Library Media 174 

Linguistics 145 



250 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Mathematics 149 

Medical Technology 219 

Meteorology 92 

Military Science 231 

Museum and Preservation Studies 128 

Music 101 

Naval ROTC : 234 

Nursing 

Associate Degree (NUR) 194 

Baccalaureate Degree (BSN) 197 

Masters Degree (MSN) 201 

Oceanography 92 

Office Administration (SSC) 177 

Philosophy.... 145 

Physical Education 210 

Physical Science 92 

Physics 93 

Political Science 112 

Psychology 1 58 

Public Administration 112 

Radiologic Technologies 221 

Reading Skills 229 

Respiratory Therapy 224 

Sociology 160 

Spanish 144 

Study Techniques 229 

Zoology 86 

Courses 

Auditing 49 

Course Load 46 

Dropping 48 

Lettering System for 59 

Numbering System for 59 

Overload 46 

Repeating 48 

Withdrawing from College 48 

Credit by Examination 24 

Cross Enrollment 14 

Dean's List 47 

Degree Programs (Categories) 12 

Cooperative 13 

Dual-Degree 13 

Four-Year 12 

Pre-Professional 12 

School of Arts, Sciences, & Education 61 

School of Health Professions 62 

Two-Year 12 

Degree Programs (Requirements of) 52 

Degree Requirements (Graduate) 72 

Dental Hygiene Department 203 

Development Activities 1 1 

Developmental Studies Department 228 



Dismissal (Academic)' A 

Drop/Add A 

Education Department 1€ 

Engineering Transfer Program 1 

Evening Courses 1 

Expenses(Student) I 

Faculty Roster 22 

Fees ,.2 

Financial Aid 2 

Financial Obligations 2 

Fine Arts Department £ 

Food Service 1 

Freshman Experience (Orientation) 22 

General Studies 1 

Government Benefits ^ 

Government Department 1C 

Grade Reports ^ 

Graduate Admissions t 

Graduate Admissions Requirements to 

Specific Programs ....( 

Criminal Justice (MS) ( 

Education (MEd) ( 

Business Education (MEd) .....i 

Science Education (MEd) i 

Health Science (MHS) 

History (MA) 

Mathematics (MEd) 

Graduate Course Offerings 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Criminal Justice 

Computer Science 1 

Drama/Speech 1 

Economics .1 

Education 

Business Education .1 

Economics Education .1 

EDN Courses 1 

Exceptional Children (EXC) | 

Physical Education 2| 

English 1 

Film ' 1 

Geology 

Health Education 2 

Health Science 2 



INDEX 



251 



History.: 131 

Mathematics 155 

Meterology 95 

Museum and Preservation Studies 133 

Nursing 201 

Oceanography 95 

Physical Science 95 

Physics 95 

Political Science 118 

Psychology 160 

Public Administration 118 

Zoology 86 

iraduate Degree Coordinators 64 

iraduate Deg rees 72 

iraduate Programs 

Criminal Justice 116 

Education 

Business Education 180 

Early Elementary Education 178 

'Middle School Education 179 

Science Education 181 

Secondary Education 179 

Social Studies Education 182 

Special Education 183 

English 145 

Health Science 214 

History 130 

Mathematics 154 

Nursing 199 

jalth Science Program 206 

story Department 119 

Government State Requirements 46 

Dry of the College 10 

or Code 49 

ors 47 

smg .37 

Ith Professions (School of) 192 



ational Students 



28 
.17 



jages. Literature, and Dramatic 

3 Department 135 

mg System for Courses 59 

y Media Program 170 

y Services 18 

ion 



Mathematics and Computer Science 

Department .... 146 

Mathematics and English Placement 

Tests 58 

MEd Certification Program 73 

Medical Technology Program 217 

Medical Withdrawals 48 

Military Science Program 229 

Minority Advisement Program 18 



Naval Science Program 232 

Notice of Fee Change 36 

Numbering System for Courses 59 

Nursing Department (Associate) 192 

Nursing Department (Baccalaureate) 195 

Nursing, Master's Program 199 



Off-Campus Courses 13 

Orientation 16 



Parking Regulations 19 

Physical Education Program 209 

Physical Education Requirements 58 

Placement Services 17 

Placement Tests (English and 

Mathematics) 58 

Political Science 106 

Pre-Professional Programs 12 

Probation (Academic) 47 

Provisional Admission 23 

Psychology Department 156 

Purpose of the College 10 

Purpose of the Graduate Program 64 



Radiologic Technologies Program. 220 

Readmission.. 26 

Readmission (Graduate) 67 

Refunds 38 

Regents' Engineering Transfer 

Program.. 12 

Regents' Testing Program 57 

Regional Criminal Justice 

Training Center 14 
Registration 

Late Fee. 37 

Repeating Courses .48 

Residency Reclassification 37 

Residency Requirements 36 

Respiratory Therapy Department. 223 






252 



ARMSTRONG STATE COLLEGE 



Satisfactory Academic Progress 42 

Savannah 11 

Scholarships 40 

Student 

Activities 16 

Government 16 

Organizations .' 16 

Publications 17 

Study Load 46 

Suspension (Academic) 47 

Teacher Education Programs 161 

Testing 

Collegiate Placement Examination 24 

English and Mathematics 

Placement Tests 58 

Regents' Testing Program 57 

Services 17 



Transfer Students 

Financial Aid 

Requirements of Applicants 
Transient Students 

Veterans 

Admissions 

Financial Aid 

Vocational Rehabilitation 

Withdrawals (Medical) 

Withdrawing from College 

Writing Center 



MAP 



253 



Armstrong State College Campus Guide 



**&*" 




Abercorn Street (G*. 204) 

•Downtown 1-16,1-9 



Campus Map 



•(ration Building 

Victor Hall 

Gamble Hall 

Jenkins Hall 

Lane Library 

.Memorial Center Annex 

Memorial College Center 

HawcaHall 

Solms Hall 

, Information and Security Center 

Fine Arts Center 

Health Professions Building 

.Health A Physical Education Building 

Plant Operations 

Athletic Fields/Tennis Courts 

Student/Viator Parking 

Residence Center 



Academic A Enrollment Services 

Academic Computing Center 

Administrative Computer Services 

Admissions 

Alumni Affairs 

Athlcb.cs Dept 

Athletic Relds/Tennis Courts 

Audio Visual Services 

Biology DepL A L*b» 

Bookstore 

Business A Finance Office 

Cafeteria 

Career Planning 

Cashier 

Center for Economic Education 

Central Stores A Receiving 

Chemistry, Physics, and Engineering DepL A Labs . 

Coastal Ga. Center for Continuing Education 

Counseling 

Criminal Justice Training Center 

Dean, School of Arts. Science, and Education 

Dean, Health Professions 

Dental Hygiene DepL A Clinic 

Development Office 

Developmental Studies 

E ducation DepL 

Engineering Studies . 



2 

2 

....12 
....12 

1 

6 

2 

.9 



English DepL 1 

Faculty Dining Room/Lounge 7 

Financial Aid 1 

Fine Arts Auditorium 1 1 

Fine Arts DepL 1 1 

Fine Arts Gallery 11 

Georgia Learning Resources System (GLRS) 2 

Government DepL 9 

Graphics 5 

Gymnasium/Weight Room 13 

Health Professions Auditorium 12 

Health Science DepL 12 

History DepL 3 

Housing 1 

Intramurals 13 

Jenkins Auditorium 4 

Languages, Literature, and Dramatic Arts DepL 3 

Library 5 

Msilroom 14 

Masquers Productions 4 

Mathematics A Computer Science Dept 8 

Medical Technology DepL 12 

Military Science DepL 7 

Minority Affairs 3 

Numng DepL 

Associate Degree 12 

Baccalaureate Degree 12 

Physical Education DepL 13 

Plant Operations 14 

Pool 13 



President's Dining Room 

President 

Psychology DepL 

Radiologic Technologies Dept. . 

Registrar 

Residence Center 

Respiratory Therapy DepL 

Security 



7 

1 

12 

1 

12 

10 

Speech Clinic 2 

Student Activities 7 

Student Affairs 1 

Student Govcmmen (/Organizations 7 

Student Parking 16 

Student Publications 7 

Studio "A" 7 

Veterans Affaus 1 

Vice Preadent/Dcan of Faculty 1 

Writing Center 3 



Where to Write or Call 

There is a central mail room on campus. Specific information may be obtained by writing to 

the offices listed below and adding: 

Armstrong State College 

1 1 935 Abercorn Street ln Geor 9 ia 

Savannah GA 31419-1997 (outside Chatham County) Call 1-800-633-2349 



ADMISSION 

Director of Admissions 

927-5277 

ALUMNI 
Alumni Affairs 
927-5264 

ATHLETICS 
Director of Athletics 
927-5336 

BUSINESS MATTERS 

Vice President for Business & Finance 

927-5255 

CAREER PLANNING & PLACEMENT 
Director of Career Planning 

and Placement 
927-5269 

CATALOG 

"Director of Admissions 

J27-5277 

CONTINUING EDUCATION 
Coastal Georgia Center for 

Continuing Education 
927-5322 

COUNSELING 
Director of Counseling 
927-5269 

FINANCIAL AID, GRANTS, LOANS, 

WORK-STUDY ELIGIBILITY 
Director of Student Financial Aid 
927-5272 

GENERAL ACADEMIC AND 

FACULTY MATTERS 
Vice President and Dean of Faculty 
927-5261 

GIFTS, GRANTS & BEQUESTS 
Vice President for Student 

Affairs & Development 
927-5271 

3RADUATE STUDY 
Director of Admissions 
527-5277 

HOUSING 
Director of Housing 
527-5269 



OFFICE OF MINORITY AFFAIRS 
Director of Minority Recruitment 
927-5252 

PUBLIC INFORMATION 

Director of College Communications 

927-5211 

SECURITY 
Campus Security 
927-5236 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 
Certification Officer 
927-5281 

TESTING 
927-5269 

TRANSCRIPTS 
927-5275 

TUITION, PAYMENT OF BILLS, REFUNDS 
Vice President for Business & Finance 
927-5255 



Special Notice 

The statements set forth in this Catalog are 
for information purposes only and should not 
be construed as the basis of a contract be- 
tween a student and this institution. 

While the provisions of the Catalog will gen- 
erally be applied as stated, Armstrong State 
College reserves the right to change any pro- 
vision listed in this Catalog, including but not 
limited to academic requirements for grad- 
uation, without actual notice to individual stu- 
dents. Every effort will be made to keep 
students advised of any such changes. In- 
formation on changes will be available in the 
Offices of the Registrar, the Vice President 
of Student Affairs, and the academic deans. 
It is especially important that students note 
that it is their responsibility to keep them- 
selves apprised of current graduation re- 
quirements for their particular degree 
program. 

Armstrong State College is an affirmative ac- 
tion equal opportunity education institution 
and does not discriminate on the basis of 
sex. race, age, religion, handicap, or national 
origin in employment, admissions, or activi- 
ties. 



fi 

fm \ Armstrong 



STATE COLLEGE 



11935 Abercorn Street -Savannah, Georgia 31419-1997 

Nonprofit Org. 

US Postage 

PAID 

Savannah. OA 

Permit No. 380 



A senior residential unit of the University 
System of Georgia 



2% 



— 



IK 



H 
fl